The
PAN-PACIFIC
ENTOMOLOGIST
Volume 68 January 1992 Number 1
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
(ISSN 0031-0603)
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
EDITORIAL BOARD
J. T. Sorensen, Editor R. M. Bohart
R. E. Somerby, Book Review Editor J. T. Doyen
S. M. Sawyer, Editorial Assist. J. E. Hafemik, Jr.
Roberta L. Brett, Treasurer J. A. Powell
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed¬
ings usually appearing in the October issue. All communications regarding non¬
receipt of numbers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications
should be addressed to: Roberta L. Brett, Treasurer, Pacific Coast Entomological
Society, Dept, of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park,
San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be
addressed to: Curtis Y. Takahashi, Membership Committee chair, Pacific Coast
Entomological Society, Dept, of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences,
Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
Manuscripts, proofs, and all correspondence concerning editorial matters (but
not aspects of publication charges or costs) should be sent to: Dr. John T. Sorensen,
Editor, Pan-Pacific Entomologist, Insect Taxonomy Laboratory, California Dept,
of Food & Agriculture, 1220 N Street, Sacramento, CA 95814. See the back cover
for Information-to-Contributors, and volume 66 (1): 1-8, January 1990, for more
detailed information. Refer inquiries for publication charges and costs to the
Treasurer.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $20.00 for regular members of the Society,
$10.00 for student members, or $30.00 for institutional subscriptions. Members
of the Society receive The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Single copies of recent num¬
bers or entire volumes are available; see 67(1):80 for current prices. Make checks
payable to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society.
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
OFFICERS FOR 1992
Norman D. Penny, President Susan B. Opp, President-Elect
Roberta L. Brett, Treasurer Wesley A. Maffei, Managing Secretary
Julieta F. Parinas, Assist. Treasurer D. Keith Dabney, Recording Secretary
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST (ISSN 0031-0603) is published quarterly by the Pacific
Coast Entomological Society, c/o California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco,
CA 94118-4599. Second-class postage is paid at San Francisco, CA and additional mailing offices.
Postmaster: Send address changes to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, c/o California Academy
of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
This issue mailed 7 February 1992
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist (ISSN 0031-0603)
PRINTED BY THE ALLEN PRESS, INC., LAWRENCE, KANSAS 66044, U.S.A.
THIS PUBLICATION IS PRINTED ON ACID-FREE PAPER.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(1): 1-7, (1992)
EVOLUTION OF OVIPOSITION HABITS IN APHODIUS
DUNG BEETLES (COLEOPTERA: SCARABAEIDAE)
Nobuyo Yoshida and Haruo Katakura
Zoological Institute, Faculty of Science, Hokkaido University,
Sapporo, 060, Japan
Abstract .—Oviposition habits of nine species of Aphodius dung beetles common in Sapporo,
Hokkaido, northern Japan, were studied under laboratory conditions using glass cages supplied
with soil and fresh cattle dung. Four types of oviposition habits were recognized. Type I: Eggs
were laid singly in the dung on the ground. Type II: Eggs were laid singly in the soil beneath the
dung. Type III: Each egg was laid in a small dung mass stuffed in a shallow burrow excavated
beneath the dung. Type IV: Each egg was laid in the soil near the terminal end of a sausage¬
shaped dung mass buried beneath the dung. Although Types III and IV were similar in that
females provided food for larvae, behavioral sequences of oviposition and provisioning were
distinctly different between the two types. In Type III, an egg was laid after a dung mass was
provided; whereas, in Type IV, an egg was laid before a dung mass was buried. Provisioning
habits of Type III and Type IV seemed to have evolved independently from more primitive
Types I or II, and from Type II, respectively. Oviposition habits of Aphodius were compared
with those of two major groups of scarabaeid dung beetles, Geotrupinae and Scarabaeinae. Our
Type III oviposition habit is analogous to those of certain species of Geotrupinae and Scara¬
baeinae, and Type IV to some Geotrupinae, indicating parallel evolution of dung burying habits
in several lines of scarabaeid beetles.
Key Words.—Insects, Scarabaeidae, Aphodius, dung beetles, oviposition, behavioral sequence,
evolution
Reproductive biology of dung beetles belonging to the subfamily Aphodiinae
has had little attention until recently, in spite of their dominance in the number
of species and individuals in the north temperate zone (Balthasar 1964). Scattered
records show that oviposition habits of Aphodiinae are diverse. Many species lay
eggs directly in dung on the soil surface, or in the soil beneath the dung (Hafez
1939, White 1960, Landin 1961, Hanski 1980). A few species bury dung masses
for larval food in the soil under droppings (Paik 1968; Hosogi et al. 1979, 1980).
Obligatory or facultative kleptoparasitic species are also known (Hammond 1976
[and the references therein], Klemperer 1980, Kiuchi 1987).
Due to this diversity, the Aphodiinae may offer invaluable information for
studying evolutionary origin of more elaborated oviposition habits found in two
major groups of dung beetles: Geotrupinae and Scarabaeinae (for reviews, Halffter
& Matthews 1966, Halffter & Edmonds 1982, Doube 1990). Unfortunately, how¬
ever, oviposition habits of Aphodiinae species have not been studied in detail,
except for a few species such as Aphodius rufipes (L.) (Madle 1934, Holter 1979,
Klemperer 1980). For many species, only the scattered descriptions of egg site
and/or larval feeding sites were available. Furthermore, there have been no quan¬
titative studies specifically dealing with oviposition behavior or evolutionary trends
in Aphodinae species.
In this paper, we will examine four types of oviposition habits distinguished
for nine Japanese species (all belonging to Aphodius ) on the basis of the results
obtained by rearing under laboratory conditions.
2
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(1)
Table 1. Types of oviposition habits and egg distributions of nine Aphodius species together with
their reproductive periods and female body size. S: desiccated dung surface, U: moist upper half layer
of dung, L: moist lower half layer of dung, M: margin between dung and soil, G: soil under dung.
Type
Species
n
s
% of eggs laid in
U L M
G
Total 0
Repro¬
duction 11
Body
size 0
(mm)
I
A. brachysomus
23 d
1.2
76.1
22.2
0.4
0.0
1417
spring
7.8 ± 0.58
I
A. haemor-
rhoidalis
35 e
4.4
26.5
38.9
23.0
7.1
113
spring
4.7 ± 0.23
I
A. breviusculus
18 e
16.7
40.3
37.5
5.6
0.0
72
spring
4.6 ± 0.34
I
A. pratensis
22 e
11.4
48.6
37.1
2.9
0.0
35
autumn
4.6 ± 0.31
II
A. sordidus
28 e
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
100.0
70
autumn
6.5 ± 0.43
II
A. rectus
59 e
0.0
0.0
4.9
7.6
87.6
185
spring
5.8 ± 0.42
II
A. pusillus
38 e
0.0
2.8
8.3
11.1
77.8
36
spring
3.7 ± 0.28
III
A. elegans
45 d
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
100.0
1576
autumn
11.6 ± 0.92
IV
A. haroldianus
XI
OO
rr
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
100.0
329
spring
9.4 ± 0.81
a Total number of eggs laid in all glass cages.
b Reproductive period (all species are univoltine in Japan).
c Female body length (mean ± SD, n > 30).
d Number of females separately reared.
e Number of adults reared (sex unknown).
Materials and Methods
The nine Aphodius species listed in Table 1 were reared. Each species was
collected, at the peak of reproductive activity (Yoshida & Katakura 1985), from
cattle dung at pastures in Hokkaido Agricultural Experiment Station (42°59' N,
141°24' E) in Sapporo, northern Japan, approximately 10 km from the laboratory
of Hokkaido University, where the rearing was performed.
Of these species, A. haroldianus Balthasar and A. elegans Allibert have been
known to bury dung and lay eggs near (A. haroldianus) or in (A. elegans) the
buried dung masses (Paik 1968; Hosogi et al. 1979, 1980). Other species are
considered to lay eggs directly in droppings on the ground, or in the soil under
the droppings (Yoshida & Katakura 1985; M. Kiuchi, personal communication).
Beetles were reared in glass cages consisting of two vertical glass plates and a
narrow wood frame, which formed the bottom and the two sides of the cage. One
of the glass plates was fixed to the wood frame, but the other plate was removable
permitting food changes and periodical inspections. The lower half of the cage
was filled with humid sand, and then fresh cattle dung was placed on sand to a
depth equal to one-quarter volume of the cage. The top of each cage was sealed
with cotton cloth and 3 mm mesh nylon net to prevent escape of beetles. Several
rearing cages were placed together in a wood box and were shaded by black sheets
so as to keep them dark except for the top. Two sizes of glass cages were used
according to the body size of beetle species (length x width x height: large cage,
19.0 x 1.4 x 25.0 cm; small cage, 12.5 x 0.6 x 10.0 cm).
The females collected at the peak of reproductive activity were assumed mated
prior to collection (Yoshida & Katakura 1985). Then, a female of each of the
three larger species (A. elegans, A. haroldianus and A. brachysomus Solsky, which
were easily sexed) was released separately and individually into large glass cages.
The other six species were difficult to sex externally, and so one to four adults
(unknown sex) per small cage, or five to ten adults (unknown sex) per large cage,
were released.
1992 YOSHIDA & KATAKURA: APHODIUS OVIPOSITION EVOLUTION
3
Figure 1. A scheme of oviposition sites of four types of oviposition habits distinguished for nine
Aphodius species. I-IV: type of oviposition habits defined in the text; la, A. brachysomus-, lb, A.
haemorrhoidalis, A. breviusculus, A. pratensis.
The dung and soil in each cage were changed every two or three days, after they
were thoroughly examined to detect the oviposition sites and the number of laid
eggs. In addition, position of laid eggs was traced, when necessary, on the trans¬
parent Saran Wrap®, which was placed on the glass plate. For the two species that
bury dung for larvae, the dung burying process was also observed through the
glass plate.
Species that reproduce in the spring (Table
1) were reared under long day
C, and species that reproduce in
1° C or
conditions (LD 16:8) at 15 ± 1° C or 18 ± 1°
the autumn were reared under short day conditions (LD 12:12) at 18
23 ± 1° C.
Results
Oviposition habits of the nine Aphodius species were classified into four types
according to egg sites and presence or absence of provisioning for larvae (Table
1, Fig. 1).
Type I. —Four species were classified as Type I: A. brachysomus, A. haemor¬
rhoidalis (L.), A. breviusculus (Motschulsky), A. pratensis Nomura & Nakane. Eggs
were laid singly in round or oval spaces in the dung on the soil surface (Fig. 1,
la, lb).
The following is a summary of oviposition habits of A. brachysomus, the most
intensively studied species of this type: Most eggs were laid in the middle part of
cattle dung placed in the rearing cages (Table 1). Almost all eggs were laid in oval
spaces (98.3%, n = 1264); the remainder were laid directly on the surface of
tunnels left behind by the adults’ passage. These spaces (Fig. 1, la) are probably
egg chambers prepared by the mother beetles for oviposition. The spaces were
4
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(1)
relatively large (6.7 ±1.16 mm long, 4.4 ± 0.66 mm wide; mean ± SD, n = 47)
and their inner wall was smooth, except for one side that was rough and protruded
somewhat inwards into the space. No such space had more than one egg. Each
egg was stood on end at the side opposite to the rough side of the space. It seems
that the mother beetle makes an egg chamber, lays an egg, and closes it with rough
dung fragments.
Eggs of the remaining three species of this type were also found singly in round
or oval spaces, 1.3-2.4 mm diameter, inside of the dung (Fig. 1, lb; Table 1).
Whether these spaces were specially prepared egg chambers or mere spaces left
behind by the adults’ movement was not determined for these smaller species.
Type II. — Three species were classified as Type II: A. sordidus (Fabr.), A. rectus
(Motschulsky), A. pusillus (Herbst). Eggs were laid singly in spaces in the soil
beneath dung (Table 1; Fig. 1, II).
The spaces were simple and round, 1.5-3.0 mm diameter and not coated with
dung. Because these spaces were apart from tunnels that were left behind by the
adults’ passage, they were probably specially prepared egg chambers. Most of the
eggs were deposited at a depth shallower than 30 mm as follows: A. sordidus, 13.5
± 11.28 mm; A. rectus, 11.1 ± 10.14 mm; A. pusillus, 10.3 ± 9.73 mm. Some
eggs of A. rectus and A. pusillus were laid at the boundary between dung and soil,
and a few others were in the lowest part of dung.
Type III. — One species was classified as Type III: A. elegans. Each egg was laid
in a small dung mass stuffed into a shallow burrow in the soil beneath the dung
(Fig. 1, HI).
Dung masses were found shallower than 30 mm deep, and its top usually
connected with the bottom of the above dung. The periphery of buried dung
masses was mixed with grains of soil. Dung masses were 17.3 ± 3.6 mm long
and 9.6 ± 1.6 mm wide (n = 83). There was a space in each mass, in which a
single egg was usually laid (97.0% of masses with one egg, 0.4% with two eggs,
and 2.6% with no egg, n = 533). The space (egg chamber) was 10.5 ± 2.79 mm
long and 5.9 ± 1.37 mm wide (n = 45). The inner surface of the egg chamber
was smooth at the bottom and sides, but rough at the top, sometimes protruding
inwards. The dung wall was thin at the bottom (1.7 ± 1.41 mm) and sides (2.6
±0.92 mm) but thick at the top (4.4 ± 1.85 mm). Most eggs were laid on the
lower one-half of the wall of egg chambers (58.5% of laid eggs; n = 94) or on the
bottom (36.6%). Sometimes a few dung masses were fused together at their sides.
In the provisioning and oviposition processes, a female excavated a shallow
burrow in the ground beneath dung, carried dung fragments from above, and
plastered the wall of the burrow with dung so as to form a chamber. Although
we could not trace subsequent processes, the female must smooth the inner surface,
lay an egg and close it from above with dung fragments, judging from the condition
of buried egg masses.
Type IV. — One species was classified as Type IV: A. haroldianus. Each egg was
laid in the soil beneath the dung; after oviposition, the parental females buried a
dung mass near the egg (Fig. 1, IV).
Buried dung masses were found in the soil up to 8 cm deep. They were similar
to a sausage and often somewhat curved; 34.8 ± 8.4 mm long and 14.3 ± 3.2
mm wide (n = 106). Dung sausages were made of stratified compact dung and
had no spaces within them. An egg was laid in a space in the soil 5-8 mm apart
from the terminal end of each dung sausage. The space was on the average 6.6
1992 YOSHIDA & KATAKURA: APHODIUS OVIPOSITION EVOLUTION
5
(IV)
BOP
BPO
(in)
Figure 2. Suggested evolutionary relationships among four types of oviposition habits in Aphodius.
I-IV: type of oviposition habits, O: oviposition, B: burrowing soil, P: provisioning dung into burrow.
mm long, 4.0 mm wide, and without any coating. Two or three masses sometimes
fused together at the sides or at the terminal ends, at least in the narrow rearing
cages.
In the provisioning and oviposition processes, a female excavated a vertical
shaft beneath the dung and constructed an egg chamber near the end of the shaft.
(Then, she probably lays one egg in the chamber and closes the chamber with
soil, but these processes could not be confirmed in this study.) After oviposition,
she filled the shaft with dung, mixed her own excrements with dung, and then
she closed the shaft with soil. Sometimes, however, the dung sausage was not
entirely buried but remained in contact with above unburied dung.
Discussion
Evolutionary Trends among Oviposition Habits. — Although it is yet uncertain
which behavior type is most primitive among the four, Types I and II are evidently
simpler and more primitive than Types III and IV. In Types III and IV, dung is
supplied for the young, but the behavioral sequence of provisioning and ovipo¬
sition is distinctly different between the two species. In Type III, a dung mass is
first prepared in the soil, and then an egg is laid in the dung mass. On the other
hand, in Type IV egg is laid in the soil before dung is buried to form a dung
sausage. Because the sequence of oviposition and provisioning is thus inverted
between the Types III and IV behaviors, it is likely that these two types evolved
independently (Fig. 2).
Type IV behavior seems to have evolved from Type II; in both behaviors eggs
are laid in the soil near (but not in) the larval food resource, and the behavioral
sequence of oviposition habits in Type IV can be easily evolved from the simpler
Type II, by adding provisioning behavior to the behavioral sequence of the latter
(+P).
On the other hand, two alternative interpretations are possible for the evolution
of Type III behavior: (1) this type may have evolved from Type II, by inserting
provisioning behavior (P) between burrowing (B) and oviposition (O); or (2) Type
III behavior may be introduced from Type I, by inserting burrowing and provi¬
sioning to the behavioral sequence of the latter (+BP). The first interpretation
seems more parsimonious, but the second interpretation may be supported by
the fact that in both Type III and Type I behaviors eggs are laid in the larval food
resource.
Parallel Evolution of Dung Burying Habits. — Klemperer (1983) coined the term
6
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(1)
“rummagers” for the Aphodius species that lay their eggs directly in droppings
(synonymous with endocoprids sensu Hanski 1986, not sensu Bomemissza 1969),
and contrasted them with “buriers” (paracoprids) that excavate burrows and fill
them with dung masses in each of which an egg is laid, and with “rollers” (telocop-
rids) which roll away a ball of dung some distance before being buried in a chamber
where the ball is either eaten or converted to a brood ball. According to this
classification, species with Type I behavior are typical rummagers. Type II be¬
havior species can also be called rummagers because their larvae freely feed on
the dung on the soil surface, although they lay eggs outside of the dung.
On the other hand, species of Types III and IV behavior are buriers, in that
both place dung in the soil for larvae. However, the prepared dung masses are
small in behaviors of both Types III and IV, as described above. Larvae of species
with Type III behavior cannot complete the growth with buried dung masses
(second and third instars eat freely in droppings on the soil; Hosogi et al. 1979;
NY, unpublished data). Larvae of species with Type IV behavior can complete
the growth in the buried dung masses, but often depart from it and eat freely in
unburied dung (third instars; NY, unpublished data). Accordingly, it seems more
appropriate to treat behaviors of Types III and IV as intermediate states between
rummagers and typical buriers completing growth only with buried dung masses.
Anyhow, behaviors of Types III and IV could be regarded as representing two
basic types of oviposition habits found in buriers. Type III is analogous to the
oviposition habits of many species of Scarabaeinae (e.g., the Oniticellini and
Onthophagini; in particular, Oniticellus egregius Klug) and Geotrupinae (e.g.,
Geotrupes spiniger Marsham, G. cavicollis Bates) laying eggs in buried dung masses
(Halffter et al. 1985, Klemperer 1979, Davis 1989). Type IV is essentially the
same as the oviposition habits of some Geotrupinae, typically represented by
Typhoeus typhoeus (L.) (Palmer 1978, Brussaard 1983) and Ceratophyus hoff-
mannseggi Fairmaire (Klemperer 1984), which lay each egg near the terminal end
of a dung sausage buried in the soil.
Diversification of brood caring habits is prominent in two major groups of
scarabaeid beetles, Scarabaeinae and Geotrupinae (Halffter & Matthews 1966,
Halffter & Edmonds 1982). Almost all species of these two groups are presocial,
and even in the most primitive type, adults provide foods for larvae. Ironically,
this makes it difficult to seek the evolutionary origin of their presociality among
these two groups of beetles. For the evolutionary origin of brood caring in dung
beetles to be clarified, it is more preferable to concentrate our effort to the groups
which include both species showing brood caring and those not. The present study
showed that Aphodius beetles are particularly suitable for such purpose. We expect
that closer ethological and ecological studies of Aphodius beetles will thus facilitate
our unbiased understanding of the diverse brood caring habits evolved in coproph-
agous beetles of the family Scarabaeidae.
Acknowledgment
Makoto Kiuchi kindly informed us of his unpublished observations on ovi¬
position habits of some Aphodius species. Terumitsu Miyashita and other mem¬
bers of the staff of the Hokkaido Agricultural Experiment Station made available
the facilities of the Experiment Station. The rearing of Aphodius beetles was carried
out at Center for Experimental Plants and Animals, Hokkaido University.
1992 YOSHIDA & KATAKURA: APHODIUS OVIPOSITION EVOLUTION
7
Literature Cited
Balthasar, V. 1964. Monographic der Scarabaeidae und Aphodiidae der palaearktischen und orien-
talischen Region (Band 3). Verlag der Tschechoslowakische Akademie der Wissenschaften,
Czechoslovakia.
Bomemissza, G. F. 1969. A new type of brood care observed in the dung beetle Oniticellus cinctus
(Scarabaeidae). Pedobiologia, 9: 223-225.
Brussaard, L. 1983. Reproductive behaviour and development of the dung beetle Typhaeus typhoeus
(Coleoptera, Geotrupidae). Tijdschr. Entomol., 126: 203-231.
Davis, A. L. V. 1989. Nesting of afrotropical Oniticellus (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae) and its evolu¬
tionary trend from soil to dung. Ecol. Emtomol., 14: 11-21.
Doube, B. M. 1990. A functional classification for analysis of the structure of dung beetle assemblages.
Ecol. Entomol., 15: 371-383.
Hafez, M. 1939. The life history of Aphodius lividus Oliv. (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Bull. Soc.
Fouad I Entomol., 23: 288-300.
Halffter, G. & W. D. Edmonds. 1982. The nesting behavior of dung beetles (Scarabaeinae). Instituto
de Ecologia, Mexico, D.F.
Halffter, G. & E. G. Matthews. 1966. The natural history of dung beetles of the subfamily Scarabaeinae
(Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae). Folia Ent. Mex., 12-14: 1-312.
Halffter, V., Y. Lopez-Guerrero & G. Halffter. 1985. Nesting and ovarian development in Geotrupes
cavicollis Bates (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Acta Zool. Mex., 7: 1-28.
Hammond, P. M. 1976. Kleptoparasitic behaviour of Onthophagus suturalis Peringuey (Coleoptera:
Scarabaeidae) and other dung-beetles. Coleop. Bull., 30: 245-249.
Hanski, I. 1980. Spatial patterns and movements in coprophagous beetles. Oikos, 34: 293-310.
Hanski, I. 1986. Individual behaviour, population dynamics and community structure of Aphodius
(Scarabaeidae) in Europe. Acta Oecol., Oecol. Gen., 7: 171-187.
Holter, P. 1979. Abundance and reproductive strategy of the dung beetle Aphodius rufipes (L.)
(Scarabaeidae). Ecol. Entomol., 4: 317-326.
Hosogi, Y., H. Hayakawa, K. Shimonishi & M. Miyao. 1979. Studies on the utilization of dung
beetles for the management of pasture and pasturage sanitation. 6. Life-history of Aphodius
elegans All., 1847, with special reference to its oviposition and larval growth. Bull. Kochi
Prefecture Livest. Exp. Stat., 10: 23-35.
Hosogi, Y., H. Hayakawa, K. Shimonishi & M. Miyao. 1980. Studies on the utilization of dung
beetles for the management of pasture and pasturage sanitation. 10. Dung beetle activities on
the formation of dung balls. Bull. Kochi Prefecture Livest. Exp. Stat., 11: 22-35.
Kiuchi, M. 1987. Notes on the bionomics of Aphodius gotoi (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae). An obligatory
kleptoparasitic species in the nest of Copris ochus and C. pecuarius. Lamellicomia, 3: 21-23.
Klemperer, H. G. 1979. An analysis of the nesting behaviour of Geotrupes spiniger Marsham (Co¬
leoptera, Scarabaeidae). Ecol. Entomol., 4: 133-150.
Klemperer, H. G. 1980. Kleptoparasitic behaviour of Aphodius rufipes (L.) larvae in nests of Geotrupes
spiniger Marsh. (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae). Ecol. Entomol., 5: 143-151.
Klemperer, H. G. 1983. The evolution of parental behaviour in Scarabaeinae (Coleoptera, Scara¬
baeidae): an experimental approach. Ecol. Entomol., 8: 49-59.
Klemperer, H. G. 1984. Nest construction, fighting, and larval behaviour in a geotrupine dung beetle,
Ceratophyus hoffmannseggi (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). J. Zool., Lond., 204: 119-127.
Landin, B. O. 1961. Ecological studies on dung-beetles. Opusc. Entomol. Suppl., 19: 1-227.
Madle, H. 1934. Zur Kenntnis der Morphologie, Okologie und Physiologie von Aphodius rufipes
Lin. und einigen verwandten Arten. Zool. Jahb. (abt. Anat. Ontogenie), 58: 303-396.
Paik, W. H. 1968. Investigations on the biology of dung beetles in Korea and their role in the
prevention of fly breeding in dung. College of Agriculture, Seoul National University, Seoul.
Palmer, T. J. 1978. A homed beetle which fights. Nature, 274: 583-584.
White, E. 1960. The natural history of some species of Aphodius (Col., Scarabaeidae) in the northern
pennines. Ent. Mon. Mag., 96: 25-30.
Yoshida, N. & H. Katakura. 1985. Life cycles of Aphodius dung beetles (Scarabaeidae, Coleoptera)
in Sapporo, northern Japan. Environ. Sci. Hokkaido, 8: 209-229.
Received 31 January 1991; accepted 20 May 1991.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(1): 8-11, (1992)
SURVEY OF MYZUS PERSICAE (SULZER)
(HOMOPTERA: APHIDIDAE) INFESTATIONS ON
BEDDING PLANTS FOR SALE IN EASTERN IDAHO
Susan E. Halbert and Thomas M. Mowry
Southwest Idaho Research and Extension Center, Department of Plant, Soil and
Entomological Sciences, University of Idaho, Parma, Idaho 83660-6699
Abstract. — A survey of bedding plants commercially available in all potato seed production areas
of eastern Idaho revealed that they remain a potential source of infestation of Myzus ( Necta -
rosiphon ) persicae (Sulzer), the green peach aphid. Cole crops, eggplant, forget-me-not, peppers,
and petunia showed 18, 53, 36, 42, and 41% infestation, respectively. A survey involving 476
green peach aphids showed that none transmitted PLRV to test plants.
Key Words.— Insecta, Aphididae, Myzus persicae, bedding plants, PLRV
Potato leafroll virus (PLRV) can be a major problem in Idaho potato production,
especially for certified potato seed growers. PLRV is spread by vegetative prop¬
agation of infected potato seed or transmission by aphid vectors, the most im¬
portant being Myzus {Nectarosiphon) persicae (Sulzer), the green peach aphid.
Myzus persicae has a broad summer host range, but in Idaho it overwinters
holocyclicly only on peach and apricot trees (Bishop & Guthrie 1964). These
overwintering hosts will not withstand the severe winters in most Idaho potato
seed production areas. Work by Tamaki et al. (1979) suggested that anholocyclic
overwintering may occur in Washington during mild winters, but this is very
unlikely under severe Idaho winter conditions in seed production areas. Prior to
the 1960s, it was assumed that aphid infestations on seed potatoes were initiated
each year by alatae that immigrated from warmer areas; however, subsequent
work indicated that this might not be the case. Bishop (1965) showed tht seed
potato fields closest to towns had the most M. persicae and highest PLRV inci¬
dence. Home gardens in the towns were found to be sources of both virus and
vector. Bishop & Guthrie (1964) strongly implicated bedding plants imported
from surrounding states as the major source of M. persicae and showed that virus
inoculum built up in home grown potatoes as gardeners used their own crop for
seed year after year.
A successful integrated pest management program for potato seed production
involving elimination of winter hosts, distribution of free certified seed potatoes
to home gardeners, and insecticide treatment of bedding plants was implemented
in the Grace area of Idaho in the 1960s (Bishop 1967). More recently, prophylactic
insecticide treatments have supplanted this integrated program. Because of new
restrictions on insecticide use, assessment of the feasibility of integrated pest
management has become attractive. The source of M. persicae in seed production
areas that are too cold for survival of primary hosts is thus a matter of scientific
and applied interest. Though bedding plants have been suspected as a major source
of aphids, there is no published survey objectively documenting frequency of
infested bedding plants in a major potato seed production area. There is also no
published information as to whether or not aphids on bedding plants are virulifer-
1992
HALBERT & MO WRY: MYZUS PE RSI CAE INFESTATIONS
9
Table 1. Myzus persicae infestation of commercially available bedding plants in eastern Idaho seed
potato production areas. Survey conducted 14-18 May 1990.
City/area a
Plant examined
No. salable
units
examined
No. infested
with GPA
PLRV
transmission 11
American Falls/Aberdeen (2)
eggplant
11
8
0/30
pepper
24
15
0/30
Arco/Mackey (4)
cole crops
33
11
0/30
pepper
34
21
0/50
Ashton/St. Anthony (4)
cole crops
24
12
0/5
eggplant
20
11
forget-me-not
3
0
pepper
46
14
0/10
petunia
12
3
Burley (2)
cole crops
2
0
eggplant
18
12
0/9
pepper
21
10
0/17
Idaho Falls (7)
cole crops
35
6
0/10
eggplant
54
25
0/47
pepper
109
31
0/37
Pocatello (5)
cole crops
12
2
eggplant
28
12
0/10
pepper
99
54
0/32
Resburg (6)
cole crops
62
10
0/25
eggplant
8
0
forget-me-not
9
0
pepper
87
27
0/40
Soda Springs/Grace (3)
cole crops
40
4
0/4
eggplant
11
11
0/10
pepper
42
13
0/20
petunia
12
10
Teton basin (3)
cole crops
37
0
forget-me-not
10
8
0/30
pepper
28
19
0/30
petunia
8
0
a Number in parentheses is the number of commercial outlets surveyed. The information is pooled
by community/area. Not every business had infested plants.
b Number of aphids transmitting/number tested. Readings on concurrent controls were: aphids with
no access to PLRY, 0/20; no aphids, 0/20; aphids fed on known PLRV source, 12/20.
ous. This survey tried to determine if commercially available bedding plants are
presently a source of M. persicae and if they are a potential source of PLRV
inoculum in Idaho’s major seed production areas.
Methods and Materials
The survey was carried out from 14-18 May 1990, in all major eastern Idaho
potato seed production areas and nearby larger cities (Pocatello, Idaho Falls and
Rexburg). Bedding plants originating from nurseries in Idaho and surrounding
states were inspected in 36 commercial outlets in 14 communities.
Only those plants known to be good hosts of M. persicae were examined: cole
10
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(1)
Table 2. Myzus persicae infestation of commercially available bedding plants in eastern Idaho seed
production areas summarized by plants. Survey conducted 14-18 May 1990.
Plant
Salable units
No. examined
No. infested
% infested
Cole crops
245
45
18.4
Eggplant
150
79
52.7
Forget-me-not
22
8
36.4
Pepper
490
204
41.6
Petunia
32
13
40.6
Totals
939
349
37.2
crops, eggplants, peppers (green and chili) and certain ornamentals. Results were
scored in terms of salable units rather than individual plants (i.e., if plants were
sold in trays of six plants, the number recorded would be number of trays infested
out of number examined).
Aphids infesting bedding plants might originate on hosts other than those ex¬
amined at commercial outlets allowing for the possibility, however slight, of
previous PLRV acquisition. To examine this possibility, at each location where
infested plants were found, three infested plants were purchased, individually
caged and returned to the laboratory. The aphids were then transferred to Physalis
floridana L. seedlings for a 72 h inoculation access period. After removing the
aphids with an insecticide spray, the plants were held for three weeks in the
greenhouse and observed for PLRV symptoms.
Results and Discussion
Plants infested with M. persicae were found in every community/area surveyed
(Table 1), but not in every store. In all, infested plants were found in 72% of the
outlets surveyed. Percentages varied from 25% in Ashton/St. Anthony to 100%
in American Falls/Aberdeen, Burley and Pocatello. Overall, approximately 42%
of the peppers and 53% of the eggplants were infested with green peach aphids
(Table 2). Forget-me-nots and petunias (mostly very young petunia plants) were
similarly infested, and cole crops (Brussels sprouts, broccoli, cabbage and cauli¬
flower) were less frequently infested. This survey indicates that commercially
available bedding plants remain a major source of M. persicae in the eastern Idaho
seed production areas.
None of the plant species examined in this survey are known hosts of PLRV.
Although these plants provided a significant source of M. persicae, they were not
a source of viruliferous aphids that may have originated on PLRV hosts. Testing
of 476 aphids for PLRV transmission revealed none transmitted the virus to P.
floridana seedlings.
As restrictions on insecticide use increase, there is a need to return to an
integrated approach to aphid management. Success of Bishop’s (1967) pilot pro¬
gram depended, in part, upon control of aphids on bedding plants. It is likely that
interdiction of infested bedding plants, coupled with elimination of volunteer
peach and apricot seedlings and distribution of free certified potato seed to home
gardeners would significantly reduce aphid infestation levels and PLRV incidence
in Idaho seed production areas.
1992 HALBERT & MO WRY: MYZUS PERSICAE INFESTATIONS 11
Blackman (1987) and Blackman & Paterson (1986) have shown that M. persicae,
in its historical sense, is actually a complex of morphologically similar species.
It would be problematic if sibling species in the M. persicae complex have
differential vectoring abilities for PLRV. Future work should be done to assess
the ability of aphids originating on bedding plants to colonize potato and their
efficiency in transmitting PLRV.
Acknowledgment
We thank Joyce Sorrell for technical assistance and the Idaho Potato Com¬
mission for financial support. This is Idaho Agricultural Experiment Station sci¬
entific paper 90762.
Literature Cited
Bishop, G. W. 1965. Green peach aphid distribution and potato leafroll virus occurrence in the seed
potato producing areas of Idaho. J. Econ. Entomol., 58: 150-153.
Bishop, G. W. 1967. A leafroll control program in Idaho’s seed potato areas. Am. Potato J., 44:
305-308.
Bishop, G. W. & J. W. Guthrie. 1964. Home gardens as a source of the green peach aphid and virus
diseases in Idaho. Am. Potato J., 41: 28-34.
Blackman, R. L. 1987. Morphological discrimination of a tobacco-feeding form from Myzus persicae
(Sulzer) (Hemiptera: Aphididae), and a key to New World Myzus {Nectarosiphon) species. Bull.
Ent. Res., 77: 713-730.
Blackman, R. L. & A. J. C. Paterson. 1986. Separation of Myzus (. Nectarosiphon ) antirrhinii (Mac-
chiati) from Myzus (N.) persicae (Sulzer) and related species in Europe (Homoptera: Aphididae).
Syst. Ent., 11: 267-276.
Tamaki, G., L. Fox & B. A. Biott. 1979. Ecology of the green peach aphid as a factor of beet western
yellows virus of sugarbeets. USD A Technical Bulletin, 1599.
Received 4 March 1991; accepted 15 May 1991.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(1): 12-14, (1992)
RATES OF PREDATION BY CHRYSOMYA RUFIFACIES
(MACQUART) ON COCHLIOMYIA MACELLARIA (FABR.)
(DIPTERA: CALLIPHORIDAE) IN THE LABORATORY:
EFFECT OF PREDATOR AND PREY DEVELOPMENT
Jeffrey D. Wells and Bernard Greenberg
Department of Biological Sciences, University of Illinois at Chicago,
Chicago, Illinois 60680
Abstract. — Chrysomya rufifacies (Macquart) is a blow fly that was recently introduced to North
America. Because the larvae of this species are facultative predators on other maggots, native
North American carrion flies probably will be negatively affected by the invasion. Cochliomyia
macellaria (Fabr.), the native calliphorid with the greatest bionomic similarity to the invader,
was selected as the prey species for a laboratory study of predatory behavior. We investigated
the influence of both predator and prey development on predation rates when single predators
and prey were paired in the laboratory. Third instar C. rufifacies consumed third and, at a lesser
rate, second instar C. macellaria. Earlier instars were not predaceous. Both relatively small and
relatively large third instar C. rufifacies consumed the same number of mid-size prey.
Key Words. —Insecta, Cafliphoridae, Chrysomya invasion, predatory behavior, Cochliomyia prey,
effect of development
The Old World blow fly Chrysomya rufifacies (Macquart) was apparently in¬
troduced to Costa Rica around 1978 (Jiron 1979). Since that time it has been
collected in Baja California and Caifomia (Greenberg 1988), Texas (Richard &
Ahrens 1983), and Arizona (Baumgartner 1986). Chrysomya rufifacies is an im¬
portant parasite of newborn calves in extremely wet areas of Hawaii (Shishido &
Hardy 1969) and concern has been expressed about the economic impact of this
species in its new range (Schmidt & Kunz 1985). Chrysomya rufifacies larvae are
facultative predators on other maggots including parasitic species (Fuller 1934).
Because of this habit, and because C. rufifacies is typically a secondary invader
of both carrion and live mammals (Fuller 1934, Norris 1959), the net economic
effect of this fly is often unclear.
Carrion arthropod species display a continuous succession in a carcass (Schoenly
& Reed 1987). Two species occupying the same carcass may avoid particular
interactions simply because the necessary developmental stages do not meet. It
is of interest, then, to know what interactions are possible between various life
stages. Both second and third instar Chrysomya rufifacies have been described as
predaceous (Goodbrod & Goff 1990), but the relative behavior of the different
instars and the size of the prey that can be subdued have not been reported. As
part of a study of the ecology of this fly and its impact on native Diptera, we
investigated the effect of both predator and prey development on C. rufifacies
predation rates in a laboratory setting. The prey species was Cochliomyia ma¬
cellaria (Fabr.), the North American fly with the greatest bionomic similarity to
the invader (Nicholson 1934, James 1947, Hall 1948, Bohart & Gressitt 1951,
Denno & Cothran 1975, unpublished data), and presumably its closest ecological
homolog.
1992
WELLS & GREENBERG: PREDATION BY CHRYSOMYA
13
Methods and Materials
Experiment 7.—Single C. rufifacies and C. macellaria larvae were confined
together in 55 x 13 mm plastic petri dishes lined with moistened filter paper.
Dishes were placed on a laboratory bench at 23° C with lights on. Larvae from
laboratory colonies had been reared on an excess of ground beef. Treatments were
the nine possible combinations of the three larval instars of each species. Ap¬
proximate body lengths of the larvae used were 2.3, 7.4 and 10.5 mm for first,
second and third instar C. rufifacies, and 2.3, 7.0 and 16.8 mm for first, second,
and third instar C. macellaria. Twenty pairs were created for each treatment. The
dishes were simultaneously arranged in a random pattern within 20 rows and nine
columns. The larvae were constantly scanned for 5 h and instances of successful
predation (C. macellaria consumed) by C. rufifacies were recorded for every hour
(C. rufifacies curls around and pierces its prey which struggles violently in re¬
sponse). Following this, the larvae were left in place with the lights off for 17 h
and again examined for evidence of predation.
Experiment 2.—Larvae were confined as in experiment 1, but in this case we
examined the effect of predator size when third instar C. rufifacies attack third
instar C. macellaria. Predator size was either relatively small (approx. 10.5 mm)
or relatively large (approx. 16.2 mm) matched with one prey size (approx. 12.5
mm). Care was taken that post-feeding larvae were not used for the larger pred¬
ators. Again, 20 dishes for each treatment were set up and arranged at random
within a pattern of 10 rows and four columns. Because the great majority of
predaceous acts in experiment 1 occurred within the first hour (see below), the
larvae were constantly scanned for 1 h and instances of predation were recorded
for each 0.5 h.
Results and Discussion
The numbers of dishes with predation in experiment 1 were 17 of the paired
third instars, seven of third instar C. rufifacies with second instar C. macellaria,
and zero for all other treatments. All acts of predation between third instars
occurred within the first hour, but some from the second treatment occurred in
hours two (two dishes) and three (one dish). After the dishes were left overnight
in darkness a second instar C. rufifacies was observed feeding on a dead second
instar C. macellaria. This may have been either predation or scavenging. In
experiment 2 there was no difference in the number of prey taken by small versus
large C. rufifacies (15 each).
The conditions in this investigation were, of course, highly artificial and might
not represent true predation rates within a carcass. Still, the relative differences
in behavior seen here may exist in the field. Although second instar C. rufifacies
may be predaceous as reported, they were much less so than third instars.
Chrysomya rufifacies typically behaves as a secondary fly in that oviposition
occurs on carcasses already occupied by other larvae (Fuller 1934, Bohart &
Gressitt 1951, Early & Goff 1986). Our results suggest that an ecological refuge
exists for native Diptera that reach the post-feeding stage before third instar C.
rufifacies are present. We have found that all C. rufifacies instars are present in
goat carcasses when the food is exhausted (unpublished data), indicating that no
similar refuge could exist for species following C. rufifacies in succession.
14
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 68(1)
Literature Cited
Baumgartner, D. L. 1986. The hairy maggot blow fly Chrysomya rufifacies (Macquart) confirmed in
Arizona. J. Entomol. Sci., 21: 130-132.
Bohart, G. E. & J. L. Gressitt. 1951. Filth-inhabiting flies of Guam. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull.,
204.
Denno, R. F. & W. R. Cothran. 1975. Niche relationships of a guild of necrophagous flies. Ann.
Entomol. Soc. Am., 68: 741-754.
Early, M. & M. L. Goff. 1986. Arthropod succession patterns in exposed carrion on the island of
O’ahu, Hawaiian Islands, USA. J. Med. Entomol., 5: 520-531.
Fuller, M. E. 1934. The insect inhabitants of carrion: a study in animal ecology. Counc. Sci. Ind.
Res. Bull. (Aust.), 82: 4-63.
Goodbrod, J. R. & M. L. Goff. 1990. Effects of larval density on the rates of development and
interactions between two species of Chrysomya (Diptera: Calliphoridae) in laboratory culture.
J. Med. Entomol., 27: 338-343.
Greenberg, B. 1988. Chrysomya megacephala (F.) (Diptera: Calliphoridae) collected in North Amer¬
ica and notes on Chrysomya species present in the New World. J. Med. Entomol., 25: 199—
200 .
Hall, D. G. 1948. The blowflies of North America. Thomas Say Foundation.
James, M. T. 1947. The flies that cause myiasis in man. USDA Misc. Pub., 631.
Jiron, L. F. 1979. Sobre moscas califordidas de Costa Rica (Diptera: Cyclorrapha). Brenesia, 16:
221-223.
Nicholson, A. J. 1934. The influence of temperature on the activity of sheep-blowflies. Bull. Entomol.
Res., 25: 85-91.
Norris, K. R. 1959. The ecology of sheep blowflies in Australia. Monogr. Biol., 8: 514-544.
Richard, R. D. & E. H. Ahrens. 1983. New distribution record for the recently introduced blow fly
Chrysomya rufifacies (Macquart) in North America. Southwest Entomol., 8: 216-218.
Schmdit, C. D. & S. E. Kunz. 1985. Reproduction of Chrysomya rufifacies (Macquart) in the lab¬
oratory. Southwest. Entomol., 10: 163-165.
Schoenly, K. & W. Reed. 1987. Dynamics of heterotrophic succession in carrion arthropod assem¬
blages: discrete seres or a continuum of change? Oecologia, 73: 192-202.
Shishido, W. H. & D. E. Hardy. 1969. Myiasis of new-born calves in Hawaii. Proc. Haw. Entomol.
Soc., 20: 435-438.
Received 16 January 1991; accepted 18 May 1991.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(1): 15-26, (1992)
NEST BIOLOGY OF OSMIA (DI CERA TOSMIA)
SURF ASCI AT A CRESSON IN CENTRAL TEXAS
(HYMENOPTERA: MEGACHILIDAE)
John L. Neff 1 and Beryl B. Simpson 12
Central Texas Melittological Institute, 7307 Running Rope,
Austin, Texas 78731
department of Botany, The University of Texas, Austin, Texas 78713
Abstract.— Nests and provisioning behavior of Osmia (Diceratosmia) subfasciata Cresson, a
widely distributed, polylectic, cavity nesting bee were studied in central Texas. Most study nests
were in borings in pine blocks, but field observations suggest snail shells also are used. Nest
plugs and partitions are formed of a mixture of masticated plant material and coarse sand with
both materials collected and mixed on the same foraging trip. Provisioning series consist of a
mix of long and short foraging trips, with six to ten long trips required to provision a cell. Details
of the structure of the four layered cocoon are discussed and figured. Biologically novel features
included the initiation of the outermost cocoon layer while the larva is still feeding with the
margins of this layer being extended along the cell wall as feeding continues. Larvae spend part
of the summer in an extended prepupal diapause before pupating and eclosing to overwinter
within their natal cocoons. Floral pollen and nectar sources are listed and observations on the
biology of Chrysura pacifica (Say) (Chrysididae), a nest parasite, are presented.
Key Words. — Insecta, bee, nest biology, provisioning rate, cocoon, diapause
The subgenus Diceratosmia has been considered the most generalized group of
North American Osmia (Sinha 1958). Although American workers long consid¬
ered Diceratosmia to be a distinct genus, it was reduced to a subgenus of Osmia
by Sinha (1958) in a treatment followed by most modem workers (Mitchell 1962,
Hurd 1979, Michener 1979). Osmia (Diceratosmia) subfasciata Cresson is a wide¬
spread but little studied member of this assemblage with most observations on
its biology consisting only of brief reports of its use of beetle burrows in wood as
nest sites (Linsley 1946, Mitchell 1962), and collection records suggesting its use
of mud wasp nests and plant stems as nest sites (Cockerell 1911). The only report
yielding any details on its nesting biology is a brief note by Krombein (1967: 311-
312) that described a single nest from Arizona, but gave little indication there is
anything distinctive about the biology of this bee. Our observations agree in
general outline with those of Krombein but differ significantly from his obser¬
vations in several aspects of nest biology such as materials used in nest construc¬
tion and duration of prepupal diapause. These differences, coupled with new data
on provisioning behavior and timing of cocoon formation, suggest that O. subfas¬
ciata is biologically more interesting than previously indicated.
Materials and Methods
Observations on foraging behavior and nest construction were conducted from
1979 to 1990 at several sites in central Texas with most of the studies done
between 1986 and 1990 at the Brackenridge Field Laboratory (BFL) of the Uni¬
versity of Texas, Austin, Texas. Artificial pine block trap-nests with diameters of
2.8, 3.2, 4.8 and 6.4 mm were set out at BFL as well as at Sayersville, Bastrop
16
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(1)
Co., and Charco, Goliad Co. Additional nests with bores of 5.8, 7.9 and 9.5 mm
were also set out at BFL. All 2.8 mm and some 3.2 mm diameter nests had bore
depths of 45 mm. Most 3.2 mm nests and nests of all other diameters were bored
to a depth of 120 mm. Nests were set out in both large, shaded domiciles with
40 to 60 nests per domicile or in smaller exposed clusters of 12 to 16 nests at
BFL. Roughly equal numbers of nests of each diameter were used in each cluster
or domicile. Nests in the large domiciles, but not in the small clusters, were
replaced when empty nests were filled. The domiciles were placed 1 m from the
ground on poles equiped with various sticky traps and moats to exclude fire ants.
Nest clusters were taped or wired to tree limbs at 1 or 2 m above the ground as
well as mounted on stakes at a height of 15 cm above the ground. Four sets of
nest clusters were set out at Charco and Sayersville with two nest clusters on
stakes and two on tree limbs at each site. All nests were aligned with their long
axes horizontal to the ground.
Individual nests, or provisioning females, from BFL were coded by the year
followed by the nest number. Data on phenology and floral hosts were based on
the general collections and observations of JLN in central Texas from 1979 through
1989. Data are presented as the mean ± one standard deviation. Plant nomen¬
clature follows Correll & Johnston (1970) and Johnston (1988). Insect vouchers
are deposited at the Brackenridge Field Laboratory, Austin, Texas and the Snow
Museum, University of Kansas, Lawrence Kansas.
Observations on larval development were based on trap-nests opened in the
laboratory and maintained at room temperature (24° C to 8° C summer and 15°
C to 22° C winter). Torchio (1989) found that in several Osmia spp., the first
larval molt occurs before hatching so that the first evident instar is actually the
second yielding a total of five larval instars. Our methods were inadequate for
detecting if such an early molt occurs in O. subfasciata so our discussion refers
to the number of instars assuming the eclosing larva is the first instar although
we recognize this may be incorrect.
Pollen collection records were based on field observations and analyses of sam¬
ples of scopal loads and nest provisions. Pollen from scopal loads was mounted
in glycerine for microscopic examination and sorted to plant morphospecies with
the aid of a reference pollen collection. Crude pollen volume per morphospecies
was estimated from pollen volume per grain times number of grains per sample
(minimum of200 grains for total sample). As a conservative measure, only pollens
of species constituting 10% or more of the volume of a sample were considered
to have been actively collected because some pollen will be picked up incidental
to nectaring and many flowers may show high levels of “contamination” of foreign
pollen which may be unintentionally collected by a bee.
Results
Phenology and Floral Hosts. — Osmia subfasciata is a strictly vernal species in
central Texas. Collection records suggest the species is weakly protandrous with
females having much greater longevity than males (Fig. 1). We have collected
males from 3 Mar to 14 May in central Texas with most records from the last
half of March, although females were collected from 14 Mar to 19 Jun with most
activity from the last half of March through April. Lifespans of individual bees
are unknown.
1992
NEFF & SIMPSON: NEST BIOLOGY OF OSMIA
17
1-Mar 2-Mar 1-Apr 2-Apr 1-May 2-May 1-Jun 2-Jun
DATE
Figure 1. Central Texas collections records for O. subfasciata indicating pattern of seasonal abun¬
dance. Males = hatched bars. Females = solid bars. Horizontal axis in 2 week periods.
Females of Osmia subfasciata are clearly polylectic, collecting pollen from a
wide array of plants. We recorded O. subfasciata visiting flowers of 32 genera in
14 families in central Texas (Table 1). Hurd & Michener (1955) listed an additional
three families and nine genera of plants visited by O. subfasciata in Texas. NonTexas
records (Hurd & Michener 1955, Mitchell 1962) bring the total to 18 families
and 48 genera. Osmia subfasciata collected pollen of at least 13 genera in nine
families in central Texas (indicated by the letter P in Table 1). Analysis of pollen
loads and nest contents from trap-nests indicated 54% (14 of 26) of the scopal
loads contained mixtures of pollens (two or more pollens each representing at
least 10% of pollen load volume).
Nest Structure. — Considerable variation in body size is seen in central Texas
O. subfasciata with males usually smaller than females. Males were 7.1 ± 0.8
mm (range 5.8-8.7; n = 25) in length with thoracic widths of 2.2 ± 0.2 mm
(range, 1.8-2.6; n = 25). Females were 8.5 ± 0.8 mm (7.0-9.7; n = 25) in length
with thoracic widths averaging 2.7 ± 0.5 mm (2.2-3.1; n = 25). Females initiated
nests in wooden traps with bore diameters of 3.2 ( n = 4), 4.8 (n = 11) and 6.4
mm ( n = 2). Only the long 120 bores were used by O. subfasciata. Our sample
of nests suggests diameters of 3.2 to 4.8 mm, a size best fitting observed female
cross-sectional area, were the preferred nest diameters for O. subfasciata. Unlike
many taxa collected during trap-nesting programs, O. subfasciata is apparently
not gregarious as we never found more than one female active at a given trap-
nest station.
As is common in Osmia, but not in some trap-nesting Hoplitis, nest walls were
unlined, even in nests with diameters significantly larger than that of the cross-
18
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(1)
Table 1. Central Texas floral records for Osmia subfasciata.
Plant family
Plant taxon
Visited by
Asteraceae
Chaetopappa bellioides (A. Gray) Shinners
5
Crepis sp.
9
Engelmannia pinnatifida Nuttall
6
Coreopsis nuecensis Heller
9
Coreopsis basalis var. wrightii (A. Gray) Blake
9
Erigeron sp.
9
Gaillardia pulchella Fougeroux
9
Hymenoxys scaposa (DC) Parker
9P, 3
Krigia occidentalis Nuttall
5
Lindheimera texana Gray & Engelmann
3
Berberidaceae
Berberis swaseyi Buckley
3
Brassicaceae
Lesquerella grandiflora (Hooker) Watson
9P
Lesquerella argyraea (A. Gray) Watson
9
Cactaceae
Opuntia macrorhiza Engelmann
9
Commelinaceae
Tinantia anomala (Torrey) Clarke
9P
Fabaceae
Cercis canadensis L.
9,3
Desmanthus velutinus Scheele
9P
Lupinus texensis Hooker
9P
Prosopis glandulosa Torrey
9P, 3
Vicia villosa Roth
3
Hydrophyllaceae
Nama hispidum A. Gray
9P
Nemophila phacelioides Nuttall
9P, 3
Phacelia congesta Hooker
9P
Phacelia patuliflora (Engelmann & A. Gray) A. Gray
9
Lamiaceae
Brazoria sp.
9
Monarda citriodora Cervantes
9P
Teucrium cubense Jacquin
9,3
Malvaceae
Callirhoe leiocarpa Martin
9
Callirhoe involucrata (Torrey) A. Gray
9P, 3
Sida abutifolia Miller
9
Sphaeralcea lindheimeri A. Gray
9P
Onagraceae
Oenothera speciosa Nuttall
9P
Rubiaceae
Hedyotis nigricans (Lamark) Fosbery
9P
Sapindaceae
Ungnadia speciosa Endlicher
3
Solanaceae
Chamaesaracha sordida (Dunal) A. Gray
9
Verbenaceae
Verbena bipinnatifida Nuttall
9
Verbena officinalis L. ssp. halei (Small) Barber
9,3
1 P indicates known pollen host.
sectional diameter of the bee. Partitions, basal plugs and entrance plugs were
constructed of a mixture of coarse sand and masticated plant material (Figs. 2,
3). The entrance plug was single layered, 3-6 mm thick, and had a smooth, concave
outer surface. The margins of the plug were usually flush with, or more rarely
recessed 3-6 mm from, the nest entrance. The entrance plug was followed by one
or two vestibular cells of 6-47 mm in length. The partition between the vestibular
cells, or the outermost cell partition, if only one vestibular cell was present, was
consistently thicker than the inner brood cell partitions and sometimes thicker
than the entrance plug. Partitions between inner cells were quite thin medially
(0.2-0.3 mm) but thicker along the cell wall (0.5-1.0 mm). In one case, a female
was found to have used a nest previously occupied by a eumenid wasp and had
1992
NEFF & SIMPSON: NEST BIOLOGY OF OSMIA
19
Figure 2. Female O. subfasciata adding soil to masticated leaf material (7 x).
used portions of some of the remaining mud partitions as bases for her own nest
partitions.
Nests consisted of linear series of 2-12 brood cells. These cells varied from
5.5-12.0 mm in length or 60.0 to 322.0 mm 3 in volume depending on nest
diameter. Lengths of brood cells averaged 8.4 ± 0.6 mm (7.5-9.7; n = 21) in
nests with diameters of 3.2 mm and 7.9 ± 1.3 mm (5.5-12.0, n = 52) and 7.9 ±
1.4 mm (6.5-12.0, n— 11) for 4.8 and 6.4 mm diameter nests respectively. No
consistent pattern was evident between brood cell length and its position within
a nest. Too many bees escaped from nests without being sexed or were detroyed
by parasites to allow accurate estimates of sex ratio or position of sexes within
nests. Limited available data suggest that, as is common in sexually dimorphic,
trap-nesting species with large females, females are produced primarily in the
innermost cells. Only males were produced from the two 3.2 mm diameter nests.
The provision mass was firm and uniformly moist (except for dry loose pollen
along the walls), filling most of the cell. The outer face of the provision mass
slanted towards the cell entrance, the upper part of the mass being the furthest
from the entrance. Females inserted the posterior end of the egg in a moistened
area on the upper third of the slanted face with the anterior portion of the egg
remaining free but curving down over the provisions.
In addition to trap-nests, we observed females of O. subfasciata investigating
20
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 68(1)
Figures 3-4. O. subfasciata cell and cocoon structure. Figure 3. Cross-section of anterior portion
of cocoon with attached nest partition (12.2x). (a) partition of coarse sand and masticated plant
material, (b) outer cocoon layer adhering to partition, (c) outer sheets of inner cocoon, (d) fibrous layer
of nipple, (e) middle layer of inner cocoon, (f) innermost layer of inner cocoon. Figure 4. Cross-section
of cocoon nipple (49 x). (a) elaboration of middle layer of inner cocoon, (b) fibrous inner layer of
nipple, (c) innermost layer of cocoon.
various small, empty snail shells at BFL where a single-celled bee nest was found
in one of these shells by A. Hook (personal communication). Although the nest
was destroyed when opening the shell, the plug was of the characteristic sand/
plant mastic mix. This, along with its small size, suggests it was a Disceratosmia
nest. Osmia subfasciata is the only Diceratosmia known to occur at BFL, and
other small megachilines occurring there use different materials in their nest
partitions. It thus seems likely that O. subfasciata, like Osmia conjuncta Cresson
(Rau 1937), occasionally constructs nests in snail shells.
Nest Construction. — Nests were initiated by placing a thin layer of the sand/
masticated plant material mix at the end of the burrow. Sand and plant material
were collected on the same trip. At Sayersville, we repeatedly observed female O.
subfasciata chewing leaf margins of Helianthemum georgianum Chapman (Cis-
taceae), forming a small ball which was held beneath the mandibles. The bee then
moved to an area of loose sand and dropped the ball of chewed leaf material on
the sand surface where she proceeded to chew and knead the ball as she rolled it
over the soil surface incorporating soil/sand particles into the mass (Fig. 2). In¬
dividuals were observed to return to the same small one or two m 2 areas for five
or more consecutive leaf-soil loads. Source of the plant material at other sites is
unknown but presumably a variety of plant taxa is utilized. Upon returning to
the nest, the female laid down a low rim of the soil/leaf masticate mix which
served as the base of the partition separating the first two cells of the nest. Con¬
struction of such a rim, known as Fabre’s threshold (Malyshev 1936) is widespread
among megachiline bees (Frohlich 1983; JLN, personal observation). After pro¬
visioning and ovipositing in the first cell, the female closed the cell delimited by
the initial rim and constructed another rim. This pattern continued until the final
cell of the nest was completed.
Bee 87-7 required 11 trips and 97.7 minutes to finish a partition and construct
a new rim. During this period she averaged 6.3 ± 1.73 min (2.82-9.63; n= 11)
in the nest and 2.58 ± 2.34 min (0.76-8.78; n = 11) away from the nest. Female
O. subfasciata apparently are able to construct and provision two cells per day.
1992
NEFF & SIMPSON: NEST BIOLOGY OF OSMIA
21
The female observed in 1989 at BFL took six days to complete a 12 cell nest (89-
7) and then six days for a nine cell nest (89-18).
Provisioning Behavior. —Because females in the small 3.2 and 4.8 mm diameter
nests had to exit the nest to turn around to deposit pollen, time in the nest after
pollen trips could be separated into nectar and pollen deposition components.
Female 89-7 averaged 0.76 ±0.19 min (« = 11) in the nest for nectar deposition
and 1.00 ± 0.30 {n = 11) for pollen deposition. Female 87-7 was somewhat faster,
averaging 0.31 ±0.14 {n = 9) for nectar deposition and 0.71 ± 0.21 for pollen
deposition. The preceding times for pollen deposition exclude the long final period
of a provisioning sequence which presumably represents final pollen mass prep¬
aration and oviposition. This final period was 5.35 min for bee 87-7, and 4.45
min for bee 89-7.
Interpretation of foraging patterns was complicated by the lack of consistency
in the duration of pollen trips. A complete provisioning series for a male cell in
nest 89-7, provisioned on 19 Apr 1989 required 192 minutes. This entailed 10
or possibly 13 pollen trips. The variable estimate stems from the fact that most
pollen trips were relatively long, averaging 16.05 ± 2.78 min (12.04-22.29; n =
9) but there were also three short trips averaging only 2.74 ± 1.22 min (2.02-
4.15; n = 3) when the bee returned with pollen. It is likely the short trips were
not true pollen trips but we cannot be sure as we were not able to tell if the bee’s
scopa still contained pollen when she exited the nest. The female behaved as if
she were depositing pollen prior to leaving for the apparent short pollen trips.
Another cell provisioned on 1 Apr 1987 showed the same pattern. This cell
required only 88 minutes and six long trips with a mean of 15.07 ± 4.66 min
(6.12-19.90) and four short ones with a mean of 1.46 ± 0.85 min (0.89-2.71).
A similar mix of long and short trips was observed in other partial provisioning
series noted in 1987, 1989, and 1990. The short trips may have been nectar trips
or perhaps represent a form of defensive behavior against nest parasites which
oviposit in open cells.
Development and Cocoon Structure. —Larvae fed without moving from the
initial position of egg insertion during the first three instars. The conspicuously
setose fourth instar occurs six to seven days after hatching and then begins moving
over the provision mass. Defecation is initiated one to two days after molting to
the fourth instar. The pale, flattened fecal pellets are initially placed on the distal
portions of the cell, particularly the distal walls and outer margins of the cap.
Individual pellets free from the wall are curved, have tapered ends, and are 0.6-
0.7 mm long. The curved, ventral surface of an individual pellet had a weakly
defined, shallow, longitudinal groove. Pellets produced later become strongly flat¬
tened, even ribbon-like, as they are closely appressed to the cell wall or outer
layer of the cocoon.
The cocoon consists of four layers in two distinct structures, an inner and outer
cocoon (Fig. 3). The outer cocoon is single-layered and is initiated two to three
days after molting to the final larval instar, well before the completion of feeding
as two-thirds to three-fourths of the provision mass remains at that time. The
initial portion of the outer cocoon layer consists of a tough translucent membrane
placed over, and closely adhering to, the cell cap and anterior portions of the cell
wall up to the edges of the remaining provisions. This portion of the cocoon is
laid over the initial layer of fecal pellets. The outer cocoon is extended along the
22
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(1)
cell walls, sometimes after the deposition of more fecal pellets, as the walls are
exposed by continued feeding. Additional fecal pellets are deposited on the inner
surface of this cocoon layer. The provisions are completely consumed roughly
four to five days after the initiation of the outer cocoon. The outer cocoon is
completed by covering the base of the cell after the completion of feeding.
The inner cocoon, initiated after the completion of the outer, required two or
three days to construct and consisted of three layers. The outermost is formed by
a series of thin, translucent sheets with a few embedded threads. These sheets are
apparently laid down as overlapping series which are attached both to one another
and to the outer cocoon. The innermost of these translucent sheets forms the
foundation for the relatively thick (0.02 mm), tough, brown, opaque middle layer.
Closely appressed to the inner surface of the middle layer is a thin, translucent
inner layer.
The anterior end of the inner cocoon is elaborated into a nipple (Figs. 3, 4), a
complex structure which apparently serves as an air exchange mechanism for the
otherwise impervious cocoon. Seen from within, the innermost portion of the
nipple appears as an opaque, smooth brown disk surrounded by a paler ring. In
cross section, it can be seen that the disk is formed by a tightly packed region of
the tough brown fibers which fill the mesal, hemispherical region of the nipple.
The thick layer of tough threads is covered by, and grades into, the thickened
continuation of the opaque middle layer of the cocoon. This thickened opaque
layer is not continuous, having a central opening of approximately 0.3 mm. This
central opening is filled with a continuation of the inner layer of coarse threads
which in turn intergrades with dense translucent sheets covering the outer surface
of the nipple.
Osmia subfasciata is univoltine in central Texas. After the completion of cocoon
spinning, there is a relatively long larval diapause of approximately 90 to 110
days before pupation. Larvae completing cocoon construction by 6 May pupated
by 5 Aug when kept in the lab at room temperature (23.3°-27.7° C). However
larvae from a nest constructed at the same time but left in the field did not pupate
until 30 Aug. Individuals overwinter as adults within their natal cocoons.
Mating Behavior.— Mating was rarely observed although males are commonly
observed patrolling female pollen and nectar sources such as flowers of Cercis,
Nemophila or Berberis during the initial portions of the flight season. Mating,
including a period of post-copulatory mate guarding, was prolonged and was
observed only at flowers. Males were never observed at nest sites or areas of
female emergence when occupied trap nests were placed in the field. It is likely
that female O. subfasciata mate only once, or at most a few times, during a brief
receptive period.
Predators and Parasites. — Nest parasitism was not extensive with only two
species of nest parasites reared. Bombyliid larvae were reared from two outer cells
of BFL trap-nests. Pupal morphology indicated they were Anthracinae, presum¬
ably Anthrax, but neither individual was able to pierce the nest closure to exit
and both failed to eclose. The other nest parasite was the small chrysid wasp,
Chrysura paciftca (Say) which was reared from nests from Sayersville set out in
1986 and 1989. Chrysurapacifica has not been collected at BFL. Our observations
of C. pacifica larval development agreed with earlier observations of C. pacifica
attacking Osmia pumila Cresson (Krombein 1967: 446). The four-celled Sayers-
1992
NEFF & SIMPSON: NEST BIOLOGY OF OSMIA
23
ville 89 nest included six C. pacifica: two cells with two C. pacifica, and two with
one. The eggs have a thick, tough chorion and are deposited near the basal portion
of the provisions. In a cell where larval development was followed completely,
the C. pacifica egg hatched one day after the O. subfasciata egg (three to four days
after O. subfasciata oviposition). The C. pacifica larva remained quiescent for
three days before beginning to move forward over the provision mass, aided by
an unusual bifurcate caudal segment. After two days of movement it reached and
attached itself with its mandibles to the still sessile, third instar O. subfasciata
larva. A second C. pacifica larva, previously hidden on the opposite side of the
cell, attached itself to the O. subfasciata larva on the following day. The O.
subfasciata larva molted to the fourth instar the following day (seven days after
hatching) and both larvae were detached, with only one reattaching to the now
setose, free moving O. subfasciata larva. The remaining first instar C. pacifica
larva remained inactive but attached to the O. subfasciata larva for an additional
12 days, during which the O. subfasciata larva completed constructing its cocoon.
It then began feeding on the O. subfasciata larva and its own growth became
obvious. Feeding continued for five days, after which the O. subfasciata larva was
badly shriveled. Unfortunately, the C. pacifica larva was killed by a laboratory
infestation of Chaetodactylus mites which almost certainly came from infested
nests of Osmia ribifloris Cockerell stored nearby. Mites developed from egg to
adult on provisions and feces of O. subfasciata but no infestations were observed
in field collected nests nor were mites present on adults.
Miltogrammine flies were common at the BFL nest site but apparently were
associated with various sphecid and eumenid wasps using the domicile as none
were observed at bee nest entrances. The surface of the pollen mass from one cell
in nest 89-18 in which the egg failed to hatch was encrusted with the black fruiting
bodies of Ascosphaera. The fungus was not noted in other cells. The only obser¬
vation of predation was a female captured by the common red assassin bug,
Apiomerus spissipes (Say), at flowers of Verbena officinalis Linnaeus ssp. halei
(Small) Barber, at Pedemales Falls State Park, Blanco Co., Texas.
Discussion
Our observations on nest structure and cocoon structure of O. subfasciata agree
with those of the only previous study by Krombein (1967) in many features of
general nest architecture but differ in a number of important aspects. Krombein
reported that partitions in his nest from Scottsdale, Arizona, were constructed
only of masticated leaf material rather than the sand/plant mix we found in Texas.
Use of a combination of sand or soil and masticated leaf material for nest con¬
struction is common in the Hoplitis-Anthocopa-Proteriades complex, particularly
in the subgenera Penteriades, Hoplitina, Xerosmia, Acrosmia, Atoposmia, Ere-
mosmia and Hexosmia (Parker 1975, 1978a, b). However, it apparently is un¬
common in Osmia (sensu Sinha 1958). Published accounts indicate the vast
majority of Osmia species use either soil or plant masticate in nest construction
but not both (Iwata 1976, Rust 1974). Exceptions among American species include
Osmia ( Cephalosmia ) californica Cresson, which constructs nest plugs and par¬
tition of a mix of mud and masticated plant material (Levin 1966, Rust 1974,
Torchio 1989), and Osmia (Trichinosmia) latisulcata Michener, which uses a
sand/plant masticate mix for cell partitions and plant masticate and pebbles for
24
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 68 ( 1 )
nest plugs (Parker 1984). Both mud and plant masticate are used in constructing
the um-like cells of some members of subgenus Acanthosmioides (Rust et al.
1974). The use of a sand/plant masticate mix in nest construction appears to be
unusual even within Diceratosmia. Nest construction materials in various species
of Diceratosmia have been described as leaf paste ( O. conjuncta [Rau 1937]), leaf
pulp ( Osmia gallarum Spinola [Iwata 1976]), and green putty ( Osmia versicolor
Latreille [Fabre 1915]). If Diceratosmia is actually the sister group of all other
Osmia (sensu Sinha 1958), it is tempting to suggest that the sand/plant pulp
mixture is the primitive nest construction material for this lineage, but the oc¬
currence of mud, plant masticate, or various mixes as nest construction materials
by taxa scattered throughout the genus renders this highly speculative.
Initiation of cocon spinning before the completion of feeding also appears to
be unusual among megachilines. Although production of a few threads, which aid
in holding the feces in place prior to cocoon completion, is common among
megachilines (Stephen et al. 1969, Torchio 1989), production of a distinct sheet
as produced by O. subfasciata is not. Unfortunately, there are relatively few studies
of development which would allow one to ascertain accurately when cocoon¬
spinning is initiated. The only other megachiline we are aware of that regularly
initiates cocoon construction well before completing feeding is Hoplitis ( Robert-
sonella) simplex (Cresson) (JLN, personal observation).
There is considerable variation in cocoon structure within Osmia. The cocoon
of O. subfasciata is a distinctive combination of elements found elsewhere in the
genus. The tough, nippled, multilayered cocoons of Osmia s. str. (Rust 1974; JLN,
personal observation) appear to be virtually identical to the inner cocoons of O.
subfasciata. The presence of a well formed anterior layer of the outer cocoon is
apparently more unusual in Osmia although a very similar structure is present in
cocoons of O. latisulcata (Parker 1984). A well defined anterior portion of the
outer cocoon is present in at least some species of Hoplitis and Chelostoma (Parker
1988; JLN, personal observation).
The extended prepupal diapause we observed in O. subfasciata also appears to
be unusual among megachilines which overwinter as adults. A review of published
reports suggests most Osmia larvae pupate within thirty days of cocoon comple¬
tion. Significant exceptions are the two year individuals of parsivoltine species,
which typically spend their first winter as prepupae (Torchio & Tepedino 1982)
and larvae of Osmia nigrifrons Cresson that have prepupal diapause lasting 130—
150 days (Rust et al. 1974). In addition, we have found that central Texas pop¬
ulations we studied of Osmia ribifloris have an extended prepupal diapause of
100-150 days (unpublished data) even though populations from northern Nevada
have a brief prepupal diapause (Rust 1986). Although we are unaware of conclusive
proof, it is generally believed that the prepupal stage of bees has lower metabolic
requirements and is more resistant to environmental stress than the adult. Pre¬
sumably this explains why the prepupal stage is the one most commonly used for
overwintering or extended diapause.
Nonetheless, overwintering as an adult is common among cool-temperate bees
which emerge in the early spring (Stephen et al. 1969). Overwintering as an adult
presumably facilitates early emergence and avoidance of pupation under cold or
otherwise unsuitable conditions. However, overwintering as an adult by vernal
bees may regularly expose diapausing adults to potentially lethal temperatures
1992
NEFF & SIMPSON: NEST BIOLOGY OF OS MIA
25
and/or moisture stress in areas of high summer temperatures. A recent study has
shown that diapausing adult Osmia cornifrons Radoszkowski kept at 22° C had
a survivorship rate (76%) nearly twice that of individuals maintained at 30° C
(39.9%) (Maeta 1978). Excluding Osmia, most osmiine bees overwinter as pre¬
pupae so it is possible that the extended prepupal diapause we observed in O.
subfasciata simply reflects retention of the plesiomorphic state. However, we
believe that in Osmia, extended prepupal diapause is a derived condition facili¬
tating tolerance of extended hot conditions, particularly those with high night
temperatures such as are commonly encountered during central Texas summers.
Average minimum monthly temperature exceeds 18° C from May through Sep¬
tember in central Texas (Conway & Liston 1974). We expect extended prepupal
diapause will be found in other Osmia spp. of central Texas as well as in other
regions with high night temperatures. Osmia subfasciata larvae from Scottsdale,
Arizona reared in a Washington, D.C. laboratory had a prepupal diapause of
roughly 45 days (Krombein 1967). The pattern of overwintering as an adult during
the winter before spring emergence, appears to be universal in Osmia and may
be an important factor limiting the southern distribution of the genus. Two year
old individuals in parsivoltine species of Osmia spend their first winter as pre¬
pupae, but their second as adults (Torchio & Tepedino, 1982). These cases rep¬
resent an extreme form of extended prepupal diapause for some individuals.
Extended prepupal diapause appears to be a mechanism which minimizes ex¬
posure of diapausing adults to the temperature and moisture stress in warm climes
yet retains the flexibility for early spring emergence.
Acknowledgment
We thank Gregg Dieringer for assistance with SEM work, and the Texas De¬
partment of Parks and Wildlife for permission to collect at Pedemales State Park
(permits 17-89 and 10-90). Gregg Dieringer also read the manuscript and made
many helpful suggestions.
Literature Cited
Cockerell, T. D. A. 1911. Bees in the collection of the United States National Museum. 2. Proc.
U.S. Nat. Mus., 40: 241-264.
Conway, H. M. & L. L. Liston (eds.). 1974. The weather handbook (rev. ed). Conway Research Inc.,
Atlanta, Georgia.
Correll, D. S. & M. C. Johnston. 1970. Manual of the vascular plants of Texas. Texas Research
Foundation, Renner, Texas.
Fabre, J. H. 1915. Bramble-bees and others. Dodd, Mead and Company, New York.
Frohlich, D. R. 1983. On the nesting biology of Osmia ( Chenosmia ) bruneri (Hymenoptera: Mega-
chilidae). J. Kansas. Entomol. Soc., 56: 123-130.
Hurd, P. D., Jr. 1979. Superfamily Apoidea. pp. 1741-2209. In K. V. Krombein, P. D. Hurd, Jr.,
D. R. Smith & B. D. Burks (eds.). Catalog of Hymenoptera in America north of Mexico, Vol.
2, Apocrita. Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, D.C.
Hurd, P.D. Jr. & C. D. Michener. 1955. The megachiline bees of California (Hymenoptera: Mega-
chilidae). Bull. Calif. Insect Survey, 3: 1-247.
Iwata, K. 1976. Evolution of instinct: comparative ethology of Hymenoptera. Amerind Publishing
Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
Johnston, M. C. 1988. The vascular plants of Texas. Privately published, Austin, Texas.
Krombein, K. Y. 1967. Trap-nesting wasps and bees: life histories, nests, and associates. Smithsonian
Institution Press, Washington, D.C.
26
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(1)
Levin, M. D. 1966. Biological notes on Osmia lignaria and Osmia californica (Hymenoptera: Apoi-
dea, Megachilidae). J. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 39: 524-535.
Linsley, E. G. 1946. Insect pollinators of alfalfa in California. J. Econ. Entomol., 39: 18-29.
Maeta, Y. 1978. Comparative studies on the biology of bees of the genus Osmia of Japan, with
special reference to their managements for pollinations of crops (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae).
Bull. Tohoku Nat. Agric. Exper. Sta., 57: 1-221.
Malyshev, S. I. 1936. Nesting habits of bees. Eos 11: 201-309.
Michener, C. D. 1979. Biogeography of the bees. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard., 66: 277-347.
Mitchell, T. B. 1962. Bees of the eastern United States, Volume II. North Carolina State University
Agric. Sta. Tech. Bull., 152: 1-557.
Parker, F. D. 1975. Nest descriptions and associates of three American bees of the genus “ Anthocopa ”
Lepeletier. (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 51: 113-122.
Parker, F. D. 1978a. Biology of the bee genus Proteriades Titus (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae). J.
Kansas Entomol. Soc., 51: 145-173.
Parker, F. D. 1978b. Nests of Anthocopa enceliae (Cockerell) and A. elongata (Hymenoptera: Mega¬
chilidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 53: 47-52.
Parker, F. D. 1984. The nesting biology of Osmia ( Trichinosmia ) latisulcata Michener. J. Kansas
Entomol. Soc., 57: 430-436.
Parker, F. D. 1988. Nesting biology of two North American species of Chelostoma (Hymenoptera:
Megachilidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 64: 1-8.
Rau, P. 1937. Life history of Osmia lignaria and Osmia cordata with notes on Osmia conjuncta.
Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 30: 324-343.
Rust, R. W. 1974. The systematics and biology of the genus Osmia, subgenera Osmia, Chalcosmia,
and Cephalosmia (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae). Wasmann J. Biol., 32: 1-93.
Rust, R. W. 1986. Biology of Osmia (Osmia) ribifloris Cockerell (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae). J.
Kansas Entomol. Soc., 59: 89-94.
Rust, R. W., R. W. Thorp & P. F. Torchio. 1974. The ecology of Osmia nigrifrons with a comparison
of other Acanthosmioides. J. Nat. Hist., 8: 29^47.
Sinha, R. N. 1958. A subgeneric revision of the genus Osmia in the western hemisphere (Hyme¬
noptera: Megachilidae). Univ. Kansas Science Bull., 39: 211-261.
Stephen, W. P., G. E. Bohart & P. F. Torchio. 1969. The biology and external morphology of bees.
Agric. Exp. Station, Oregon State University. Corvallis, Oregon.
Torchio, P. F. 1989. In-nest biologies and development of immature stages of three Osmia species
(Hymenoptera: Megachilidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 82: 599-615.
Torchio, P. F. & V. J. Tepedino. 1982. Parsivoltinism in three species of Osmia bees. Pan-Pac.
Entomol., 51: 113-122.
Received 18 January 1991; accepted 1 June 1990.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(1): 27-37, (1992)
OBITUARY:
JAMES WILSON TILDEN (1904-1988)
Paul H. Arnaud, Jr.
Department of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences,
San Francisco, California 94118
James Wilson “Bill” Tilden, entomologist, lepidopterist, naturalist, professor
emeritus at San Jose State University, died on 27 Dec 1988, four days before his
84th birthday, in San Jose, California, of injuries resulting from a fall at his home.
Memorial services were held at the Methodist Church in Philo, California, on 27
May 1989, and his ashes were buried at Philo in the Ruddock family cemetery.
Bill Tilden is known to many through his research and publications on Lepi-
doptera and ecology, including the books Butterflies of the San Francisco Bay
Region (Tilden 1965), A Field Guide to Western Butterflies (Tilden & Smith 1986),
and California Butterflies (Garth & Tilden 1986); through teaching for 22 years
at San Jose State University; and through his membership in many societies,
including the Pacific Coast Entomological Society. He was a member of this society
for 49 years—elected to membership at the 158th meeting on 30 Sep 1939—and
served as president in 1960. Several articles have been published on Bill’s life
(Anonymous 1989; Heifer 1989; Moreno 1989; Opler & Smith 1990; Smith 1990a,
b), and this article complements information given in the others.
Bill Tilden was bom 31 Dec 1904 in a shake cabin constructed by his father
in the hills above Philo and Anderson Valley, in Mendocino County, California.
He was the second of four children (he had an older sister and two younger
brothers) of Thomas Jefferson Tilden (6 Jul 1871-3 Jun 1945) and Charlotte
Almira Tilden, nee Ruddock (13 Apr 1887-7 Apr 1966).
Bill’s grandfather, James Wilson Tilden (17 Sep 1827-2 Nov 1878), a mate on
a sailing ship, jumped ship in San Francisco to join in the Gold Rush. His
grandmother, Susan Dickerson Tilden (26 Jan 1844-6 Mar 1875), died at the
early age of 31, leaving her husband with three small children to raise. Upon the
death of Bill’s grandfather, three years later in a boating accident in Sacramento,
the orphaned children were supported by the Independent Order of the Odd
Fellows.
Bill’s father, a lumberman and carpenter, was bom in Shingle Springs, in the
foothills of El Dorado County, California. He ran away from his foster home
when he was 14 and supported himself thereafter by his own resources. He worked
near Philo lumbering in the redwood forests with oxen teams. It was here that he
met Bill’s mother, the youngest daughter of Albert G. Ruddock (1839-1895), and
Permelia Curtis Ruddock (1846-1932). Albert Ruddock was a road supervisor
and the first postmaster of Philo. Bill’s father and mother were engaged to be
married for seven years while his father acquired the land and built his cabin.
They were married on 15 Aug 1900.
Bill’s family moved from Philo in 1906, following the death, from diphtheria,
of his sister, Naomi Alice (1902-1905), just before her fourth birthday. This move
was not financially advantageous to the family but was necessitated by the grief
28
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(1)
Figures 1-5. Figure 1. Thomas Jefferson Tilden, ca. 1900. Figure 2. Charlotte Ruddock Tilden,
ca. 1900. Figure 3. Bill Tilden ten years old with two brothers—Thomas C. Tilden, four years old,
and Earl R. Tilden, two years old. Figure 4. Bill Tilden, high school graduation picture, 1922. Figure
5. Bill Tilden, San Jose State College graduation picture, 1942.
of his mother, who wanted to move elsewhere because of the loss of her daughter,
and concern over Bill’s poor health.
Bill attended public schools in Philo, Turlock, Fresno, and Hilmar. At Hilmar,
a small town located south of Turlock in Merced County, the family lived on a
20 acre ranch between Tegner and Hilmar. Bill graduated from Hilmar High
School in 1922, completing his high school requirements in three years. Bill
wanted, at the time of his graduation, to attend the University of California at
Berkeley and to major in English Literature, but no funds were available for him
to do so.
In 1923, his father purchased 86 acres of second growth redwoods in Santa
Cruz, at Route 1, box 710 (now 3363 Branciforte Drive). About 10 acres were
available to grow garden produce and to plant an orchard. In Santa Cruz, his
father also worked as a carpenter. Bill was to make the family home his head¬
quarters for the next 16 years, whenever he was not working elsewhere.
1992
ARNAUD: JAMES WILSON TILDEN
29
Figures 6-11. Figure 6. Thomas and Charlotte Tilden, at Santa Cruz ranch, 1942. Figure 7. Bill
Tilden and Hazel Irene Miller Tilden, wedding day, San Francisco, California, 19 Jun 1943. Figure
8. Field day, 200th meeting of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, Rock City, Mount Diablo,
California, 18 Apr 1948. Left to right, John R. (Jack) Walker, Bill Tilden, John P. Harville, and
Richard M. Bohart (photo by Edgar A. Smith). Figure 9. Vector Control Staff of Santa Clara County
Health Department: back row, left to right, Edgar Smith, Robert Cunningham, Roy Eastwood, Tal
Lloyd, Dean Ecke, and James St. Germaine; front row, left to right, Bill Tilden, Tom Sexton, Jerry
Kraft, Bruce Eldridge, and Rocci Pisano, 1954. Figure 10. Bill Tilden with children (left to right)
James, Janice and Bruce, Christmas picture, 1954 (photo by Hazel I. Tilden). Figure 11. Bill Tilden,
while on Vector Control Staff of Santa Clara County Health Department, 1954.
30
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(1)
Bill’s employment at this time included working for the Southern Pacific Rail¬
road Company in San Francisco, in canneries, and as a fruit tramp with his
brothers, Tom and Earl. While following the fruit season from California to Idaho,
they managed a side trip to see Yellowstone National Park. Bill belonged to the
Musician’s Union and played trombone in a band on the Santa Cruz Boardwalk.
That also included several engagements with The Miss America pageants, and
playing in San Francisco and elsewhere. He was proud of his association with
jazz groups and he later reminisced of participating in a jam session after a Santa
Cruz concert with Jack Teagarden, the famed trombonist. With his brother, Tom,
he collected insects of all orders for L. M. McQuesten of the National Insect
Company, of Davis, California. On one occasion, McQuesten loaned Bill and
Tom his car so that they could collect in the Sierra Nevada for him. Tom recalls
they returned by way of Madera, where they also collected insects from dead
sheep. McQuesten also loaned them a 410-gauge sawed-off shotgun, so that they
could shoot wild game for food. As Tom has commented, “These were the de¬
pression years and employment was hard to come by.”
Bill became interested in natural history at an early age. He started an insect
collection when seven years old. He also enjoyed drawing birds with crayon, and
an aunt subscribed to Bird Lore for him. As was the custom for those who lived
on farms at that time, he shot robins and squirrels for food. His early correspon¬
dents included the entomological promoter, James Sinclair of San Diego, the then
Kansas lepidopterists William D. Field and Virgil F. Calkins, and the twin brothers
Arthur C. and Edgar A. Smith, of Los Banos, California, in 1933. His first exchange
was made with Hugh Gibbon of Miniota, Manitoba, and early exchanges were
made also with Lionel Paul Grey. Bill told me that in 1927 he seriously began to
study Lepidoptera, aided by the Santa Cruz resident lepidopterists Edgar A. Dodge
and John P. Strohbeen. In his first publication, “Preliminary list of the butterflies
and skippers of Santa Clara and Santa Cruz counties, California” (Tilden 1940),
Bill acknowledged the help of Dodge, Strohbeen, Art and Ed Smith, and George
S. Mansfield. Between 1940 and 1987, Bill published over 100 articles (Smith
1990b) on Lepidoptera, Coleoptera, life histories, ecology, flies of public health
importance, etc. Some of these he wrote with co-authors, including John C. Down¬
ey, Carl D. Duncan, John S. Garth, James St. Germaine, David H. Huntzinger,
George S. Mansfield, William A. Palmer, Ernest R. Schoening, Arthur C. Smith,
and Bruce A. Tilden.
In 1938, 16 years after his graduation from Hilmar High School, and when 33
years of age, Bill enrolled at San Jose State College. This was made possible, in
part, by financial support from a friend, Charles “Chas” Bowles, a retired civil
engineer who lived along Indian Creek near Philo. He was a general naturalist
who had an interest in birds. Bill had an avid interest in birds as well as insects,
and it was evident to Bowles and others how knowledgeable Bill was, in spite of
the fact that he did not have a college education. Bowles told Bill that “you simply
have to go to college.” Bill helped Bowles by being the driver on automobile trips,
including one to the deserts of southern California and Arizona. Bowles, in turn,
placed some funds in a bank account to get Bill started in college. In his freshman
year at San Jose State College, Bill roomed in an apartment at 72 South 6th Street
with his earlier entomological correspondents Art and Ed Smith, who were then
in their senior year. It was Art and Ed Smith who earlier made arrangements for
1992
ARNAUD: JAMES WILSON TILDEN
31
Bill to meet Carl D. Duncan on the annual field day of the Pacific Coast Ento¬
mological Society that was held at Alum Rock Park, San Jose, on 8 Apr 1938.
That was the 152nd meeting of the Society, during which year Duncan was
president. On the basis of this meeting, Bill decided to attend San Jose State
College.
Bill graduated in 1942 from San Jose State College, receiving a Bachelor of
Science degree in Biological Sciences. This was at the height of the Second World
War, and he had applied for deferment so that he might attend medical school
at Stanford University. Because he did not receive word on his request, he decided
to enlist in the U.S. Navy in August 1942, rather than be drafted into the Army.
(Bill later received his letter of deferment when he was overseas!) After six weeks
of basic training on Treasure Island in San Francisco Bay, he served as a Phar¬
macist’s Mate on the troop evacuation ship “Bloemfontaine,” in the Pacific The¬
ater, until V-J Day in 1945. His long-time friend Art Smith, who served with an
Air Force intelligence unit attached to Admiral Nimitz’s headquarters (CincPac),
recalls how he was usually able to meet and visit with Bill, whenever his ship
docked at Pearl Harbor. Bill did some entomological collecting during his military
service, but this was hampered by travel restrictions.
Bill married Hazel Irene Miller in San Francisco on 19 Jun 1943, at which time
she was teaching elementary school at Tupman, in Kern County, California. Later,
Hazel taught in Redwood City in order to be close to Stanford University when
Bill was enrolled there. They first met, in their junior year at San Jose State
College, when in an ornithology class given by Gayle Pickwell. Bill and Hazel
were two of three students who made perfect scores on one of Pickwell’s exam¬
inations.
On his return from military service, utilizing his “G. I. bill,” Bill made ar¬
rangements to commence graduate work in the Department of Biology at Stanford
University, under the guidance of Gordon Floyd Ferris. He was assigned a graduate
student office in a wing of the Leland Stanford Junior Museum that served for
many years as the Natural History Museum (housing primarily Botany, Ento¬
mology, and Ichthyology). Bill completed his Master of Arts degree in 1947, with
the thesis topic, “The comparative morphology of the larval head in Lepidoptera”
(44 pages, and 14 plates). Ferris wanted him to continue work in morphology but
Bill strongly resisted. Bill was permitted to study “The insect community on
Baccharis pilularis De Candolle,” and completed a Doctoral Dissertation (Tilden
1948) of408 pages. This was published in part in Microentomology (Tilden 1951b)
and in additional papers (see a listing in Smith 1990b: 50-55). With the completion
of his doctoral degree in 1948, Bill became a member of the staff of the Department
of Biology, at the then San Jose State College (now University). He taught about
30 different courses in the 22 years before his retirement as Emeritus Professor,
in June 1970. His primary assignment, however, was Entomology.
Starting in the early 1950s, Bill not only worked each summer for the Vector
Control program of the Santa Clara County Health Department, which was under
the management of Edgar A. Smith, but he also served as a consultant in the
identification of insects and other arthropods of public health importance through¬
out the years.
According to C. Don MacNeill, Bill pioneered in the study of our western North
American skippers. As MacNeill commented, most lepidopterists had avoided
32
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(1)
Figures 12-17. Figure 12. 12th Annual meeting of the Lepidopterists’ Society held at the Santa
Barbara Museum of Natural History. Left to right, Fred T. Thome, Charles L. Remington, John A.
Comstock, and Bill Tilden (photo Santa Barbara News Press). Figure 13. Tilden family on deck of
“Matsonia” leaving San Francisco, July, 1963. Figure 14. Left to right, Bill Tilden and Lloyd M.
Martin, Prescott, Arizona, 30 Mar 1972 (photo by Hazel I. Tilden). Figure 15. Roy O. Kendall’s Open
House, San Antonio, Texas, 22 Jun 1972. Left to right, Harry K. Clench, Charles V. Covell, Jr.,
Kenelm W. Philip, and Bill Tilden (photo by Hazel I. Tilden). Figure 16. San Antonio, Texas, June,
1972. Left to right, Mrs. Wilbur S. McAlpine, Bill Tilden, John C. Downey, and Wilbur S. McAlpine
(photo by Hazel I. Tilden). Figure 17. Lepidopterists’ dinner on river boat, San Antonio, Texas, June,
1972. Left side of table, left to right—Harry K. Clench, Hazel I. Tilden, Bill Tilden, Jerry A. Powell,
Mignon Bush, Don R. Davis, and Julian P. Donahue; right side of table, left to right—Madeleine
Field, Lloyd M. Martin, Dorothy Martin, Stanley S. Nicolay, name unknown, and W. Donald Duck¬
worth.
1992
ARNAUD: JAMES WILSON TILDEN
33
the skippers because “they were difficult to catch, difficult to spread, and difficult
to classify.” This only made them more interesting to Bill, and he collected these
and other butterflies extensively in California and Arizona. Because of his com¬
mitment to prepare a book on the western butterflies in the Peterson Field Guides
series, Bill took many field trips from 1969 through 1986. He covered over 200,000
miles of road travel throughout western North America from Texas and the
Mexican border east to Kansas and north to western Canada and Alaska (three
trips).
From July to August of 1963, Bill and his family spent six weeks on a sabbatical
travelling to four islands of Hawaii (Hawaii, Kauai, Maui, and Oahu). They arrived
in Honolulu aboard the “Matsonia” on 20 Jul and were met by their friend Richard
Kong and their landlord, Mr. Lum. The rent of $ 10 per day was charged for their
three bedroom house with sitting room, kitchen, washroom, two bathrooms, and
included the use of a 1953 Chevrolet. Bill was able to consult with J. Linsley
Gressitt and G. Allan Samuelson at the Bernice P. Bishop Museum. With Walter
C. Mitchell, University of Hawaii, Alan Thistle, State Department of Agriculture,
and other entomologists, he was able to observe and discuss problems concerning
termites, armyworms, cactus moth ( Cactoblastis cactorum (Berg)), southern green
stink bug ( Nezara viridula (L.)), sterilization of male fruit flies, etc. He became
acquainted with new methods of biological and vector control, information that
he incorporated in his course instruction at San Jose State University. He also
studied the Lepidoptera of the Hawaiian Islands.
In March 1978, Bill and Hazel were able to spend two weeks in Great Britain,
studying the Lepidoptera collection at the British Museum (Natural History) in
London, and visiting Scotland. They were able to meet the retired Keeper of
Entomology, Norman D. Riley, who had been away from the museum for months
because of a serious illness but was fortunately at the museum on one of the days
of their visit. This permitted them to have their copy of A Field Guide to the
Butterflies of the West Indies autographed by Riley. Richard I. Vane-Wright made
the Lepidoptera collection available for Bill’s study of certain western North
American skipper types, including those of W. H. Evans.
Bill built a superb personal collection of North American butterflies, certain
moth families, and favorite Coleoptera families (Buprestidae, Cerambycidae, and
Meloidae). He maintained, at his home, a very carefully organized and curated
collection housed in California Academy of Sciences drawers and cases, and in
Schmitt-sized boxes. The development of this major collection was undertaken
in a private manner without fanfare and came as a surprise to some of his students
when they later learned of its size, scope, and perfection.
Of the six taxa described as new by Bill, primary types of four of them are
deposited in the Academy’s collection: the holotype and allotype of Callophrys
lemberti Tilden (CAS Entomol. Type No. 7239) (Tilden 1963: 292); the holotype
and allotype of Glaucopsyche lygdamus incognita Tilden (CAS Entomol. Type
No. 12171) (Tilden 1974: 213); the holotype and allotype oiMitoura siva mans-
fieldi Tilden (CAS Entomol. Type No. 7240) (Tilden 1951b: 96); the holotype and
allotype of Euphilotes rita pallescens (Tilden & Downey) (CAS Entomol. Type
No. 6237) (Tilden & Downey 1955: 25; as Philotes). The holotype of Tharsalea
arota schellbachi (Tilden) is deposited in the National Museum of Natural History,
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. (Tilden 1955: 72; as Lycaena ), and
34
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(1)
Figures 18-22. Figure 18. Bill Tilden’s 75th Birthday party at his home in San Jose, California,
31 Dec 1979. Left to right, Paul H. Amaud, Jr., Hugh B. Leech, Dick Mewaldt, and Bill Tilden (photo
by Hazel I. Tilden). Figure 19. Bill Tilden, with drawer of Lepidoptera at his home in San Jose,
California, ca. 1980 (photo by Hazel I. Tilden). Figure 20. Bill Tilden with net, Palo Alto Bay lands,
California, ca. 1980 (photo by Hazel I. Tilden). Figure 21. Book signing at Book Cafe, Capitola,
California, 12 Oct 1986. Left to right, Arthur C. Smith and Bill Tilden (photo by Hazel I. Tilden).
Figure 22. Book signing at Willow Glenn Tattler, San Jose, California, 22 Nov 1986. Left to right,
Madeline M. Amaud, Paul H. Amaud, Jr., Arthur C. Smith, Bill Tilden, John S. Garth (phofo by
Hazel I. Tilden).
1992
ARNAUD: JAMES WILSON TILDEN
35
the holotype of Philotiella speciosa bohartorum (Tilden) is deposited in the Los
Angeles County Museum of Natural History, Los Angeles (Tilden 1968: 281; as
Philotes).
The paratypes of butterflies contained in Bill’s collection, when received by the
Academy in 1989, totaled 85 specimens representing 30 species, as follows: Family
Hesperiidae: 2, Agathymus dawsoni Harbison; 3, Erynnis telemachus Bums; 1,
Hesperia miriamae MacNeill; 2, Hesperia pahaska martini MacNeill; 2, Hesperia
comma tildeni H. A. Freeman; 2, Hesperia uncas macswaini MacNeill; 2, Mega¬
thymus coloradensis louiseaeW. A. Freeman; 2, Megathymus coloradensis reinthali
H. A. Freeman; 3, Pholisora gracielae MacNeill; and 2, Stallingsia maculosa (H.
A. Freeman). Family Papilionidae: 1, Papilio cresphontes pennsylvanicus F. & R.
Chermock. Family Pieridae: 2, Colias gigantea mayi F. & R. Chermock. Family
Lycaenidae: 3, Callophrys lemberti Tilden; 2, Epidemia dorcas megaloceras Ferris;
2, Euristrymon Ontario violae (D. Stallings & Turner); 13, Everes comyntas texanus
R. Chermock; 2, Glaucopsyche lygdamus jacki D. Stallings & Turner; 4, Mitoura
siva mansfieldi Tilden; 2, Mitoura thornei J. W. Brown; 4, Philotes enoptes bayensis
(Langston); 1, Philotes enoptes tildeni (Langston); 11, Euphilotes pallescens (Tilden
& Downey); 1, Philotiella speciosa bohartorum (Tilden); and 2, Tharsalea arota
schellbachi (Tilden). Family Nymphalidae: 2, Basilarchia archippus lahontani
(Herlan); 2, Phyciodes orseis herlani Bauer; 2, Speyeria aphrodite manitoba (F. &
R. Chermock); 1, Speyeria cybele pseudocarpenteri (F. & R. Chermock); and 1,
Vanessa anabella (Field). Family Satyridae: 6, Enodia portlandia missarkae (J.
R. Heitzman & dos Passos). The collection also contained 12 specimens labelled
as paratypes in the genera Boloria, Euphyes, and Plebejus that appear to be manu¬
script names, as they cannot be confirmed in current Lepidoptera checklists.
As commented by Heifer (1989), Bill was the first lepidopterist to investigate
the occurrence of the Lotis blue {Lycaeides idas lotis (Lintner)) colony that was
discovered south of Caspar, in Mendocino County. Bill also published on San
Francisco’s vanishing butterflies (1956). He knew the locality, in the Santa Cmz
Mountains, where the now possibly extinct Strohbeen’s pamassian {Parnassius
clodius strohbeeni Stemitzky) occurred and encountered his first specimen there
on 12 Jun 1933 (Tilden 1941). He collected only a few specimens and the two
given to the Academy bear his collection dates of 21 Jun 1936 and 1 Jul 1958.
The latter may be one of the last collected specimens. The Tilden bequest con¬
tained four specimens of this taxon, which Bill had earlier emphasized to me that
he wanted deposited in the Academy collection (Bill had recently declined an offer
of $3,000 for these four rare specimens.)
Bill Tilden had a long association with the Department of Entomology of the
California Academy of Sciences. Letters indicate that Hartford H. Keifer and
Edward P. Van Duzee identified Microlepidoptera and larger moths (noctuids
and geometrids) for him in 1933, and in 1936 beetles were identified by Edwin
C. Van Dyke. Before his entry into military service in 1942, Bill had made an
agreement with the Academy Director, Robert C. Miller, and Entomology Curator,
Edward S. Ross (Tilden letters: 4 and 31 Mar 1942), for the presentation of his
collection to the Academy, but there appeared to be a problem of delivery: Bill
did not have transportation, Ross was about to leave for his military duty, and
there was strict gasoline rationing for civilians during the war. The collection was
36
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(1)
then stored in Santa Cruz, but unfortunately was somewhat damaged while being
fumigated during his absence.
After World War II, from 1946 through 1988, Bill donated portions of his
collection, totaling 35,607 specimens (27,087 Lepidoptera, 7091 Coleoptera, and
1429 miscellaneous insects and arachnids), to the Academy. Following his death,
the receipt of 20,274 additional specimens of Lepidoptera (16,460 pinned and
spread; 3814 papered) gives a total of 47,361 Lepidoptera received through 1991.
In addition, with nearly 8000 specimens of Coleoptera still to be accessioned, the
final Tilden donations will total approximately 64,000 specimens.
The California Academy of Sciences has been indeed fortunate to have such
loyal support of Bill and his family for nearly half a century. Bill became a member
of the California Academy of Sciences on 13 Apr 1948, at a time when there were
fewer than fifteen hundred active members. He was elected a Fellow of the Acad¬
emy in 1968. Bill’s reprint library on Lepidoptera was donated to the Department
of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences, with the stipulation that if papers
were duplicate to Academy holdings they would be sent to the Department of
Entomology, Bernice P. Bishop Museum. Bill’s correspondence files are also stored
in the Archives section in the Special Collections of the Academy’s Library.
Prior to his retirement, Bill also donated about 100 drawers of Lepidoptera and
miscellaneous insects, including Odonata, Diptera, and Coleoptera, to the En¬
tomology Museum at San Jose State University (a collection that now houses
about 600,000 specimens in the Carl D. Duncan Hall of Science).
Bill Tilden lived a full and active life devoted to family, friends, and institutions.
He overcame the limitations of the depression years and a delayed higher edu¬
cation to fully dedicate his exceptional talents to teaching, researching, publishing,
and collection making. Shortly after his retirement, Bill faced heart problems that
included open heart surgery, valve replacement; eventually he had a pacemaker
installed. Yet he did most of his extensive field collecting program for the Guides
following this surgery. The development of his collection and its donation to the
Academy places a responsibility on the Academy to oversee its proper storage,
make it available to the scientific community, and to preserve it for use by future
generations.
Bill Tilden is survived by his wife, Hazel Irene Tilden, of San Jose, California;
two sons, Bruce Allen Tilden of San Jose, California, and James Wilson Tilden,
Jr. of Phuket, Thailand; one daughter, Janice Elaine Tilden of Denver, Colorado;
and two brothers, Thomas C. Tilden of Santa Cruz, California, and Earl R. Tilden
of Dillingham, Alaska.
Acknowledgment
For information, loan of photographs, and review of this manuscript I am
especially grateful to Hazel I. Tilden of San Jose, California; Thomas C. Tilden
of Santa Cruz, California; and Arthur C. Smith of Watsonville, California; Donald
J. Burdick, California State University, Fresno, California; Helen K. Court, Vin¬
cent F. Lee, C. Don MacNeill, and Keve J. Ribardo of the Department of En¬
tomology, California Academy of Sciences. I would also like to thank Caroline
Kopp and Charlotte Fiorito of the Photography Department, California Academy
of Sciences, for their photographic assistance with the illustrations.
1992 ARNAUD: JAMES WILSON TILDEN 37
Literature Cited
Anonymous. 1989. [In Memoriam.] Professor Emeritus James W. Tilden. San Jose State University
Digest, Summer 1989: p. 4.
Garth, J. S. & J. W. Tilden. 1986. California butterflies. California Natural History Guides, 51.
University of California Press, Berkeley.
Heifer, J. 1989. [Death of J. W. Tilden.] Mendocino Beacon, February 16, 1989: p. 5.
Moreno, E. M. 1989. Entomology professor dies, colleague calls him ‘genius’. Spartan Daily, January
31, 1989.
Opler, P. A. & A. C. Smith. 1990. James Wilson Tilden, 1904-1988. Bull. Entomol. Soc. Am. (1989),
35(4): 47-48.
Smith, A. C. 1990a. [Metamorphosis]. J. W. Tilden. News Lepidop. Soc., 1989(2): 38.
Smith, A. C. 1990b. [Obituary]. James Wilson Tilden (1904-1988), a remembrance. J. Lepidop. Soc.,
44: 45-55.
Tilden, J. W. 1940. Preliminary list of the butterflies and skippers of Santa Clara and Santa Cruz
Counties, California. Natural Science Department, San Jose State College, San Jose, California.
Tilden, J. W. 1941. Collectors’ calendar for Santa Clara and Santa Cruz counties, California, and
preliminary list of the butterflies and skippers of Santa Clara and Santa Cruz counties. Ento¬
mologists’ Exchange News, 6(4): 1-6.
Tilden, J. W. 1948. The insect community on Baccharispilularis De Candolle. Ph.D. Thesis, Stanford
University.
Tilden, J. W. 1951a. A new subspecies of Mitoura siva Edwards. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 50(2):
96-98.
Tilden, J. W. 1951b. The insect associates of Baccharis pilularis De Candolle. Microentomology,
16(1): 149-188.
Tilden, J. W. 1951. The insect associates of Baccharis pilularis De Candolle. Microentomology,
16(1): 149-188.
Tilden, J. W. 1955. A revision of Tharsalea Scud. (s. str.) with description of a new subspecies
(Lepid., Lyc.). Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 54(2): 67-77.
Tilden, J. W. 1956. San Francisco’s vanishing butterflies. Lepidop. News, 10(3/4): 113-115.
Tilden, J. W. 1963. An analysis of the North American species of the genus Callophrys. J. Res.
Lepidop., 1: 281-300.
Tilden, J. W. 1965. Butterflies of the San Francisco Bay region. California Natural History Guides,
12. University of California Press, Berkeley.
Tilden, J. W. 1968. A previously unrecognized subspecies of Philotes speciosa. J. Res. Lepidop.
(1967), 6: 281-284.
Tilden, J. W. 1974. A name for Glaucopsyche lygdamus behrii auct., not Edwards 1862. J. Res.
Lepidop. (1973), 12: 213-215.
Tilden, J. W. & J. C. Downey. 1955. A new species of Philotes from Utah. Bull. So. Calif. Acad.
Sci., 54(1): 25-29.
Tilden, J. W. & A. C. Smith. 1986. A field guide to western butterflies. The Peterson field guide
series. Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston.
Received 18 April 1991; accepted 24 May 1991.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(1): 38-45, (1992)
PREVALENCE OF TWO BACILLUS POPILLIAE DUTKY
MORPHOTYPES AND BLUE DISEASE IN
CYCLOCEPHALA HIRTA LECONTE
(COLEOPTERA: SCARABAEIDAE)
POPULATIONS IN CALIFORNIA
Harry K. Kaya, 1 Michael G. Klein, 2 T. M. Burlando, 1
Robert E. Harrison, 3 and Lawrence A. Lacey 4
department of Nematology, University of California, Davis, California 95616
2 USDA, Agricultural Research Service, Application Technology Research Unit,
Wooster, Ohio 44691
Cooperative Agricultural Research Program, Tennessee State University,
Nashville, Tennessee 37209
4 USDA, Agricultural Research Service, APO, New York 09406
Abstract. — The milky disease bacterium, Bacillus popilliae Dutky, and the blue disease rickettsial
organism, Rickettsiella popilliae (Dutky & Gooden), were isolated from larval populations of
Cyclocephala hirta LeConte in California. Two morphological types of B. popilliae, characterized
by the size of sporangia, spores, and parasporal bodies, were recovered. The typical Cyclocephala
strain had a sporangium averaging 5.5 x 2.1 pm, a spore averaging 2.1 x 0.9 pm, and a primary
parasporal body averaging 1.9 x 0.7 pm. Multiple parasporal bodies occurred in up to 50% of
this strain. The smaller atypical Cyclocephala strain had a sporangium averaging 4.4 x 1.3 jum,
a spore averaging 1.9 x 0.8 pm, and a parasporal body averaging 1.0 x 0.7 pm. Bacillus popilliae
was recovered from seven of eight sample sites located in southern and northern California. The
typical Cyclocephala strain of B. popilliae was predominant in larvae at two sites from southern
and one site from northern California, whereas the atypical strain was predominant in larvae at
five sites from northern California. Rickettsiella popilliae was recovered from larvae at two sites
in northern California.
Key Words. — Insecta, Scarabaeidae, Cyclocephala hirta, Bacillus popilliae, Rickettsiella popilliae,
milky disease, blue disease, turfgrass
Scarabaeid larvae are the most serious pests of turfgrass throughout much of
the United States (Tashiro 1987). In the northeastern United States, introduced
scarabaeid species, notably the Japanese beetle, Popillia japonica Newman, the
oriental beetle, Anomala orientalis Waterhouse, and the Asiatic garden beetle,
Maladera castanea (Arrow), cause severe damage to turfgrass. In the midwestem
states, the Japanese beetle and native species of May and June beetles, Phyllophaga
spp., and masked chafers, Cyclocephala spp., are more prevalent. In California,
a complex of Cyclocephala species occurs (Saylor 1945, Endrodi 1985), some of
which cause extensive turf damage. These pestiferous species include Cyclocephala
hirta LeConte, C. lurida Bland (= immaculata (Olivier)), C. longula LeConte, C.
melanocephala (Fabr.), and C. pasadenae Casey (Ali 1989). In 1988, we observed
that scarabaeid larvae caused considerable damage to turfgrass at a golf course in
northern California. Moreover, we detected larvae infected with the bacterium
Bacillus popilliae Dutky, the causal agent of milky disease, and Rickettsiella po¬
pilliae (Dutky & Gooden), the causal agent of blue disease. Because of the bio¬
logical control potential of these microorganisms, in particular the milky disease
1992
KAY A ET AL.: BACTERIAL DISEASE IN CYCLOCEPHALA
39
bacterium (Klein 1988), we determined their prevalence in scarabaeid populations
in California.
Materials and Methods
Second- and third-instar scarabaeids were sampled during the spring and fall
of 1989 and 1990 from northern and southern California. In the towns of Fairfax,
Moraga, San Rafael, and Santa Rosa, larval density was determined by taking at
least three 18x18x10 cm soil samples and counting the number of larvae in
each. Counts were averaged and the number of larvae per 0.1m 2 was determined.
In the town of Walnut Creek, only one larval density was taken because of the
small area of infestation. In the town of Chino, larval density was determined by
taking ten 0.1 m 2 samples or by estimating the number of larvae per 0.1 m 2 .
Larval density was estimated because it was too low and a wide area was sampled
to collect sufficient larvae for examination.
Larvae were collected from areas of golf courses and parks where no chemical
insecticides had been applied. Larvae were held either individually in 35 ml plastic
cups or in groups of eight to 10 larvae with field soil in a 210 ml plastic cup.
Groups of larvae were placed in field soil and were held for three to 10 days in
cold storage (10° C) before they were examined. Individually held larvae were
examined immediately upon return to the laboratory or placed in 35 ml cups
with 31 grams of sterilized dry soil (75% sand, 18% silt, 7% clay, pH 6.9, organic
matter 0.3%), 4.75 ml of distilled water, and perennial rye grass seeds. These
larvae were held for 19 days at 25 ± 2° C to allow further development and
expression of disease symptoms before they were examined.
Each larva was bled by inserting a sterilized size-2 insect pin through the
integument behind the head and a drop of hemolymph was placed on a microscope
slide. The hemolymph was examined for bacterial or rickettsial infection using
phase contrast microscopy at 400 x. Measurements of B. popilliae sporangia,
spores, and parasporal bodies at their longest and widest points were made with
an interference contrast microscope system at 9000 x and computer software
image analyzer. Data for measurements of B. popilliae (lengths and widths of the
sporangia, spores, and parasporal bodies) were analyzed using SAS program (t-
test) (SAS Institute 1988).
Two steps were used in identifying the scarabaeids. Raster patterns were used
to identify larvae to genus, and a subset of larvae was reared to adults. Adults
were identified to species by examination of the male genitalia (Saylor 1945,
Endrodi 1985).
Results and Discussion
Only one scarabaeid genus, Cyclocephala, was recovered during this study and
adult male specimens from each site were identified as C. hirta. Distribution of
larvae in turfgrass was patchy with infested areas ranging from <1 to 38 larvae/
0.1 m 2 (Table 1).
Bacillus popilliae was recovered from C. hirta in seven out of eight sites in
California and the prevalence of infection ranged from none to 71% (Table 1).
Even within a site, the prevalence of infection varied greatly indicating the uneven
distribution of spores in the soil. Thus, in Santa Rosa, we sampled two adjacent
areas (Santa Rosa 1A and IB) which were separated by about 50 m. Cyclocephala
40
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(1)
Table 1. Prevalence of Bacillus popilliae and Rickettsiella popilliae from Cyclocephala hirta in
California.
Collection
% larvae infected with
Larval density/0.1
m 2 ± SD
Site 1
Date
No. larvae
Bacillus
Rickettsiella
Chino 1
5 May 89
21
61.9
0
<1
3 Oct 89
199
28.1
0
19 ± 5.1
23 Apr 90
12
41.7
0
<1
Chino 2
5 May 89
8
25.0
0
<1
Fairfax
3 Oct 90
39
2.6
0
<1
Moraga A
25 Sep 89
511
17.8
4.7
22 ± 15.5
2 Oct 89 b
81
11.1
22.2
ND C
Moraga B
24 Sep 90
33
3.3
3.3
38 ± 4.0
Moraga C
24 Sep 90
19
0
94.7
<1
San Rafael
19 Sep 90
63
17.5
0
9 ± 3.0
Santa Rosa 1A
19 Sep 90
40
0
0
4 ± 1.7
Santa Rosa IB
19 Sep 90
62
71.0
0
6 ± 5.1
Santa Rosa 2
4 Oct 90
57
15.8
0
10 ± 4.6
Walnut Creek
24 Sep 90
37
0
16.2
18 d
a Moraga A, B, and C are samples from the same golf course. Larvae were collected from areas
separated by more than 300 m. Santa Rosa 1A and IB sites were located in the rough of a golf course
no more than 50 m from each other. Site 1A was on a slope and Site IB was a level area.
b Only larvae showing signs of a frank infection were bled and examined for B. popilliae or R.
popilliae infection. The remaining 54 larvae were held individually for 17 days before they were
examined (see text for data).
c ND = no data.
d Only one larval density measurement taken. Larvae were concentrated in a small area.
hirta larvae from one area had a high prevalence (71%) of B. popilliae infection,
whereas larvae from the other area were apparently free from infection (Table 1).
Similarly in Moraga, the prevalence of infection ranged from none to 17.8% at
three different areas within the same golf course.
Although milky disease bacteria have been isolated from other Cyclocephala
species on a number of occasions (White 1948, Harris 1959, Warren & Potter
1983, Boucias et al. 1986, Hanula & Andreadis 1988, Cherry & Boucias 1989),
we believe that this is the first report of milky disease bacteria in C. hirta pop¬
ulations. We also recovered two morphological types of B. popilliae from diseased
larvae (Fig. 1). In Chino (southern California) and Moraga (northern California),
the spores and parasporal bodies are primarily typical of those isolated from other
Cyclocephala species (Klein 1981). They have large and often multiple parasporal
bodies located adjacent to or overlapping the spore (Figs. IB, 1C). When multiple
parasporal bodies occurred, there was a primary parasporal body with a maximum
of three secondary bodies observed (Table 2). Multiple parasporal bodies were
found in up to 50% of these milky disease bacteria. A second type (Fig. 1A),
isolated primarily from northern California, had a single parasporal body which
was significantly smaller than the typical Cyclocephala strain (Table 2) and re¬
sembled B. popilliae from the Japanese beetle (Dutky 1940). We refer to this
isolate as the atypical Cyclocephala strain of B. popilliae and, as far as we are
aware, it is the first report of this morphological variant from a Cyclocephala
species.
tl
Figure 1. Bacillus popilliae spores from Cyclocephala hirta. A. Atypical Cyclocephala strain with
single parasporal body (p) and spore (s). B. Typical Cyclocephala strain with a mixture of single (p)
and multiple parasporal bodies (mp) and a single spore (s). Bar for A and B indicate 10 jim. C. Typical
Cyclocephala strain with multiple parasporal bodies (mp) distributed within a sporangium (sg). Bar
indicates 5 jim.
42
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 68(1)
Table 2. Mean measurements in micrometers (±SD) of the sporangium, spore, and parasporal
body from the typical and atypical Cyclocephala strain of Bacillus popilliae from Cyclocephala hirta
in California.
B. popilliae strain 3
Typical
Atypical
Length
Width
Length
Width
Sporangium (^m)
5.5 (± 0.6)A
2.1 (± 0.2)a
4.4 (± 0.02)B
1.3 (± 0.1)b
Spore (nm)
Parasporal body Oum)
2.1 (± 0.3)A
0.9 (± 0.1)a
1.9 (± 0.05)B
0.8 (± 0.1)a
Primary
1.9 (± 0.1)A
0.7 (± 0.1)a
1.0 (± 0.1)B
o
-j
1?
o
Secondary
1.0 (± 0.5)
0.5 (± 0.2)
a Means followed by different upper or lower case letters within a row are significantly different
(P < 0.001). Comparison was made only with the primary parasporal body.
The sporangium length (. F = 1015.5; df = 24; P = 0.0001) and width (F = 4.05;
df = 24; P = 0.0001), the spore length {F = 35.86; df = 24; P = 0.0017), and the
primary parasporal body length ( F = 19.47; df = 24; P = 0.0001) and width (F
= 2.61; df = 24; P = 0.0001) of the typical B. popilliae strain were significantly
longer or wider than the atypical B. popilliae strain. Only the width of the spores
was not significantly different.
The isolation of different morphological bacterial spores responsible for milky
disease from the same insect species is not unusual (Milner 1981), but the differ¬
ence relates to the presence or absence of the parasporal body (Dutky 1940). For
example, Boucias et al. (1986) and Hanula & Andreadis (1988) isolated milky
disease bacteria with and without a parasporal body from the same species of
scarabaeid larvae. In our study, we did not observe milky disease bacteria without
parasporal bodies. We isolated milky disease bacteria which were different in size
and in the number of parasporal bodies. The reason for the differences between
the two morphological spore/parasporal body complexes isolated from C. hirta
is unknown. Although the majority of sites contained either the typical or atypical
strain, we did observe an occasional larva with the typical strain at a site which
had the atypical strain and vice versa (HKK, unpublished data). A caveat is that
the typical Cyclocephala strain appears very much like the atypical strain during
early stages of sporogenesis, and when classifying the spore/parasporal body com¬
plex, sporogenesis must be complete.
Rickettsiella popilliae was only recovered from C. hirta larvae in Walnut Creek
and the three sample areas at Moraga (Table 1). This restricted occurrence of
Rickettsiella infection confirms earlier observations by other workers who also
recovered the disease from larvae at only a small proportion of sites examined
(Dutky & Gooden 1952, Hanula & Andreadis 1988). Larvae infected with Rick¬
ettsiella were easily detected by their bluish color, and upon examination of
dissected tissues with phase contrast microscopy, by the presence of crystals and
Brownian movement of the Rickettsiella cells in the fat body and hemolymph.
Moreover, we confirmed the Rickettsiella infection by transmission electron mi¬
croscopy (Fig. 2).
Some larvae infected with Rickettsiella did not appear blue during the early
stages of infection, but Brownian movement of particles was evident in the he-
1992
KAYA ET AL.: BACTERIAL DISEASE IN CYCLOCEPHALA
43
Figure 2. Transmission electron micrograph of Rickettsiella popilliae (kidney-shaped particles)
from Cyclocephala hirta and crystals (arrow) which are associate with the infection. 24,000 x.
molymph. Larvae collected in the field in an advanced stage of Rickettsiella
infection appeared milky due to the turbidity of the hemolymph (Dutky & Gooden
1952). Without a microscopic examination, the larvae in early and late stages of
infection may be erroneously diagnosed as healthy or as B. popilliae infection,
respectively.
The importance of examining the hemolymph for bacterial and rickettsial in¬
fection was shown when 81 C. hirta larvae collected in Moraga A on 2 Oct 1989
were separated visually into “healthy,” “milky” and “blue” (Table 1). Those
diagnosed as “milky” or “blue” were bled and examined to confirm the disease
and in all cases were infected with B. popilliae or R. popilliae. Fifty-four larvae
classified as “healthy” were held individually for 17 days in sterilized soil before
they were bled and examined for pathogens. Of the 54 larvae, four (7.4%) were
infected with B. popilliae, 11 (20.3%) were infected with Rickettsiella, and eight
(14.8%) died from unknown causes. Thus, the pooled data for the 2 Oct collection
in = 81) should be higher for B. popilliae (11.1% on 2 Oct vs 16.0% on 19 Oct)
and R. popilliae (22.2% on 2 Oct vs 35.8% on 19 Oct). In another example, only
5.5% of the larvae collected at Chino 1 on 3 Oct 1989 had apparent milky disease
symptoms. Microscopic examination of the hemolymph revealed the true rate of
infection to be 28% (Table 1).
44
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(1)
We detected both milky and blue diseases in C. hirta populations, but the most
prevalent disease throughout California was milky disease. Although the preva¬
lence of infection of milky disease was not related to larval density, a long term
study may show density dependent relationships. The isolation of two morpho-
types of B. popilliae containing parasporal bodies (either multiple or single) was
a unique feature of our study. The natural occurrence of milky disease and its
high prevalence in some C. hirta populations indicate that these bacteria (i.e., the
typical and atypical Cyclocephala strains of B. popilliae ) are important in sup¬
pressing localized populations. Our data suggest that the milky disease organisms
may offer potential as effective biological control agents if they are introduced
into areas where they do not occur.
Acknowledgment
We thank Jean Adams for the electron micrograph, Bruce Jaffe for the inter¬
ference contrast photomicrographs, Kirk Smith for the species identification of
Cyclocephala hirta, Graham Thurston for the statistical analysis, and the golf
superintendents for their assistance in this study. This study was funded, in part,
by the California Statewide Integrated Pest Management Project.
Literature Cited
Ali, A. D. 1989. White grubs: the most troublesome turfgrass pest? Lawn & Landscape Maintenance,
July (1989): 48-51.
Boucias, D. G., R. H. Cherry & D. L. Anderson. 1986. Incidence of Bacillus popilliae in Ligyrus
subtropicus and Cyclocephala parallela (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) in Florida sugarcane fields.
Environ. Entomol., 15: 703-705.
Cherry, R. H. & D. G. Boucias. 1989. Incidence of Bacillus popilliae in different life stages of Florida
sugarcane grubs (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). J. Entomol. Sci., 24: 526-530.
Dutky, S. R. 1940. Two new spore-forming bacteria causing milky disease of Japanese beetle larvae.
J. Agric. Res., 61: 57-68.
Dutky, S. R. & E. L. Gooden, 1952. Coxiella popilliae, n. sp., a rickettsia causing blue disease of
Japanese beetle larvae. J. Bacteriol., 63: 743-750.
Endrodi, S. 1985. The Dynastinae of the world. Dr. W. Junk, The Hague, The Netherlands and
Akademiai Kiado, Budapest, Hungary.
Hanula, J. L. & T. G. Andreadis. 1988. Parasitic microorganisms of Japanese beetle (Coleoptera:
Scarabaeidae) and associated scarab larvae in Connecticut soils. Environ. Entomol., 17: 709-
714.
Harris, E. D. 1959. Observations of the occurrence of a milky disease among larvae of the northern
masked chafer, Cyclocephala borealis Arrow. Fla. Entomol., 42: 81-83.
Klein, M. G. 1981. Advances in the use of Bacillus popilliae. pp. 181-192. In Burges, H. D. (ed.).
Microbial control of pests and plant diseases 1970-1980. Academic Press, New York.
Klein, M. G. 1988. Pest management of soil-inhabiting insects with microorganisms. Agric. Ecosys.
Environ., 24: 337-349.
Milner, R. J. 1981. Identification of the Bacillus popilliae group of insect pathogens, pp. 45-60. In
Burges, H. D. (ed.). Microbial control of pests and plant diseases 1970-1980. Academic Press,
New York.
Saylor, L. W. 1945. Synoptic revision of the United States scarab beetles of the subfamily Dynastinae,
no. 1: tribe Cyclocephalini. J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 35: 378-386.
SAS Institute. 1988. SAS/STAT user guide. Release 6.03 ed. Cary, North Carolina.
Tashiro, H. 1987. Turfgrass insects of the United States and Canada. Cornell University, Ithaca,*
New York.
Warren, G. W. & D. A. Potter. 1983. Pathogenicity of Bacillus popilliae (Cyclocephala strain) and
1992
KAYA ET AL.: BACTERIAL DISEASE IN CYCLOCEPHALA
45
other milky disease bacteria in grubs of the southern masked chafer (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae).
J. Econ. Entomol., 76: 69-73.
White, R. T. 1948. Milky disease infecting Cyclocephala larvae in the field. J. Econ. Entomol., 40:
912-913.
Received 29 May 1991; accepted 31 July 1991.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(1): 46-51, (1992)
THE GENETIC RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN
BOMBUS FRANKLINI (FRISON) AND
OTHER TAXA OF THE
SUBGENUS BOMBUS S.STR. (HYMENOPTERA: APIDAE)
A. Scholl, 1 R. W. Thorp, 2 and E. Obrecht 1
^oologisches Institut, Universitat Bern,
Baltzerstr. 3, CH-3012 Bern, Switzerland
department of Entomology, University of California, Davis, California 95616
Abstract.— Bombus franklini (Frison) has either been regarded as a distinct species or has been
synonymized with B. occidentalis Greene. We surveyed 21 enzymes by vertical starch-gel elec¬
trophoresis and compared B. franklini with B. occidentalis and nine other species of the subgenus
Bombus sensu stricto. We found that B. franklini differs from B. occidentalis at three enzyme
loci and there was no evidence of intergradation in areas of sympatry. According to the electro¬
phoretic data B. franklini is close to two species groups which comprise: (a) B. cryptarum (Fabr.),
B. magnus Vogt, B. moderatus Cresson and B. hypocrita Perez; and (b) B. occidentalis, B. terricola
Kirby and B. lucorum (L.), whi l e B. terrestris auct., B. affmis Cresson and B. sporadieus Nylander
are more distant.
Key Words. — Insecta, Apidae, enzyme electrophoresis, bumble bee genetic relationships
Among the North American bumble bee species, Bombus franklini (Frison) has
by far the smallest area of geographical distribution. All recent records have been
taken within a 60 mile radius of Grants Pass, Oregon (Thorp 1970). Bombus
franklini has puzzled entomologists for a long while. It was described from the
Oslar collection (Frison 1921) and the holotype was apparently erroneously re¬
corded from Nogales, Arizona, as discussed by Thorp (1970), who proposed Gold
Hill, Jackson County, Oregon, as the new type locality. Milliron (1971) considered
B. franklini conspecific with B. occidentalis Greene. Thorp et al. (1983), however,
had collected B. franklini at several localities sympatrically with B. occidentalis
and did not find intergrades between them. Plowright & Stephen (1980), working
on a multivariate analysis of wing venation data taken from queens, were able to
show a clear separation of B. franklini from other species within the subgenus.
They furthermore indicated that the male genitalia of B. franklini are markedly
different from those of B. occidentalis and advocated retention of specific status
for franklini, they concluded (Plowright & Stephen 1980: 479): “The origin of B.
franklini is mysterious. The results from the present study give no indication that
it is closely related to any of other nearctic representatives of its subgenus.”
In a recent study, Scholl et al. (1990) investigated the genetic relationships of
Nearctic and Palaearctic representatives of the subgenus Bombus s.str. by enzyme
electrophoretic data with special reference to B. moderatus Cresson, another prob¬
lematical taxon in this group. Bombus franklini unfortunately could not be in¬
cluded in this analysis because it was not available at that time. We now have
been able to collect B. franklini in northern California and in Oregon and we have
compared it electrophoretically with the previously studied representatives of the
subgenus Bombus s.str.
1992
SCHOLL ET AL.: BOMBUS GENETICS
47
Material and Methods
Specimens Analyzed.— Bombus franklini : CALIFORNIA. SISKIYOU Co.: Hilt,
29 Jul 1989, 12 workers; 6.4 km (4 mi) E of Yreka, 29 Jul 1989, 2 workers.
OREGON. JACKSON Co.: Ashland, 29 May 1990, 4 queens and 1 worker; Ruch,
29 May 1990, 12 workers; Central Point, 30 May 1990, 2 workers; Gold Hill, 30
May 1990, 12 workers.
Frozen homogenates of previously studied material [B. affinis Cresson, B. cryp-
tarum (Fabr.), B. hypocrita Perez, B. lucorum (L.), B. moderatus, B. occidentalis,
B. terrestris auct., B. terricola Kirby and B. sporadieus Nylander] (Scholl et al.
1990) and additional specimens, including one queen, nine workers and one male
of B. occidentalis from the same localities where B. franklini was collected and
10 queens, 38 workers and two males of B. occidentalis from eight other localities
in northern California have been used for electrophoretic comparison. This ma¬
terial is summarized in Table 1. Californian B. occidentalis included the nominate
subspecies and B. o. nigroscutatus Franklin along with their intergrades, these are
not listed separately because the electrophoretic data did not indicate any differ¬
ence.
Electrophoresis. — We have used the same methods (vertical starch-gel electro¬
phoresis) and enzymes (21 loci) as Scholl et al. (1990). These enzymes are:
Aconitase, 2 loci: Acon-1 and Acon-2; Arginine kinase, Apk; Hydroxybutyric
dehydrogenase, Bdh; Esterase, Est-1; a-Glycerophosphate dehydrogenase, 2 loci:
a-Gpd-2 and a-Gpd-3; Glutamic-oxaloacetic transaminase, Got-2; Glutamic-py¬
ruvic transaminase, Gpt; Hexokinase, 2 loci: Hk-1 and Hk-3; Isocitrate dehy¬
drogenase, 2 loci: Idh (NAD) and Idh (NADP); Leucine aminopeptidase, Lap;
Malate dehydrogenase, 2 loci: Mdh-1 and Mdh-2; Malic enzyme, Mod; Peptidase,
Pep; Phosphoglucose isomerase, Pgi; Phosphoglucomutase, Pgm; Superoxide dis-
mutase, Sod (for details see Scholl et al. 1990). A phenogram of the genetic
relationships of the species investigated was constructed by average linkage cluster
analysis (UPGMA) (Nei 1987) using Nei’s (1972) standard coefficient of genetic
identity (I).
Results and Discussion
Ten of the 21 loci scored were found invariant in all species surveyed. These
loci are: Acon-2, Apk, Bdh, a-Gpd-l, a-Gpd-2, Idh (NADP), Lap, Mdh-2, Mod,
and Sod. Eleven loci showed interspecific variation. The zymograms observed
are schematically shown in Fig. 1, where the designation of electromorphs is based
on mobilities (in mm) relative to the electromorph of B. lucorum (= index 100),
as in previous electrophoretic studies on bumble bees (e.g., Scholl & Obrecht
1983, Scholl et al. 1990).
Bombus franklini was monomorphic in all loci scored, except Pep, where one
worker was heterozygous. Minor polymorphisms were observed in some loci of
other species. These are: Acon-1 in B. lucorum, B. terrestris and B. spor adieus]
Est-1 in B. lucorum and B. terricola, Got-2 in B. cryptarum, B. magnus, B.
lucorum, B. occidentalis, B. terrestris and B. sporadicus] Hk-1 in B. occidentalis]
Mdh-1 in B. terrestris. The level of polymorphism, however, was usually very
low (H < 0.05), as also observed previously in other bumble bee species (Obrecht
& Scholl 1981, Pamilo et al. 1984), except in Got-2 of B. occidentalis, where the
48
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(1)
6
I
ACON-1
EST-1
GOT-2
GPT
HK-1
HK-3
IDH (NAD)
MDH-1
PEP
PGI
PGM
Figure 1. Schematic illustration of enzyme phenotypes in Bombus s.str. species. (Note: B. lucorum
is the reference, assigned mobility index =100 for each enzyme.)
frequency of a minor allele Got-2 105 ranged between 0.05 and 0.25 at three sam¬
pling sites in Alberta, Calgary, Barrier Lake and Fortress Mountain respectively,
while allele Got-2 100 was fixed in samples from other areas (Table 1).
We have not found an electromorph that is unique to B. franklini. However,
'O
VO
K>
Table 1. Specimens analyzed and origin of material.
California
Oregon
Alaska
British
Columbia
Alberta
Ontario
Japan
N-Europe
E-Europe
C-Europe
S-Europe
Total
B. franklini
$
14
31
45
(.n = 45)
B. moderatus
9
8
8
(n = 9)
3
1
1
B. crypt arum
9
2
13
15
(.n = 22)
3
5
2
7
B. magnus
9
5
11
16
(«= 17)
3
1
1
B. hypocrita
9
8
8
( n = 8)
B. lucorum
9
2
2
41
4
49
(n = 57)
3
6
2
8
B. occidentalis
9
54
2
8
1
36
101
(n= 110)
3
2
7
9
B. terricola
9
4
11
15
(n= 18)
3
3
3
B. terrestris
9
3
29
8
40
(n = 40)
B. affinis
9
11
11
(n= 11)
B. sporadicus
9
15
15
(n= 15)
N-Europe = Finland, Norway, Scotland, England; E-Europe = Hungary; C-Europe = Switzerland, France, Belgium; S-Europe = Spain, Italy.
4 ^
VO
SCHOLL ET AL.: BOMB US GENETICS
50
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(1)
- franklini
r moderatus
-cryptarum
| magnus
- hypocrita
- lucorum
- occidentalis
- terricola
- terrestris
i - affinis
- sporadicus
i-1-1-1-1-1
0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
Nei coefficient!
Figure 2. Phenogram showing the genetic relationship between B. franklini and other taxa of the
subgenus Bombus s.str., as revealed by the electrophoretic data.
it is the electrophoretic pattern of enzymes that is unique to B. franklini (Fig. 1).
Thus, B. franklini differs from B. moderatus in GOT-2 and IDH (NAD); B.
terrestris is identical with B. franklini in GOT-2 and IDH (NAD), but these species
differ in ACON-1, HK-1 and PGM, etc. Bombus franklini differs from B. occi¬
dentalis in GOT-2, PEP and PGM; the Got-2 locus, however, was found weakly
polymorphic in three B. occidentalis samples from Southern Alberta, as mentioned
above. In our material from California and Oregon, there was always a clear
separation on the basis of these three enzymes and the electrophoretic data did
not provide any evidence of intergradation of B. franklini and B. occidentalis.
The genetic relationships of B. franklini and other Nearctic and Palaearctic
representatives of its subgenus, as revealed by the enzyme electrophoretic studies,
are presented in Fig. 2 as a phenogram that is based on a similarity matrix (Nei
coefficient I) calculated in pairwise species comparisons from the 21 loci surveyed.
According to these data, B. franklini is close to two species groups that comprise:
(a) the European B. cryptarum and B. magnus, the North American B. moderatus
and the Japanese B. hypocrita ; and (b) the European B. lucorum and the North
American B. terricola and B. occidentalis, while the European B. terrestris and 3.
sporadicus and the North American B. affinis are more distant. This new infor¬
mation adds to, but does not alter the basic genetic relationships among species
of the subgenus Bombus as determined by Scholl et al. (1990).
The narrow endemism of B. franklini is intriguing. As Thorp (1970) pointed
out, all recent records have been taken within a 60 mile radius of Grants Pass,
Oregon. Bombus franklini is keyed out from sympatric B. o. occidentalis by its
1992
SCHOLL ET AL.: BOMB US GENETICS
51
coat color. But Stephen (1957) found that separation is often difficult. The north¬
western coast is an area where several bumble bee species, including B. occiden-
talis, show gradation from one color form to another resulting in color convergence
toward local Mullerian mimicry groups (Plowright & Owen 1980, Thorp et al.
1983). However, B. occidentalis females do not have yellow anterolaterally on
the scutum, extending back beyond the tegulae, and B. franklini females are
uniform in color throughout the known range (Thorp et al. 1983). One might
speculate that B. franklini has in fact a more widespread distribution, but becomes
hidden within the color variation of B. occidentalis. The electromorphetic data
presented here provide an opportunity to test this hypothesis.
Acknowledgment
The competent assistance of Mrs. V. Siegfried and Mrs. L. Frauchiger in the
electrophoretic studies is gratefully acknowledged.
Literature Cited
Frison, T. H. 1921. New distribution records for North American Bremidae, with the description
of a new species (Hym.). Entomol. News, 32: 144-148.
Milliron, H. E. 1971. A monograph of the western hemisphere bumblebees (Hymenoptera: Apidae;
Bombinae). The genera Bombus and Megabombus subgenus Bombias. Mem. Entomol. Soc.
Can., 82.
Nei, M. 1972. Genetic distance between populations. Am. Nat., 106: 283-292.
Nei, M. 1987. Molecular evolutionary genetics. Columbia University Press, New York.
Obrecht, E. & A. Scholl. 1981. Enzymelektrophoretische Untersuchungen zur Analyse der Ver-
wandtschaftsgrade zwischen Hummel- und Schmarotzerhummelarten (Apidae, Bombus).
Apidologie, 12: 257-268.
Pamilo, P., S.-L. Varvio-Aho & A. Pekkarinen. 1984. Genetic variation in bumblebees {Bombus,
Psithyrus) and putative sibling species of Bombus lucorum. Hereditas, 101: 245-251.
Plowright, R. C. & R. E. Owen. 1980. The evolutionary significance of bumble bee color patterns:
a mimetic interpretation. Evolution, 34: 622-637.
Plowright, R. C. & W. P. Stephen. 1980. The taxonomic status of Bombus franklini (Hymenoptera:
Apidae). Can. Entomol., 112: 475-479.
Scholl, A. & E. Obrecht. 1983. Enzymelektrophoretische Untersuchungen zur Artabgrenzung im
Bombus lucorum- Komplex (Apidae, Bombini). Apidologie, 14: 65-78.
Scholl, A., E. Obrecht & R. E. Owen. 1990. The genetic relationship between Bombus moderatus
Cresson and the Bombus lucorum auct. species complex (Hymenoptera: Apidae). Can. J. Zool.,
68: 2264-2268.
Stephen, W. P. 1957. Bumble bees of western America (Hymenoptera: Apoidea). Tech. Bull. Oreg.
Agric. Exp. Stn., 40.
Thorp, R. W. 1970. The type locality of Bombus franklini and notes on putative Arizona records
of other Bombini. Pan-Pacific Entomol., 46: 177-180.
Thorp, R. W., D. S. Homing, Jr. & L. L. Dunning. 1983. Bumble bees and cuckoo bumble bees of
California. Bull. Calif. Insect Surv., 23.
Received 25 June 1991; accepted 13 August 1991.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(1): 52-61, (1992)
OCCURRENCE OF DIURAPHIS ( HOLCAPHIS) FREQUENS
(WALKER) (HOMOPTERA: APHIDIDAE) ON
WHEAT, NEW TO IDAHO, AND A KEY TO
NORTH AMERICAN DIURAPHIS
Susan E. Halbert, B. June Connelly and Ming-Guang Feng
Southwest Idaho Research and Extension Center,
Department of Plant, Soil and Entomological Sciences,
University of Idaho, Parma, Idaho 83660-6699
Abstract.— Colonies of a species of Diuraphis (Holcaphis ) were found on wheat near Parma,
Idaho in 1986. Morphologically, the species best fits the description of Diur aphis (. Holcaphis)
frequens (Walker), though the process terminalis is longer with respect to the base of the sixth
antennal segment than is reported for European D. frequens. The host range of the Idaho Diur aphis
frequens is also consistent with that reported for D. frequens in Europe, except that the populations
found in Idaho multiply much more quickly on wheat than on Elytrigia repens (L.) Beauvois.
In spite of these differences, we think this Diuraphis sp. is D. frequens. We do not expect that it
will become a serious pest in Idaho.
Key Words. — Insecta, Aphididae, Diuraphis frequens, Diuraphis noxia
In surveys of wheat ( Triticum aestivum L.) in 1986, colonies of an unusual
Diuraphis (.Holcaphis) were found near Parma, Idaho. Isolated plants were severely
stunted and contorted, their rolled and twisted leaves containing hundreds of wax-
covered aphids. The same species was collected in suction trap samples from
Parma, Rockland Valley and Arbon in 1986, from Parma in 1988 and 1989, and
from Kimberly and Moscow in 1990. We think this aphid is Diuraphis (Holcaphis)
frequens (Walker). We discuss its identity, based upon morphology and host range.
We also compare its ability to colonize the plants with that of Diuraphis (Diura¬
phis) noxia (Mordvilko), which is the only other species of Diuraphis known to
occur in Idaho, and with Rhopalosiphum padi (L.) and Schizaphis graminum
(Rondani), which are both common pests in the U.S. with wide host ranges among
the Gramineae.
Methods and Materials
Twenty apterous viviparae from a colony of D. frequens, collected in Canyon
County, Idaho on T. aestivum propagated on T. aestivum cv. ID0232, were mount¬
ed and measured using a Zeiss compound binocular microscope equipped with
an eyepiece micrometer. Two attempts were made to obtain additional specimens
from each of two accessions of Elytrigia repens (L.) Beauvois, but colonies grew
inadequately to produce sufficient adults.
Host plants for each of the described Diuraphis (Holcaphis) spp. were obtained
including Calamagrostis sp., Agrostis alba L., Agrostis palustris (Hudson) Persoon,
Agrostis tenuis Sibthorp, Apera interrupta (L.) Beauvois (formerly in Agrostis),
Holcus lanatus L., Bromus inermis Leys, Bromus tectorum L., Elytrigia repens
(formerly in Agropyron), Agropyron cristatum (L.) Gaertner, Thinopyrum ponti-
cum (Podperae) Barkworth & D. R. Dewey (second time only) and T. aestivum.
1992
HALBERT ET AL.: DIURAPHIS FREQUENS IN IDAHO
53
The plants were started from seed in the autumn of 1987, except for Cala-
magrostis sp., E. repens, B. inermis and B. tectorum, which were transplanted
from the field, trimmed and allowed to regrow new shoots that were solely used.
Plants were infested 30 Nov-3 Dec 1987 using three pots of each plant species
for each of the three species of aphids, including the Idaho D. frequens, D. noxia
and R. padi. The infestation rate was ten aphids per plant. On 14 Dec 1987, plants
were scored for colonization using the following scale: 1—no aphids, 2—a few
solitary aphids, 3—small colonies, 4—plant heavily colonized. After the readings,
the plants were cut back and sprayed with Bifenthren (Capture 2EC) (1.26 g a.i./
liter), if infestations were found.
On 18-19 Jan 1988, the same plants, with exceptions that A. interrupta and
the Minnesota accession of B. inermis were omitted and T. ponticum was added,
were infested with 20 aphids per pot in the same manner described above. On 3
Feb 1988, readings were taken as before.
In order to quantitatively determine relative colonization ability, the plants
were reinfested in 1989. The same plants (by then more than one year old) were
used, except the three Bromus accessions and A. cristatum (omitted because they
had died in the interim), an accession of E. repens from Moscow, Idaho (added),
and the wheat (about six weeks old). We used three pots of each plant species for
each of four species of aphids, including the Idaho D. frequens, D. noxia, R. padi
and S. graminum. Plants were infested with 20 adult aphids per plant on 30-31
Jan 1989. On 14-15 Feb 1989, the parts of the plants above ground were clipped
and placed in Berlese funnels until they dried completely. Aphids were counted
using a dissecting microscope. In the case of the wheat, 10% subsamples were
counted.
The data were analyzed using the ANOVA and LSD mean separation procedures
(0.05 significance level) in SAS software (SAS Institute 1985). Because plant and
aphid species interactions were significant, the species were analyzed separately.
The data were analyzed using a transformation to normalize the variance (Y =
Vcount + 0.5).
Results and Discussion
Morphology. — The subgenus Holcaphis is distinguished from Diuraphis s. str.
by lack of a supracaudal process, and currently includes six described species:
Diur aphis tritici (Gillette) * 1 (native to North America), Diur aphis agrostidis (Mud-
dathir), Diuraphis bromicola (Hille Ris Lambers), Diuraphis calamagrostis (Os-
siannilsson), Diuraphis frequens (Walker) and Diuraphis hold (Hille Ris Lambers)
(Eastop & Hille Ris Lambers 1976). In addition to D. tritici, only two species, D.
frequens and D. hold, have been reported from North America (Smith & Parron
1978). The ultimate rostral segment of the Idaho D. frequens is 0.069 mm long,
as compared with 0.12 mm for D. tritici, thus ruling out the possibility that our
aphid is D. tritici. Hille Ris Lambers (1939) separates European D. hold from D.
1 After this article went to press, Zhang et al. (1991) published a review of Diuraphis that treats D.
tritici as a subspecies of D. frequens. We prefer to retain these as distinct species until their change
can be confirmed by hybridization experiments. Two new Diuraphis from China, which are described
by Zhang et al. (1991), are not discussed here.
54
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 68(1)
frequens using relative lengths of antennal segments III and IV + V, and the ratio
of the base of antennal segment VI to the process terminalis. The D. frequens
found in Idaho will key to D. frequens in Hille Ris Lambers (1939), using the
former character, and to D. hold, using the latter; however, the same was true of
five specimens of D. frequens collected in Enfield, England on 12 Jul 1987, in¬
dicating that the antennal segment VI character is not consistently reliable, even
in Europe.
The key by Muddathir (1965) separates the two species using siphuncular place¬
ment, and presence or absence of intersegmental muscle insertions and sclerites
on abdominal segment VI. Most Idaho material will key to D. frequens using
Muddathir’s key, but the siphunculi on some specimens are slightly closer to the
sixth than to the seventh abdominal spiracles, a character given there for D. hold.
Of the species in the subgenus not yet reported in North America, Diuraphis
bromicola was described from Bromus inermis (Hille Ris Lambers 1959), and can
be separated from D. hold and D. frequens by the absence of sclerotic areas on
the abdomen, other than on abdominal segment VIII. The Idaho specimens have
an obvious sclerotic bar on abdominal segment VII, which would appear to rule
out D. bromicola. Diuraphis agrostidis and D. calamagrostis have pore-like si¬
phunculi with the siphuncular aperture facing upward, while D. hold and D.
frequens have longer siphunculi, shaped such that the aperture faces posteriorly
(Muddathir 1965). Diuraphis agrostidis has In = 12 chromosomes and D. frequens
has In = 14 (Blackman 1980). The specimens from Idaho have siphunculi that
fit the description of D. frequens better than those of D. agrostidis and D. cala-
matrostis, and have 2n = 14 chromosomes (R. L. Blackman, personal commu¬
nication).
Occasional specimens of D. frequens collected in Idaho have a posteromedial
extension on abdominal tergite VIII that suggests a supracaudal process. These
specimens can be separated from Diuraphis {Diuraphis) nodulus (Richards) and
Diuraphis {Diuraphis) mexicana (Baker) by the position of the siphunculi in re¬
lation to the sixth and seventh abdominal spiracles. Siphunculi of D. frequens are
clearly between the sixth and seventh spiracles (Muddathir 1965), whereas si¬
phunculi of D. nodulus and D. mexicana are anterior to the sixth pair of spiracles.
Morphological differences among species found in North America can be sum¬
marized by the following key:
Key to Species of Diuraphis Reported in
North America
1. Supracaudal process present on apterous viviparae; siphunculi anterior
to sixth pair of abdominal spiracles (Fig. 1; also see Fig. 3) [Diuraphis
(. Diuraphis )]. 2
T. Supracaudal process on apterous viviparae absent or barely indicated;
siphunculi between sixth and seventh pair of abdominal spiracles (Fig.
2) [Diuraphis {Holcaphis)] . 3
2(1). Process terminalis of viviparae at least 2.0 x as long as base of antennal
segment VI; supracaudal process on apterous viviparae fingerlike and
at least 1.5 x as long as width at the middle (Fig. 1) . D. noxia
1992
HALBERT ET AL.: DIURAPHIS FREQUENS IN IDAHO
55
Figure 1. Diuraphis ( Diuraphis ) noxia (Mordvilko) apterous vivipara, showing supracaudal process
and position of siphunculi with respect to sixth and seventh pairs of abdominal spiracles.
Figure 2. Diuraphis (Ho leap his) frequens (Walker) apterous vivipara, showing supracaudal process
and position of siphunculi with respect to sixth and seventh pairs of abdominal spiracles.
56
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(1)
Figure 3. Diuraphis (Diuraphis) mexicana (Baker) apterous vivipara, showing supracaudal process,
position of siphunculi and length of process terminalis.
2'. Process terminalis of apterous viviparae less than 1.5 x as long as base
of antennal segment VI, of alate viviparae less than twice as long as
base of VI; supracaudal process on apterous viviparae broad and wider
than long, sometimes with a short projection in the center (Fig. 3) ..
. D. mexicana and D. nodulus 2
3(1). Ultimate rostral segment of all forms 0.12 mm long and nearly 3.0 x
as long as wide (Fig. 4). D. tritici
3'. Ultimate rostral segment of all forms 0.07 mm long and 2.0 x as long
as wide (Fig. 5). 4
4(3). Clear markings on abdominal segment VI of all viviparae; antennal
segment III on apterous viviparae longer than segments IV and V
combined; specific to Holcus (Fig. 6) . D. hold
4'. No markings on abdominal segment VI of viviparae; antennal segment
III on apterous viviparae shorter than segments IV and V combined;
on Agropyron, Triticum and Elytigia, but not on Holcus (Fig. 7) ...
. D. frequens
2 Resolution of D. nodulus and D. mexicana requires further taxonomic study. A revision of Di¬
ur aphis is pending (Manya B. Stoetzel, personal communication).
1992
HALBERT ET AL.: DIURAPHIS FREQUENS IN IDAHO
57
Figure 4. Diuraphis ( Holcaphis ) tritici (Gillette) apterous vivipara, showing ultimate rostral seg¬
ment. Scale: 1 cm = 0.05 mm actual size.
Figure 5. Diuraphis ( Holcaphis ) frequens (Walker) apterous vivipara, showing ultimate rostral
segment. Scale: 1 cm = 0.05 mm actual size.
58
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(1)
Figure 6. Diuraphis ( Holcaphis ) hold (Hille Ris Lambers) apterous vivipara, showing markings
on abdominal segments VI, VII and VIII and relative lengths of antennal segments.
Host Range.— In the first experiment, the Idaho D. frequens colonized only
wheat. In the second experiment, it also heavily colonized T. ponticum (not
included in the first experiment). No colonies were found on E. repens in the first
two experiments. In the final experiment, there was heavy colonization on wheat,
and smaller colonies were found in A interrupta, E. repens and T. ponticum (Table
1). This host range fits D. frequens, but not D. hold or any other Diur aphis
(Holcaphis ) sp. except D. tritici, which can be ruled out due to its much longer
ultimate rostral segment. We observed that Idaho D. frequens placed on Holcus
lanatus exhibited a toxic reaction; within an hour, the aphids fell off the plants
and were unable to move in a coordinated manner. We observed no endophytic
fungus in our H. lanatus leaves when preparations were made according to the
procedure by Saha et al. (1988). Thus, H. lanatus is not a host of the Idaho
Diur aphis sp., ruling out any possibility that it is D. hold.
It is, in fact, doubtful that D. hold occurs in North America in spite of the
records cited by Smith & Parron (1978). There are none in the Canadian national
collection in 1989 (Robert Foottit, personal communication), nor in the collection
at the Illinois State Natural History Survey in 1990 (David Voegtlin, personal
communication), nor in the collections at the California Dept, of Food & Agri-
1992
HALBERT ET AL.: DIURAPHIS FREQUENS IN IDAHO
59
Figure 7. Diuraphis (Holcaphis)frequens (Walker) apterous vivipara, showing pattern of abdominal
markings and relative lengths of antennal segments.
culture, Sacramento and the University of California, Berkeley, California in 1990
(John Sorensen, personal communication). Hille Ris Lambers (1939) indicated
that D. hold is restricted to plants in the genus Holcus. None of the North Amer¬
ican specimens identified as D. hold in collections at the United States National
Museum or the Palmer Collection at Colorado State University are specified to
have been collected from Holcus. About half of the slides have inadequate or no
host information, but specified host plants include petunia, quackgrass and Agro-
pyron glaucum, all unlikely hosts of D. hold. Forbes & Chan (1989) reported an
extensive survey of aphids in British Columbia where Holcus lanatus is abundant.
They report Hyalopteroides humilis (Walker) and Sitobion fragariae (Walker) on
H. lanatus, but no Diuraphis spp. were found. Thus, we are not aware of evidence
that any Diuraphis sp. colonizing Holcus occurs in North America.
Triticum aestivum was a better host for the Idaho D. frequens than any other
plant tested, including E. repens, the host reported to be preferred by D. frequens
in Europe (Hille Ris Lambers 1939) (Table 1); however, colonies on wheat were
not as large as those produced by the three pest species. We have not found D.
frequens on E. repens in Idaho, although a number of other aphid species have
been found, including Sip ha elegans del Guercio, D. noxia, Metopolophium dir-
60
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(1)
Table 1. Mean numbers of aphids on various plants after two weeks of colonization, Parma, Idaho,
January-February, 1989. Means followed by the same letter (a, b, c) are not significantly different
from others in the same column using the LSD method of means separation.
Host
D. frequens
D. noxia
S. graminum
R. padi
Triticum aestivum L.
119.0 a
1816.7 a
2793.3 a
1450.0 a
Apera interrupta (L.) Beauvois
31.3 b
42.7 be
304.3 b
112.3 b
Elytrigia repens (L.) Beauvois (Moscow, Idaho)
6.3 c
94.0 b
57.7 be
7.3 c
Elytrigia repens (L.) Beauvois (Caldwell, Idaho)
9.0 c
31.0 be
31.0 be
36.0 be
Agrostis alba L.
0 c
0.3 c
12.0 be
118.7 b
Agrostis tenuis Sibthorp
0 c
0.3 c
38.0 be
3.0 c
Agrostis palustris (Hudson) Persoon
0 c
0 c
4.3 c
3.7 c
Holcus lanatus L.
0 c
0 c
5.0 c
7.0 c
Thinopyrum ponticum (Podperae)
Barkworth & D. R. Dewey
2.3 c
0 c
2.7 c
0 c
Calamagrostis sp.
0 c
0 c
71.7 be
0 c
hodum (Walker), Sitobion avenae (Fabr.), S. graminum and Forda marginata
Koch (Gittins et al. 1976; SEH, unpublished data).
The Idaho D. frequens, D. noxia and R. padi all colonized T. ponticum, a species
used in conservation plantings, much more heavily when the plants were young
than they did one year later. This observation suggests that some perennial grasses
may become less palatable to aphids over time. If so, mature conservation plant¬
ings pose fewer problems as reservoirs of aphid pests than young stands. This
question should be examined further.
Apera interrupta was usually colonized more heavily than Agrostis spp. This
supports recent botanical evidence that A. interrupta should not be placed in the
genus Agrostis as it has sometimes been in the past (McNeill 1981, Hitchcock &
Cronquist 1973).
Based on morphology and host range analysis, we think the Diuraphis sp. found
on Idaho wheat is D. frequens, although slight differences in morphology and host
preference remain to be resolved. These differences could be due to founder effect,
because it is likely that very few individuals were originally introduced into North
America.
Other species that have been introduced into North America have host ranges
that differ from their parent populations. Probably the most famous example is
Therioaphis trifolii (Monell). According to Blackman (1981), the original North
American population fed on Trifolium. About 70 years later, T. trifolii forma
“maculata ” (Buckton) appeared on alfalfa. This population has several traits that
are not typical of the parent population in the Old World. Evidence suggests that
the North American alfalfa population resulted from the introduction of a single
clone (Blackman 1981).
In the case of D. frequens, however, introduction of a single clone from Europe
may not explain the marked preference for wheat in Idaho, because wheat is not
considered to be a host of D. frequens in Europe. Another possible explanation
is that Idaho D. frequens came from Asia, across the Bering Strait, rather than
from Europe, and thus has a host range differing from European populations;
however, wheat is not listed as a host in western Siberia (Ivanovskaya 1977).
We have observed wheat plants colonized by this species each year. Infested
plants are usually severely damaged, but damage is restricted to isolated plants.
We have observed that the most common situation is to find several infested
1992
HALBERT ET AL.: DIURAPHIS FREQUENS IN IDAHO
61
plants near the edge of a late maturing field of spring wheat. Laboratory cultures
of the Idaho D. frequens do not produce many alatae in comparison with D. noxia
and D. tritici. If the same is true for field populations, this could explain its
restricted distribution. Theoretically, given the right conditions (e.g., when alate
production is greatly increased), outbreaks could occur, but it is unlikely that the
species will become a serious pest.
Acknowledgment
We thank Roger Blackman of the British Museum of Natural History for de¬
termining the chromosome number of our aphids and for loaning specimens. We
thank Manya Stoetzel (U.S. National Museum), Robert Foottit (Canadian Na¬
tional Museum), Frank Peairs, B. C. Kondratieff and Robert Hammon (Colorado
State University), Paul Brown (British Museum of Natural History), David Voegt-
lin (Illinois Natural History Survey) and John Sorensen (Calif. Dept. Food &
Agriculture) for providing information and/or specimens from collections at their
respective institutions. We thank Leslie Boydston and Keith Pike for photographs
in Figs. 3, 6 and 7. We thank Richard Old, Edward Northam, Anna Zeigler, Mark
Longstroth and Carol Scinocca for providing plants and seeds. We also thank
Thomas Mowry and Keith Dorschner for help with statistics, Jane Breen for
advice on endophyte analysis and Keith Dorschner for reviewing the manuscript.
This is Idaho Agricultural Experiment Station Scientific Paper number 91732.
Literature Cited
Blackman, R. L. 1980. Chromosome numbers in the Aphididae and their taxonomic significance.
Syst. Entomol., 5: 7-25.
Blackman, R. L. 1981. Species, sex and parthenogenesis in aphids, pp. 75-85. In Greenwood, P. H.
& P. L. Forey (eds.). The evolving biosphere. British Museum of Natural History, London.
Eastop, V. F. & D. Hille Ris Lambers. 1976. Survey of the world’s aphids. Junk, The Hague.
Forbes, A. R. & C. K. Chan. 1989. Aphids of British Columbia. Agriculture Canada Technical
Bulletin, 1989-IE.
Gittins, A. R., G. W. Bishop, G. F. Knowlton & E. J. Parker. 1976. An annotated list of the aphids
of Idaho. Idaho Agr. Exp. Stat. Res. Bull., 95.
Hille Ris Lambers, D. 1939. On some western European aphids. Zool. Med. Mus. Leiden, 22: 79-
199.
Hille Ris Lambers, D. 1959. Notes on European aphids with descriptions of new genera and species
(Homoptera, Aphididae). Mitteilungen der Schweizerischen Entomologischen Gesellschaft, 32:
271-286.
Hitchcock, C. L. & A. Cronquist. 1973. Flora of the Pacific northwest. University of Washington
Press, Seattle, Washington.
Ivanovskaya, O. I. 1977. Aphids of western Siberia, Volume II. USSR Academy of Science, “Science”
Publishers, Novosibirsk.
McNeill, J. 1981. Apera, silky-bent or windgrass, an important seed genus recently discovered in
Ontario, Canada. Can. J. Plant Sci., 61: 479-485.
Muddathir, K. 1965. A new species of Holcaphis (Homoptera: Aphididae) together with a key to
the British Species. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 8: 477-485.
Saha, D. C., M. A. Jackson & J. M. Johnson-Cicalese. 1988. A rapid straining method for detection
of endophytic fungi in turf and forage grasses. Phytopath., 78: 237-239.
SAS Institute. 1985. SAS user’s guide: statistics. SAS Institute, Cary, N.C.
Smith, C. F. & C. S. Parron. 1978. An annotated list of Aphididae (Homoptera) of North America.
North Carolina Agricultural Experiment Station Technical Bulletin, 255.
Zhang, G.-X., W.-Y. Zhang & T.-S. Zhong. 1991. A review of Diuraphis Aizenberg with descriptions
of two new species (Homoptera: Aphidoidea). Scientific Treatise on Systematic and Evolutionary
Zoology, 1: 121-133.
Received 22 April 1991; accepted 13 September 1991.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(1): 62-63, (1992)
Scientific Note
NEW HOST, BAUHINIA VARIEGATA L., AND
NEW LOCALITY RECORDS FOR
CARYEDON SERRATUS (OLIVIER) IN THE NEW WORLD
(COLEOPTERA: BRUCHIDAE: PACHYMERINAE)
The peanut (groundnut) bruchid, Careydon serratus (Olivier), is native to the
tropics and subtropics of the Old World and attacks seeds of tamarind, Tamarin-
dus indica L. and peanut, Arachis hypogaea L. (Davey, P. M. 1958. Bull. Entomol.
Res., 49: 385-404). This species has been introduced into the New World and
may become a serious pest if it becomes well established. In Africa, the species
is a serious pest of peanuts (Davey 1958; Prevett, P. F. 1967. J. Stored Prod. Res.,
3: 267-268), but in the New World, so far it has been collected only on its primary
host, tamarind. However, Velez Angel, in the article “Tres plagas insectiles re-
cientemente detectadas en Antioquia. 1. El gorgojo del tamarindo, Caryedon ser¬
ratus (Olivier),” (Velez Angel, R. 1972. Rev. Facultad Nal. de Agronomia, Med¬
ellin, Colombia, 27: 71—74) and Johnson reported that this species is already well
established in South America and is a potential threat to stored peanuts there
(Johnson, C. D. 1986. Coleopt. Bull., 40: 264). Although tamarind is becoming
an increasingly important crop for juice production in the tropics, the occurrence
of Caryedon serratus on this plant is not yet considered serious. Johnson reported
Careydon gonagra [= Caryedon serratus] from Mexico (Johnson, C. D. 1966.
Pan-Pacif. Entom., 42: 36), and later (Johnson 1986) reported it from additional
localities in Mexico and from Venezuela, but did not give any collection localities
for Venezuela. Caryedon serratus has been established in Hawaii for a long time
(Bridwell, J. C. 1920. Proc. Hawaiian Entomol. Soc., 4: 403-409).
Several new locality records and a new host record, Bauhinia variegata L., in
Mexico are reported here. It is the first time this species has been collected from
a host other than tamarind in the New World, including Hawaii. The new host
could be important for the successful dispersal of this introduced seed beetle, and
an indication that the species is becoming well established in the New World. It
could eventually become a serious pest on both tamarind and peanuts. Because
B. variegata is a commonly cultivated ornamental plant in the New World tropics,
introduced from Asia, this plant could function for dispersal of the insect.
New Host and Locality Records. — (Records from Hawaii are not included, depositories follow in
parentheses). MEXICO. BAJA CALIFORNIA SUR: La Paz, 4-9 Apr 1967, J. Chemsak & M. Mich-
elbacher (C. D. Johnson). DURANGO: 3 km W of El Palmito, 2-3 Oct 1976, E. Giesbert (Nat. Hist.
Mus. Los Angeles). NAYARIT: San Bias, 14 Jul 1960, R. B. Loomis & J. Maris (LBS). OAXACA: 47
km W of Tapanatepec, 27 May 1983, L. O’Brien & G. B. Marshall (CWO). SAN LUIS POTOSI:
Tamazunchale, ex. seeds of Bauhinia variegata, 22 May 1990 (emerged 10 Jul 1990), Jan A. Nilsson
(J. A. Nilsson). HAITI. Port-au-Prince, 15-23 Jan 1923 (Am. Mus. Nat. Hist.). ST. CROIX. H. A.
Beatty (Mus. Comp. Zool.). VENEZUELA. Puerta Negra, Tocoron, 8 Mar 1978, ex. tamarindo (Univ.
Centr. Venez.). ARAGUA: Maracay, El Limon, 1 May 1983, ex. tamarindo (Bordon); 14 May 1976,
1992
SCIENTIFIC NOTE
63
11 Feb 1977, 6 Feb 1985, G. Yepez, ex. tamarindo (Univ. Centr. Venez.). CARABOFO: Maziata, 25
Feb 1965, D. Gonzales, ex. tamarindo (Univ. Centr. Venez.). ZULIA: Maracaibo, 28 Jan 1979, B.
Tambrano, ex. tamarindo (Univ. Centr. Venez.).
Jan A. Nilsson and Clarence Dan Johnson, Department of Biological Sciences,
Northern Arizona University, Flagstaff, Arizona 86011-5640.
Received 26 February 1991; accepted 2 June 1991.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(1): 63, (1992)
Scientific Note
HEIM BRA OP AC A (ASHMEAD)
(HYMENOPTERA: EURYTOMIDAE)
DISCOVERED IN WASHINGTON 1
During 1990, a specimen of Heimbra opaca (Ashmead) was collected in south¬
eastern Washington. The site is a grassy slope with scattered forbs and shrubs
along the north side of the Snake River. This is the first report of H. opaca and,
thus, the subfamily Heimbrinae, from Washington. The specimen was identified
by the authors using key criteria (Burks, B. D. 1971. Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc.,
97: 1-87) and comparison with previously determined specimens.
This species was previously reported from California, Arizona, New Mexico,
Utah, Colorado, Kansas, Montana (Burks, B. D. 1979. In Krombein, K. V. et al.
Cat. Hymen. Am. N. of Mex., Vol. 1: 846), and Idaho (Johnson, J. B. & T. D.
Miller. 1987. Pan-Pacif. Entomol. 63: 324). Thus, H. opaca is widespread in arid
and semi-arid areas of the western U.S. However, it remains rarely collected and
biologically virtually unknown. The four collection sites in Idaho and Washington
known to the authors are all mixed grasslands, as described above, on sandy or
loess soils.
Material Examined. —WASHINGTON. WHITMAN Co.: 11.2 km (7 mi) E of Wawawai, 26 Jul
1990, sweeping vegetation, L. M. Wilson collector (specimen deposited: Maurice T. James Collection,
Department of Entomology, Washington State University, Pullman, Washington 99164-6432).
James B. Johnson and Linda M. Wilson, Department of Plant, Soil and En¬
tomological Sciences, University of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho 83843-4196.
Received 28 February 1991; accepted 8 May 1991.
1 Published with the approval of the director of the Idaho Agricultural Experiment Station as
Research Paper 91714.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(1): 64-65, (1992)
Scientific Note
HEMIHYALEA EDWARDSII (PACKARD)
(LEPIDOPTERA: ARCTIIDAE) IS THE HOST OF
PARADEJEANIA RUTILIOIDES (JAENNICKE)
(DIPTERA: TACHINIDAE) IN
CENTRAL COASTAL CALIFORNIA
Paradejeania rutilioides (Jaennicke) is a widespread species in the western Ne-
arctic, including Mexico. West coast populations, which range from Vancouver
Island to southern California, have more extensive black markings on the ochreous
abdomen and were designated (Amaud, P. 1951. Canad. Entomol., 83: 332) as
a subspecies, nigrescens Amaud. In California, this race occurs along the coast
and Coast Ranges from Humboldt to Monterey Counties, on the west slope of
the Sierra Nevada, and in the Transverse and Peninsular Ranges, to elevations
of 1900 m; nearly all collection records are from late August to November (Amaud
1951; University of California, Berkeley, specimens).
Paradejeania rutilioides nigrescens is the largest and most conspicuous tachinid
in California, yet its biology is poorly known. General and perhaps presumed host
records date back to the early 1900s (Essig, E. O. 1913. Injurious and beneficial
insects of California. Calif. State Comm. Hort. Mo. Bull. 2: 261; 1915, ibid, 2nd
ed. Suppl. 4: 330), when Paradejeania was stated to feed on “caterpillars” and
“caterpillars of various species,” respectively, without specific taxa given.
Amaud reported a host of this fly to be an arctiid, Hemihyalea sp., based on a
specimen from Los Gatos, Santa Clara Co., California, reared by H. P. Allmendiger
and R. Maddux (Amaud, P. 1974. Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 50: 93). Because there
is only one species of Hemihyalea known in the area, H. edwardsii (Packard), this
is presumbly Amaud’s host record. The following observations on a rearing lot
that produced three examples of the fly and one of the moth agree with this
assumption. The only other reared specimen of P. r. nigrescens that we have seen
is one that emerged from leaf litter collected beneath Quercus agrifolia Nee in
Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, by P. A. Opler (JAP 67G16). The duff was
procured 21 Jul 1967, evidently containing a puparium, and the fly eclosed 6 Sep
1967 (UCB).
During a Lepidoptera survey trip to Big Creek Reserve in coastal Monterery
Co., California, 5 Jun 1990, we noticed several large woolybears climing the main
tmnk of a mature Q. agrifolia at dusk. Six were collected from heights of 2.4 to
3.0 m and others could been seen further up. There was a large tree hole in this
tmnk that contained arctiid exuvia and copious frass. Apparently, the Hemihyalea
larvae migrate up to the foliage to feed at night and retreat to a shelter during the
day. This explains why we have never found larvae of this arctiid on Q. agrifolia
during diurnal survey for lepidopterous larvae at numerous localities in the region.
We also found one larva of H. edwardsii at night on Q. agrifolia at a higher
elevation site at Big Creek in April (JAP 90D64).
1992
SCIENTIFIC NOTE
65
The six larvae collected in June were transported to Berkeley for rearing. Five
produced cocoons; one larva died prior to, and one following cocoon construction.
A large tachinid puparium appeared in each of three of the cocoons in late June
and July after emergence of the maggots. Three specimens of P. rutilioides ni-
grescens emerged 12 Jul to 30 Aug and one H. edwardsii on 17 Sep.
It is clear that Hemihylea serves as a host for Paradejeania, and the coincidental
autumnal flight periods of the two insects suggest that this moth is the only host
in this region, because we do not have any other large fall-flying, univoltine moth
in the coastal areas inhabited by P. rutilioides. Although we still do not know how
this tachinid infects its host, some observations provide clues for a possible answer.
Amaud observed females of this fly that bore dozens of active maggots in uturus,
in December, 1966, in San Francisco at the same site where Opler’s Paradejeania
was reared the following September (Amaud, P. 1968. Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 44:
85). This suggests that this tachinid, at least the females, can survive for a long
time, into mid-winter when H. edwardsii presumably has entered early larval
stages. Considering that the tachinid is larviparous and diurnal and the arctiid
larvae are nocturnal, it seems difficult to explain the high parasitism rate of larvae
we encountered. Hemihyalea larvae likely are widely dispersed during feeding in
the expansive canopy of Q. agrifolia. The female tachinid produces hundreds, or
even thousands, of larvae and the first instars may be distributed generally on the
foliage, where they would have to be capable of surviving until arrival of the host
caterpillars. Alternatively, P. rutilioides may be able to locate resting groups of
larvae and larviposit at the retreat either near, or on, the arctiid larvae.
The moths are abundant in late September and October, often 20-30 per black-
light trap sample, with a few worn examples persisting into November. The
conspicuous fly visits flowers of Eriogonum, Haplopappus, Aster, etc. (numerous
on introduced ivy, Hedera, growing at the Gatehouse), in late October and No¬
vember. None was observed during late September and early October when adults
of the arctiid are most numerous.
Records. —All the following data are from: CALIFORNIA. MONTEREY Co.: Big Creek Reserve:
H. edwardsii : HQ area 0-10 m, coastal scrub, 3^1 Oct 1985, 27-28 Sep 1987, 29 Oct 1989, J. W.
Brown, J. A. Powell; Gatehouse, 18 Oct 1988, J. Smiley; Trail to Redwood Camp 80 m, 27 Sep 1987,
J. A. Powell; Devils Creek Flat 120 m, 27 Sep 1987, J. W. Brown; South Ridge Rd, 220 m, 7 Nov
1988, 29-30 Oct 1989, and larvae 5 Jun 1990, r.f. Quercus agrifolia, emgd. 17 Sep 1990 (JAP 90F12)
Y.-F. Hsu, J. A. Powell; South Ridge Rd, 450-500 m, 29-30 Oct 1989; South Highlands, 675 m,
larva 27 Apr 1990, r.f. Q. agrifolia, emgd. 12 Sep 1990 (JAP 90D64) Y.-F. Hsu.
P. rutilioides nigrescens: HQ area 0-10 m, coastal scrub, 30 Oct 1989; grassland above Brunette
Crk, 180-240 m, 31 Oct 1989, J. A. Powell; South Ridge Rd, 220 m, 5 Jun 1990, r.f. Hemihyalea
edwardsii larvae, emgd. 12 Jul, 20, 31 Aug 1990 (JAP 90F12) Y.-F Hsu, J. A. Powell; South Highlands,
625-750 m, 30 Oct 1989; vie. French Camp, 750-800 m, manzanita-pine-oak woods, 6-8 Nov 1989,
J. A. Powell.
Acknowledgment. — We thank John Smiley for cooperation with facilities and
field work at the Big Creek Reserve and Paul H. Amaud, Jr. for comments on
the manuscript.
Yu-Feng Hsu and J. A. Powell, Department of Entomological Sciences, Uni¬
versity of California, Berkeley, California 94720.
Received 22 March 1991; accepted 8 May 1991.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(1): 66-68, (1992)
Scientific Note
LOW SUSCEPTIBILITY OF OVERWINTERING MONARCH
BUTTERFLIES TO BACILLUS THURINGIENSIS BERLINER
The large winter aggregations of the adult monarch butterfly, Danaus plexippus
L. (Danaidae: Lepidoptera), are spectacular phenomena that occur among selected
groves along the California coastline and in the high mountains of Mexico. The
overwintering areas in Mexico are periodically infested by larvae of Evita hyali-
naria (Grossbeck) (Geometridae: Lepidoptera), which defoliate the oyamel fir
trees, Abies religiosa Lindley, used by the butterflies. Foliage protection can be
attained with the use of Bacillus thuringiensis Berliner, but the application of this
biotic agent may inadvertently affect the monarch butterflies overwintering in the
sprayed region. Brower expressed concern over the widespread application of B.
thuringiensis because of its potential negative effects on the monarch butterflies
(Brower, L. 1986. Atala, 14: 17-19). He felt that large scale spraying of this biotic
agent should be avoided near an overwintering site unless the procedure could
be determined as safe or of minimal risk to the butterflies. Because the suscep¬
tibility of adult monarch butterflies to B. thuringiensis is unknown, we tested this
bacterium against overwintering butterflies under laboratory conditions.
Butterflies were collected from a central coast wintering site located in Oceano,
California (Leong, K. L. H. 1990. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 83:906-910) and held
in cages without water at room temperature and humidity (21° C ± 0.25 SE, 42%
RH ±1.1 SE) for two days before treatment. The butterflies (10 insects per cage
and three cages per treatment) were initially subjected to twice the recommended
concentration of commercial B. thuringiensis [kurstaki] (Javelin®, 1.9 liters/3758
liters of H 2 0 [16,000 Spodoptera units/mg]) or to twice the recommended con¬
centration of dead transgenic Pseudomonas fluorescens (Trevisan) Migula con¬
taining endotoxin crystals (MVP®, 1.9 liters/3758 liters of H 2 0 [10,000 Dia-
mondback units/mg]). Control groups were provided water only. Adult monarchs
were exposed to B. thuringiensis by two ways: (1) spraying an aqueous suspension
onto the leaves of Eucalyptus sp. (tree species commonly used by overwintering
butterflies in California) within the cages until runoff (approximately 16 ml), and
(2) placing an aqueous suspension in petri dishes (50 ml) for 24 h.
The adults imbibed the preparation almost immediately after exposure. Five
days after exposure, the adults showed a low mortality to both Javelin® and
MVP®. The butterflies exposed to Javelin® spray, however, had a significantly
higher mortality (P < 0.05) than those sprayed with MVP® (20% ± 7 SE for
Javelin® vs 3% ± 3 SE for MVP®). The same relationship, but not significantly
different, was exhibited between the two groups of butterflies exposed to the
inocula in petri dishes (7% ± 5 SE for Javelin® vs 3% ± 3 SE for MVP®). None
of the control insects died during the study period. The results suggest that the
butterflies were slightly more susceptible to B. thuringiensis preparation than to
the transgenic P. fluorescens.
1992
SCIENTIFIC NOTE
67
To confirm the results of the B. thuringiensis preparation, another test was
conducted with Javelin® at the recommended (0.9 liters/3758 liters of H 2 0) and
at twice the recommended concentrations by spraying or by placing the aqueous
suspension in petri dishes (10 insects per cage, three cages per treatment). The
control adults were exposed to water only. The butterflies again exhibited low
total mortality rates at both the recommended and twice the recommended con¬
centration rates (7% vs 7% spray; 3% vs 7% petri dishes). The total mortality
among the control insects was zero for the spray and 3% for petri dish treatment.
Bacillus thuringiensis was isolated from the hemocoel of the dead butterflies
treated with Javelin, but not from the controls.
The fecal droppings of butterflies treated with twice the recommended concen¬
trations were collected daily and placed in 5 ml of sterile water and agitated. A
loopful of the suspension was then streaked onto nutrient agar and incubated at
25° C. Bacillus thuringiensis isolates were determined by colony growth charac¬
teristics and by microscopic examination (400 x). The bacterium was recovered
daily throughout the five day holding period. Fewer colonies (based on qualitative
observations) of B. thuringiensis were isolated after five days than after the first
two days. The bacterium was also recovered from the gut contents of the surviving
adults after the five-day holding period.
The overwintering butterflies, under laboratory conditions, showed low sensi¬
tivity to the B. thuringiensis used, both at the recommended and at twice the
recommended concentrations for control of lepidopterous larvae. The results
suggest that the application of this biotic agent within or near the butterfly’s winter
habitat presents a minimal threat to their survival. Because a small percentage of
the butterflies did succumb to this bacterium or its product (endotoxin), however,
the use of B. thuringiensis near the butterfly’s overwintering site should be min¬
imized.
Assuming that E. hyalinaria, the defoliator of fir trees, is equally susceptible
to B. thuringiensis and transgenic P. fluorescens, the latter may be a better choice
for controlling this insect. Our data suggest that the butterflies were less susceptible
to the endoxotin alone than to a bacterial spore endotoxin mixture. To ensure
another level of safety for the roosting butterflies from possible drift of the bioin¬
secticide, a spray-free buffer zone could be established around the overwintering
site. This buffer zone, however, may be subjected to defoliation by E. hyalinaria,
and could affect the roosting site. The possible threat of introducing the bacterium
or its endotoxin into the protected aggregation sites by affected adults (via fecal
droppings) exposed to the treated areas is minor due to the dilution effect, the
poor survivability of the spores on the leaf surfaces (Leong, K. et al. 1980. Environ.
Entomol., 9: 593-599) and the low adult susceptibility to B. thuringiensis. Another
possible threat is the contamination of the monarch butterfly eggs with B. thu¬
ringiensis deposited by affected adults (Ali, A. A. & T. F. Watson. 1982. J. Econ.
Entomol., 75: 596-598). Presumably, the overwintering butterflies will have elim¬
inated most of the bacterium before egg deposition occurs. The monarch larvae
sensitivity to B. thuringiensis from adults remains unknown and requires further
study.
Although our study suggests that B. thuringiensis presents a minimal threat to
the adult monarch butterflies, the susceptibility of the populations while in Mexico
68
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(1)
still needs to be investigated before wide scale spraying is employed near their
winter aggregation site.
Acknowledgment. — Authors thank the Mycogen Corporation, San Diego, Cal¬
ifornia for providing the Bacillus thuringiensis materials (Mycogen MVP®) used
in this study.
Kingston L. H. Leong, 1 Michael A. Yoshimura, 1 & Harry K. Kaya, 21 Biological
Sciences, California Polytechnic State University, San Luis Obispo, California
93407; department of Nematology, University of California, Davis, California
95616.
Received 5 April 1991; accepted 15 June 1991.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(1): 68-69, (1992)
Scientific Note
NEW DISTRIBUTIONAL RECORDS FOR SOME
CANDIDATE SPECIES OF LYTTA IN CALIFORNIA
(COLEOPTERA: MELOIDAE)
Five Californian species of Lytta blister beetles (Coleoptera: Meloidae) are
candidates for listing as endangered (i.e., a species that is likely to become extinct)
by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. These species [L. hoppingi Wellman, L.
insperata (Horn), L. moesta (Horn), L. molesta (Horn), and L. morrisoni (Horn)]
have not been listed due to a lack of biological information. Developments in
California’s central valley and surrounding foothills continue to impact them and
their habitat because of three factors: our knowledge of their biology is limited,
a lack of adequate survey methods, and the beetles not being fully protected by
the Endangered Species Act (1973).
Recently, specimens of four of these candidate species were found in the R. S.
Wagner Collection at the Tulare County Agricultural Commissioner’s/Sealer’s
Office, Visalia, California. The specimens represent new distributional records for
three species, having been collected in the 1930s but overlooked by researchers.
For two of these species, an additional, more recent, distributional record is
reported. We present this information (see Records section) to improve and update
the distributional data on Lytta; to aid federal, state, and county regulatory agen¬
cies in their development, management, and protection efforts; and to encourage
researchers to utilize the Wagner Collecton and to study the endangered inver¬
tebrate fauna. Distributional information on Lytta has been summarized (Selan-
der, R. B. 1960. Illinois Biol. Monographs, 28) and recently updated (California
Department of Fish and Game. 1991. Natural Diversity Data Base, computer
data base of sensitive species. Sacramento, California).
Biological information for the five candidate species of Lytta is almost non¬
existent. Lytta molesta has been collected on Lupinus (Leguminosae) feeding on
1992
SCIENTIFIC NOTE
69
its flowers and seed pods (personal observations) and on Erodium cicutarium (L.)
(Geraniaceae) (Selander 1960). Like most meloid beetles, Lytta parasitize the nests
of wild bees, feeding on provisions or immature stages of the bees (Selander 1960).
Bee genera that are parasitized by various other Lytta species include: Anthophora
Latreille, Diadasia Patton, Emphoropsis Ashmead, Ptilothrix Smith (all Hyme-
noptera: Anthophoridae), Andrena subgenus Onagrandrena Linsley & MacSwain
(Hymenoptera: Andrenidae) and Colletes Latreille (Hymenoptera: Colletidae)
(Hurd, P. D. Jr. 1979. In Krombein et al. (eds.). Cat. of Hymenoptera in America
north of Mexico. Vol. II, Smith. Instit. Press, Wash., D.C., pp. 1199-2209; Se¬
lander 1960).
The fourth candidate species in the Wagner Collection, L. molesta, is repre¬
sented by three females and five males from a location previously reported by
Selander (1960) as Lanes Bridge, Fresno Co., California. These specimens, though
not providing new distributional information, have taxonomic value and dem¬
onstrate the merit of the Wagner Collection.
Because the candidate Lytta are very similar to each other, similar to other
Lytta species, and more than one species may occur at a site, we urge researchers
to collect voucher specimens and have them identified by a taxonomist to validate
records. We hope that this information encourages researchers or agencies (state,
federal, or private) to study or provide the funding necessary to determine the
biological status of these species.
Records.—Lytta hoppingi Wellman. New records: CALIFORNIA. KERN Co.: Taft, 29 Apr 1978,
W. H. Tyson (California Department of Fish and Game. 1991) [species determined by J. D. Pinto].
TULARE Co.: Ducor, 25 Mar 1934, 8 males and 8 females. Historical distribution: CALIFORNIA.
FRESNO Co.: Coalinga; TULARE Co.: Visalia; Delano.
Lytta moesta (Horn).—New records: CALIFORNIA. KERN Co.: Arvin, 29 Mar 1931, 2 females.
TULARE Co.: Springville, 28 May 1933, 1 female; 23 Jun 1936, 1 pair (in copulation). Historical
distribution: CALIFORNIA. FRESNO Co.: Friant. KERN Co.: Edison. MADERA Co.: Kismit. SANTA
CRUZ Co.: Santa Cruz. STANISLAUS Co.: Manteca; Modesto; Ripon; Westly. TULARE Co.: exact
location unknown (county label only); Kaweah; Potwisha, Sequoia National Park.
Lytta morrisoni (Horn).—New records: CALIFORNIA. FRESNO Co.: Panoche Road 13.1 km (8.2
miles) W of Interstate 5, 21 May 1978, F. G. Andrews (California Department of Fish and Game.
1991) [species determined by J. D. Pinto]. TULARE Co.: Plano, 1 May 1939, 1 male and 1 female.
Historical distribution: CALIFORNIA. FRESNO Co.: Coalinga. KERN Co.: exact location unknown
(county label only); Edison. TULARE Co.: Kaweah; Tipton; White River (south of). One data locale
lists only “southern California.”
Acknowledgment. — We thank the Kings River Conservation District for funding
this publication, J. D. Pinto (University of California, Riverside) for confirming
the identification of L. moesta; the former, F. G. Andrews, and W. H. Tyson
(both California Department of Food and Agriculture) for providing additional
information on the California Department of Fish and Game (1991) records; and
D. J. Burdick (California State University, Fresno) and two anonymous reviewers
for helpful editorial comments.
Jeffrey A. Halstead and Robert D. Haines, Kings River Conservation District,
4886 E. Jensen Avenue, Fresno, California 93725 and Tulare County Agricultural
Commissioner’s/Sealer’s Office, County Civic Center, Main and Woodland Drives,
Visalia, California 93291, respectively.
Received 20 February 1991, accepted 3 June 1991.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(1): 70-71, (1992)
Scientific Note
RHOPALOSIPHUM RUFIABDOMINALIS (SASAKI) AND
APHIS ARMORACIAE CO WEN
(HOMOPTERA: APHIDIDAE) CONFIRMED ON
WHEAT IN IDAHO
Two species of aphids were found on wheat in Idaho for the first time during
October, 1990. Both were found on winter wheat ( Triticum aestivum L.) cv.
‘Stephens’ at the SW Idaho Research & Extension Center at Parma (Canyon
County). Neither of these species is likely to become a significant pest as both
have been in Idaho for at least five years and are only now being discovered on
wheat despite intensive surveys of this crop since 1986. However, these additions
to the wheat aphid fauna will further complicate species identifications of aphids
found on cultivated cereals by increasing the number of taxa that must be rec¬
ognized. Additionally, the genus Rhopalosiphum includes two common cereal
pests, R. maidis (Fitch) and R. padi (L.), plus R. insertum (Walker). Separation
of the latter three species requires detailed microscopic examination.
Rhopalosiphum rufiabdominalis (Sasaki) was collected between 16 Oct-19 Nov
1990 on winter wheat roots. Rhopalosiphum rufiabdominalis is permanently par-
thenogenetic on roots of rice and many other species of Gramineae in most parts
of the world, though holocyclic populations overwintering on Prunus spp. have
also been reported. It colonizes the roots of some dicots, especially Solanaceae
and can be a serious pest on plants in hydroponic systems (Blackman, R. & V.
Eastop. 1984. Aphids on the world’s crops: an identification and information
guide. John Wiley & Sons, New York; Blackman, R. et al. 1987. World perspec¬
tives on barley yellow dwarf. Proc. of intem’l. workshop, 6-11 July 1987, Udine,
Italy. Dipartimento Cooperatizione Alio Sviluppol International Maize and Wheat
Improvement Center (CIMMYT), pp. 197-214). It is known to vector barley
yellow dwarf virus (Jedlinski, H. 1981. Plant disease, 65: 975-978; Johnstone,
G. et al. 1987. World perspectives on barley yellow dwarf. Proc. of intem’l.
workshop, 6-11 July 1987, Udine, Italy. Dipartimento Cooperatizione Alio Svi¬
luppol International Maize and Wheat Improvement Center (CIMMYT), pp. 228-
239; Paliwal, Y. 1980. Can. J. PI. Path., 2: 90-92).
Rhopalosiphum rufiabdominalis was collected prior to these field collections in
suction traps at Parma, Burley, Caldwell and Craigmont. There are no previously
published records of collections from host plants in Idaho for R. rufiabdominalis.
A field survey of cereal aphids between 16 Oct and 5 Dec 1990, on winter wheat
showed decreasing numbers of R. rufiabdominalis as the season progressed (Table
1). This, along with late season suction trap collections and the presence of alatoid
nymphs late in the season indicate the possibility of holocyclic overwintering in
Idaho.
Aphis armoraciae Co wen was collected on 12 Oct 1990 from winter wheat using
a Berlese funnel, and on 3 Dec 1990 on bluebunch wheatgrass T-2950 ( Agropyron
spicatum (Pursh) Scribner & Smith) at Parma, Idaho. Aphis armoraciae infests
1992
SCIENTIFIC NOTE
71
Table 1. Rhopalosiphum rufiabdominalis (Sasaki) population on winter wheat ( Triticum aestivum
L.) cv. ‘Stephens’ at Parma, Idaho, 16 Oct-19 Nov 1990.
Aphid Stage
Total
Sample date*
Nymph 1
Nymph 2-4
Alatoid
Apterae
Alatae
16 Oct
0
48
0
1
0
49
22 Oct
0
12
0
2
0
14
8 Nov
7
4
1
5
0
17
19 Nov
0
1
0
0
0
1
5 Dec
0
0
0
0
0
0
a 20 tillers per sample and 10 samples.
roots and sometimes the aerial parts of plants in several families including Com-
positae, Cruciferae, Umbelliferae, and Gramineae (maize, wheat) (Blackman &
Eastop 1984). Aphis armoraciae was previously collected from Bear Lake Co. on
raspberry, Bingham Co. on potato, Canyon Co. on maize and roots of Sisymbrium
altissimum L., Caribou Co. on potato, cabbage and radish, Franklin Co. on maize
and Aster sp., Oneida Co. on Chrysothamnus nauseosus (Pallas) Britton and Teton
Co. on potato (Gittins, A. et al. 1976. An annotated list of the aphids of Idaho
(Homoptera: Aphididae). Rec. Bull., 95. College of Agric. Univ. of Idaho). Aphis
armoraciae was also collected in suction traps at various areas in Idaho for several
years from 1985-1990.
Voucher specimens from our collections from wheat are on deposit at the
University of Idaho, SW Idaho Research and Extension Center, Parma, Idaho.
Material Examined.—Rhopalosiphum rufiabdominalis : IDAHO. CANYON Co.: Parma, 22 Sep
1985, and 1,7, 15, 29 Sep 1987, suction trap, 1 specimen on each date; Caldwell, 21 Jul 1990, suction
trap, 1 alate. CASSIA Co.: Burley, 18 Aug 1986, suction trap, 1 alate. LEWIS Co.: Craigmont, 25
Aug 1990, suction trap, 1 alate.
Aphis amoraciae: IDAHO. CANYON Co.: Parma, 12 Oct 1990, winterwheat, Berlese funnel, 7
specimens; Parma, 3 Dec 1990, bluebunch wheatgrass T-2950, 2 oviparae; Parma, 16 and 22 Oct, 8
and 19 Nov, 5 Dec 1990, Triticum aestivum ‘Stephens,’ total 81 specimens of various stages (see
table).
Acknowledgment. — We thank D. Allison, Washington State University, for pro¬
viding suction traps data, and J. P. McCaffrey, F. W. Merickel and T. M. Mowry
for reviewing the manuscript. Published with the approval of the Director of the
Idaho Agricultural Experiment Station as Research Paper 91728.
Ali A. Al-Raeesi, Susan E. Halbert and James B. Johnson, Department of Plant
Soil & Entomological Sciences, University of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho 83843.
Received 12 April 1991; accepted 29 July 1991.
ANNOUNCEMENT
PUBLICATIONS OF THE
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
PROCEEDINGS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Yol. 1 (16 numbers, 179 pages) and Vol. 2 (9 numbers, 131 pages). 1901—
1930. Price $5.00 per volume.
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST.
Vol. 1 (1924) to vol. 51 (1975), price $10.00 per volume of 4 numbers, or
$2.50 per single issue. Vol. 52 (1976) to vol. 57 (1981), price $15.00 per
volume, or $3.75 per single issue, except for vol. 57, no. 1, $10.00. Vol. 58
(1982) to vol. 66 (1990), $20.0t) per volume or $5.00 per single issue. Vol.
67 (1991) and subsequent issues, $30.00 per volume or $7.50 per single issue.
MEMOIRS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Volume 1. The Sucking Lice by G. F. Ferris. 320 pages. Published October
1951. Price $10.00* (plus $1.00 postage and handling).
Volume 2. A Revision of the Spider Mite Family Tetranychidae by A. Earl
Pritchard and Edward W. Baker. 472 pages. Published July 1955. OUT-OF-
PRINT.
Volume 3. Revisionary Studies in the Nearctic Decticinae by David C. Rentz
and James D. Birchim. 173 pages. Published July 1968. Price $4.00* (plus
$0.75 postage and handling).
Volume 4. Autobiography of an Entomologist by Robert L. Usinger. 343
pages. Published August 1972. SPECIAL PRICE $5.00 (plus $1.00 tax, post¬
age, and handling for California orders, $0.70 postage and handling for non-
California U.S. orders, or $1.70 for foreign orders). No members’ discount
at this special price.
Volume 5. Revision of the Millipede Family Andrognathidae in the Nearctic
Region by Michael R. Gardner. 61 pages. Published January 21, 1975. Price
$3.00* (plus $0.75 postage and handling).
*(Add 6% sales tax on all California orders (orders from Alameda, Contra Costa, and San
Francisco counties add 7%). If requested, members of the Society can receive a 20% discount
on the price of the memoirs, except vol. 4.
Send orders to:
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
% California Academy of Sciences
Golden Gate Park
San Francisco, California 94118-4599
U.S.A.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Information for Contributors
See volume 66 (1): 1-8, January 1990, for detailed format information and the issues thereafter for examples. Manuscripts must be
in English, but foreign language summaries are permitted. Manuscripts not meeting the format guidelines may be returned. Please
maintain a copy of the article on a word-processor because revisions are usually necessary before acceptance, pending review and copy¬
editing.
Format. — Type manuscripts in a legible serif font IN DOUBLE OR TRIPLE SPACE with 1.5 in margins on one side of 8.5 x 11 in,
nonerasable, high quality paper. THREE (3) COPIES of each manuscript must be submitted, EACH INCLUDING REDUCTIONS
OF ANY FIGURES TO THE 8.5 x 11 IN PAGE. Number pages as: title page (page 1), abstract and key words page (page 2), text
pages (pages 3+), acknowledgment page, literature cited pages, footnote page, tables, figure caption page; place original figures last.
List the corresponding author’s name, address including ZIP code, and phone number on the title page in the upper right comer. The
title must include the taxon’s designation, where appropriate, as: (Order: Family). The ABSTRACT must not exceed 250 words; use
five to seven words or concise phrases as KEY WORDS. Number FOOTNOTES sequentially and list on a separate page.
Text. — Demarcate MAJOR HEADINGS as centered headings and MINOR HEADINGS as left indented paragraphs with lead phrases
underlined and followed by a period and two hypens. CITATION FORMATS are: Coswell (1986), (Asher 1987a, Franks & Ebbet
1988, Dorly et al. 1989), (Burton in press) and (R. F. Tray, personal communication). For multiple papers by the same author use:
(Weber 1932, 1936, 1941; Sebb 1950, 1952). For more detailed reference use: (Smith 1983: 149-153, Price 1985: fig. 7a, Nothwith
1987: table 3).
Taxonomy. — Systematics manuscripts have special requirements outlined in volume 66(1): 1-8, including SEPARATE PARAGRAPHS
FOR DIAGNOSES, TYPES AND MATERIAL EXAMINED (INCLUDING A SPECIFIC FORMAT), and a specific order for
paragraphs in descriptions. See: Johnson, K. (1990. Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 66[2]: 97-125) for an example of format style and order
for taxonomic descriptions. Please request a copy of special format requirements from the editor. List the unabbreviated taxonomic
author of each species after its first mention.
Literature Cited. — Format examples are:
Anderson, T. W. 1984. An introduction to multivariate statistical analysis (2nd ed). John Wiley & Sons. New York.
Blackman, R. L., P. A. Brown & V. F. Eastop. 1987. Problems in pest aphid taxonomy: can chromosomes plus morphometries
provide some answers? pp. 233-238. In Holman, J., J. Pelikan, A. G. F. Dixon & L. Weismann (eds.). Population structure, genetics
and taxonomy of aphids and Thysanoptera. Proc. international symposium held at Smolenice Czechoslovakia, Sept. 9-14, 1985.
SPB Academic Publishing, The Hague, The Netherlands.
Ferrari, J. A. & K. S. Rai. 1989. Phenotypic correlates of genome size variation in Aedes albopictus. Evolution, 42: 895-899.
Sorensen, J. T. (in press). Three new species of Essigella (Homoptera: Aphididae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol.
Illustrations. — Illustrations must be of high quality and large enough to ultimately reduce to 117 x 181 mm while maintaining label
letter sizes of at least 1 mm; this reduction must also allow for space below the illustrations for the typeset figure captions. Authors
are strongly encouraged to provide illustrations no larger than 8.5 x 11 in for easy handling. Number figures in the order presented.
Mount all illustrations. Label illustrations on the back noting: (1) figure number, (2) direction of top, (3) author’s name, (4) title of
the manuscript, and (5) journal. FIGURE CAPTIONS must be on a separate, numbered page; do not attach captions to the figures.
Tables. — Keep tables to a minimum and do not reduce them. Table must be DOUBLE-SPACED THROUGHOUT and continued
on additional sheets of paper as necessary. Designate footnotes within tables by alphabetic letter.
Scientific Notes. — Notes use an abbreviated format and lack: an abstract, key words, footnotes, section headings and a Literature Cited
section. Minimal references are listed in the text in the format: (Bohart, R. M. 1989. Pan-Pacific. Entomol., 65: 156-161.). A short
acknowledgment is permitted as a minor headed paragraph. Authors and affiliations are listed in the last, left indented paragraph of
the note with the affiliation underscored.
Page Charges. — PCES members are charged $30 per page. Members without institutional or grant support may apply to the society
for a grant to cover up to one half of these charges. Nonmembers are charged $60 per page. Page charges do not include reprint costs,
or charges for author changes to manuscripts after they are sent to the printer.
Volume 68
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
January 1992
Number 1
Contents
YOSHIDA, N. & H. KATAKURA—Evolution of oviposition habits in Aphodius dung beetles
(Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). 1
HALBERT, S. E. & T. M. MOWRY—Survey of Myzus persicae (Sulzer) (Homoptera: Aphid-
idae) infestations on bedding plants for sale in eastern Idaho . 8
WELLS, J. D. & B. GREENBERG—Rates of predation by Chrysomya rufifacies (Macquart)
on Cochliomyia macellaria (Fabr.) (Diptera: Calliphoridae) in the laboratory: effect of
predator and prey development... 12
NEFF, J. L. & B. B. SIMPSON—Nest biology of Osmia {Diceratosmia) subfasciata Cresson in
central Texas (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae). 15
ARNAUD, P. H. Jr.-Obituary: James Wilson Tilden (1904-1988). 27
KAYA, H. K„ M. G. KLEIN, T. M. BURLANDO, R. E. HARRISON & L. A. LACEY-
Prevalence of two Bacillus popilliae Dutky morphotypes and blue disease in Cyclocephala
hirta LeConte (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) populations in California. 38
SCHOLL, A., R. W. THORP & E. OBRECHT—The genetic relationship between Bom-
bus franklini (Frison) and other taxa of the subgenus Bombus s.str. (Hymenoptera:
Apidae)... 46
HALBERT, S. E., B. J. CONNELLY & M.-G. FENG-Occurrence of Diuraphis {Holcaphis)
frequens (Walker) (Homoptera: Aphididae) on wheat, new to Idaho, and a key to North
American Diuraphis . 52
SCIENTIFIC NOTES
NILSSON, J. A. & C. D. JOHNSON—New host, Bauhinia variegata L., and new locality
records for Caryedon serratus (Olivier) in the New World (Coleoptera: Bruchidae: Pa-
chymerinae)... 62
JOHNSON, J. B. & L. M. WILSON— Heimbra opaca (Ashmead) (Hymenoptera: Eurytomidae)
discovered in Washington. 63
HSU, Y.-F. & J. A. POWELL— Hemihyalea edwardsii (Packard) (Lepidoptera: Arctiidae) is
the host of Paradejeania rutilioides (Jaennicke) (Diptera: Tachinidae) in central coastal
California. 64
LEONG, K. L. H., M. A. YOSHIMURA & H. K. KAYA—Low susceptibility of overwintering
monarch butterflies to Bacillus thuringiensis Berliner. 66
HALSTEAD, J. A. & R. D. HAINES—New distributional records for some candidate species
of Lytta in California (Coleoptera: Meloidae). 68
AL-RAEESI, A. A., S. E. HALBERT & J. B. JOHNSON— Rhopalosiphum rufiabdominalis
(Sasaki) and Aphis armoraciae Cowen (Homoptera: Aphididae) confirmed on wheat in
Idaho. 70
Announcement: Publications of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society. 72
Volume 68 April 1992 Number 2
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
(ISSN 0031-0603)
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
EDITORIAL BOARD
J. T. Sorensen, Editor
R. E. Somerby, Book Review Editor
S. M. Sawyer, Editorial Assist.
Roberta L. Brett, Treasurer
R. M. Bohart
J. T. Doyen
J. E. Hafemik, Jr.
J. A. Powell
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed¬
ings usually appearing in the October issue. All communications regarding non¬
receipt of numbers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications
should be addressed to: Roberta L. Brett, Treasurer, Pacific Coast Entomological
Society, Dept, of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park,
San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be
addressed to: Curtis Y. Takahashi, Membership Committee chair, Pacific Coast
Entomological Society, Dept, of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences,
Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
Manuscripts, proofs, and all correspondence concerning editorial matters (but
not aspects of publication charges or costs) should be sent to: Dr. John T. Sorensen,
Editor, Pan-Pacific Entomologist, Insect Taxonomy Laboratory, California Dept,
of Food & Agriculture, 1220 N Street, Sacramento, CA 95814. See the back cover
for Information-to-Contributors, and volume 66 (1): 1-8, January 1990, for more
detailed information. Refer inquiries for publication charges and costs to the
Treasurer.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $20.00 for regular members of the Society,
$10.00 for student members, or $30.00 for institutional subscriptions. Members
of the Society receive The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Single copies of recent num¬
bers or entire volumes are available; see 67(1 ):80 for current prices. Make checks
payable to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society.
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
OFFICERS FOR 1992
Norman D. Penny, President
Roberta L. Brett, Treasurer
Julieta F. Parinas, Assist. Treasurer
Susan B. Opp, President-Elect
Wesley A. Maffei, Managing Secretary
D. Keith Dabney, Recording Secretary
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST (ISSN 0031-0603) is published quarterly by the Pacific
Coast Entomological Society, c/o California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco,
CA 94118-4599. Second-class postage is paid at San Francisco, CA and additional mailing offices.
Postmaster: Send address changes to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, c/o California Academy
of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
This issue mailed 14 May 1992
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist (ISSN 0031-0603)
PRINTED BY THE ALLEN PRESS, INC., LAWRENCE, KANSAS 66044, U.S.A.
THIS PUBLICATION IS PRINTED ON ACID-FREE PAPER.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(2): 73-96, (1992)
REVISION OF THE SPIDER BEETLE GENUS NIPTUS IN
NORTH AMERICA, INCLUDING NEW CAVE AND
PHOLEOPHILE SPECIES (COLEOPTERA: PTINIDAE)
Rolf L. Aalbu and Fred G. Andrews
Insect Taxonomy Laboratory,
California Department of Food and Agriculture,
Sacramento, California 95814
Abstract. — The genus Niptus is revised for North America. Four species of Niptus Boeildieu ( N .
giulianii NEW SPECIES, N. neotomae NEW SPECIES, N. sleeperi NEW SPECIES, and N.
arcanus NEW SPECIES) are described from the Great Basin area, southwestern Arizona, the
cape mountain region of Baja California, Mexico, and a California cave, respectively. Notes on
the biology of Niptus species, as well as Ptinus clavipes, are presented. A key is provided to the
species of Niptus found in North America. Phylogenetic considerations among Niptus, Pseudeu-
rostus, and Eurostus are discussed. Habitat conservation is stressed for species restricted to single
cave localities.
Key Words. — Insecta, Coleoptera, Ptinidae, Niptus, southwest United States, Mexico, biology,
caves
As a result of improved collecting techniques, such as overnight pitfall traps or
longer duration ethylene glycol (antifreeze) traps, and greater accessibility to pre¬
viously difficult to reach places, numerous specimens of small apterous beetles
are now available in collections. Most larval and adult Ptinidae feed on dried ''
plant and animal substances. Others have been recorded from dung. Many are
associated with mammals or birds and are often found in caves. Their biology,
including rearing methods of economically important species, is adequately cov¬
ered by Howe (1959).
One species, Niptus hololeucus (Faldermann), a stored product pest, is widely
distributed in the northern United States. Niptus kelleri (Brown) and N. hilleri
Reitter have previously been placed in the genus Pseudeurostus. One of these, N.
hilleri , is distributed widely, also in stored products (see Brown 1959: 629). Niptus
kelleri, known only from the type locality, was not examined.
Because all genera of ptinids are flightless (except for certain Ptinus ), the method
found most effective in capturing pholeophilic Ptinidae is the use of numerous
dry plastic “punch cup” containers as pit traps, especially near, or at, the entrance
to rodent burrows. These traps are set in the late afternoon and collected early
the next morning. This permits collection of live adult specimens for rearing and
provides additional biological information (substrate type, etc.). Adults are also
collected at night with the use of headlamps or lanterns to illuminate surface areas.
In 1978-1979,a year-long trapping survey of the Coleoptera of Mitchell Caverns
was conducted using ethylene glycol pitfall traps (Aalbu 1990). Mitchell Caverns
are located on the eastern slopes of the Providence Mountains (San Bernardino
County), California. A new species of Niptus was found to be endemic to one
cave.
Abbreviations. — The following abbreviations are used to denote the institutions
that loaned material: CASC, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco,
74
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 68(2)
California; CISC, University of California, Berkeley, California; CNCI, Canadian
National Collection, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada; CSLB, California State University,
Long Beach; FMNH, Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, Illinois; KWBC,
Kirby W. Brown Collection, Stockton, California; MCZC, Harvard University
Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts; OSUC, The Ohio
State University, Columbus, Ohio; SDMC, San Diego Museum of Natural His¬
tory, California; USNM, United States National Museum, Washington D.C.;
UAIC, University of Arizona, Tucson.
Niptus arcanus Aalbu & Andrews, NEW SPECIES
(Figs. 1, 17, 19, 24 and 25)
Types. — HOLOTYPE (female) and ALLOTYPE (male): CALIFORNIA. SAN
BERNARDINO Co.: Providence Mountains State Recreation Area, Mitchell Cav¬
erns, el. 1340 m, El Pakiva Cave, 26 Aug-31 Dec 1978, Ethylene glycol pitfall
trap near Neotoma nest, #6. Type deposited in California Academy of Sciences
Collection. PARATYPES: CALIFORNIA. SAN BERNARDINO Co.: Providence
Mountains State Recreation Area, Mitchell Caverns, el. 1340 m, El Pakiva Cave,
26 Aug 1978 to 31 Dec 1978 trap #6; 17 Mar 1979 to 16 Jun 1979, trap #3 (4);
17 Mar 1979 to 16 Jun 1979, trap #4 (19); 17 Mar 1979 to 16 Jun 1979, trap #6
(34); 17 Mar 1979 to 16 Jun 1979 (1); 27 May 1978 to 26 Jul 1979, trap #5 (28);
31 Dec 1978 to 17 Mar 1979, trap #5 (1); 31 Dec 1978 to 17 Mar 1979, trap #6
(21); 8 May 1981 to 10 Aug 1981 (11), R. L. Aalbu, Ethylene glycol pitfall trap
near Neotoma nest. Paratypes deposited in USNM, CDFA, CISC, CASC, RLAC,
OSUC.
Description.— Female (holotype). Integument red-brown, elytra shiny; length 3.3 mm. HEAD with
surface vestiture of closely appressed, spatulate, scale-like setae with few longer fine setae on apical
margin of clypeus; antennal fossae with dorsal border not carinate, not laterally elevated; eyes minute,
three facets at minimum width, narrowly oval; antenna relatively long, slender, ratio of segment
lengths 14:11:10:10:9:9:9:9:10:10:18. PRONOTUM with surface sculpture of rugose, deep punctures
posteriorly forming moderately dense, fine tubercles; surface vestiture of one type, stout, arched,
recumbent setae; setae dense at anterior margin, at transverse row of four large tufts; tufts equal in
size, positioned near midlength. ELYTRA with surface smooth, shiny, strial punctures fine, nearly
obsolete; vestiture of two types, nearly equal in length; first consisting of short moderately slender,
erect, spatulate setae positioned in rows at regular distances along first to seventh intervals; second
arched, recumbent, moderately slender setae positioned in rows at elytral striae and elytral intervals;
setae short, dense at elytral margins. VENTRAL SURFACE: Sterna: ratio of segment lengths 17:19:
15:5:19; sternal surface vestiture short, golden, closely appressed, spatulate, scale-like setae intermixed
with sparse, slightly longer, less spatulate setae; fifth visible abdominal stemite with medial apical
area with closely packed postero-directed, semi-erect setae forming a rounded tubercle-like structure.
LEGS slender, femora moderately long, capitate, metafemora bent near apex; tibia slender; femoral
vestiture of dense, golden, short, appressed, scale-like setae only varying slightly in length; tibiae with
similar vestiture except protibiae with dense, slightly longer, slender, golden setae on lower margins,
mesotibiae with dense, slightly longer, slender golden setae on lower margins, on apical one-half of
outer margins; metatibiae with few sparse, slightly longer, golden setae on lower margins. Ratios of
segment lengths: prothoracic legs, 50:49; mesothoracic legs, 54:52; metathoracic legs, 60:65; protarsi,
10:6:6:6:9; mesotarsi, 12:7:6:6:9; metatarsi, 15:8:7:7:10.
Male (allotype).—Similar to holotype but smaller, approximate length 2.9 mm. Fifth visible ab¬
dominal stemite with medial apical area with setae only slightly less appressed, slightly longer than
rest of sternal setae; without tubercle-like structure.
Diagnosis. — The following combination of characters will serve to separate N.
arcanus : Head with eyes minute (Fig. 24) and antennal fossa with dorsal border
1992
AALBU & ANDREWS: REVISION OF NIPTUS
75
Figures 1-2. Figure 1. Niptus arcanus, habitus (stereo pair). Figure 2. Niptus neotomae, habitus
(stereo pair).
76
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(2)
Figures 3-4. Figure 3. Niptus giulianii, habitus (stereo pair). Figure 4. Niptus abditus, habitus
(stereo pair).
1992
AALBU & ANDREWS: REVISION OF NIPTUS
77
Figures 5-6. Figure 5. Niptus ventriculus, habitus (stereo pair). Figure 6. Niptus abstrusus, habitus
(stereo pair).
78
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(2)
Figures 7-8. Figure 7. Niptus absconditus, habitus (stereo pair). Figure 8. Niptus sleeperi, habitus
(stereo pair).
1992
AALBU & ANDREWS: REVISION OF NIPTUS
79
Figures 9-10. Figure 9. Niptus hilleri, habitus (stereo pair). Figure 10. Niptus hololeucus, habitus
(stereo pair).
80
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 68(2)
Figures 11-12. Figure 11. Niptus giulianii, anterior aspect of head (stereo pair). Figure 12. Niptus
hilleri, anterior aspect of head (stereo pair).
1992
AALBU & ANDREWS: REVISION OF NIPTUS
81
14
Figures 13-14. Figure 13. Niptus ventriculus, anterior aspect of head (stereo pair). Figure 14. Fecal
pellets of Neotoma lepida Thomas showing feeding damage by Niptus arcanus.
82
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(2)
1 3 K U X 3 0
18
0U CDF A
r • • ' • . .1
13 KU XI 00
10 0. 0U C D F A
1 3 K U X 7 2
Figures 15-20. Figure 15. Niptus hololeucus, sterna, ventral view. Figure 16. Niptus ventriculus,
dorsal-apical aspect of head. Figure 17. Niptus arcanus, apical aspect of sterna, ventral view. Figure
18. Niptus ventriculus, dorsal-apical aspect of pronotum. Figure 19. Niptus arcanus, lateral aspect of
metafemur. Figure 20. Niptus giulianii, lateral aspect of metafemur.
not carinate or laterally raised. Pronotum with medial and lateral transverse
pronotal tufts equal in size; anterior margin of pronotum without long erect setae.
Elytra with erect setae on intervals one to five short, spatulate. Legs long, with
metafemur capitate, metatibia slender, slightly curved. Sexually dimorphic: female
with fifth visible abdominal stemite with medial apical area bearing closely packed
patch of postero-directed, semi-erect setae forming a rounded tubercle-like struc¬
ture.
1992
AALBU & ANDREWS: REVISION OF NIPTUS
83
.011 CDF A
1 3 K U X 7 2
1 3KU X4 00
13KU X4@0
Figures 21-24. Figure 21. Niptus hilleri, sterna, ventral view. Figure 22. Niptus ventriculus, lateral
aspect of eye. Figure 23. Niptus absconditus, lateral aspect of eye. Figure 24. Niptus arcanus, lateral
aspect of eye.
Niptus arcanus is most closely related to N. neotomae, sharing short spatulate
elytral setae. These species also lack long erect setae on pronotal margins as well
as being sexually dimorphic, characters also shared by N. abscondidus Spilman.
Niptus neotomae differs from N. arcanus in having shorter setae both on the
pronotum and elytra and in the configuration of the legs. In N. neotomae, the legs
are short and stout, the metafemora clavate; in N. arcanus, the legs are long and
slender, the metafemora capitate. N. arcanus and N. abscondidus Spilman also
share strongly reduced eyes.
Distribution. —(Fig. 25) This species is only known from the type locality, El
Pakiva Cave, Mitchell Caverns, Providence Mountains, San Bernardino County,
California.
Label Biological Notations. — Ethylene glycol pitfall trap near Neotoma nest,
dry pit traps.
Biological Notes. — There are a number of caves in the Providence Mountains
State Recreation Area. Mitchell Caverns, located at about 1340 m, actually refers
to two separate limestone caves, believed to be Miocene in origin. Both caves are
at about the same level, although one cave, El Pakiva, contains a large secondary,
lower chamber at the far south end, which is approximately 18 meters lower.
These caves were exploited as a tourist attraction in the 1930s. In 1970, to facilitate
84
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(2)
Figure 25. Distribution of Niptus arcanus (solid diamond), Niptus giulianii (solid circles), Niptus
abditus (solid squares) and Niptus neotomae (solid triangle).
visitor tours, a tunnel was completed connecting the two caves. During the 1979
survey, trapping periods (intended to sample seasonal differences during an entire
year) were segregated into four series, averaging approximately three months (see
Aalbu 1990).
Although nine years had elapsed since the construction of the tunnel connecting
the two caves during the faunal survey, some species of troglophilic Coleoptera
were found to remain concentrated or even completely restricted to one cave.
Niptus arcanus was the best example. Close to 100% (292) of the specimens were
found in both the main section and the lower caverns of El Pakiva (one specimen
found near an entrance) but was entirely absent from Tecopa, the other connected
cave. This is also one of the few species to be found in numbers deep in the lower
caverns of El Pakiva. Specimens of Niptus were trapped in greater numbers in
the fall but were present in large numbers throughout the year. Since this survey,
1992
AALBU & ANDREWS: REVISION OF NIPTUS
85
Figure 26. Known geographical distribution of Niptus abstrusus (solid triangles), Niptus absconditus
(solid diamond), Niptus sleeperi (star in circle) and Niptus ventriculus (solid circles).
other caves (Medicine Cave, Cave of the Winding Stairs) and mines in the area
have been surveyed or partially surveyed for insects. N. arcanus was not found
in any of these.
Most of the food energy in Mitchell Caverns comes in with packrats (Neotoma
lepida Thomas). The rats bring organic materials, such as twigs, cacti, grass, leaves,
etc., collected outside into their nests. The packrats and other rodents, such as
mice, also leave fecal pellets, which are found sometimes in great numbers in the
caverns. Rodents nesting in the caverns are in most instances not found in the
86
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(2)
deeper areas. From data gathered from an analysis of substrate composition near
each trap (Aalbu 1990), Niptus arcanus was found most abundantly in substrate
consisting of mostly fine cave dust, with few calcite and limestone pebbles and
rocks, and a small amount of organic matter or in the lower caverns area of very
fine, highly organic dust and conglomerate (dust-clay-rocks). Niptus arcanus was
not abundant in packrat nesting areas. However, it appears there is an association
with packrats.
A number of species of ptinids are known to breed in rat dung (Howe 1959),
but no larvae were trapped or found in the cave substrate. Close examination of
Neotoma droppings in the areas of Niptus abundance proved interesting. Most of
these droppings, although relatively few in numbers compared with packrat nest¬
ing areas in other parts of the cave, contained numerous cavities with diameters
approximately equal to Niptus specimens in size. No other insect in the area is
known to create similar cavities. It appears that the larvae, and possibly also the
adults, of this species feed on Neotoma pellets (Fig. 14). Unfortunately, attempts
to rear live adults on the dung were unsuccessful as adults died within a short
period of time.
An additional ptinid, Ptinus feminalis Fall, was also trapped in the caves. This
species has a wide geographical range. It is known to feed on dried vegetable
matter and animal substances. P. feminalis was found in both caves during the
survey. Most were found near the entrances.
Material Examined.. — 313 specimens (see types), from the type locality distributed as follows: 292
trapped during cave survey (see Aalbu 1990: table 6); 12 from substrate samples and nine collected
alive in pitfall traps 6 Jun-20 Jun 1988.
Niptus giulianii Aalbu & Andrews, NEW SPECIES
(Figs. 3, 11, 20 and 25)
Types. — HOLOTYPE (female): ARIZONA. COCONINO Co.: 6.3 km SE of
Moenkopi, sand dunes/ dry canyon, 31 Jul-1 Aug 1983, Rolf L. Aalbu coll., dry
overnight “punch cup” pitfall trap. ALLOTYPE (male): UTAH. UINTAH Co.:
16.1 km SSW of Vernal, 28-29 Jul 1983, Rolf L. Aalbu coll., dry overnight “punch
cup” pitfall trap. Holotype and allotype deposited in the collection of the California
Academy of Sciences. PARATYPES: ARIZONA. COCONINO Co.: 3.2 km S of
Moenkopi, 3 Jul 1972, F. Andrews & E. A. Kane [CDFA] (49); 1.6 km E of
Moenkopi, 31 Jul 1983 to 1 Aug 1983, R. L. Aalbu pitfall near Neotoma nest,
[RLAC] (9); 6.3 km SE of Moenkopi, sand dunes/dry canyon, 31 Jul 1983 to 1
Aug 1983, R. L. Aalbu, pit traps [RLAC] (161); 3.9 km S of Moenkopi, Moenkopi
Dunes, 17 Jul 1975, F. Andrews & A. Hardy, cereal bowl trap [CDFA] (11);
Moenkopi sand dunes, Mar 1983 to Sep 1983, D. Giuliani, antifreeze pit trap
[CDFA] (21); Waheap, 4.8 km NW of Lake Powell, 1 to 2 Aug 1983, R. L. Aalbu
[RLAC] (10); 19.3 km ENE of Tuba City, 31 Jul 1983 to 1 Aug 1983, R. L. Aalbu,
sand dunes/dry canyon, [RLAC] (25). CALIFORNIA. INYO Co.: Deep Springs
Valley Sand Dunes, 17 July 1975, [CDFA] (1); 17 Jun 1978 to 28 Sep 1978,
[CDFA] (1); 28 Sep 1979 to 15 Dec 1979, [CDFA] (1); 13 May 1980 to 29 Sep
1980; Deep Springs Valley Sand Dunes, (5000 ft), D. Giuliani, antifreeze pit trap,
[CDFA] (2). MONO Co.: Mono Lake, sand dunes, 17 Aug 1979 to 21 Nov 1979
[CDFA] (6); same locality, 21 Nov 1979 to 7 Jun 1980 [CDFA] (2); same locality,
1992
AALBU & ANDREWS: REVISION OF NIPTUS
87
7 Jun 1980 to 1 Sep 1980 [CDFA] (17), D. Giuliani, antifreeze pit trap; Mono
Lake, NE end, sand dunes, 15 Jun 1979 to 17 Aug 1979, D. Giuliani, antifreeze
pit trap, [CDFA] (56); Mono Lake, 1 km E of Sulfur Pond, #17, no date, J. H.
Harris, ethylene glycol pit trap [CDFA] (4). SANTA CRUZ Co.: Watsonville, May
1936, E. L. Kellogg [CDFA] (1). NEVADA. CHURCHILL Co.: Sand Mountain,
19 Jul 1977, D. Giuliani, UY light [CDFA] (1); Sand Mountain dunes, 16 Sep
1974, F. Andrews & A. Hardy [CDFA] (18). ESMERALDA Co.: Clayton Valley
Sand Dunes, 17 Sep 1974, F. Andrews & A. Hardy [CDFA] (3); Clayton Valley
Sand Dunes, 11.3 km S of Silver Peak, 1280 m, 2 May 1974, T. Eichlin & A.
Hardy [CDFA] (3); 9.7 km N of Oasis, 3.2 km W of Fish Lake Valley, 1376 m,
24 Feb 1982 to 24 Jun 1982, D. Giuliani, antifreeze pit trap, [CDFA] (3); Fish
Lake Valley Sand Dunes, 17 Aug 1976, D. Giuliani, cereal bowl pit trap [CDFA]
(1); 11.3 km N of Dyer, sand dunes, 1494 m, 24 Jun 1982 to 30 Sep 1982, D.
Giuliani, antifreeze pit trap [CDFA] (2); 16.1 km SE of Dyer, sand dunes, 1494
m, 24 June 1982 to 30 Sep 1982, D. Giuliani, antifreeze pit trap [CDFA] (4); 21
km N, 12.9 km E of Dyer, Fish Lake Valley, 1433 m, Sep 1986 to Sep 1987, D.
Giuliani, antifreeze pit trap [CDFA] (11); 4.8 km N of Goldfield, sand dunes,
1676 m, 28 Mar 1982 to 1 Oct 1982, [CDFA] (6); same locality, Mar 1983 to
Sep 1983, [CDFA] (4); same locality, Oct 1982 to Mar 1983, D. Giuliani, antifreeze
pit trap [CDFA] (1). HUMBOLDT CO.: 19.3 km NW of Winnemucca, 18 Jul
1977, D. Giuliani, cereal bowl trap [CDFA] (23). MINERAL Co.: Teels Marsh,
17 Feb 1979 to 16 Jul 1979, D. Giuliani, antifreeze pit trap, sand dune association
[CDFA] (6); Teels Marsh, sand dunes, 22 May 1976 [CDFA] (25); same locality,
16 Aug 1979 to 22 Nov 1979, [CDFA] (13); 22 Sep 1979 to 30 Jan 1980, [CDFA]
(7); 7 Jun 1980 to 31 Aug 1980, D. Giuliani, antifreeze pit trap, [CDFA] (11); 8
km W of Marietta, sand dunes, 1920 m, 6 Jun 1980, D. Giuliani [CDFA] (1);
12.9 km S of Mina, sand dunes, 22 May 1976, D. Giuliani [CDFA] (14); 14.5
km S of Mina, 30 Jun 1965, M. E. Irwin, sand dune association [CDFA] (2);
Huntoon Valley Sand Dunes, 16 Aug 1979 to 22 Sep 1979 [CDFA] (3); same
locality, 7 Jun 1980 to 31 Aug 1980 [CDFA] (4); same locality, 31 Aug 1980 to
25 May 1981 [CDFA] (1); D. Giuliani, antifreeze pit trap. NYE Co.: Current,
14.5 km S, 3.2 km W of Railroad Valley, 1494 m, Sep 1986 to Sep 1987, D.
Giuliani, antifreeze pit trap [CDFA] (3). PERSHING Co.: Woolsey, 27 Jun 1972,
T. R. Haig [CDFA] (1); Woolsey RR Stn., 6 June 1973, T. R. Haig, blacklight
[CDFA] (1). WASHOE Co.: Pyramid Lake Dunes, 7 Sep 1941, LaRivers [CASC]
(3). UTAH. EMERY Co.: 21A km N of Hanks ville, sand dunes nr. Glison Butte
Well, 26 Jul 1978, F. Andrews & A. Hardy, cereal bowl trap [CDFA] (22); 20.8
km N, 11.2 km E of Hanks ville, sand dunes, Sep 1983 to Mar 1984, D. Giuliani,
antifreeze pit trap [CDFA] (9). GRAND Co.: Arches Nat. Mon., Devils Garden
Campgr., 14 Sep 1983, R. L. Aalbu [RLAC] (19). KANE Co.: 8 km SE of Glen
Canyon City, sand dunes, 15-17 Jun 1988, R. L. Aalbu, pit traps, sand dune/
rodent burrows, [RLAC] (4); Lake Powell, Lone Rock Campgr., 15/17 Jun 1988,
R. L. Aalbu, pit traps, sand dune/rodent burrows, [RLAC] (44); Kanab, 16.1 km
N of Kanab cyn., 18-19 Jun 1988, R. L. Aalbu, pit trap sandstone overhang
Neotoma nest, [RLAC] (3). SAN JUAN Co.: Bluff Sand Dunes, 8 km W of Bluff,
24 Jul 1978, F. Andrews & A. Hardy, cereal bowl trap [CDFA] (13). UINTAH
Co.: 16.1 km SSW of Vernal, 13 Sep 1983, R. L. Aalbu [RLAC] (14). Paratypes
deposited in USNM, CASC, CISC, CASC, RLAC, OSUC.
88
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(2)
Description. —Female (holotype). Integument red-brown, elytra shiny; length approximately 2.9 mm.
HEAD with surface vestiture consisting of closely appressed, spatulate, scale-like setae with few longer
fine setae on apical margin of clypeus; antennal fossae with dorsal border not carinate, not laterally
elevated; eyes large, at least seven facets wide at minimum width, oval; antenna of moderate length,
stout, ratio of segment lengths 11:9:8:8:8:8:8:8:8:9:15. PRONOTUM with surface sculpture consisting
of rugose, deep punctures posteriorly forming moderately dense, small tubercles; surface vestiture of
two types, first of sparse, long setae in a row at anterior margin; second of short, stout, arched, recumbent
setae, dense, often subspatulate, forming dense ring at anterior margin; midlength transverse row of
four tufts unequal in size, medial tufts prominent, lateral tufts small to nearly obsolete. ELYTRA with
surface smooth, shiny, strial punctures obsolete; vestiture of two types: first of long, fine, erect setae
sparsely positioned at regular intervals on first, third, fifth, seventh intervals; second of moderately
long, stout, arched, recumbent setae, positioned in rows on elytral intervals, more abundant and
shorter, around suture, on lateral margins. VENTRAL SURFACE: Sterna: ratio of segment lengths
15:17:15:5:19; sternal surface vestiture of short, dense golden closely appressed, spatulate setae in¬
termixed with less dense, slightly longer, fine setae; fifth visible abdominal stemite with medial apical
area with closely packed patch of short appressed, scale-like setae. LEGS stout, with femora short,
clavate; tibiae short; metatibia curved proximal-posteriorly; femoral vestiture consisting of dense,
golden, short, appressed, scale-like setae only slightly varying in length; tibiae with similar vestiture
except protibiae with dense, longer, slender, golden setae on lower margins; mesotibiae with dense,
longer, slender, golden setae on lower margins, on apical one-half of outer margins; metatibiae with
few sparse, longer, golden setae on lower margins. Ratios of segment lengths: prothoracic legs, 41:40;
mesothoracic legs, 46:45; metathoraciclegs, 60:59; protarsi, 8:4:4:4:7; mesotarsi, 10:4:4:4:9; metatarsi,
15:7:6:6:11.
Male (allotype). —Similar to holotype but smaller, approximate length 2.6 mm. Fifth visible ab¬
dominal stemite with medial apical area with setae similar to rest of sternal area.
Diagnosis. — The following combination of characters will serve to separate N.
giulianii : Head with eyes large and antennal fossa with dorsal border not carinate
or laterally raised. Pronotum with medial transverse pronotal tufts, larger than
lateral tufts; anterior margin of pronotum with long erect setae. Elytra with erect
setae on intervals three and five long and slender, short on one and absent on
two and four. Legs short, with metafemur clavate, metatibia stout, curved prox¬
imal-posteriorly. Sexually dimorphic: female with fifth visible abdominal stemite
with medial apical area bearing closely packed patch of minute, scale-like setae.
Label Biological Notations. — Dry overnight “punch cup” pitfall trap, ethylene
glycol pitfall trap near Neotoma nest, pit traps sand dune/rodent burrows, pit
traps sandstone overhang Neotoma nest.
Distribution. —(Fig. 25) The peculiar east-west distribution of this species prob¬
ably reflects lack of adequate collections from this middle area instead of a real
distributional gap. There is, however, a curious absence of this species from the
Eureka Valley sand dunes region, an area that has undergone intensive trapping;
whereas, the species is present in Deep Springs Valley sand dunes, only eight
miles away.
Biological Notes. — This species is often associated with rodent burrows near or
on sand dunes, although it is also found off of the dunes.
Material examined.— See types.
Niptus neotomae Aalbu & Andrews, NEW SPECIES
(Figs. 2 and 25)
Types. - HOLOTYPE (female) and ALLOTYPE (male): ARIZONA. GRAHAM
Co.: Pinaleno Mountains, Heliograph Peak, 3055 m elevation, 9 Sep 1987, G. E.
Haas col. Holotype and allotype deposited in the collection of the California
1992
AALBU & ANDREWS: REVISION OF NIPTUS
89
Academy of Sciences. PARATYPES: 5, same data. Deposited in USNM, CDFA
and RLAC.
Description. — Female (holotype). Integument red-brown, elytra shiny; length approximately 2.6 mm.
HEAD with surface vestiture consisting of closely appressed, short, spatulate, scale-like setae; antennal
fossae with dorsal border not carinate, not laterally elevated; eyes small, five facets at minimum width,
oval in shape; antenna of moderate length, ratio of segment lengths 10:8:7:6:6:6:6:6:6:7:13. PRO-
NOTUM with surface sculpture consisting of rugose punctures; surface vestiture of short, stout,
recumbent setae; setae dense at anterior margin, at transverse row of four weakly developed tufts;
tufts equal in size, positioned near midlength. ELYTRA with surface shiny, sculpture small deep
regular punctures; vestiture of two types, nearly equal in length; first of short, moderately slender,
erect, strongly spatulate setae positioned in rows at regular distances along first to seventh intervals;
second arched, recumbent, moderately slender setae positioned in approximate rows on both elytral
striae and elytral intervals; setae short, dense at elytral margins. VENTRAL SURFACE: Sterna: ratio
of segment lengths 12:15:14:4:17; sternal surface vestiture consisting of short, closely appressed,
spatulate, scale-like setae; fifth visible abdominal stemite with medial apical area with dense patch of
apically directed, semi-erect setae. LEGS stout, femora short, clavate, metafemora slightly bent near
apex; tibia stout; femoral vestiture consisting of dense, golden, short, appressed, scale-like setae only
slightly varying in length; tibiae with similar vestiture except protibiae with dense, slightly longer,
slender, golden setae on lower margins, mesotibiae with dense, slightly longer, slender, golden setae
on lower margins, on apical one-half of outer margins; metatibiae with few sparse, slightly longer,
golden setae on lower margins. Ratio of segment lengths: prothoracic legs, 32:31; mesothoracic legs,
35:33; metathoracic legs, 39:40; protarsi, 5:4:3:4:7; mesotarsi, 5:4:4:4:6; metatarsi, 8:5:4:4:7.
Male (allotype).—Similar to holotype but slightly smaller, approximate length 2.3 mm; eyes slightly
smaller than female, four facets in width; fifth visible abdominal stemite with setal pattern unmodified.
Diagnosis. — The following combination of characters will serve to separate N.
neotomae : Head with eyes small and antennal fossa with dorsal border not carinate
or laterally raised. Pronotum with medial, lateral transverse pronotal tufts equal
in size, only slightly developed; anterior margin of pronotum without long erect
setae. Elytra with erect setae on intervals one to five short, spatulate. Legs short,
stout, with metafemur clavate. Sexually dimorphic: female with fifth visible ab¬
dominal stemite with medial apical area bearing closely packed apically directed,
semi-erect setae forming a rounded patch.
Niptus neotomae is most closely related to N. arcanus, sharing short spatulate
elytral setae. These species also lack long erect setae on pronotal margins and
have sexual dimorphism, characters also shared by N. abscondidus Spilman. Nip¬
tus neotomae differs from N. arcanus in having shorter setae both on the pronotum
and elytra and in the configuration of the legs: short and stout, metafemora clavate
in N. neotomae ; long and slender, metafemora capitate in N. arcanus.
Distribution.—{ Fig. 25) This species is only known from the type locality.
Label Biological Notations. —Nest of Neotoma mexicana in U.S.F.S. shed.
Biological Notes. — Haas (T. J. Spilman, personal communication) mentions
finding the beetles while searching for fleas in a rather dry and dusty nest composed
of shredded cloth, newspapers, wrappers, cardboard, and packing material sur¬
rounded by cones, bark, sticks and various dried green plant material on the floor
of the shed between some storage boxes.
Material Examined.—See, types.
Niptus abstrusus Spilman
(Figs. 6 and 26)
Niptus abstrusus Spilman, 1968: 195.
90
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 68(2)
Diagnosis. — The following combination of characters will serve to separate N.
abstrusus : Head with eyes small and antennal fossa with dorsal border carinate
and laterally raised. Pronotum with medial and lateral transverse pronotal tufts
equal in length; anterior margin of pronotum with long erect setae. Elytra with
erect setae on intervals three and five only slightly longer than those on intervals
one, two and four; legs with metafemur clavate, metatibia stout, curved. Not
sexually dimorphic.
Distribution.—{ Fig. 26) Southwestern Texas and north-central Mexico. Known
from caves in Texas (Fern Cave [Val Verde Co.], Bat Cave [Brewster Co.) and
Mexico (Pedrigosa Circle Cave, Pedrigosa Pipe Cave, and Cueva de San Vincente
[Coahuila]).
Label Biological Notations. — On pineapple, on dry beans, with Ariocarpus lloydi.
Biological Notes. — Ashworth (1973) reports finding fragments of individuals of
this species in a 12,000 year old fossil Neotoma nest in western Texas. Individuals
have been reported on raccoon droppings (Reddell 1966) and on bat guano (Red-
dell 1970).
Material Examined. -Twenty-one from the following seven localities: TEXAS. VAL VERDE Co.:
Fern Cave, 27.4 km N of Comstock (7); bat room (3). MEXICO. (2) (state unknown) DURANGO:
Tepehuanes (8). COAHUILA: (1).
Niptus absconditus Spilman
(Figs. 7, 23 and 26)
Niptus absconditus Spilman, 1968: 197.
Diagnosis. — The following combination of characters will serve to separate N.
absconditus: Head with eyes small and antennal fossa with dorsal border not
carinate or laterally raised. Pronotum with medial and lateral transverse pronotal
tufts equal in size; anterior margin of pronotum without long erect setae. Elytra
with erect setae on intervals one to five short; legs long, with metafemur capitate,
metatibia stout, almost straight. Sexually dimorphic: female with fifth visible
abdominal stemite with medial apical area bearing closely packed patch of dense,
short scale-like setae. Niptus abscondidus is most closely related to N. arcanus.
See discussion under N. arcanus.
Distribution. — This species is only known from the type locality.
Label Biological Notations. —None.
Material Examined.— Four specimens (PARATYPES) from: MEXICO. HIDALGO: Grutas de
Xoxafi, VIII-19-65, J. Reddell, J. Fish & W. Bell cols.
Niptus abditus Brown
(Figs. 4 and 25)
Niptus abditus Brown, 1959: 631.
Diagnosis. — The following combination of characters will serve to separate N.
abditus : Head with eyes minute and antennal fossa with dorsal border not carinate
or laterally raised. Pronotum with lateral transverse pronotal tufts more developed
than medial pronotal setal tufts; anterior margin of pronotum without long erect
setae. Elytra with erect setae on intervals three and five longer than those on
intervals one, two and four; legs with metafemur capitate, metatibia slender,
1992
AALBU & ANDREWS: REVISION OF NIPTUS
91
straight. Sexually dimorphic: female with fifth visible abdominal stemite with
medial apical area bearing closely packed patch of postero-directed, semi-erect
setae forming a rounded tuberclelike structure.
Distribution. — This species is only known from the three localities mentioned.
Label Biological Notations. — Ex. nest of Neotoma sp., ethylene glycol pit trap.
Material Examined.— UTAH. SAN JUAN Co.: 12.9 km E of Bluff, 1402 m, September 1984 to
March 1985, ethylene glycol pit trap, D. Giuliani col. (2). TOOELE Co.: Great Salt Lake, Stansbury
Island, floor of Spider Cave, 9.1 m from the entrance, 29 Nov 1952, J. R. Keller col., PARATYPE
#6916, [CNCI]. UTAH Co.: Rock Canyon near Provo, 15 Jun 1964, V. J. Tipton col., (8).
Niptus sleeperi Aalbu & Andrews, NEW SPECIES
(Figs. 8 and 16)
Type. — Holotype (male). MEXICO. BAJA CALIFORNIA SUR: 21A air km
ENE of Todos Santos, Sierra Laguna, La Laguna, 4-7 Jun 1973, E. L. Sleeper col.
Type deposited in California Academy of Sciences Collection.
Description .—Male (holotype). Integument dark red-brown, vestiture golden to yellow; length ap¬
proximately 2.4 mm. HEAD with surface vestiture consisting of closely appressed, spatulate, scale¬
like setae with few longer fine setae on apical margin of clypeus; antennal fossae with dorsal border
carinate, laterally elevated; eyes small, four facets at minimum width, narrowly oval in shape; antenna
short, stout; ratio of segment lengths 10:9:7:6:6:6:6:6:6:7:13. PRONOTUM with surface sculpture
consisting of rugose, deep punctures posteriorly forming moderately dense, small tubercles; surface
vestiture of two types, first of few, sparse, moderately long, line setae (with apical ends occasionally
finely spatulate) positioned near anterior margin; second of short, stout, dense, arched, recumbent
setae; setae denser, shorter, stouter at anterior margin; denser at midlength transverse row of four
tufts; tufts equal in size. ELYTRA with surface sculpture of deeply impressed, large, contiguous strial
punctures, equal in size, impression throughout; surface vestiture of two types: first of moderately
long, fine, sparse, erect setae (equal in length to erect setae on pronotal margin) positioned at regular
intervals along first to seventh elytral intervals; second of shorter, stout, arched, recumbent setae
positioned throughout elytral surface, more abundant on intervals. VENTRAL SURFACE: Sterna:
ratio of segment lengths 11:12:6:3:15; sternal surface vestiture of short, golden, closely appressed, fine
setae; fifth visible abdominal stemite with medial apical area unmodified. LEGS short, stout, with
femora clavate; tibiae short; metatibia curved proximoposteriorly; femoral vestiture consisting of
dense, golden, short, appressed, scale-like setae slightly varying in length; tibiae with similar vestiture
except: protibiae with dense, longer, slender, golden setae on lower margins, mesotibiae with dense,
longer, slender golden setae on lower margins, on apical one-half of outer margins; metatibiae with
few sparse, longer, golden setae on lower margins. Ratio of segment lengths: prothoracic legs, 28:31;
mesothoracic legs, 40:33; metathoracic legs, 37:42; protarsi, 5:3:3:3:6; mesotarsi, 7:3:3:3:7; metatarsi,
9:4:4:4:7.
Female. — Unknown.
Diagnosis.— The following combination of characters will separate N. sleeperi :
Head with eyes small and antennal fossa with dorsal border carinate, laterally
raised. Pronotum with medial and lateral transverse pronotal tufts equally de¬
veloped; anterior margin of pronotum with long erect setae. Elytra with deeply
impressed, large, contiguous strial punctures, equal in size and impression
throughout; erect setae on intervals one to five short. Legs with metafemur clavate,
stout, metatibia stout, curved. Sexual dimorphism unknown.
Distribution.— (Fig. 26) This species is only known from the type locality.
Label Biological Notations. — Berlesed from oak duff.
Material Examined. — Holotype; only it is known.
92
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 68(2)
Niptus ventriculus LeConte
(Figs. 5, 13, 16, 18, 22, and 26)
Niptus ventriculus LeConte, 1859: 13.
Diagnosis. — The following combination of characters will separate N. ventric¬
ulus: Head with eyes large and antennal fossa with dorsal border carinate, laterally
raised. Pronotum with medial and lateral transverse pronotal tufts equally de¬
veloped; anterior margin of pronotum with long erect setae. Elytra with erect setae
on intervals three and five long; short on intervals one, two and four. Legs with
metafemur clavate, metatibia broad, curved. Not sexually dimorphic.
Elytral strial setal length and punctures vary greatly in populations from sub¬
equal setal length and completely smooth punctures, except for the ninth interval
in specimens from Coahuila, to slight variation in strial setal length and few rows
of punctures in specimens from Glamis, California, to strongly punctate with long
setae in specimens from near Bakersfield, California.
Label Biological Notations. — UV light; rodent nest; ex mouse nest Peromyscus
eremicus; kangaroo rats: in burrows of, excavating and sifting burrow of; sifting
beach dunes under ambrosia; base of Palo Verde; at night: walking dunes, pitfall;
pitfalls: cereal bowl trap, under Larrea and Petelonyx thurberi, ethylene glycol
trap, antifreeze trap on sand dune with creosote and sand verbenas, rye bread
trap, dry overnight “punch cup” trap, interdune traps. Spilman (1968) mentions
records from nests of Neotoma, and the kangaroo rats Dipdomys deserti Stephens
and Dipdomys spectabilis Merriam, pitfall traps in sand dunes, under seaweed
and rocks at high tide line, sifting sand on dunes, pit traps sand dune/rodent
burrows, antifreeze pit trap on sand dune.
Distribution.—{ Fig. 26) Widespread throughout southwest U.S. and Mexico.
Material Examined. —(945 from the following 103 localities). ARIZONA (76 specimens/12 local¬
ities). no locality (3). COCHISE Co.: 6.4 km E of Portal (1); A.M.S.W.R.S. (7). COCONINO Co.:
Moenkopi, Moenkopi sand dunes (12); 6.3 km SE of Moenkopi, sand dunes/dry canyon (11); 3.2 km
S of Moenkopi (3); 16.1 km S and 8 km W of Page (29). GREENLEE Co.: Guthrie (3). LA PAZ Co.:
4.8 km SE of Parker (1). MOHAVE Co.: Littlefield, 580 m (7). NAVAJO Co.: (1). PIMA Co.: Santa
Rita Mts. (5). YUMA Co.: Yuma (4); CALIFORNIA (302 specimens/50 localities). FRESNO Co.:
Monocline Ridge Sand Dunes (1); 12.9 km NNW of Coalinga, Los Gatos Cyn. (2); 29 km SW of
Mendota, Cievo Hills (5). IMPERIAL Co.: Holtville (1); 12.9 km ESE of Holtville, East Mesa Geo¬
thermal Site (11); Seely (17); Glamis (31); 1.6 km S of Glamis (6); 4.8 km NW of Glamis (1); 22.5
km NW of Glamis (5); 1.6 km N of Glamis (25); 3.2 km N of Glamis (1); 3.2 km NW of Glamis
(13); 5.6 km WNW of Glamis (2); 5.6 km NW of Glamis (9); 11.3 km SE of Glamis, Algodones
Dunes, 32 o 55'20" N, 114°59T4' / W, Site 4 (12); 6.5 km W of Ogilby, 32°48'48" N, 104°53'51" W (1);
6.4kmSSWofOgilby, 32°45'33"N, 104°51'32"W, Site 7 (3); Algodones Dunes, 4 km NE of Coachella
Bridge No. 1, 32°51'41" N, 115°4'6" W, Site 24, (1); Algodones Dunes, 20 km ESE of Holtville,
32°44'34" N, 115°1153" W, Site 30, (1). INYO Co.: Chicago Valley Sand Dunes (2). KERN Co.: 12.9
km N and 4.8 km W of Ridgecrest (1); 1.6 km E of Bakersfield Hart Peak (1). KINGS Co.: no locality
(2); 7.7 km W of Kettleman City, 7.7 km W (8) of, and 3.2 km S of Leemoore. RIVERSIDE Co.:
Hopkins Well (2); Palm Springs (1); Rice Dunes (13); Palen Dunes (16); 11.3 km SE of Freda (2); 4.8
km W of Blythe (7); 1.6 km W of Blythe (10); Indio (1); 8 km E of Indio (2); La Quinta (1); Mule
Mts. (3); 3.2 km NW of Gilman Hot Springs, Lamb Canyon (9). SAN BERNARDINO Co.: Cadiz
Dunes (33); Kelso Dunes (4); 28.2 km SE of Baker; Cronese Valley (2); 14.5 air km S of sand dunes
S ofZzyzx (3); 14.5 km N and 16.1 km E of Ridgecrest (3); 16.1 km N and 16.1 km E of Ridgecrest
(1); 9.7 km N and 3.2 km W of Ridgecrest (1); 30.6 km N of Ridgecrest, Baby Mt. (7); Amargosa
River at st. hwy. 127 (1). SAN DIEGO Co.: Borrego (1). SAN LUIS OBISPO Co.: 12.1 km W of
Simmler (18); 24.9 km NW of Reyes Station (1). SANTA CRUZ Co.: (1); Watsonville (1). NEW
1992
AALBU & ANDREWS: REVISION OF NIPTUS
93
MEXICO. (32 specimens/5 localities). Hot Springs (4). LUNA Co.: Deming (2); E of Deming at base
of Red Mt. on Humocky Rd. (14). SAN JUAN Co.: Ship Rock (11). SOCORRO Co.: Sevilletta Sand
Dunes (1). TEXAS. (4 specimens/2 localities). EL PASO Co.: El Paso (3). PRESIDIO Co.: Marfa (1).
UTAH (55 specimens/5 localities). JUAB Co.: Fish Springs Range, 40.2 km SE of Callao, Sand Pass
(4). KANE Co.: 8 km SE of Glen Canyon City, sand dunes (3); Lake Powell, Lone Rock Campgr. (27).
SAN JUAN Co.: 3.2 km S and 32.2 km W of Bluff (10). WASHINGTON Co.: 17.9 km N ofSt. George,
red sand dunes (1). MEXICO. BAJA CALIFORNIA (327 specimens/13 localities): Miller’s Landing
(84); 16.1 km S of Punta Prieta (2); 12. 4 km NW of Catavina (2); El Crusero (22); 41.4 km SE of
Laguna Chapala (15); 19.3 km NW of San Bartolo (1); 9.7 km N of Guerrero Negro (154); 5 km N
of Guerrero Negro (8); 11.3 km N of Guerrero Negro (6); 25.7 km E of Rosarito, Rancho San Ignacito
(22); 10 km NE of Rosarito (9); 5.0 km SW of Colonet (1); Bahia San Quintin, Santa Maria Beach
(1). BAJA CALIFORNIA SUR (96 specimens/8 localities): 22.5 km E of Guerrero Negro (1); 55.4 km
SE of Guerrero Negro (4); 13.7 km ESE and 8.6 km S of Guerrero Negro (2); 11.3 km SE of Guerrero
Negro (27); 20.9 km SW of Guillermo Prieto (43); 19.3 km S of Guillermo Prieto (10); 20.9 km S of
Rancho Tablon (8); Tortugus (1). COAHUILA (42 specimens/1 locality): 12.9 km N of Viesca, sand
dunes at Bilbao (42). DURANGO (26 specimens/1 locality): 43.5 km S of Ceballos (26). SONORA
(12 specimens/7 localities): Puerto Penasco, 0.5 km from coast (1); Desemboque (1); El Golfo (4); 80.
5 km SW of Sonoyta (1); 16.1 km N of C. Sotelo nr. Bahia Adair (1); San Carlos Bay (1); 9.7 km W
of San Carlos Bay, Los Algodones (3).
Phylogenetic Considerations
Pseudorostus and Eurostus have historically either been separated from Niptus
(Brown 1940: 119, 1944: 19, 1959: 627; Hinton 1941: 343; Spilman 1968: 193)
or included as synonyms of Niptus (Papp 1959: 258, 1962: 385; Spilman [North
American Beetle Fauna Project] 1975: R62-1). Of these, Eurostus has generally
been accepted as being congeneric with Pseudeurostus. Pseudeurostus has been
separated from Niptus based on the carinate frons between the antennal fossae in
Pseudeurostus (Fig. 12), which is not narrowly flat as in Niptus (Fig. 11). Clearly,
this character is unique and synapomorphic in species of Pseudeurostus. However,
P. hilleri and P. kelleri and all species of Niptus except N. hololeucus (Fig. 15)
share a strongly reduced fourth visible abdominal stemite (Figs. 17, 21), another
clearly synapomorphic character. Thus, if Pseudeurostus is to be generically sep¬
arated from Niptus, then N. hololeucus, the type species of Niptus, needs also to
be separated from both groups, making it necessary for a new generic name for
the eight “wild” species of Niptus. It is clearly preferable to lump all these under
the genus Niptus as indicated by Spilman (1975: R62-1).
Key to North American Species of Niptus
1. Body large (usually above 3.8 mm in length), golden throughout, color
result of scale-like setae that completely conceal integument of entire
insect; fourth visible abdominal stemite only slightly shorter than
third (Fig. 15); pronotum lacking distinct tufts of setae (Fig. 10) ..
. hololeucus
1'. Body smaller (usually under 3.4 mm in length), red-brown above, elytra
not completely covered with scale-like setae; fourth visible abdom¬
inal stemite less than one-half length of third. 2
2(T). Frons carinate between antennal fossae (Fig. 12); pronotum lacking
distinct transverse row of four tufts of setae ( Pseudeurostus group) 3
2'. Frons narrow but flat between antennal fossae (Figs. 11, 13); pronotum
with distinct transverse row of four tufts of setae (Fig. 18) . 4
Vol. 68(2)
94 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
3(2). Elytral intervals with closely placed, recumbent setae as well as single
row of semi-erect setae. kelleri
3'. Elytral intervals with single row of semi-erect setae, lacking closely
placed, recumbent setae (Fig. 12). hilleri
4(2'). Antennal fossa with dorsal border distinctly carinate and laterally
strongly elevated (Figs. 13, 16). 5
4'. Antennal fossa with dorsal border not distinctly carinate and laterally
not strongly elevated (Fig. 11). 7
5(4). Elytra with strial punctures deeply impressed, large, contiguous, equal
in size and impression throughout; erect setae on intervals one to
five short; legs with metafemur clavate, very stout; eyes small (Fig.
8) . sleeperi
5'. Elytra with strial punctures unevenly impressed, always fine to minute
at apex and lateral margins; erect setae on intervals three and five
long to moderately long; legs with metafemur clavate; eyes variable
. 6
6(5'). Elytra with erect setae on intervals three and five long; short on intervals
one, two and four; strial punctures often large and deeply impressed
on disc; eyes large (Figs. 5, 22). ventriculus
6'. Elytra with erect setae on intervals three and five only slightly longer
than those on intervals one, two and four, strial fine to minute; eyes
smaller (Fig. 6). abstrusus
7(4'). Elytra with length of erect setae on intervals three and five greater than
width of one interval; pronotal tufts not equal in size; eyes variable
. 8
7'. Elytra with length of erect setae on intervals three and five less than
width of one interval; pronotal tufts equal in size; eyes very small 9
8(7). Pronotum with medial transverse pronotal setal tufts more developed
than lateral pronotal setal tufts; anterior margin of pronotum with
long erect setae; elytra with erect setae absent on intervals on two
and four; legs with metafemur clavate, metatibia stout, strongly
curved; eyes large; stemites sexually dimorphic (Fig. 3). giulianii
8'. Pronotum with lateral transverse tufts more developed than medial
pronotal setal tufts; anterior margin of pronotum lacking long erect
setae; elytra with erect setae short but present on two and four; legs
with metafemur capitate, metatibia slender, straight; eyes small; ster-
nites not sexually dimorphic (Fig. 4). abditus
9(7'). Erect setae on elytra spatulate at tip (Figs. 1, 2); width of metatibiae
variable . 10
9'. Erect setae on elytra unmodified, pointed at tip; width of metatibiae
at apex equal to widths of eighth and ninth intervals combined (Fig.
7) . absconditus
10(9). Erect spatulate setae on elytra very short; legs short, stout, metafemora
clavate (as in Fig. 20), width of metatibia at apex equal to widths of
eighth and ninth intervals combined (Fig. 2) . neotomae
10'. Erect spatulate setae on elytra short (Fig. 1); legs long, slender, meta¬
femora capitate (Fig. 19), width of metatibia at apex subequal to
widths of eighth and ninth intervals combined . arcanus
1992
AALBU & ANDREWS: REVISION OF NIPTUS
95
Biology
North American species of Niptus not associated with stored products seem to
be distributed in two seemingly different habitats: caves and sand dune areas.
These two habitats do share one important aspect of the microhabitat in which
Niptus species are found. This is a fine to very fine substrate (in the form of fine
sand or cave dust) with a varying amount of organic debris due to rodent activity.
All species seem to be associated with various desert rodents especially species
of packrats ( Neotoma ), but also mice ( Peromyscus ), and kangaroo rats ( Dipdomys ).
Niptus arcanus, N. abstrusus, N. absconditus, and N. kelleri are found in caves.
These reveal to varying degrees, morphological characteristics typically associated
with cave coleoptera (see Aalbu 1990). Of these N. arcanus, N. Kelleri and N.
absconditus are restricted to single cave habitats. Niptus arcanus is considered to
be a true troglobite (Aalbu 1990) a relative rarity in Northwestern American
beetles. It is possible that upon further study, other species will also be classified
as troglobites rather than troglophiles. We can only stress the importance of
conserving these unique cave habitats, especially in caves where considerable
environmental impact is present due to high visitor traffic (such as in Mitchell
Caverns). This would entail assuring species survival by providing for long term
microhabitat protection in terms of the least amount of habitat disturbance pos¬
sible.
Acknowledgment
The following individuals and institutions are gratefully acknowledged for loan
of their material: David Kavanaugh, California Academy of Sciences, San Fran¬
cisco, California; John T. Doyen, University of California, Berkeley, California;
Ives Bousket, Canadian National Collection, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada; E. L.
Sleeper, California State University, Long Beach, California; A1 Newton, Field
Museum of Natural History, Chicago, Illinois; Kirby W. Brown, Stockton, Cal¬
ifornia; Scott Shaw, Harvard University Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cam¬
bridge, Massachusetts; Charles A. Triplehom, The Ohio State University, Co¬
lumbus, Ohio; Dave Faulkner, San Diego Museum of Natural History, San Diego,
California; Ted J. Spilman, United States National Museum, Washington D.C.;
Carl A. Olson, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona. The following individuals
deserve special mention: Ives Bousket of The Canadian National Collection for
loan of paratype of N. abditus; Phillips L. Claud, Jim Hart, Bill Wisehart and
John Kelso-Shelton of the California Department of Parks and Recreation, for
granting collection permits and aiding in collections of N. arcanus.
Literature Cited
Aalbu, R. L. 1990. An analysis of the Coleoptera of Mitchell Caverns, San Bernardino County,
California. N. Speol. Soc. Bull., 51: 1-10.
Ashworth, A. C. 1973. Fossil beetles from a fossil wood rat midden in western Texas. Coleop. Bull.,
27: 139-140.
Brown, W. J. 1940. A key to the species of Ptinidae occurring in dwellings and warehouses in Canada
(Coleoptera). Can. Entomol., 72: 115-122.
Brown, W. J. 1944. Some new and poorly known species of Coleoptera, II. Can. Entomol., 76: 4-
10.
Brown, W. J. 1959. Niptus Boield. and allied genera in North America (Coleoptera: Ptinidae). Can.
Entomol., 91: 627-633.
96
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(2)
Hinton, H. E. 1941. The Ptinidae of economic importance. Bull. Entomol. Res., 31: 331-381.
Howe, R. W. 1959. Studies on beetles of the family Ptinidae, XVII. Conclusion and additional
remarks. Bull. Entomol. Res., 50: 287-326.
Papp, C. S. 1959. Discussions on the taxonomic status of some Ptinidae of economic importance.
(Notes on North American Coleoptera, No. 5) Entomol. Berichten, 19: 256-259.
Papp, C. S. 1962. An illustrated and descriptive catalogue of the Ptinidae of North America. (Notes
on North American Coleoptera, No. 7) Dtsch. Entomol. Ztschr. (N.F.), 9: 367-423.
Reddell, J. R. 1966. A checklist of the cave fauna of Texas. II. Insecta. Texas J. Sci., 18: 25-56.
Reddell, J. R. 1970. A checklist of the cave fauna of Texas. V. Additional records of Insecta. Texas
J. Sci., 22: 47-65.
Spilman, T. J. 1968. Two new species of Niptus from North American caves (Coleoptera: Ptinidae).
Southwestern Natur., 13: 193-200.
Spilman, T. J. 1975. Ptinidae. Page R62.1. In Blackwelder, R. E. & R. H. Arnett, (eds.) Checklist
of the beetles of Canada, United States, Mexico, Central America and the West Indies, Volume
1, part 5, The darkling beetles, ladybird beetles and related groups (red version). Biol. Res. Inst.
Amer. Inc. Rensselaerville, New York.
Received 1 May 1990; accepted 15 July 1991.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(2): 97-99, (1992)
THE SOLITARY BEE
MELISSODES THELYPODII THELYPODII COCKERELL
(HYMENOPTERA: ANTHOPHORIDAE) COLLECTS
POLLEN FROM WIND-POLLINATED
AMARANTHUS PALMERI WATSON
James H. Cane, 1 Stephen L. Buchmann, 2 and Wallace E. LaBerge 3
1 Department of Entomology and Alabama Agricultural Research Station,
Auburn University, Alabama 36849-5413
2 USDA, ARS, Carl Hayden Bee Research Center, 2000 East Allen Rd.,
Tucson, Arizona 85719
3 Illinois Natural History Survey, Champaign, Illinois 61820
Abstract.— The native solitary bee Melissodes thelypodii thelypodii Cockerell was observed to
harvest pollen from panicles of the anemophilous plant Amaranthus palmeri Watson in south¬
eastern Arizona. Pure Amaranthus pollen loads were removed by females foraging at this plant,
suggesting floral fidelity and this bee’s potential value for commercial pollination of the related
grain amaranths.
Key Words.— Insecta, pollination, anemophily, Melissodes, Amaranthus, pollen-foraging, bees
Foragers of social bees will sometimes collect pollen from flowering plants that
rely upon wind to transport pollen to receptive pistils (Faegri & van der Pijl 1978).
Honey bees {Apis mellifera L.) and sometimes stingless bees {Trigona s.l.) collect
pollen from diverse anemophilous (wind-pollinated) plants (Sharma 1970; O’Neal
& Waller 1984; C. D. Michener, unpublished data). Less commonly, bumble bees
{Bombus sp.) may collect pollen from anemophilous plants, such as bahia grass,
Paspalum notatum var. saurae Parodi (JHC, unpublished data).
In contrast, nonsocial or solitary bees have rarely been reported to gather pollen
from anemophilous plants. The pollen of oaks ( Quercus ), which are considered
anemophilous, may be gathered by solitary bees when their preferred pollen hosts
are not available {Andrena erythronii Robertson [Michener & Rettenmeyer 1956];
Osmia rufa [Raw 1974]; Habropoda laboriosa (Fabr.) [Cane & Payne 1988]).
Several British Andrena reportedly collect pollen periodically from several ane¬
mophilous trees, such as oak and chestnut (Chambers 1945). Nomiine bees of
the Old World genus Rhopalomelissa collect and may depend on grass pollen for
larval provisions (C. D. Michener, unpublished data). The sweat bee Dialictus
illinoiensis (Robertson) avidly harvests pollen from dallis grass, Paspalum dila-
tatum Poiret, augmenting the seed set of this grass (Adams et al. 1981).
Careless-weed {Amaranthus palmeri Watson) is a weedy, dioecious amaranth
occurring through much of the central and western United States and Mexico
(Munz 1959). The species exhibits several characteristics that typify anemophilous
plants. It produces copious pollen that bears little of the oily pollenkitt typical of
pollen usually collected by bees. Its small (24-26 pm diam) periporate “cheno-
am” (Chenopodiaceae-Amaranthaceae) type pollen grains are commonly impli¬
cated in human hayfever allergies (Wodehouse 1971). Bees have not been reported
to visit this anemophilous plant.
98
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(2)
We observed female Melissodes thelypodii thelypodii Cockerell working the
spike-like panicles of male plants of A. palmeri for pollen during mornings of
August, 1990, along the edge of a cotton field in the San Simon Valley of south¬
eastern Arizona (Cochise Co.). In this vicinity, we previously noted this bee species
sonicating flowers of Solanum elaeagnifolium Cavanilles and S. rostratum Dunal
(Solanaceae) for pollen. Bees of other species that worked nearby Solanum flowers
were never seen at Amaranthus (Protoxaea gloriosa (Fox), Protandrena mexica-
norum (Cockerell), Bombus sonorus Say, and Caupolicana yarrowi (Cresson)).
The first female M. thelypodii thelypodii to visit a given inflorescence frequently
released a visible cloud of pollen upon alighting. Females walked along the spikes
gathering pollen, proceeding distally from mid-base along those spikes that were
upright. They would then fly to a neighboring spike to continue collecting pollen.
Some females accumulated a full load of Amaranthus pollen from five to seven
spikes in as few as six minutes. A microscopic survey of the taxonomic constitution
of their pollen loads revealed good floral fidelity. Pure loads of Amaranthus pollen
were carried by five of six females collected at Amaranthus. The remaining female
bore 11% cotton pollen and 89% Amaranthus pollen. We have found only one
other reference to species of Melissodes gathering pollen from anemophilous plants.
Adams et al. (1981) reported M. bimaculata (Lepeletier) to occasionally collect
pollen from dallis grass.
The role, if any, of bees in the pollination of dioecious anemophilous plants
has been debated in the pollination literature. Usually, solitary or social bees that
harvest anemophilous pollen are considered mere pollen thieves, removing pollen
from male plants but never subsequently visiting the nectarless female plants.
Their contribution to pollination can not be discounted, however. Foragers may
mistakenly visit female flowers upon occasion. Even if they only visit male flowers,
wing and leg movements during pollen collection may dislodge prodigious quan¬
tities of pollen which, once airborne, can travel to female flowers.
The relative contributions of wind and insects, specifically bees, to the polli¬
nation of wild and cultivated amaranths also remains equivocal. Several weedy
species have been implicated in human respiratory allergies, including A. palmeri
(Wodehouse 1971). Unlike many anemophilous pollens, such as conifer pollen,
the pollen of A. palmeri seems to be moderately nutritious for bees, containing
3.5% nitrogen, or 18.38% crude protein by micro-Kjeldahl analysis (SLB, un¬
published data). Bee activity varies greatly at amaranths. Kaufman (1979) reported
an absence of bees at cultivated grain amaranth. In contrast, Singh (1961) some¬
times observed abundant bees at grain amaranth in India, and O’Neal & Waller
(1984) found Amaranthus pollen to constitute 6% of the average annual pollen
intake of honey bee colonies in the Sonoran desert, near Tucson, Arizona. Using
pollen traps on honey bee colonies, one of us (SLB) found that cheno-am pollen
constituted from 2-8% of the annual colony pollen harvest near Tucson during
the years 1981-1989. The solitary bee Hylaeus bisinuatus Forster has been re¬
corded visiting members of the Amaranthaceae (Krombein et al. 1979). We con¬
clude that amaranth pollen is not a mere scopal contaminant in these cases. Bees
will actively collect amaranth pollen, perhaps reflecting the ease with which quan¬
tities of this pollen can be harvested relative to other competing floral species.
Pox Amaranthus retroflexus L., Murphy (1978) demonstrated that insects alone
could provide cross-pollination. Further, Hauptli & Jain (1985) found wide dis-
1992
CANE ET AL.: POLLEN COLLECTION BY MELISSODES
99
parities in outcrossing rates for their field experiments with cultivated A maranthus
cruentus. They attributed this result to variable densities of pollen-foraging honey
bees in their plots.
Our observations demonstrate that females of the solitary bee M. t. thelypodii
avidly visit staminate flowers of amaranth for pollen, exhibiting good species
fidelity on a given foraging trip. For at least hermaphroditic species of commercial
amaranth, the visitations of pollen-foraging bees have promise to improve out-
crossing rates for the enhancement of genetic variation and perhaps even seed set
of desirable cultivars.
Acknowledgment
Voucher bees are deposited with the Illinois Natural History Survey. This article
is contribution number 17-91299IP of the Alabama Agricultural Experiment
Station, which partly supported this research (H-803).
Literature Cited
Adams, D. E., W. E. Perkins & J. R. Estes. 1981. Pollination systems in Paspalum dilatatum Poir.
(Poaceae): an example of insect pollination in a temperate grass. Am. J. Bot., 68: 389-394.
Cane, J. H. & J. A. Payne. 1988. Foraging ecology of the bee Habropoda laboriosa (Hymenoptera:
Anthophoridae), an oligolege of blueberries (Ericaceae: Vaccinium) in the southeastern United
States. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 81: 419-427.
Chambers, V. H. 1945. British bees and wind-borne pollen. Nature, 155: 145.
Faegri, K. & L. van der Pijl. 1978. The principles of pollination ecology (3rd ed). Pergamon Press,
New York.
Hauptli, H. & S. Jain. 1985. Genetic variation in outcrossing rate and correlated floral traits in a
population of grain amaranth (Amaranthus cruentus L.). Genetica, 66:21-27.
Kaufman, C. S. 1979. Grain amaranth research: an approach to the development of a new crop. pp.
88-91. In Proc. second amaranth conf. Rodale Press, Emmaus, Pennsylvania.
Krombein, K. V., P. D. Hurd, Jr., D. R. Smith & B. D. Burks. 1979. Catalog of Hymenoptera in
America north of Mexico. Vol. 2. Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, D.C.
Michener, C. D. & C. W. Rettenmeyer. 1956. The ethology of Andrena erythronii with comparative
data on other species (Hymenoptera, Andrenidae). Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., 37: 645-684.
Munz, P. A. 1959. A California flora. University of California Press, Los Angeles.
Murphy, J. C. 1978. Pollination in the weedy amaranths. Abstr. Amer. Soc. Bot. Nat’l. Meet., 1978.
O’Neal, R. J. & G. D. Waller. 1984. On the pollen harvest by the honey bee (Apis mellifera L.) near
Tucson, Arizona (1976-1981). Desert Plants, 6: 81-109.
Raw, A. 1974. Pollen preferences of three Osmia species. Oikos, 25: 54-60.
Sharma, M. 1970. An analysis of pollen loads of honeybees from Kangra, India. Grana, 10: 35-42.
Singh, H. B. 1961. Grain amaranthus, buckwheat and chenopods. Indian Counc. Agric. Res. Cereal
Crop. Ser. I.
Wodehouse, R. P. 1971. Hayfever plants (2nd ed). Hafner Publishing Co., New York.
Received 17 May 1991; accepted 13 August 1991.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(2): 100-104, (1992)
SPHERICAL HYPHAL BODIES OF PANDORA NEOAPHIDIS
(REMAUDIERE & HENNEBERT) HUMBER
(ZYGOMYCETES: ENTOMOPHTHORALES) ON
ACYRTHOSIPHON PISUM (HARRIS)
(HOMOPTERA: APHIDIDAE): A POTENTIAL
OVERWINTERING FORM
Ming-Guang Feng , 1 Robert M. Nowierski , 1 Robert E. Klein , 2
Albert L. Scharen , 3 and David C. Sands 3
1 Entomology Research Laboratory, Montana State University,
Bozeman, Montana 59717
irrigated Agriculture Research and Extension Center,
Washington State University, Prosser, Washington 99350
department of Plant Pathology, Montana State University,
Bozeman, Montana 59717
Abstract.— Cadavers of the pea aphid, Acyrthosiphon pisum (Harris), occurred abundantly on
commercial alfalfa in Kennewick, Washington, during late autumn of 1990. An aphid-specific
fungal pathogen, Pandora neoaphidis (Remaudiere & Hennebert) Humber, was responsible for
the death. Numerous hyphal bodies of the fungus inside the cadavers were spherical and averaged
11.5 (9.3-15.0) ftm in diameter (n = 100). Such spherical hyphal bodies apparently developed
from regular hyphal bodies forming septa, which has never been recorded for P. neoaphidis.
Over 300 cadavers collected in the field on 15 Oct were randomly sorted into three batches and
then maintained under different environmental conditions for studying the overwintering po¬
tential of the fungus. Cadavers maintained in a dark refrigerator at approximately 4° C or placed
within nylon-chiffon mesh bags (ca. 5x5 mm) and secured to the branches of shrubs (approx¬
imately 0.5 m above the ground in Bozeman, Montana) were capable of producing conidia and
infecting aphids in monthly observations from November to April with consistently visible snow
cover. In contrast, cadavers placed in polypropylene microcentrifuge tubes (38 x 13 mm), corked
with sterile cotton and then buried in the field soil (approximately 6 cm deep), were found to
have exhausted all their sporulation potential and infective capability in the first observation of
late November. The results indicate that P. neoaphidis may survive winter months in the form
of hyphal bodies on plant substrates above the ground rather than in the soil.
Key Words.— Insecta, Acyrthosiphon pisum, Entomophthorales, Pandora neoaphidis, aphid-spe¬
cific fungal pathogen, overwintering
A mycosis of the pea aphid, Acyrthosiphon pisum (Harris) (Homoptera: Aphid-
idae), was observed in a commercial alfalfa field in Kennewick, Washington,
during late September through mid-October, 1990. Alfalfa stems were heavily
infested with aphids (100% of the plants infested and more than 100 aphids per
alfalfa stem). Aphid cadavers, resulting from fungal infection, were observed in
abundance. Approximately 10% of the axillary shoots on alfalfa stems contained
at least one cadaver, and some of the shoots contained 10 or more.
Aphid cadavers collected on 27 Sep, 1 Oct and 9 Oct (the last date coinciding
with alfalfa harvest) were shipped via overnight mail to MGF in Bozeman, Mon¬
tana, for identification of pathogens involved. The aphid-specific fungus, Pandora
neoaphidis (Remaudiere & Hennebert) Humber (Zygomycetes, Entomophthora-
1992
FENG ET AL.: OVERWINTERING APHID PATHOGEN
101
les), was found to be the only pathogen responsible for the mycosis observed.
This was based on microscopic examination of nearly 200 cadavers individually
mounted on slides with aceto-orcein following maintenance in a moist chamber
at approximately 25° C for 20 h. No secondary infection by other entomophtho-
ralean fungi was detected.
Morphological features including conidiophores, conidia (Fig. la) and hyphal
bodies (Fig. lb) coincided well with those previously documented for P. neoaphidis
(e.g., Feng et al. 1990). Measurements of 100 primary conidia randomly taken
from 20 slides (cadavers) averaged 22.0 (17.5-27.5) x 11.3 (9.25-14.3) im i, falling
within the previously defined range of P. neoaphidis (Waterhouse & Brady 1982).
Spherical hyphal bodies (SHB) (Figs, lc, Id, lh), not previously documented
for P. neoaphidis, appeared with primary conidia and regular hyphal bodies (RHB)
in all the cadavers examined. The relative abundance of these unusual hyphal
bodies seemed to be negatively correlated with the abundance of primary conidia
and RHBs. Some of the cadavers were nearly filled with SHBs. The frequency of
cadavers containing SHBs tended to increase with each successive collection date.
The SHBs measured 11.5 (9.3-15.0) jum in diameter (n = 100), and were nearly
equal to the diameter (width) of primary conidia (Fig. la) and RHBs (Fig. lb).
Like uninucleate primary conidia of P. neoaphidis, most SHBs contained only a
single large nucleus (Fig. lc). Some SHBs were found to have two or more nuclei
(Fig. Id). SHBs with multiple nuclei were usually larger in size than those with
only one nucleus.
The SHBs apparently developed from RHBs, as shown in Figs, le-lh. A septum
sometimes appeared in the hyphal body, preceding the formation of a SHB (Figs,
le-lg). Septa are usually absent from the vegetative cells in the Entomophthorace-
ae (Humber 1989) and have never been recorded for P. neoaphidis. Subsequently,
the single cell separated by a septum became spherical, often at the end of the
hyphal body (Fig. lg). Eventually, the remainder of the hyphal body gradually
disappeared as its contents (protoplasts) entered the new SHBs (Fig. lh).
The appearance of SHBs late in the season suggests that SHBs may function as
an overwintering form in the life cycle of P. neoaphidis. This hypothesis was tested
by tracing the infectivity of cadavers collected from the field, then exposed to
different environments during winter months. Over 300 cadavers were collected
from uncut alfalfa plants on the border strips of the field in Kennewick on 15 Oct
and carried back to the laboratory in Bozeman. These cadavers were then separated
into 3 batches and about 15 from each batch were placed into polypropylene
microcentrifuge tubes (38 x 13 mm) corked with sterile cotton for two batches
or nylon-chiffon mesh bags (approximately 5x5 cm; four threads per mm) for
the third batch. The two batches of tubes were maintained in a dark refrigerator
of about 4° C and buried in the field soil (approximately 6 cm deep) on the Montana
State University campus, respectively. Mesh bags of the third batch were secured
to the branches of outdoor shrubs approximately 0.5 m above the ground on the
university campus. Thereafter, one tube or bag of cadavers was randomly taken
from each batch every month and used to inoculate aphids reared in the laboratory
by suspending the cadavers over the aphids for a spore shower. It was found that
cadavers hung in bushes or maintained in the refrigerator were capable of pro¬
ducing conidia and infecting aphids throughout the cold winter with consistently
visible snow cover from November to April. However, cadavers in the tubes
102
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 68(2)
Figure 1. Common morphological characteristics (a, b) and unusual spherical hyphal bodies [SHB]
(c-h) of P. neoaphidis associated with cadavers of A. pisum on alfalfa in Kennewick, Washington, in
autumn, (a) Primary conidia [PC], germinating PC [GPC] and secondary conidium [SC] formed from
PC. (b) Regular hyphal bodies [RHB]. (c) SHB uninucleate, (d) SHB binucleate. (e, f) Well-defined
septum [SP], at arrow, seen in RHB. (g) SHB forming at the end of RHB. (h) Newly-formed SHB and
remains [RM] of RHB. Scale bars: 20 /im; the bar for (a) also applies to (c-e) and (g, h).
buried in the soil were found to have exhausted all their sporulation potential in
the first observation on 30 Nov. A layer of conidia were then visible on the inside
wall of the tube and the cadavers became indistinguishable from one to another.
As a result, the cadavers in the soil could not infect aphids at that time. This
appeared to be attributable to the high humidity in the soil under snow cover
during the relatively mild November.
Therefore, our observations indicate that the P. neoaphidis hyphal bodies in
aphid cadavers can survive winter months only in relatively dry environments
1992
FENG ET AL.: OVERWINTERING APHID PATHOGEN
103
(e.g., on plant substrates above the ground) rather than in the moist soil, as
postulated by some authors (e.g., Latteur & Godefroid 1983). This is similar to
a report that hyphal bodies of P. neoaphidis may maintain infectivity in cadavers
for up to 32 weeks at regimes of 0° C and < 50% relative humidity (Wilding 1973).
In contrast, other entomophthoralean fungi generally overwinter as resting spores,
as seen in Conidiobolus obscurus (Hall & Dunn) Remaudiere & Keller (Latge et
al. 1978) and Zoophthora radicans (Brefeld) Batko (Perry & Regniere 1986).
Although it was claimed that resting spores of P. neoaphidis had been obtained
in vitro (Uziel & Kenneth 1986), resting spores have never been observed from
aphids infected by P. neoaphidis in the field. The SHBs observed in this study
are unlikely to be resting spores (zygospores or azygospores) because they are thin-
walled and too small for resting spores typically reported for the Entomophthorales
(R. A. Humber, personal communication). Resting spores have been observed in
the field for another entomophthoralean species, Entomophthora planchoniana
Cornu, but the primary overwintering form of this latter fungus is hyphal bodies
that are distinct from those usually found for the same species (Keller 1987).
SHBs in the pea aphids infected by P. neoaphidis late in the season seem to be
analogous to the hyphal bodies of E. planchoniana.
It remains unknown what environmental stimuli may induce the information
of septa in the hyphal bodies, thus forming the SHBs. During the period from 16
Sep to 15 Oct, 1990, local day length decreased from about 12.5 h to 11 h, while
the daily minimum temperature was 9.3 (range: 1.1-16.1)° C, daily maximum
22.4 (10.6-30.6)° C, and daily mean 15.7 (7.8-22.8)° C. Whether these environ¬
mental conditions (short day and low temperature) may be conducive to physi¬
ological changes in the aphid hosts, which in turn may influence fungal devel¬
opment, is unclear.
Finally, P. neoaphidis may require a variety of host species from different crops
or non-crop plants to complete the life cycle. Plant hosts that remain in the field
through late autumn or are perennial (e.g., alfalfa) may provide a source of in¬
oculum to initiate infections in aphid populations that infest spring and summer
crops the following year (e.g., small grains). This hypothesis warrants further
studies.
Acknowledgment
We thank R. A. Humber, S. A. Woods and D. A. Streett for their critical review
of this manuscript. This article is published as Journal Series No. J-2587 from
the Agricultural Experiment Station, Montana State University, Bozeman, Mon¬
tana.
Literature Cited
Feng, M. G., J. B. Johnson & L. P. Kish. 1990. Survey of entomopathogenic fungi naturally infecting
cereal aphids (Homoptera: Aphididae) of irrigated grain crops in southwestern Idaho. Environ.
Entomol., 19: 1534-1542.
Humber, R. A. 1989. Synopsis of a revised classification for the Entomophthorales (Zygomycotina).
Mycotaxon, 34: 441^-60.
Keller, S. 1987. Observations on the overwintering of Entomophthora planchoniana. J. Invertebr.
Pathol., 50: 333-335.
Latge, J. P., D. Perry, B. Papierok, J. Coremans-Pelseneer, G. Remaudiere & O. Reisinger. 1978.
104
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(2)
Germination d’azygospore d' Entomophthora obscura Hall & Dunn, role du sol. C.R. Acad. Sci.
Paris Ser. D, 287: 946-946.
Latteur, G. & J. Godefroid. 1983. Trial of field treatments against cereal aphids with mycelium of
Erynia neoaphidis (Entomophthorales) produced in vitro, pp. 2-10. In Cavalloro, R. (ed.).
Aphid antagonists. A.A. Balkema, Rotterdam.
Perry, D. F. & J. Regniere. 1986. The role of fungal pathogens in spruce budworm population
dynamics: frequency and temporal relationships, pp. 167-170. In Samson, R. A., J. M. Vlak
& D. Peters (eds.). Fundamental and applied aspects of invertebrate pathology. Wageningen,
Netherlands.
Uziel, A. & R. G. Kenneth. 1986. In vitro resting-spore formation in Erynia neoaphidis. p. 230.
In Samson, R. A., J. M. Vlak & D. Peters (eds.).Fundamental and applied aspects of invertebrate
pathology. Wageningen, Netherlands.
Waterhouse, M. & B. L. Brady. 1982. Key to the species of Entomophthora sensu lato. Bull. Br.
Mycol. Soc., 16: 113-143.
Wilding, N. 1973. The survival of Entomophthora spp. in mummified aphids at different temper¬
atures and humidities. J. Invertebr. Pathol., 21: 309-311.
Received 25 June 1991; accepted 13 August 1991.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(2): 105-121, (1992)
RECENT COLONIZATION OF THE
SAN FRANCISCO BAY AREA, CALIFORNIA,
BY EXOTIC MOTHS (LEPIDOPTERA: TINEOIDEA,
GELECHIOIDEA, TORTRICOIDEA, PYRALOIDEA)
Jerry A. Powell
Department of Entomological Sciences, University of Califomia-Berkeley,
Berkeley, California 94720
Abstract. — Records are given documenting the establishment of seven species of moths in the
San Francisco Bay area, California, during 1955-1988: Opogona omoscopa (Meyrick) (Tineidae),
Oegoconia quadripuncta (Haworth) (Blastobasidae), Mirificarma eburnella (Denis & Schiffer-
miiller) (Gelechiidae), Crocidosema plebiana Zeller (Tortricidae), and three pyraloids, Uresiphita
reversalis (Guenee), Parapediasia teterrella (Zincken), and Achroia grisella (Fabr.). Ten additional
Microlepidoptera that have colonized this region in the past 50 years are tabulated with literature
sources. Most of these species spread to the San Francisco area after establishment in southern
California, often following long periods (17-60 years) of naturalization there.
Key Words. — Insecta, Lepidoptera, Tineoidea, Gelechioidea, Tortricoidea, Pyraloidea, coloni¬
zation
Insects make up an important part of the alien fauna that has been transported
by humans to colonize different parts of the world. By 1982, 1700 such immigrants
had become established in the 48 contiguous U.S. states, including 134 Lepidop¬
tera (Sailer 1983). Although Sailer calculated that Lepidoptera are poorly repre¬
sented, relative to their species numbers, as contrasted to Coleoptera, Hymenop-
tera and particularly Homoptera, some Microlepidoptera and Pyraloidea have
become frequent travelers via their association with human activities.
California is an adopted home to more than 60 species of these smaller moths,
including many of our most notorious insects, in households (clothes moths, stored
foods moths), gardens (e.g., azalea leafminer, buddleia budworm, cotoneaster
webworm), and agricultural situations (codling moth, Oriental fruit moth, pink
bollworm, etc.). Other species are detritivores, scavengers, or fungus feeders and
seldom attract attention. For example, Opogona omoscopa (Meyrick), Nemapogon
granellus (L.), Oinophila v-flavum (Haworth), Batia lunaris (Haworth), Endrosis
sarcitrella (L.), and Oegoconia quadripuncta (Haworth) are all common members
of the urban insect community in California but are seldom noticed except by
lepidopterists. A few adventive colonists are even encouraged for possible weed
suppression, such as Agonopteryx alstroemeriana (Clerck), a specialist on poison
hemlock, and A. nervosa (Haworth) and Uresiphita reversalis (Guenee), which
feed on genista and other brooms, although the last species sometimes eats other
ornamental legumes or native lupines and causes mixed emotions, varying with
circumstances.
Many of these lepidopterous colonists became established in California so early
in the immigration of European and Oriental humans that a history of their
introduction and spread cannot be reconstructed. There is essentially no record
106
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(2)
of the Microlepidoptera fauna of the Pacific coast of North America prior to the
remarkable expedition in 1871-1872 in northern California and Oregon by Lord
Walsingham, during which he collected and later described many of our native
species (see Essig 1941, Powell 1964a: 5). More extensive collections in urban
and agricultural situations were made by Koebele and Coquillett during the 1880s
and 1890s, primarily in Alameda and Los Angeles counties. Otherwise, there are
few records of Microlepidoptera in California prior to the turn of the century,
and any other record that may have existed of the fauna in the San Francisco Bay
area during the 19th century was lost in the 1906 fire that destroyed the collections
of the California Academy of Sciences.
Despite federal and state efforts at quarantine against imported insects, as the
human population has increased and ease of transportation improved, the parade
of incoming insects has continued. California’s population increased an appalling
25%, and that of the S. F. Bay area 16%, during the 1980s alone. Hence, it is not
surprising that at least 17 species of small moths have taken up residence in this
area during the past half century (Table 1). Included are six species that appear
to have colonized during the 1980s. The occurrence of two of these is documented
elsewhere: Athrips rancidella (Powell 1985) (Fig. 4) and Agonopteryx alstroemer-
iana (Powell & Passoa in press). Here, I give data for the remaining five, and for
three species that have been established for longer periods, but apparently not
documented in detail in the literature.
Methods. — I recovered data from specimens in the major California collections
through 1990, by searching the unidentified accessions and confirming identifi¬
cations in the determined material. Voucher specimens in collections are indicated
in the text by the following abbreviations:
CAS, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco; CDFA, California De¬
partment of Food & Agriculture, Sacramento; EME, Essig Museum of Entomol¬
ogy, University of California, Berkeley; FAC, Fresno County Agricultural Com¬
missioner’s Office, Fresno; LACM, Los Angeles County Museum of Natural
History; SDNH, San Diego Natural History Museum; SJAC, San Joaquin County
Agricultural Commissioner’s Office, Stockton; SJS, San Jose State University,
Department of Entomology; UCD, University of California, Davis, Bohart En¬
tomological Museum; USNM, U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Wash¬
ington, D.C. In addition, card- and computer-file records at CDFA were made
available. Most of these are not represented by voucher specimens. Data from
the identified material in the USNM were recorded, but not from unidentified
accessions, through 1977 ( Opogona, Oegoconia, Achroia ) and 1988 ( Crocidose -
ma).
I made blacklight trap collections in suburban sites at Walnut Creek, Contra
Costa Co., from 1961 to 1973 (EME). In the first six years, samples were made
most nights I was in residence, near the foot of Shell Ridge, while those during
August, 1966, to 1973 were sporadic, at a site near San Ramon Creek. The two
localities are respectively about 2.75 airline km NW and 2.5 km SW of the
Highway 24-680 interchange. I recorded moths in urban Berkeley on nearly all
dates I was residence from May 1978 through 1990. During 1978-June, 1984, I
sampled at a site 3.0 airline km NNW of the University of California west gate
and during July 1984 through 1990, at a second locality 0.33 airline km north of
the 1978-1984 site. This area has been residential since 1915-1920.
1992
POWELL: MOTH COLONIZATION
107
Table 1. Exotic Microlepidoptera and Pyraloidea that became established in the San Francisco
Bay area during 1939-1988. (1 = local colonization; w = widespread occurrence in S. F. Bay area;
u = uncertain status.)
Taxa
Earliest record
Present
status
Source
Tineidae:
Oiophila v-flavum (Haworth)
1947, Stanford
W
Tilden 1951, Powell
1964b
Opogona omoscopa (Meyrick)
1972, Berkeley
W
CDFA, Davis 1978
Oecophoridae:
Agonopteryx alstroemeriana
1983, Berkeley
W
Powell & Passoa, in press
(Clerck)
Batia lunaris (Haworth)
1956, Marin
W
Powell 1964c
Esperia sulphurella (Fabr.)
1966, El Cerrito
1
Powell 1968
Pyramidobela angelarum Keifer
1942, San Jose,
San Mateo
w
Keifer 1942
Blastobasidae:
Oegoconia quadripuncta (Haworth)
1959, Redwood
City, 1976,
Berkeley
w
present data
Symmoca signatella
(Herrich-Schaeffer)
1959, Redwood
City
w
Powell 1960
Gelechiidae:
Athrips rancidella
1983, Berkeley
1
Powell 1985
(Herrich-Schaeffer)
Mirificarma eburnella
1985, Morgan Hill
u
present data
(Denis & Schiffermiiller)
Tortricidae:
Crocidosema plebiana Zeller
1988, Berkeley
1
present data
Spilonota ocellana (Denis & Schiffer-
1939, San Jose
w
Keifer 1939
muller)
Cnephasia longana (Haworth)
1947, San Mateo
w
Keifer 1948, Powell 1964a
Platynota stultana (Walsingham)
1967, Antioch,
Albany
w
Powell 1983
Pyralidae:
Uresiphita reversalis (Guenee)
(1966, Stevens
Cr.), 1980, San
Jose
w
present data
Parapediasia teterrella (Zincken)
1988, Berkeley
1
present data
Achroia grisella (Fabr.)
1955, San Jose
w
present data
Tineidae
Opogona omoscopa (Meyrick)
(Fig. 1)
Opogona omoscopa was originally described from Australia in 1893 and since
has been found widely distributed in pan-global warm regions, probably in large
part the result of man’s activities. The larvae feed in decaying, often damp plant
108
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(2)
i i i * i i i i i i i i l i l i i i i i i l i i l < i i i i i i i i i i m i i i i i i i i i i i i i
i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i a i i i i i i i i i i i i i i
Figures 1-8. Figure 1. Opogona omoscopa-, Berkeley, October 1978. Figure 2. Oegoconia quadri-
puncta; Berkeley, June 1988. Figure 3. Mirificarma eburnella; Nevada Co., May 1980. Figure 4. Athrips
rancidella; Berkeley, May 1983. Figure 5. Crocidosema plebiana Zeller; Berkeley, November 1990.
Figure 6. Uresiphita reversalis\ Berkeley, December 1983. Figure 7. Achroia grisella; Berkeley, August
1983. Figure 8. Parapediasia teterrella; Berkeley, May 1989.
material, including wood, bark and dead leaves (Davis 1978) and evidently are
easily transported with roots and other plant material. This species has been known
in Hawaii since 1905, where it is widespread and abundant (Zimmerman 1978),
a likely source for introduction into California.
1992
POWELL: MOTH COLONIZATION
109
The earliest Pacific coast record is at Goleta, Santa Barbara Co., California, in
May, 1969 (CDFA and Davis 1978), which probably was soon after establishment,
because the adults come to lights readily, and I collected at Goleta for five weeks
during June and July, 1965, without finding O. omoscopa. The moths were taken
at nearby Santa Barbara and Summerland in June and July, 1969 (USNM). In
fall, 1970, C. Nagano collected a series at Santa Monica, Los Angeles Co. (LACM),
and by summer, 1971,0. omoscopa was widespread in southern California, having
been detected in Gardena (LACM), Los Angeles (USNM) and Rancho Santa Fe,
San Diego Co. (EME).
The first records in the S. F. Bay area were two larval collections on ginger
roots in a market in Berkeley, in May, 1972, and May, 1973 (CDFA). Ginger
roots sold in this area are normally imported from Hawaii. Hence, it is possible
that a separate introduction from overseas, rather than from southern California,
initiated the S. F. Bay area population. There also were larval collections from
Corte Madera, Marin Co. in January, 1974, and Fremont and Livermore, Alameda
Co. in 1976 (CDFA), but we do not have documented records of colonies outside
of buildings until adults began appearing at lights in the ‘east bay’ in 1978 (EME).
The species has been common in Berkeley since that time, having been recorded
on 15-30 dates each year. The moths are seen in every month but are most
prevalent in September-November (50% of all records during 1985-1990: JAP,
unpublished data).
The peculiar, widely divergent labial palpi, flattened, smooth front and elongate,
plicate maxillary palpi make O. omoscopa easily recognizable among all California
Lepidoptera.
Blastobasidae
Oegoconia quadripuncta (Haworth)
(Fig- 2)
This Palaearctic species is distinctive in the urban fauna of California, having
black forewings spotted with yellow. In Europe the larvae are reported to feed on
decaying vegetable matter, and we reared O. quadripuncta from leaf litter beneath
Quercus by P. Rude (EME). In England there is a single annual generation, with
adults active in July and August, occurring in habitats such as hedge-bottoms
(Emmet 1979).
Oegoconia quadripuncta was introduced into the Atlantic states long ago; it was
redescribed as novimundi Busck, a synonym, in 1915, and it was established in
Pennsylvania and New jersey by 1920 (USNM). The adventive range had reached
Washington, D.C. by 1927, Martha’s Vineyard, Massachusetts by 1941 and Il¬
linois by 1956 (USNM).
There does not seem to be a published report of this species’ occurrence in
California, such as during Keifer’s summaries of introductions during 1935-1955
(Powell 1991). However, O. quadripuncta evidently was introduced into southern
California, presumably from the eastern U.S., more than 50 years ago. There are
specimens from South Pasadena, L. A. Co., collected in August, 1938, and June,
1940 by C. Henne (USNM), and the range extended to Ventura Co. (Ojai) by
1961 (EME) and Orange Co. by 1962 (CDFA). The species had become common
in Los Angeles by the time Donahue began sampling there in the early 1970s
(LACM).
110
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(2)
The first record I have seen in the S. F. Bay area is August, 1959, at Redwood
City, San Mateo Co. (EME), but O. quadripuncta was not known east of the bay
until adults appeared at lights in Berkeley in 1976. The species seems to be
becoming more prevalent at Berkeley; it was observed on two or three dates per
season until 1986, then five dates in 1987 and 1988, six in 1989, and nine in
1990 (despite 44 nights absence from sampling during summer), when the flight
period extended from early June to mid September.
Oegoconia evidently colonized the Central Valley about a decade later than the
S. F. Bay area. I did not find the species in Davis when I sampled there in 1956,
but there are more than a dozen collections records from Sacramento (1967—
1968), Davis (1969-1971) and Fresno (1970-1971) (CDFA, UCD).
Gelechiidae
Miriftcarma eburnella (Denis & Schiffermuller)
(Fig. 3)
This moth was reported in North America under the names M. formosella
(Hubner) (Anonymous 1969, Dowell & Gill 1989) and M. flamella (Hubner)
(Hodges 1983), which are considered to be synonyms of M. eburnella (Pitkin
1984). The species is widespread in Europe and the Mediterranean region, where
it feeds on Medic ago, including alfalfa, and other legumes (Pitkin 1984).
This gelechiid is distinctive in the California fauna, having rust-orange and
yellow patterned forewings. It was first recognized in North America when larvae
were found defoliating Ladino clover, Trifolium repens L., in the Sacramento
Valley in Sutter, Placer and Sacramento counties, in April, 1969. Identifications
at the time revealed that I had collected specimens near Georgetown, El Dorado
Co., in June, 1967 (Anonymous 1969; CDFA, unpublished report). The species
was already widely established, however, as evidenced by specimens determined
later that had been taken by A. Keuter and G. Keuter in May, 1965, and May-
June, 1967, at Citrus Heights, Sacramento Co. (CAS). There are also two speci¬
mens labelled 12 Oct 1967, in the Keuter material, suggesting a bivoltine life
cycle.
Berkeley students and I found M. eburnella at additional localities in El Dorado
Co. (Greenville, Somerset) during May and June, 1967 and 1978, and at several
sites around the Sierra Foothill Field Station (near Smartville), Yuba Co. and
Rough and Ready, Nevada Co., in May, 1980. The species appeared at La Grange,
Stanislaus Co. in 1971 (CDFA), at a site that has been sampled for many years
by R. P. Allen. The 1971-1980 localities are 55 km NW to 134 km SE of a line
between Citrus Heights and Georgetown, along the foothills of the Sierra Nevada.
During a census of Lepidoptera of serpentine grasslands in Santa Clara Co., D.
D. Murphy and I collected two specimens of M. eburnella at Kirby Canyon Ridge
(approx. 6 airline km NE of Morgan Hill), on 29 Apr 1985. This suggested that
populations of this gelechiid had spread across the Central Valley and inner Coast
Range into the Santa Clara Valley. However, more intensive survey on numerous
dates at this locality and serpentine grasslands at a dozen other sites in Santa
Clara, San Mateo and Marin counties during March through May, 1986-1987
and 1990 failed to recover M. eburnella. Possibly the four year drought following
1985 suppressed the clover or other hostplants severely, limiting or eradicating
1992
POWELL: MOTH COLONIZATION
111
the immigrant moth population from this habitat. Hence, the residency status of
M. eburnella in the S. F. Bay area is uncertain.
Tortricidae
Crocidosema plebiana Zeller
(Fig. 5)
This species was originally described from Sicily in 1847, but its native distri¬
bution is unknown. It occurs pan-globally in warmer regions, probably having
been transported by man since early times. Crocidosema plebiana was reported
from Hawaii by several early authors, but Zimmerman (1978) regards the Ha¬
waiian Crocidosema as three distinct, endemic species. Differentiation of Pacific
island populations also is discussed by Clarke (1971, 1986). The evidence suggests
that C. plebiana (sens, lat.) occupied a broad range, and that North American
populations probably originated from the Mediterranean. The larvae of C. ple¬
biana feed in flowers and fruit of various Malvaceae, including Hibiscus , and
have been taken on cotton several times in California.
Heinrich (1923) reported C. plebiana in the U.S. from California and Texas.
In addition, the species has been collected widely in the south, in Louisiana (1916),
Florida (1918 onwards) and South Carolina (1944) (USNM; Kimball 1965). The
species has long been established and abundant in southern California; the earliest
available record is June, 1911 at San Diego, collected by W. S. Wright (USNM).
In 1917-1918, it was collected at Chula Vista, San Diego Co. (CAS). By about
1920 it occurred in the San Bernardino area (Barnes collection: USNM), at Riv¬
erside by 1932, and on Santa Catalina Island by 1931 (CDFA, LACM). By that
time probably it was established throughout much of the Los Angeles basin and
Orange Co., where its colonization was documented in the 1940s during the
statewide Oriental fruit moth survey by dimalt bait traps (CDFA). Specimens
were reared from Hibiscus buds at Exposition Park, Los Angeles in 1942 (LACM).
The distribution also extended to the coast in the Ventura (1943) and Santa
Barbara (1936) areas (CDFA, LACM), and San Luis Obispo Co. (Pismo Beach)
by 1959 (EME). Crocidosema plebiana was found in the San Joaquin Valley in
Kern Co. in 1968 (CDFA).
I had not seen any subsequent records north of a line between Pismo and
Bakersfield until C. plebiana appeared in Berkeley recently. In late September
and October, 1988, two males came to a blacklight, but none was observed in
1989, suggesting that the moths captured in 1988 did not represent an established
population. In 1990, however, C. plebiana reappeared, with males attracted to
blacklight on 9, 12 Jul and on 10 dates between 11 Sep and 17 Oct, confirming
the colonization.
Pyralidae
Uresiphita reversalis (Guenee)
(Fig. 6)
This large pyraustine, which is known as “the genista caterpillar,” has bright
rust-brown forewings and ochreous-yellow hindwings. The moths are primarily
nocturnal and come to lights but are easily flushed into activity during the daytime.
The larvae are aposematic in color and behavior; they are orange and black
spotted, live exposed, without a shelter, and are rendered distasteful by sequestered
112
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(2)
alkaloids (Bemays & Montllor 1989). They often occur in defoliating numbers.
Hence, populations are easily seen in the field, and this species is not likely to
colonize unnoticed for long.
Although its relatives are Old World species, Uresiphita reversalis is believed
to be a native Nearctic species, having been described originally in 1854 from
“North America” without a specified locality. The natural distribution is un¬
known, but it may have encompassed parts of the southeastern U.S. and Mexico.
The present range is reported to be “southern Canada to southern Florida and
west to California” (Munroe 1976), but it is likely sustained in northern areas by
migrations, not continuously resident populations. In California, moreover, pop¬
ulations are dependent upon introduced plants, particularly Genista, grown as
ornamentals or in weedy situations, and there are no known records prior to 1930,
so U. reversalis is assumed to be an introduced or adventive exotic.
In the west there are records as early as 1912 in the Davis Mountains, Texas
(LACM) and 1927 in the mountains of southern Arizona (CAS), and there are
scattered collections from the Mexican plateau and coastal Sinaloa (EME, UCD),
suggesting that native populations may have lived in these areas.
The earliest known record in California is a series collected in Los Angeles in
September, 1930, by J. A. Comstock (LACM). By late 1931, U. reversalis occurred
widely in urban Los Angeles, Orange, San Diego and Ventura counties and had
been reared from “Genista and other brooms” at several localities (Keifer 1931).
There are records at Riverside and San Bernardino by September, 1932, and Santa
Barbara in 1933 (CDFA, CAS, LACM). McKenzie (1933), who described the
early stages and recorded hostplants, stated that the initial appearance of this
insect in California had been noted only recently.
Populations seemed to stabilize in cismontane southern California during the
following 30 years, and there are collection records for nearly every year, indicating
that residency was continuous.
The earliest known collection of U. reversalis in the San Francisco Bay area is
August, 1966, at Stevens Creek [5 km SW of Cupertino], Santa Clara Co., by R.
Denno (UCD). This record is puzzling because one would expect this species to
have appeared first in an urban area, rather than a forested canyon in the foothills,
and because if the collection sampled an established population, it is surprising
that no other colonies were detected in the south bay area during the subsequent
13 years. Continuous residency is documented beginning in 1980. Larvae were
collected from Laburnum in Fremont in July, 1980 (CDFA) and on Genista at
San Jose at least three times between September, 1980, and September, 1981
(CDFA, EME, SJS), the first by F. litis (W. E. Ferguson, personal communication);
and the species rapidly colonized northward in the S. F. Bay area during the next
10 years. In 1983, larvae of U. reversalis were found in Oakland by P. Neyland
(EME), and adults began appearing at localities that R. L. Langston, W. W.
Middlekauff or I had been sampling regularly: Antioch, Contra Costa Co. (August),
Berkeley (November), San Bruno Mts., San Mateo Co. (December), in Contra
Costa Co. at El Cerrito the following year, and Fish Ranch Canyon and Kensington
by 1985 (CAS, EME).
Uresiphita reversalis was widely established north of San Francisco Bay by the
late 1980s, in Marin (1986) (including Angel Island and Marin Island, 1989),
Napa (1988) and Solano (1987) counties (CDFA, EME).
1992
POWELL: MOTH COLONIZATION
113
It is likely that U. reversalis also spread through the Central Valley and Sierra
Nevada foothills during or preceding the 1980s. By 1968, when records were
suspended in a card file system at CDFA 1 , there were no listings of this pyralid
from counties north of the Transverse Ranges; also, there are no voucher speci¬
mens for records during the following 11 years. Larvae were collected at Tracy,
San Joaquin Co. in late 1982 (SJAC), and at Bakersfield, Kern Co. and near
Fresno, Fresno Co. a year later (CDFA, FAC). By 1987, when computerization
came on line at CDFA, U. reversalis was found in Kern, Tulare, Merced, Placer,
and Sacramento counties; by 1988 in Yolo Co. (January) and in the northern
Sacramento Valley, in Sutter and Butte (October), and Shasta (1989) counties
(CDFA) (Fig. 9). Simultaneously, Uresiphita colonized the foothills of the Sierra
Nevada in Amador, Nevada, and Tuolumne counties, to elevations of 550-800
m at Sonora and Grass Valley (CDFA).
The genista caterpillar feeds on a variety of legumes, particularly those of the
tribe Genisteae (Fabaceae) including Genista, Cytisus, and Lupinus, as well as on
Baptisia and Sophora (Dyar 1901, McKenzie 1933, Kimball 1965, Munroe 1976,
Bemays & Montllor 1989). In California, the adventive populations evidently are
dependent primarily on Genista (= Cytisus ) monspessulana (L.) (French broom)
and horticultural hybrids. Cytisus scoparius (L.) (Scotch broom) has been recorded
as the larval host on several occasions, but at least some of these evidently originate
from plant misidentifications or equating the common names “genista,” “broom”
and “Scotch broom” as applied to various Genista species. For example, there
are records from “Scotch broom” in San Diego County in 1931 (CDFA) and 1967
(EME), but Cytisus scoparius was not established anyplace south of Monterey
County by 1978 (Mountjoy 1979).
There are numerous records of larvae having been collected on nonleguminous
plants, including Buddleia (Loganiaceae) (McKenzie 1933; CDFA [1964]), as¬
paragus fern (Liliaceae), Taxus (Taxaceae), Gardenia (Rubiaceae) (CDFA), and
“chamise” (SDNH). Such records, along with other evidence (“pupating in door¬
way,” “barbeque cover,” etc. [CDFA]), probably reflect a propensity of late instar
larvae to wander. Particularly when colony densities are high and Genista is
defoliated, larvae of U. reversalis are liable to be found on various other plants
in the vicinity.
In the S. F. Bay area, larvae of U. reversalis feed on native Lupinus, including
L. chamissonis Eschscholtz when growing in proximity to Genista monspessulana
(Pt. Molate, JAP 87G4, EME), and on L. arboreus Sims according to Bemays &
Montllor (1989). In no-choice feeding tests in the laboratory, Bemays and Montllor
found that larvae did not feed and soon died when offered certain legumes, in¬
cluding Medicago, Trifolium, Vicia, and Pickeringia. They fed successfully on
1 Uresiphita reversalis is rated “C” in pest status by CDFA (a native or established species, against
which no agricultural quarantine action may be needed). Most “C” and “D” (beneficial or non-
phytophagous non-economic) rated insects ceased to be routinely entered in the CDFA card system
in 1968, due to system size restrictions; those rated “Q” [old “X”] (unassessed exotic), “A” (quarantine
action mandated) or “B” (county level quarantine), however, continued to be automatically entered
in the post-1968 card database. Individual instances of “C” or “D” rated insects also could have been
entered, if requested by a CDFA taxonomic specialist for the group; their post-1968 absence on cards
does not necessarily mean that no CDFA identification was done. In 1987, the CDFA data system
was computerized, and all data from CDFA identifications was once again routinely entered.—(Ed.)
114
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 68(2)
Figure 9. Geographical distribution of Uresiphita reversalis in California: by 1931 (shaded area);
later dated localities refer to first records in peripheral areas of southern California and first records
in counties north of the Transverse Ranges.
Lupinus arboreus, Cytisus striatus (Hill), G. monspessulana, and Cytisus scoparius,
and late instar larvae significantly preferred Lupinus over G. monspessulana, when
given the choice.
Bemays & Montllor (1989) believed that the data indicate that the main hosts
of U. reversalis in California are species of Lupinus. However, I have not seen
any evidence that populations inhabit less disturbed plant communities where
they would be sustained solely by native plants. Moreover, there are no specimen
voucher records of larvae on native plants outside of urban situations after more
than half a century residency in southern California and none in more northern
areas (CAS, CDFA, EME, LACM, SDNH, SJS, UCD). The CDFA has records
1992
POWELL: MOTH COLONIZATION
115
of larval collections from “Lupinus sp.” from Castro Valley, Alameda Co. (1988),
Redding, Shasta Co. (1989) and Santa Maria, Santa Barbara Co. (1988) in garden,
park, and nursery settings. Some exotic ornamental legumes also serve as hosts,
including Laburnum at El Cerrito (JAP 84K1) (EME) and Piptanthus at the
Strybing Arboretum, San Francisco (CAS).
Parapediasia teterrella (Zincken)
(Fig. 7)
Described in 1821 from Georgia, this was one of the first pyralids known in
North America. It is widespread in the eastern U.S. and is often extremely abun¬
dant at lights in urban areas, such as around Washington, D.C. The original
geographical distribution no doubt was modified by human colonization of North
America; by the late 1800s it encompassed the Atlantic and midwestem states.
Murtfeldt (1893) reported that P. teterrella had become more abundant during
the past two or three years around Kirkwood, Missouri, than all other crambids
combined.
There are records in the southwest as early as half century ago: Tulsa, Oklahoma
(1940); Albuquerque, New Mexico (1944); Tucson (1935) and Madera Canyon
(1947), Arizona (LACM). Hence, P. teterrella may have spread into that region
with urbanization during the early 1900s.
The earliest known occurrence in California is August, 1954, at South Gate,
Los Angeles Co. (LACM). Records from other parts of southern California and
the Central Valley indicate that this lawn moth had colonized in the early 1950s,
then spread southward and northward within a few years (Fig. 10). I collected the
urban lawn moths, Crambus sperryellus Klots and Tehama bonifatella (Hulst)
and did not find Parapediasia teterrella in San Diego during 1953-1956; but in
1957-1959, light trapping by A. A. Lee and R. A. Mackie produced P. teterrella
at widely separated inland localities: Escondido and Otay, San Diego Co. and at
several coastal sites in 1958-1959 (SDNM, EME). The colonization reached
Bakersfield, Kern Co., by July, 1959, then quickly spread through the Central
Valley, recorded at Madera (1960), Sacramento (1967), and Davis, Yolo Co.
(1969) (CDFA). I did not find P. teterrella in urban Davis when I sampled there
during the summer of 1956.
The adventive populations appear to have extended through the delta region
to S. F. Bay, having been recorded at the Antioch National Wildlife Refuge in
August, 1981, and at Berkeley beginning in 1988 (EME), when two adults came
to blacklight in October. The following season I recorded P. teterrella on 16 dates
between 19 May and 17 Oct; in 1990 the species became more abundant and
seasonally extensive, flying from 9 Apr to 24 Oct (34 dates recorded), often with
5-10 individuals observed. At Berkeley this species has become the most prevalent
lawn moth, while Tehama bonifatella (Hulst) appears to have declined in numbers
(eight and 13 dates in 1989 and 1990, down from 19-29 dates in 1985-1988),
although its adult activity was more prolonged than that of P. teterrella in 1990
(25 Mar to 12 Nov). The data suggest that competitive displacement is occurring
at this site.
Parapediasia teterrella may be better adapted to inland than coastal areas in
California, as I have not seen records of its occurrence in urban areas of the coastal
counties, from Ventura to San Francisco.
116
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(2)
Figure 10. Geographical distribution of Parapediasia teterrella in California: dated localities refer
to first record in each country.
Achroia grisella (Fabr.)
(Fig. 8)
The lesser wax moth is described in the stored products and general entomo¬
logical literature as a cosmopolitan insect, but evidently it has not been formally
reported in California. Achroia grisella is not mentioned by Essig (1926), nor by
Keifer during 1927-1954 (Powell 1991); and there were no records from the Pacific
states in the USNM in 1977. Larvae of this moth, which is uniformly mouse gray
with a contrasting pale yellow head, typically live in old honeycombs but also are
said to feed on dried fruit and “apparently” on dried insects (Forbes 1923). The
species was originally described from Europe but has been widely established in
the Atlantic states at least since the 1890s (USNM).
1992
POWELL: MOTH COLONIZATION
117
There are records of Achroia grisella in southern California dating back to the
early 1900s, but apparently the adults are not readily attracted to lights, and
populations likely have been more prevalent and widespread than records indicate.
A series was collected by W. S. Wright in San Diego on at least six dates between
1908 and 1915 (SDNH); there are two specimens from the E. Piazza collection,
probably from San Diego, taken in 1921, and A. grisella was taken at Del Mar,
San Diego Co. in 1934-1942 (CDFA, LACM).
Circumstantial evidence suggests that the lesser wax moth colonized central
parts of California at a much later date; there are at least 20 collection records
from the San Francisco Bay area and Sacramento Valley in the past 40 years but
none before that. The earliest vouchered record that I have seen is September,
1952, at Courtland, Sacramento Co. (CDFA); but probably A. grisella was wide¬
spread in central California by that time, as there are specimens from San Jose,
Santa Clara Co. taken in 1955 by J. W. Tilden (SJS) and from Prunedale and
Soledad, Monterey Co., in 1956 (CDFA). In the east bay, I took one specimen in
13 years sampling at Walnut Creek, Contra Costa Co. (June, 1964), and adults
have been collected sporadically in Berkeley since 1968 (EME). A long series of
A. grisella was reared by P. A. Rude from larvae in the honeycombs of an aban¬
doned beehive in Kensington in 1978 (EME), but only four individuals, taken on
four dates in 1983, 1987 and 1989, have been observed during the past 12 years
sampling in Berkeley.
Discussion
Collection records indicate that at least 17 species of exotic Microlepidoptera
and pyraloid moths have colonized the San Francisco Bay area during the past
half century, including six during the most recent 10 years (Table 1). Five of these
evidently were introduced independently from other populations in California,
either directly from the Old World ( Batia lunaris, Esperia sulphurella), or from
the Pacific northwest or eastern U.S. ( Agonopteryx alstroemeriana, Athrips ran-
cidella, Cnephasia longana ). The others colonized secondarily from southern
California, by local introduction or gradual spread by adventive populations.
Among species that have reached the S. F. Bay area via southern California,
several underwent a sequence of introduction-establishment then a long period
of naturalization, followed by rapid range extension northward (e.g., Fig. 9) (or
colonization via secondary introduction in the bay area). This pattern parallels
that shown by other introduced insects, for example the passion vine-feeding
butterfly, Agraulis vanillae (L.) (Powell 1961), the Old World earwig, Euborellia
annulipes (Lucas) (Langston & Powell 1975) in California, and the European
hesperiid, Thymelicus lineola (Ochsenheimer) in midwestem and northeastern
U.S. and adjacent Canada (Powell 1983). Such delayed ecogeographical expan¬
sions by introduced insects may involve genetic adaptation to environmental
situations to which the founder or even source populations were not adapted. The
delay cannot always be documented because of incomplete records of adventive
populations while they are at low levels, but gaps appear to have been as much
as 17 years for Symmoca signatella, at least 40 years for Platynota stultana, 50
for Uresiphita reversalis, and 60 for Crocidosema plebiana, following widespread
establishment in southern California.
By contrast, a few species have colonized in southern California and then
apparently began expanding their range without appreciable delay during natu-
118
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(2)
ralization. Parapediasia teterrella (Fig. 10) colonized the Sacramento Valley within
6-13 years after detection in the Los Angeles basin (but 21 more years passed
before establishment in the east bay); Pyramidobela angelarum was established
in Santa Clara and San Mateo counties eight years after its discovery in Los
Angeles (Keifer 1942), and Opogona omoscopa reached the bay area within three
years of first notice at Santa Barbara, although this may have been via independent
introduction, and was widely established after two (San Diego Co.) to nine years
(S. F. Bay area).
The data are too fragmentary to document the history of Oinophila v-flavum
(Powell 1964b) and Achroia grisella in California. It would not be surprising to
discover that such species have been established in the S. F. Bay area for a half
century or more, as was the case for the urban tortricids, Acleris variegana (Schif-
fermuller) (Powell 1964a) in the bay area and Clepsis unifasciana (Hubner) in the
Pacific northwest (Powell 1988).
Dowell & Gill (1989) compiled a list of 208 invertebrates that they classified
as exotic and believed had been discovered in California between 1955 and 1988,
based on several USD A and CDF A publications. They include 24 species of
Lepidoptera, of which 16 are Microlepidoptera and Pyraloidea. The list is neither
complete nor restricted to exotic species. Included are at least four species that
likely are native insects:
Bucculatrix tridenticola Braun (erroneously given as Brown), which was origi¬
nally described in 1963 from southern and eastern Oregon, eastern Washington,
Colorado, Utah, and Nevada, occurs in association with Artemisia tridentata
Nuttall in natural communities in Modoc County, California (several records in
1960s: Hall 1965; EME) and probably throughout the Great Basin. The probable
origin inexplicably was given by Dowell and Gill as eastern U.S.
Periploca nigra Hodges was described originally from Sacramento in 1962 and
was found to be widely established in the S. F. Bay area on ornamental junipers
(Koehler & Tauber 1964). This may be an introduced species, but it is reported
to range from New York to Louisiana “then west to Sacramento and San Diego,
California” (Hodges 1978). The natural hostplants and geographical distribution
in the west are unknown.
Choristoneura conflictana (Walker) is widespread across boreal America in
association with Populus tremuloides Michaux and was reported from several sites
in native aspen forests of the Warner Mountains, Cascades and Sierra Nevada,
having been collected in California from 1922-1962 (Powell 1964a).
Eumysia mysiella (Dyar) is a widespread native insect of the Great Basin and
southwest. It was described from Stockton, Utah, in 1905 and by the 1960s was
recorded in Arizona, New Mexico, and Nevada (Heinrich 1956) (EME). Probably
its natural range included California, east of the Sierra Nevada. The larval host
is unrecorded, but the closely related E. idahoensis Mackie feeds on several species
of Atriplex (Chenopodiaceae) (Mackie 1958).
Dowell and Gill’s list omits several species that were first detected in California
between 1955-1988, including Opogona omoscopa, discussed above; Batia lu-
naris, which was established on both sides of S. F. Bay by 1962 (Powell 1964c);
Esperia sulphurella, an early spring, diurnal moth that was discovered at El Cerrito
and Berkeley in 1966 and 1967 (Powell 1968) and has been recorded many times
during the subsequent two decades (CAS, EME); and Agonopteryx alstroemeriana,
1992
POWELL: MOTH COLONIZATION
119
which was widely established in the bay area by 1984 (CAS, EME; Powell &
Passoa in press) (Table 1).
Combining species validly listed by Dowell and Gill and those for which data
are given here, yields a total of at least 27 species of exotic Microlepidoptera and
Pyraloidea that have been discovered in California during the half century after
1940. The residency status of several of those included by Dowell and Gill is
unknown; populations have been subject to eradication procedures, and/or we
lack subsequent collections to confirm colonization and spread (e.g., Homadaula
anisocentra (Meyrick) and Endothenia albolineana (Kearfott)).
Acknowledgment
I thank all the collectors who have made the special efforts needed to acquire
study specimens of Microlepidoptera that have enabled us to document the fauna
in California during the past 35 years. Particular acknowledgment is due those
who sampled in urban areas, including J. P. Donahue (Los Angeles), R. L. Langston
(Kensington), R. H. Leuschner (Gardena, Manhattan Beach), C. D. MacNeill
(Richmond, El Cerrito), R. A. Mackie (San Diego Co.), W. W. Middlekauff (El
Cerrito), D. C. Rentz (San Francisco, Albany), and P. A. Rude (Oakland). Rose¬
mary Leen provided records of Uresiphita from her search of 1980-1987 archive
files at CDFA, gave me information on the hostplant nomenclature of U. reversalis,
and offered critical comments on the ms. Crocidosema data at San Diego Natural
History Museum and the U.S. National Museum of Natural History were com¬
piled by J. W. Brown. Records from computer and card files at the California
Dept, of Food & Agriculture were provided by T. D. Eichlin and R. Somerby;
and K. W. Brown and N. J. Smith provided records from the San Joaquin and
Fresno County Agricultural Commissioner’s Offices, respectively. Cooperation by
the following enabled me to use the collections in their care: V. Lee and N. D.
Penny (California Academy of Sciences), J. P. Donahue (Los Angeles County
Museum of Natural History), D. K. Faulkner (San Diego Natural History Mu¬
seum), R. Stecker (San Jose State University, Department of Entomology), the
late R. O. Schuster (University of California, Davis, Bohart Entomological Mu¬
seum), and D. R. Davis and R. W. Hodges (U.S. National Museum of Natural
History, Washington, D.C.).
Literature Cited
Anonymous. 1969. European clover leaf tier. F. A. O. Plant Protection Bull., 17(3): 69.
Bemays, E. A. & C. B. Montllor. 1989. Aposematism of Uresiphita reversalis larvae (Lepidoptera).
J. Lepid. Soc., 43: 261-273.
Clarke, J. F. G. 1971. The Lepidoptera of Rapa Island. Smithson. Contr. Zool., 56.
Clarke, J. F. G. 1986. Pyralidae and Microlepidoptera of the Marquesas Archipelago. Smithson.
Contr. Zool., 416.
Davis, D. R. 1978. The North American moths of the genera Phaeoses, Opogona, and Oinophila,
with a discussion of their suprageneric affinities (Lepidoptera: Tineidae). Smithson. Contr. Zool.,
282.
Dowell, R. V. & R. Gill. 1989. Exotic invertebrates and their effects on California. Pan-Pacif.
Entomol., 65: 132-145.
Dyar, H. G. 1901. Notes on the winter Lepidoptera of Lake Worth, Florida. Proc. Entomol. Soc.
Wash., 4: 446-485.
Emmet, A. M. 1979. A field guide to the smaller British Lepidoptera. Brit. Entomol. & Nat. Hist.
Soc., London.
120
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(2)
Essig, E. O. 1941. Itinerary of Lord Walsingham in California and Oregon, 1871-72. Pan-Pacif.
Entomol., 17: 97-113.
Essig, E. O. 1926. Insects of western North America. Macmillan, New York.
Forbes, W. T. M. 1923. Lepidoptera of New York and neighboring states. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp.
Sta., Mem., 68.
Hall, R. C. 1965. Sagebrush defoliator outbreak in northern California. U.S.D.A. Forest Serv.
Research Note, PSW-75.
Heinrich, C. 1923. Revision of the North American moths of the subfamily Eucosminae of the
family Olethreutidae. U.S. Natl. Mus. Bull., 123.
Heinrich, C. 1956. American moths of the subfamily Phycitinae. U.S. Natl. Mus. Bull., 207.
Hodges, R. W. 1978. Gelechioidea, Cosmopterygidae. Moths of America north of Mexico, Fasc.
6.1. E. W. Classey Ltd. and the Wedge Entomological Research Foundation, London.
Hodges, R. W. 1983. Checklist of the Lepidoptera of America north of Mexico. Classey Ltd. and
the Wedge Entomological Research Foundation, London.
Keifer, H. H. 1931. Notes on some California Lepidoptera of economic interest. Calif. State Dept.
Agric., Mo. Bull., 20: 613-626.
Keifer, H. H. 1939. Systematic entomology. In Mackie, D. B. 1939. Rept. of Bureau of Entomology
and Plant Quarantine. Calif. Dept. Agric., Mo. Bull., 28: 538-539.
Keifer, H. H. 1942. Systematic entomology. In Mackie, D. B. 1942. Rept. of Bureau of Entomology
and Plant Quarantine. Calif. Dept. Agric., Mo. Bull., 31: 175-178.
Keifer, H. H. 1948. Systematic entomology. In Armitage, H. M. 1948. Rept. of Bureau of Entomology
and Plant Quarantine. Calif. Dept. Agric., Mo. Bull., 37: 205-209.
Kimball, C. P. 1965. Lepidoptera of Florida. An annotated checklist. Div. Plant Indus., Fla. Dept.
Agric., Gainesville.
Koehler, C. & M. J. Tauber. 1964. Periploca nigra, a major cause of dieback of ornamental juniper
in California. J. Econ. Entomol., 57: 563-566.
Langston, R. L. & J. A. Powell. 1975. The earwigs of California. Bull. Calif. Insect Survey, 20.
Mackie, R. A. 1958. A new species of Eumysia from southern Idaho (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae). Proc.
Entomol. Soc. Wash., 60: 5-8.
McKenzie, H. L. 1933. Observations on the genista caterpillar. Calif. State Dept. Agric., Mo. Bull.,
22:410-412.
Mountjoy, J. H. 1979. Broom—a threat to native plants. Fremontia, 6(4): 11-15 [Distribution maps
derived from Fuller, T. C. 1978. Alien brooms naturalized in California. Information sheet:
Lab Services/Botany, Calif. Dept. Food & Agric.]
Munroe, E. 1976. Pyraloidea, Pyralidae (Part). Moths of America North of Mexico, Fasc. 13.2A. E.
W. Classey Ltd. and the Wedge Entomological Research Foundation, London.
Murtfeldt, M. E. 1893. Entomological notes for the season of 1892. Bull., U.S. Dept. Agric., Div.
Entomol., 30: 49-56.
Pitkin, L. M. 1984. Gelechiid moths of the genus Mirificarma. Bull., British Mus. (Nat. Hist.), 48(1):
1-70.
Powell, J. A. 1960. Symmoca signatella H.-S. in California. Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 36: 155.
Powell, J. A. 1961. [Note on establishment of Agraulis vanillae (L.) in the San Francisco Bay area]
In Skinner, F. E. 1961. Proc. 269th meeting, Pac. Coast Entomol. Soc. Pan-Pacif. Entomol.,
37: 60-61.
Powell, J. A. 1964a. Biological and taxonomic studies on tortricine moths, with reference to the
species in California (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae). Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol., 32.
Powell, J. A. 1964b. Occurrence in California of Oinophila v-flava, a moth probably introduced
from Europe (Lepidoptera: Tineoidea). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 40: 155-157.
Powell, J. A. 1964c. Two scavenger moths of the genus Borkhausenia introduced from Europe to
the west coast of North America (Lepidoptera: Oecophoridae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 40: 218-
221 .
Powell, J. A. 1968. Discovery of Esperia sulphurella (F.) in California. Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 44: 78.
Powell, J. A. 1983. Expanding geographical and ecological range of Platynota stultana in California
(Lepidoptera: Tortricidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 59: 233-239.
Powell, J. A. 1985. Occurrence of the cotoneaster webworm, Athrips rancidella, in California (Lep¬
idoptera: Gelechiidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 61: 40-41.
Powell, J. A. 1988. Records of the Palearctic tortricid, Clepsis consimilana, in the Pacific northwest:
can an urban moth be overlooked for half a century? Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 64: 98-99.
1992
POWELL: MOTH COLONIZATION
121
Powell, J. A. 1991 (“1990”). Hartford H. Keifer—pioneer California microlepidopterist. J. Lepid.
Soc., 44: 273-284.
Powell, J. A. & S. Passoa. (in press). Rapid colonization of the western United States by the Palearctic
moth, Agonopteryx alstroemeriana (Lepidoptera: Oecophoridae). J. Lepid. Soc.
Sailer, R. I. 1983. History of insect introductions, pp. 15-38. In Wilson, C. & C. Graham (eds.).
Exotic plant pests and North American agriculture. Academic Press, New York.
Tilden, J. W. 1951. The insect associates of Baccharis pilularis De Candolle. Microentomology, 16:
149-188.
Zimmerman, E. C. 1978. Microlepidoptera. Insects of Hawaii, 9 (Part 2). University Press of Hawaii,
Honolulu.
Received 1 July 1991; accepted 18 August 1991.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(2): 122-132, (1992)
REVISION OF THE GENUS TACHYCOLPURA BREDDIN
(HEMIPTERA: HETEROPTERA: COREIDAE: COLPURINI)
Harry Brailovsky, Ernesto Barrera, and William Lopez-Forment
Departamento de Zoologia, Instituto de Biologia,
Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico,
Apdo. Postal 70153, Mexico 04510 D.F., Mexico
Abstract. —The genus Tachycolpura Breddin (Coreidae: Colpurini) is revised to include T. luteola
NEW SPECIES, from Borneo, and T. sumatrana NEW SPECIES, from Sumatra. Xenocolpura
Blote NEW SYNONYM, is synonymized within Tachycolpura with the binomial T. elongata
(Blote) NEW COMBINATION. The dorsal habitus, pronotum, and female genital plate of each
species, and the male genital capsule and parameres of the new species, are illustrated. A key to
species is provided.
Key Words.— Insecta, Heteroptera, Coreidae, Colpurini, Tachycolpura, NEW SPECIES, Sumatra,
Borneo.
The tribe Colpurini contains about 16 genera ( Hygia with nine subgenera) and
134 species, with several genera and many species awaiting description. Members
of the tribe are distributed from Fiji and Australia to India and the eastern
Palaearctic region, reaching their greatest diversity in Malaysia, Indonesia and
Papua New Guinea (Dolling 1987). The species are usually black or dark colored,
with a striking diversity of structure in the male genital capsule and in the female
genital plate (Brailovsky 1990).
Breddin (1900) described the genus Tachycolpura to include Lybas penicillatus
Walker, 1871 as the type. Distant (1901) and Bergroth (1913) cited this species
only superficially, without adding new morphological or distributional data. Blote
(1936) described and illustrated the new genus and species Xenocolpura elongata
Blote, from Sumatra. Within his generic treatment, Blote does not allude to the
affinities that this genus might have with other Colpurini, but only emphasizes,
as diagnostic characters, the reduced wings and the conical projections of the
humeral angles of the pronotum.
During this revision, we had no doubt in recognizing the close relationship
between both genera. In this paper we synonymize Xenocolpura with Tachycol¬
pura, and create a new binomial, Tachycolpura elongata. Two new species, col¬
lected in Sumatra and Borneo, are also described.
Tachycolpura is the only genus of Colpurini in which the humeral angles of the
pronotum are projected as a conical tooth of variable length, width and trajectory.
The tylus, jugae, and the antenniferous tubercles are unarmed and the femora are
armed with a double row of spines and granules that decorate their ventral side.
The shape of the posterior edge of the genital capsule, the length and width
of the gonocoxae I and of paratergite IX, the development of the wings, and the
color of the hemelytral membrane, the corium and the tibiae, all characterize the
genus.
The following abbreviations identify the institutions where types are deposited,
and specimens were loaned: Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii (BPBM);
The Natural History Museum, London (BMNH); Coleccion Entomologica del
1992
BRAILOVSKY ET AL.: REVISION OF TACHYCOLPURA
123
Institute) de Biologia, Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico (IBUNAM);
Museum d’Histoire Naturelle, Geneva, Switzerland (MGHN); Rijksmuseum van
Naturlijke Histoire, Leiden, Netherlands (RNHL); Zoologisches Musem, Univer-
siteit Van Amsterdam, Netherlands (ZMUA).
Tachycolpura Breddin
Tachycolpura Breddin, 1900. Rev. d’Entomol. 19: 215.
Tachycolpura : Bergroth, 1913. Mem. Soc. Entomol. Belg. 22: 142.
Xenocolpura Blote, 1936. Zool. Meded. 19: 44, NEW SYNONYM.
Type Species. —Lybas penicillatus Walker.
Redescription. —Narrow body, moderately elongated, with an average length from 16.48 mm to
20.15 mm. Head. Longer than wide, elongate, cylindrical and slightly narrowed basally; tylus unarmed,
apically truncate, extending anterior to jugae, and seen laterally extending above them; antenniferous
tubercles unarmed with truncate apex; jugae unarmed; antennal segment I robust, cylindrical, slightly
curved outwards and longer than head; segment II longest, segment IV shortest and fusiform; segments
II and III cylindrical; ocelli not elevated; preocellar pit deep, diagonally excavated; eyes spherical;
tubercles postocular protuberant; side of head in front of eyes straight, slightly convergent; bucculae
rounded, short, not projecting beyond antenniferous tubercle, with sharp mesial projection and anterior
edges thickened; rostrum long, reaching the medial one-third of abdominal stemite V, or almost to
apex of VII; rostral segment IV longest. III longer than II and II longer than I, which is shortest.
Thorax. Pronotum. Wider than long, moderately sloped; anterior collar wide; anterolateral edges
ranging from oblique and gently rounded to almost straight; humeral angles projected into conical
tooth, directed upwards and slightly backwards, with variable length (Figs. 1-5); posterior edge straight.
Anterior lobe of metathoracic scent gland globose and reniform, posterior lobe sharp, small. Legs.
Femora with two rows of granules and small spines along ventral surface, less abundant on metafemur;
tibiae with shallow sulcus, sometimes difficult to see; metatibiae longer than metafemur. Scutellum.
Triangular, longer than wide, with sharp apex. Hemelytra. Macropterous, reaching median one-third
of abdominal segment VII of male or median one-third of VIII, or anterior one-third of IX in female,
or coleopteroid and extending to anterior third of abdominal segment V in both sexes (see Slater
1975); claval suture evident or barely so (coleopteroid individuals); claval commissure shorter than
total length of scutellum; apical border obliquely straight, with short apical angle not reaching middle
one-third of hemelytral membrane; hemelytral membrane with few bifurcate veins. Abdomen. Con-
nexival segments higher than body, forming a case where hemelytra rest; posterior angle of connexival
complete, or extended into a very short, wide projection; abdominal stemites with medial sternal
furrow projecting to posterior border of stemites V or VI. Integument. Body surface rather dull. Head,
pronotum, scutellum, clavus, corium, thorax, abdominal sterna and exposed parts of genital segments
of both sexes strongly punctate. Antennae and legs minutely granulate. Head, pronotum, scutellum,
clavus, corium, thorax and abdominal sterna with long, decumbent to suberect conspicuous golden
or silvery bristle-like hairs. Pronotum, thorax and abdominal sterna with circular gray-white farinose
punctures.
Male Genitalia. —Genital Capsule. Posteroventral edge bidentate (Figs. 14-16). Parameres. Simple
and straight body; apical projection widened, with the anterior lobe convex or continuous with body
and the posterior lobe ending in a sharp and short projection (Figs. 20-24).
Female Genitalia. — Abdominal stemite VII with plica and fissure evident; plica narrow or elevated
and transversely evolved; gonocoxae I nearly square, large; paratergite VIII short, square, with spiracle
visible; paratergite IX nearly square, larger than former paratergite VIII (Figs. 6-13). Spermatheca.
Bulb long and dilated, duct coiled, with short membranous duct (Fig. 25).
Diagnosis. — Tachycolpura is the only genus within the Colpurini that has the
humeral angles of the pronotum projected into a sharp and robust conical pro¬
jection, of variable length and trajectory. Other typical characters are an unarmed
tylus, jugae and antenniferous tubercles, an armed femora of all three pairs of
124
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 68(2)
Figures 1-5. Pronotum view of Tachycolpura spp. Figures 1, 2. T. penicillata (Walker). Figure 1.
Male. Figure 2. Female. Figure 3. T. elongata (Blote) NEW COMBINATION. Figure 4. T. luteola,
NEW SPECIES. Figure 5. T. sumatrana NEW SPECIES.
1992
BRAILOVSKY ET AL.: REVISION OF TACHYCOLPURA
125
Figures 6-9. Frontal view of the female genital plates of Tachycolpura spp. Figure 6. T. penicillata
(Walker). Figure 7. T. elongata (Blote) NEW COMBINATION. Figure 8. T. luteola NEW SPECIES.
Figure 9. T. sumatrana NEW SPECIES. Figures 10-13. Lateral view of female genital plates of
Tachycolpura spp. Figure 10. T. penicillata (Walker). Figure 11. T. elongata Blote NEW COMBI¬
NATION. Figure 12. T. luteola NEW SPECIES. Figure 13. T. sumatrana NEW SPECIES.
legs, and a notoriously elongated head. The presence of a fissure and a plica in
the female, together with the spiny projection of the buccula, confirm the generic
diagnosis of the genus.
Discussion .—Wing development in the Colpurini is notoriously variable, in-
126
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(2)
eluding apterous, coleopteroid, micropterous, submacropterous and macropterous
species, even within a genus ( Sciophyrus ) and a species ( Brachylybas spp.). There¬
fore, wing character is not a reliable tool for a generic definition.
Blote (1936) in describing and illustrating Xenocolpura, noted that its charac¬
teristic features are especially a brachypterous condition, the presence of a sub-
conical tooth in the humeral angles of the pronotum and a thorny projection in
the bucula. In examining the type material of X. elongata Blote and Tachycolpura
penicillata (Walker), both monotypic genera, we could not find any definitive
characters to be used. Both species have the same degree of development of the
humeral angles, the bucula and of the genital plates of the female. Therefore, we
synonymized Xenocolpura within Tachycolpura, and included X. elongata as the
second known species of Tachycolpura.
Distribution. = Four species are known from Malaya, Sumatra, Singapore and
Borneo.
Biology. —Apparently a very scarce genus restricted to forested areas.
Key to Tachycolpura Species
1. Coleopteroid individuals, with the hemelytral membrane not extending
beyond abdominal segment V; claval suture not evident; gonocoxae
I long, with a maximum length of 3.00 mm (Figs. 7, 11); posterior
border of genital capsule with two short projections, with robust and
truncated apices (Figs. 16, 19) (Sumatra) .
. T. elongata (Blote) NEW COMBINATION
1Macropterous individuals, with the hemelytral membrane reaching ab¬
dominal segment VII of male, or IX in female; claval suture evident;
gonocoxae I shorter than 2.90 mm. 2
2(1'). Apical angle and apical margin of corium yellow; genital capsule elon¬
gate, with posterior margin oblique and convergent, with two short
projections with rounded apices (Figs. 15, 18) (Borneo) .
. T. luteola NEW SPECIES
2'. Apical angle and apical border of corium black or brown-red; genital
capsule globose, with the posterior edge widened, with two short
rounded lobes (Figs. 14, 17). 3
3(2'). Humeral angle of pronotum with long, thin, slender conical projections
(Fig. 5); clavus and corium pallid red-orange; tibiae dark orange, with
two yellow rings, one subbasal and the other almost apical (Sumatra)
. T. sumatrana NEW SPECIES
3'. Humeral angles of pronotum with short and robust projections (Figs.
1-2); clavus and corium black; tibiae dark red-brown, without yellow
rings (Singapore, Borneo) . T. penicillata (Walker)
Tachycolpura penicillata (Dallas)
(Figs. 1, 2, 6, 10, 14, 17, 20, 21, 26)
Lybas penicillatus Walker, 1871. Cat. Hem. IV: 150-151.
Lybas penicillatus'. Lethierry & Severin, 1894. Cat. Gen. 2: 42.
Tachycolpura penicillata'. Breddin, 1900. Rev. d’Entomol. 19: 216.
Colpura penicillatus : Distant, 1901. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 7(7): 20.
Tachycolpura penicillata'. Bergroth, 1913. Mem. Soc. Entomol. Belg. 22: 142.
Figures 14-16. Frontal view of the male genital capsule of Tachycolpura spp. Figure 14. T. pen-
icillata (Walker). Figure 15. T. luteola NEW SPECIES. Figure 16. T. elongata (Blote) NEW COM¬
BINATION. Figures 17-19. Lateral view of the male genital capsule of Tachycolpura spp. Figure 17.
T. penicillata (Walker). Figure 18. T. luteola NEW SPECIES. Figure 19. T. elongata (Blote) NEW
COMBINATION. Figures 20-24. Parameres of Tachycolpura spp. Figures 20, 21. T. penicillata
(Walker) Figures 22, 23. T. luteola NEW SPECIES. Figure 24. T. elongata (Blote) NEW COMBI¬
NATION. Figure 25. Spermatheca of Tachycolpura luteola NEW SPECIES.
128
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 68(2)
Types. —Lybas penicillatus Walker. We designate a female, collected in Sin¬
gapore and deposited in the Natural History Museum, London, as a Lectotype.
Redescription. —Female. Color. Black with the following areas pale ochre or pale orange: upper side
of the postocular tubercles, apex of scutellum, a very small discoidal dot on middle one-third of apical
margin of corium, posterior one-third of connexivum, anterior and posterior lobes of metathoracic
scent gland, and posterior angle or pleural margin of abdominal stemites III to VII; antennal segments
II and III, rostral segments I to IV and tibiae and tarsi dark red-brown; antennal segment I black, and
IV dark ochre, with basal one-third red; hemelytral membrane dirty yellow with veins red-brown,
basal angle and anterior margin pale yellow. Structures. Rostrum reaching posterior border of sternal
segment V; humeral angles of pronotum projecting into a conical, short, robust tooth, pointed backward
(Fig. 2); hemelytra macropterous, with claval suture evident and membrane reaching middle one-
third of abdominal segment VIII; posterior angle of connexival segments V and VI not projecting out
from surface; gonocoxae I conspicuously long, with the maximum width large; paratergite IX nearly
square, short and barely reaching beyond the external border of gonocoxae I (Figs. 6, 10). Measure¬
ments: Head length: 2.85 mm; interocellar space: 0.64 mm; interocular space: 1.44 mm; width across
eyes: 2.15 mm; preocular distance: 1.85 mm; length antennal segments: I, 4.00 mm; II, 5.20 mm; III,
3.70 mm; IV, 2.25 mm. Pronotal length: 3.70 mm; width across frontal angles: 1.70 mm; width across
humeral angles: 4.90 mm. Scutellar length: 2.35 mm; width: 2.00 mm. Maximum length of gonocoxae
I seen frontally: 2.85 mm; maximum length of gonocoxae I seen laterally: 1.35 mm. Total body length:
17.65 mm.
Male. — Color. Similar to female, but hemelytral membrane dirty yellow with veins and anterior
margin brown and only basal angle yellow. Structures. Humeral angles produced into a short conical
tooth, barely projecting beyond posterolateral edge of pronotum (Fig. 1). Macropterous hemelytra and
membrane reaching middle one-third of abdominal segment VII. Genital capsule globose with posterior
margin widened and with two short rounded mounds (Figs. 14, 17). Parameres. Figs. 20-21. Mea¬
surements: Head length: 2.84 mm; interocellar space: 0.64 mm; interocular space: 1.25 mm; width
across eyes: 2.13 mm; preocular distance: 1.68 mm; length antennal segments: I, 4.00 mm; II, 5.16
mm; III, 3.70 mm; IV, 2.23 mm. Pronotal length: 3.30 mm; width across frontal angles: 1.70 mm;
width across humeral angles: 3.92 mm. Scutellar length: 2.20 mm; width: 1.65 mm. Total body length:
16.48 mm.
Diagnosis. — Macropterous species, characterized by having the humeral angles
of the pronotum projected into a short, conical robust tooth (Fig. 1), or very small
(Fig. 2), and in each condition pointed backward, with the middle one-third of
the apical margin of corium with a discoidal small yellow patch. The male genital
capsule is globose, with the posterior margin widened and apices produced into
two rounded mounds (Figs. 14, 17). Paratergite IX of female square, short, and
barely surpasses the external border of gonocoxae I (Figs. 6, 10). The basal angle
of the hemelytral membrane yellow.
Distribution. —Originally described from Singapore and northern Borneo (Sa¬
rawak).
Material Examined.— One male and three females, among them the female lectotype. Data: MA¬
LAYA. Ulu Gombok. INDONESIA. BORNEO: Without localities.
Tachycolpura elongata (Blote) NEW COMBINATION
(Figs. 3, 7, 11, 16, 19, 24, 29)
Xenocolpura elongata Blote, 1936. Zool. Meded. 19: 44-45.
Types.— Female holotype deposited in the Rijksmuseum van Naturlijke His-
toire, Leiden, Netherlands.
Redescription.—Female. Color. Black, with following areas orange ochre: dorsum of postocular
tubercles, apex of scutellum, posterior margin of connexivum, and anterior and posterior lobes of
1992
BRAILOVSKY ET AL.: REVISION OF TACHYCOLPURA
129
Figures 26-29. Dorsal view Tachycolpura spp. Figure 26. T. penicillata (Walker). Figure 27. T.
luteola NEW SPECIES. Figure 28. T. sumatrana NEW SPECIES. Figure 29. T. elongata (Blote) NEW
COMBINATION.
130
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(2)
metathoracic scent glands; rostral segments I to IY, trochanters, most of tibiae and tarsi red-brown;
hemelytral membrane dirty yellow, with veins and basal angle red-brown. Structures. Rostrum reaching
posterior border of sternal segment V; humeral angles of pronotum produced into a robust, short,
conical tooth, projected backward (Fig. 3); hemelytra coleopteroid, with claval suture not evident, and
membrane reaching anterior one-third of abdominal segment Y; posterior angle of connexival segments
V-VI well marked against surface; gonocoxae I conspicuously elongated, with well developed maxi¬
mum width; paratergite IX square, conspicuously surpassing external border of gonocoxae I (Figs. 7,
11). Measurements: Head length: 3.06 mm; interocellar space: 0.76 mm; interocular space: 1.40 mm;
width across eyes: 2.35 mm; preocular distance: 2.12 mm; length antennal segments: I, 3.90 mm; II
to IV absent. Pronotal length: 3.48 mm; width across frontal angles: 1.74 mm; width across humeral
angles: 4.55 mm. Scutellar length: 1.95 mm; width: 1.85 mm. Maximum length of gonocoxae I seen
frontally: 3.00 mm; maximum length of gonocoxae I seen laterally: 1.80 mm. Total body length:
18.25 mm.
Male. — Color. Similar to female. Structures. Rostrum reaching anterior margin of sternal segment
VII; coleopteroid, with hemelytral membrane reaching anterior one-third of abdominal segment V.
Genital capsule globose, posterior margin widened, with two short robust lateral projections with
truncate apices (Figs. 16, 19). Parameres. Fig. 24. Measurements: Head length: 3.00 mm; interocellar
space: 0.67 mm; interocular space: 1.38 mm; width across eyes: 2.30 mm; preocular distance: 2.00
mm; length antennal segments: I, 3.83 mm; II to IV absent. Pronotal length: 3.09 mm; width across
frontal angles: 1.69 mm; width across humeral angles: 3.90 mm. Scutellar length: 1.80 mm; width:
1.55 mm. Total body length: 17.18 mm.
Diagnosis. — This is the only species in the genus with coleopteroid hemelytra;
the claval suture is not evident and the membrane is very short, not extending
beyond the anterior one-third of abdominal segment V. The aspect of the humeral
angles of the pronotum, as well as the length of the gonocoxae I, place it near T.
penicilliata (Walker), but in T. elongata (Blote) the gonocoxae I is clearly wider
and paratergite IX extends well beyond the external border of gonocoxae I (Figs.
6,7,10,11).
The genital capsule of T. elongata is wide and posseses two robust projections
with truncated apices (Figs. 16, 19), whereas the other species have two very short
mounds with rounded apices (Figs. 14, 17).
Distribution. — Restricted to Sumatra, from Lubu Raja and Tapanuli.
Material Examined.—One, male and three females, among which was the holotype. INDONESIA.
( WEST) SUMATRA: PADANG: Pandjang.
Tachycolpura luteola Brailovsky, Barrera & Lopez-Forment NEW SPECIES
(Figs. 4, 8, 12, 15, 18, 22, 23, 25, 27)
Types. — Holotype: male; data: INDONESIA. ( CENTRAL) BORNEO: Sg. Pa-
jau, 1925, Mjoberg. Deposited in the Zoologisches Museum, Universiteit Van
Amsterdam, Netherlands. Paratypes: 3 males, 5 females; same data as holotype.
(2 males and 4 females deposited in the Zoologisches Museum, Universiteit Van
Amsterdam, Netherlands and 1 male and 1 female in the “Coleccion Entomologica
del Instituto de Biologia, UNAM, Mexico”); INDONESIA. ( NORTHWEST)
BORNEO: Kuching, Jan 1900, Dyak, 4 females (3 deposited in the Rijksmuseum
van Naturlijke Histoire, Leiden, Netherlands and 1 in the “Coleccion Entomo¬
logica del Instituto de Biologia, UNAM, Mexico”).
Description. —Male (holotype). Color. Black, with the following areas ochre or yellow ochre, some¬
times with orange reflections: apex of scutellum, apical angle and apical margin of corium, posterior
margin of connexivum, internal side of trochanters, anterior and posterior lobes of metathoracic scent
glands, and angle or posterior margin of pleural margin of abdominal stemites IV to VII; antennal
1992
BRAILOVSKY ET AL.: REVISION OF TACHYCOLPURA
131
segments II, III and tibiae dark red-brown; rostral segments I to IV and tarsi lighter red-brown;
antennal segment I black, IV yellow with basal one-third brown; external side of trochanters shiny
red-brown; hemelytral membrane dirty yellow with veins and subbasal large brown blotch and pallid
yellow basal angle. Structures. Rostrum reaching anterior border of sternal segment VI; pronotal
humeral angles projecting into a short, robust, conical tooth pointed outwards and slightly downwards
(Fig. 4); macropterous hemelytra, claval suture evident, membrane reaching middle one-third of
abdominal segment VII; posterior angle of connexival segments V and VI not marked on surface.
Genital capsule long, posterior margin becoming narrower with conspicuous oblique border, and two
short lateral projections with rounded apices (Figs. 15, 18). Parameres. Figs. 22, 23. Measurements:
Head length: 3.00 mm; interocellar space: 0.72 mm; interocular space: 1.26 mm; width across eyes:
2.15 mm; preocular distance: 1.95 mm; length antennal segments: I, 4.75 mm; II, 6.70 mm; III, 4.65
mm; IV, 2.70 mm. Pronotal length: 3.45 mm; width across frontal angles: 1.62 mm; width across
humeral angles: 4.10 mm. Scutellar length: 2.25 mm; width: 1.90 mm. Total body length: 17.80 mm.
Female. — Color. Similar to male. Structures. Macropterous, with hemelytral membrane reaching
posterior margin of abdominal segment IX. Gonocoxae I short lengthwise with well developed width;
paratergite IX square, reaching beyond external margin of gonocoxae I (Figs. 8, 12). Spermatheca.
Fig. 25. Measurements: Head length: 2.85 mm; interocellar space: 0.70 mm; interocular space: 1.17
mm; width across eyes: 2.10 mm; preocular distance: 1.90 mm; length antennal segments: I, 4.15
mm; II, 5.70 mm; III, 4.05 mm; IV, 2.40 mm. Pronotal length: 3.60 mm; width across frontal angles:
1.65 mm; width across humeral angles: 4.85 mm. Scutellar length: 2.20 mm; width: 1.95 mm. Max¬
imum length of gonocoxae I, seen frontally: 2.25 mm; maximum length of gonocoxae I, seen laterally:
1.55 mm. Total body length: 17.90 mm.
Diagnosis. —This distinctive species is recognized by the light yellow color of
the apical angle and apical margin of the corium. In T. penicillata and T. elongata,
the corium are entirely black. The length of the gonocoxae I is very short (2.25
mm) and the posterior margin of the genital capsule is narrowed apically, with
conspicuously oblique margins and two short rounded apical projections (Figs.
15, 18). In the other species, the gonocoxae I is longer (2.80-3.00 mm), and the
genital capsule is wider and globose, with both projections truncated apically
(Figs. 16, 19), or rounded (Figs. 14, 17).
Etymology. — The taxon name is based on the yellow color of the apical angle
and the apical margin of the corium.
Material Examined.—See types.
Tachycolpura sumatrana, Brailovsky, Barrera & Lopez-Forment
NEW SPECIES
Type.— Holotype: female; data: INDONESIA. SUMATRA: Deli (Bed Piet),
without date. Deposited in the Museum d’Histoire Naturelle, Geneva, Switzer¬
land. The left wing of the holotype is destroyed.
Description. —Female (holotype). Color. Head, pronotum, scutellum, thorax and abdominal stemites
black with pale red reflections at apex of tylus, scutellar disc, acetabula of three pairs of legs, abdominal
stemites, genital plates and pleural margin of abdominal stemites III to VII; ochre yellow on: upper
side of postocular tubercles, apex of scutellum, semi-discoidal spot on middle one-third of apical
margin of corium, posterior margin of connexival, anterior and posterior lobes of metathoracic scent
gland, and posterior margin of pleural margin of abdominal stemites III to VII; antennal segment I
dark red-brown, segments II and III pale red-orange, IV yellow with basal one-third pale orange;
clavus, corium, connexivum and dorsal segments of abdomen red-orange; hemelytral membrane dirty
yellow with veins and large subbasal brown spot and basal angle dark ochre; coxae and femora red-
brown; trochanters bicolored, with external side red-brown, and internal side yellow; tibiae dark orange
with two yellow rings, one subbasal, other almost apical; orange tarsi with ochre reflections; rostral
segments I to IV brown ochre. Structures. Rostrum reaching posterior border of sternal segment V;
humeral angles of pronotum produced into long, thin, slightly backwards inflected conical prominence
132
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 68(2)
(Fig. 5); macropterous hemelytra with claval suture evident and membrane reaching middle one-third
of abdominal segment IX; posterior angle of connexival segments V and VI slightly remarked on
surface; gonocoxae I well developed longitudinally and transversely widened; paratergite IX square,
length exceeding posterior margin of gonocoxae I (Figs. 9, 13). Measurements: Head length: 3.05 mm;
interocellar space: 0.65 mm; interocular space: 1.30 mm; width across eyes: 2.30 mm; preocular
distance: 1.90 mm; length antennal segments: I, 4.10 mm; II, 5.65 mm; III, 3.80 mm; IV, 2.25 mm.
Pronotal length: 3.60 mm; width across frontal angles: 1.80 mm; width across humeral angles: 5.85
mm. Scutellar length: 2.45 mm; width: 2.15 mm. Maximum length of gonocoxae I, seen frontally:
3.00 mm; maximum width of gonocoxae I, seen laterally: 1.60 mm. Total body length: 17.30 mm.
Male. — Unknown.
Diagnosis. — The peculiar long and slender (Fig. 5) projections of the humeral
angles of the pronotum, the pale red-orange coloration of the clavus, corium,
connexivum and the abdominal segments, and the two yellow rings on the tibiae,
are diagnostic characters of T. sumatrana. All the other species have shorter and
more robust conical projections of the humeral angles; their clavus, corium, con¬
nexivum and abdominal segments are black, and their tibiae lack two yellow rings.
Etymology. —Named for its occurrence on the Island of Sumatra.
Material Examined.—Set types.
Acknowledgment
We are indebted to the following individuals and institutions for the loan of
specimens and other assistance: Gordon M. Nishida (Bernice P. Bishop Museum,
Honolulu); J. Palmer and Janet Margerison Knight (British Museum [Natural
History], London); Jan Van Tol (Rijksmuseum van Naturlijke Histoire, Leiden);
W. Hogenes (Zoologisches Museum, Universiteit Van Amsterdam); B. Hauser
(Museum d’Histoire Naturelle, Geneva).
Special thanks are extended to the Direction General de Asuntos del Personal
Academico of the Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico (DGAPA) and to
the Consejo Nacional de Ciencia y Tecnologia (CONACyT) for financial assistance
to the senior author.
We thank the reviewers for reading and comments.
Literature Cited
Bergroth, E. 1913. Supplementum catalogi Heteropterorum Bruxellensis. II. Coreidae, Pyrrhocoridae,
Colobathristidae, Neididae. Mem. Soc. Entomol. Belgique, 22: 142.
Blote, H. C. 1936. Catalogue of the Coreidae in the Rijksmuseum van Naturlijke Histoire. Part III.
Coreinae, second part. Zool. Meded., 19: 44-45.
Breddin, G. 1900. Materiae ad cognitionem subfamilie Pachycephalini (Lybantini olim.). Ex Hemip-
teris-Heteropteris, Fam Coreidae. Rev. d’Entomol. Caen, 19: 215-216.
Brailovsky, H. 1990. Three new species of Indo-Pacific Colpurini (Hemiptera—Heteroptera: Co¬
reidae). Pan. Pacif. Entomol., 66: 292-300.
Dolling, W. R. 1987. A mimetic coreid bug and its relatives (Hemiptera: Coreidae). J. Nat. Hist.,
21: 1259-1271.
Distant, W. L. 1901. Rhynchotal notes. VIII. Heteroptera: Fam. Coreidae. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
Ser., 7 (7): 20.
Lethierry, L. & G. Severin. 1894. Catalogue general des Hemipteres. Tome II. Heteropteres. Brussels:
F. Hayez, Imprimeur de l’Academie Royale de Belgique, 42.
Slater, J. A. 1975. On the biology and zoogeography of Australian Lygaeidae (Hemiptera: Heter¬
optera) with special reference to the southwest fauna. J. Austral. Entomol. Soc., 14: 47-64.
Walker, F. W. 1871. Catalogue of the specimens of Hemiptera Heteroptera in the collection of the
British Museum, part IV: 150-151. British Museum (Natural History), London.
Received 1 July 1991; accepted 18 October 1991.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(2): 133-139, (1992)
DESCRIPTIONS OF IMMATURES OF EOEURYSA
FLAVOCAPITATA MUIR FROM TAIWAN
(HOMOPTERA: DELPHACIDAE)
Stephen W. Wilson , 1 James H. Tsai , 2 and C. C. Chen 3
department of Biology, Central Missouri State University,
Warrensburg, Missouri 64093
2 Fort Lauderdale Research and Education Center, University of Florida,
IFAS, Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33314
3 Taichung District Agricultural Improvement Station, Changhua, Taiwan
Abstract. — Adult male and female genitalia, the egg, and first through fifth instar nymphs of the
delphacid planthopper Eoeurysa flavocapitata Muir, collected from sugarcane ( Saccharum offi-
cinarum L.) from Taiwan are described and illustrated and a key to instars is provided. Features
useful in separating nymphal instars include differences in body size and proportions; spination
of metatibiae, metatibial spurs, and metatarsomeres; and number of metatarsomeres.
Key Words.— Insecta, Homoptera, Delphacidae, Eoeurysa flavocapitata, immature stages, Tai¬
wan, sugarcane
The delphacid planthopper Eoeurysa flavocapitata Muir has been recorded from
northeastern India, Bangladesh, Malaysia, China, Indonesia, and Taiwan (Chat-
terjee 1971, Chatterjee & Choudhuri 1979, Chu & Chiang 1975, Metcalf 1943,
Mirza & Qadri 1964, Qadri 1963). Adult females insert eggs in, and adults and
nymphs feed on, leaves of sugarcane {Saccharum ojflcinarum L.). Feeding causes
leaf desiccation, development of red streaks on damaged tissue, and growth of
sooty mold on the honey dew produced by the planthopper (Chatterjee & Choud¬
huri 1979, Fennah 1969). Sugarcane is the only recorded host, and E. flavocapitata
may be monophagous on this grass as are over 20 species of sugarcane delphacids
in the genus Perkinsiella (Wilson 1988). However, the Neotropical sugarcane pest
Saccharosydne saccharivora (Westwood) was found to have two species of An-
dropogon as its natural hosts (Metcalfe 1969) and apparently included the related
grass sugarcane (all in the tribe Andropogoneae [Clayton and Renvoize 1986]) in
its range of food plants after introduction of sugarcane to the New World. The
only other Eoeurysa, E. arundina Kuoh and Ding, has been found only on Arundo
donax L. (Yang 1989), another economically important grass, which is not closely
related to sugarcane (Clayton & Renvoize 1986).
The biology of E. flavocapitata on sugarcane was studied by Chatterjee & Choud¬
huri (1979) and Jiang (1976) who provided information on oviposition, feeding
sites, and duration of stadia. Adults were described and illustrated by Chu &
Chiang (1975), Jiang (1976) and Yang (1989). Brief descriptions of immatures
were provided by Chatterjee & Choudhuri (1979), who also included somewhat
diagrammatic illustrations, and Jiang (1976 [in Chinese]); the fifth instar was
described, and partial illustrations provided, by Wu & Yang (1985). The present
paper includes detailed descriptions and illustrations of adult male and female
genitalia, and the immature stages; it also gives a key for the separation of nymphal
instars.
134
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 68(2)
Figures 1-4. Eoeurysa flavocapitata adult genitalia. Figure 1. Male, left lateral view of complete
genitalia. Figure 2. Male, right lateral view of aedeagus. Figure 3. Male, caudal view of pygofer and
styles. Figure 4. Female, lateral view of complete genitalia. Scale bar = 0.5 mm.
Methods
Terminology used in the description of the female genitalia follows Asche (1985)
and Heady & Wilson (1990). The fifth instar is described in detail but only major
differences are described for fourth through first instars. Arrangement and number
of pits is provided for the fifth and fourth instars; this information is not given
for earlier instars because the pits are extremely difficult to discern (those that
could be observed relatively easily are illustrated). Measurements are given as
mean ± SD. Length was measured from apex of vertex to apex of abdomen,
width across the widest part of the body, and thoracic length along the midline
from the anterior margin of the pronotum to the posterior margin of the metano-
tum. Eggs were obtained by excising them with a fine needle from sections of field
collected sugarcane leaves.
1992
WILSON ET AL.: IMMATURE EOEURYSA FLAVOCAPITATA
135
Figure 5. Eoeurysa flavocapitata female, ventral view of complete genitalia. Scale bar = 0.5 mm.
Eoeurysa flavocapitata Muir
Descriptions.—Adults (Figs. 1-5). Adult E. flavocapitata were briefly described by Muir (1913);
detailed descriptions and illustrations provided by Jiang (1976) and Yang (1989) should be referred
to for non-genitalic adult morphology.
Male genitalia (Figs. 1-3). —Pygofer, in lateral view, subquadrate, with broadly produced diaphragm
armature. Anal tube, in lateral view, with a single spinose process originating at the dorsocaudal aspect
of the tube, and a pair of bifid spinose processes each originating at the ventrocaudal aspect of the
tube. Styles, in caudal view, broadest across basal one-third, narrowing and strongly divergent in
apical one-third. Aedeagus subcylindrical, with a dorsally directed terminal bifid tooth and a dorso-
caudally directed process in apical one-third on right side.
Female genitalia (Figs. 4, 5).—Tergite nine oriented anteroventrally (see Asche 1985), elongate,
longitudinally concave in ventral midline. Anal tube subcylindrical, style somewhat bulbous. Genital
scale (or atrium plate) subtriangular. Valvifers of segment eight each covering approximately one-
third of tergite nine anterolaterally; medial margin deeply notched in anterior one-third. Lateral
gonapophyses of segment nine elongate, broadly rounded posteriorly. In lateral view, median gon-
apophyses of segment nine saber-shaped, with approximately 15 strong teeth on dorsal margin in
distal one-half (not all teeth apparent in ventral view). Gonapophyses of segment eight slender, subacute
apically.
136
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(2)
Figures 6-8. Eoeurysa flavocapitata fifth instar. Figure 6. Habitus, dorsal view. Figure 7. Ventral
view of male. Figure 8. Apical part of venter of female abdomen. Scale bar = 0.5 mm.
Fifth instar nymph (Figs. 6-8).—Length 3.6 ±0.17 mm; thoracic length 1.1 ± 0.06 mm; width 1.2
± 0.08 mm (n = 10). Body white with gray to fuscous markings on frons, clypeus, and apex of
abdomen. Form elongate, subcylindrical, flattened dorsoventrally, widest across mesothoracic wing-
pads. Vertex subtriangular; posterior margin nearly straight, narrowing anteriorly. Frons border with
clypeus concave; lateral margins strongly convex and carinate (outer carinae) and paralleled by second
pair of very weak carinae (inner carinae) continuous with lateral margins of vertex; area between inner
and outer carinae with nine pits on each side (six visible in ventral aspect, three in dorsal aspect);
three pits between each outer carina and eye. Clypeus subconical, narrowing distally. Beak three-
segmented, cylindrical, segment one hidden by anteclypeus, segment two subequal in length to segment
three, segment three with black apex. Antennae three-segmented; scape short, cylindrical; pedicel
subcylindrical, 2.0 x length of scape; flagellum bulbous basally, with elongate bristle-like extension
distally, bulbous base approximately 0.3 x length of pedicel. Thoracic nota divided by middorsal line
into three pairs of plates. Pronotal plates subtriangular (in dorsal view); anterior margin convex;
posterior border sinuate; each plate with a weak posterolaterally directed carina and seven pits ex¬
tending anteriorly from near middorsal line posterolaterally to lateral margin (lateralmost pits often
not visible in dorsal view). Mesonotum with median length 2.0 x that of pronotum; elongate lobate
wingpads almost extending to tips of metanotal wingpads; each plate with very weak posterolaterally
directed carina (not illustrated); two pits near middle of non-lobate portion of plate and two pits near
lateral margin. Metanotum with median length approximately 0.7 x that of mesonotum; lobate wing¬
pads extending to fourth tergite; each plate with one very weak pit near middle of plate (not illustrated).
Pro- and mesocoxae elongated and directed posteromedially; metacoxae fused to sternum. Metatro¬
chanter short and subcylindrical. Metatibia with two spines on lateral aspect of shaft, an apical
transverse row of five black-tipped spines on plantar surface and a subtriangular flattened movable
spur with one apical tooth and 13-15 other teeth on posterior margin. Pro- and mesotarsi with two
1992
WILSON ET AL.: IMMATURE EOEURYSA FLAVOCAPITATA
137
Figures 9-13. Eoeurysa jlavocapitata immature stages. Figure 9. Egg. Figure 10. First instar. Figure
11. Second instar. Figure 12. Third instar. Figure 13. Fourth instar. Scale bars = 0.5 mm (top = 9-
11, bottom =12, 13).
138
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(2)
tarsomeres, tarsomere one wedge-shaped; tarsomere two subconical, with pair of apical claws and
median membranous pulvillus. Metatarsi with three tarsomeres; tarsomere one with apical transverse
row of eight black-tipped spines; tarsomere two cylindrical, approximately 3.5 x length of tarsomere
one, with apical transverse row of four black-tipped spines on plantar surface; tarsomere three sub-
conical, slightly longer than tarsomere two, with pair of apical claws and median pulvillus. Abdomen
nine segmented; flattened dorsoventrally; widest across fourth abdominal segment. Tergite one small,
sub triangular, hidden by juncture of thorax and abdomen (not visible in illustration); two subrectan-
gular, not extending to lateral aspect of segment; tergites five to eight each with three pits on each side
(lateralmost pits not always visible in dorsal view). Segment nine surrounding anus, with three pits
on each side; female with one pair of acute processes extending from juncture of stemites eight and
nine; males lacking processes.
Fourth instar nymph (Fig. 13).—Length 2.8 ± 0.18 mm; thoracic length 0.8 ± 0.04 mm; width 0.08
± 0.04 mm (n = 10). Antennal flagellum with basal portion approximately 0.5 x length of pedicel.
Mesonotal wingpads shorter, each covering approximately two-thirds of metanotal wingpad laterally.
Metanotal median length 1.5 x that of mesonotum; wingpad extending to tergite two. Metatibial spur
slightly smaller, with one apical tooth and eight teeth on margin. Metatarsi with two tarsomeres;
tarsomere one with apical transverse row of seven black-tipped spines; tarsomere two subconical with
three black-tipped spines in middle of tarsomere on plantar surface. Abdominal segments four to eight
each with the following number of pits on either side of midline: tergite four with one pit, five with
two, six to eight each with three, segment nine with three.
Third instar nymph (Fig. 12).—Length 2.0 ± 0.12 mm; thoracic length 0.6 ± 0.02 mm; width 0.6
±0.03 mm (n = 10). Mesonotal wingpads shorter, each covering one-third of metanotal wingpad
laterally. Metanotal wingpad extending to tergite one. Metatibial spur smaller; with one apical and
one or two marginal teeth. Metatarsomere one with apical transverse row of six black-tipped spines
on plantar surface.
Second instar nymph (Fig. 11).—Length 1.5 ± 0.06 mm; thoracic length 0.5 ± 0.01 mm; width 0.4
± 0.02 mm (n = 10). Mesonotal median length subequal to that of pronotum; wingpads undeveloped.
Metanotal median length subequal to that of mesonotum; wingpads undeveloped. Metatibia with
apical row of three black-tipped spines; spur small with no marginal teeth, approximately 3.0 x length
of longest metatibial spine; metatarsomere one with four apical black-tipped spines.
First instar nymph (Fig. 10).—Length 1.0 ± 0.06 mm; thoracic length 0.4 ± 0.02 mm; width 0.3
± 0.02 mm (n = 10). Bulbous base of antennal flagellum subequal in length to that of pedicel. Metatibia
lacking spines on shaft; metatibial spur smaller, approximately 1.5 x length of longest metatibial spine.
Egg (Fig. 9).—Length 0.8 ± 0.05 mm; width 0.2 ± 0.02 mm (n = 5). Eggs laid singly; white,
cylindrical, narrower at apical end; chorion translucent, smooth.
Material Examined.— Specimens used for description have the following data: REPUBLIC OF
CHINA. TAIWAN: Taichung, 5 Dec 1989, ex sugarcane, (10 males, 12 females, 5 eggs, 19 first instars,
14 second instars, 15 third instars, 25 fourth instars, 19 fifth instars).
Key to E. flavocapitata Nymphal Instars
1. Metatibial spur with more than five marginal teeth (Figs. 7, 13); meso¬
notal wingpads overlapping more than one-half length of metanotal
wingpads (Figs. 6, 13). 2
- Metatibial spur with fewer than five marginal teeth; mesonotal wingpads
overlap less than one-half length of metanotal wingpads (Figs. 10-12)
. 3
2(1). Metatarsi with three tarsomeres; metatibial spur with more than 10
marginal teeth; mesonotal wingpads extending to or almost to apex
of metanotal wingpads (Figs. 6, 7).fifth instar
Metatarsi with two tarsomeres; metatibial spur with eight marginal teeth;
mesonotal wingpads not extending to apex of metanotal wingpads
(Fig. 13) .fourth instar
3(2). Metatibia with transverse row of four apical spines, spur with one or
two marginal teeth (Fig. 12) .third instar
1992 WILSON ET AL.: IMMATURE EOEURYSA FLAVOCAPITATA 139
Metatibia with transverse row of three apical spines, spur lacking mar¬
ginal teeth (Figs. 10, 11). 4
4(3). Metatibia with lateral spine near middle on outer surface; spur approx¬
imately 3.0 x length of longest metatibial apical spine (Fig. 11) ....
.second instar
Metatibia without lateral spines; spur approximately 2.0 x or less length
of longest metatibial apical spine (Fig. 10).first instar
Acknowledgment
Florida Agricultural Experiment Station Journal Series R-01742.
Literature Cited
Asche, M. 1985. Zur Phylogenie der Delphacidae Leach, 1815 (Homoptera Cicadina Fulgoromor-
pha). Marburger Entomol. Publ., 2(1): 1-910.
Chatterjee, P. G. 1971. Occurrence of Eoeurysa flavocapitata Muir (Fam. Delphacidae) on sugarcane
in India. Indian J. Entomol., 33: 220.
Chatterjee, P. G. & D. K. Choudhuri. 1979. Biology of Eoeurysa flavocapitata—a. delphacid pest on
sugarcane in India. Entomon, 4: 263-267.
Chu, Y. I. & P. H. Chiang. 1975. A new insect pest of sugarcane in Taiwan (Eoeurysa flavocapitata
Muir). Plant Prot. Bull., 17: 355.
Clayton, W. D. & S. A. Renvoize. 1986. Genera Graminum—grasses of the world. Kew Bull. Add.
Ser., 13.
Fennah, R. G. 1969. Damage to sugar cane by Fulgoroidea and related insects in relation to the
metabolic state of the host plant. Chapter 18. pp. 367-389. In Williams, J. R., J. R. Metcalfe,
R. W. Mongomery & R. Mathes. Pests of sugar cane. Elsevier Publishing Co., New York.
Fleady, S. E. & S. W. Wilson. 1990. The planthopper genus Prokelisia (Homoptera: Delphacidae):
morphology of female genitalia and copulatory behavior. J. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 63: 267-
278.
Jiang, B. H. 1976. Studies on Eoeurysa flavocapitata Muir, a new sugarcane planthopper to Taiwan.
Rep. Taiwan Sugar Res. Inst., 74: 53-62.
Metcalf, Z. P. 1943. General catalogue of the Hemiptera. Fasc. IV. Fulgoroidea, Part 3. Araeopidae
(Delphacidae). North Carolina State University, Raleigh, North Carolina.
Metcalfe, J. R. 1969. Studies on the biology of the sugar cane pest Saccharosydne saccharivora
(Westw.) (Horn., Delphacidae). Bull. Entomol. Res., 59: 393-408.
Mirza, R. P. & M. A. H. Qadri. 1964. Black leafhopper of sugarcane of Rajshahi, east Pakistan.
Univ. Stud. Univ. Karachi, 13: 31-34.
Muir, F. 1913. On some new Fulgoroidea. Proc. Hawaiian Entomol. Soc., 2: 237-269.
Qadri, M. A. H. 1963. Sugar cane pest of East Pakistan. Scientist, Karachi, 6: 46.
Wilson, M. R. 1988. A faunistic review of Auchenorrhyncha on sugarcane, pp. 485—492. In Yidano,
C. & A. Arzone (eds.). Proceedings of the 6th Auchenorrhyncha Meeting, Turin, Italy, Sept. 7-
11,1987. Consiglio Nazionale Delle Ricerche, Italy Special Projects, IPRA, University of Turin,
Turin, Italy.
Wu, R. H. & C. T. Yang. 1985. Nymphs of Delphacidae from Taiwan (I) (Homoptera: Fulgoroidea).
J. Taiwan Mus., 38: 95-112.
Yang, C. T. 1989. Delphacidae of Taiwan (II) (Homoptera: Fulgoroidea). Nat. Sci. Council (Taiwan)
Publ., 6.
Received 24 July 1991; accepted 23 October 1991.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(2): 140-143, (1992)
A REDESCRIPTION OF ORDOBREVIA NUBIFERA (FALL)
(COLEOPTERA: ELMIDAE)
William D. Shepard 1
Department of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences,
San Francisco, California 94118
Abstract. — Newly found variation in the size, sculpturing and color of Ordobrevia nubifera (Fall)
is described. This variation may be linked to varying larval developmental rates.
Key Words.—Insects, Coleoptera, Elmidae, Ordobrevia, variation, development
The genus Ordobrevia was erected in 1953 by Sanderson, with Stenelmis nu¬
bifera Fall, 1901 as its type species. At that time, S. nubifera was the sole member
of the “ nubifera group” of Stenelmis (Sanderson 1938). Twelve more species of
Ordobrevia have been described since 1953. Four are from the Palaearctic region
(Japan) and eight are from the Oriental region (Brown 1981). It thus appears that
Ordobrevia nubifera represents an intrusion of the Palaearctic/Oriental fauna into
the Nearctic fauna. Zaitzevia (Elmidae) and Eubrianax (Psephenidae) show sim¬
ilar intrusions (Brown 1981).
Ordobrevia nubifera occurs only in North America, and its known range extends
from California to Washington (Brown 1972). More is known about California
populations than those in other areas. Within California, O. nubifera occurs widely
throughout all the various mountain ranges. It inhabits streams of all sizes from
first order to much larger. It seems to prefer microhabitats with faster flows and
coarser substrates.
Several years ago I found what seemed to be a new species of Ordobrevia. It
was larger and more robust, and it had more coarse granulation and a distinctly
different color pattern. I came embarassingly close to describing it as a new species.
Subsequent collections have shown it to be the end of a previously unknown range
of variation within O. nubifera. Recent studies of the elmid fauna of Taiwan by
M. L. Jang and P. S. Yang, and an ongoing revision of Stenelmis by Kurt Schmude
have called into question the status and identity of Ordobrevia. Because of these
two recent studies and discovery of additional intraspecific variation in O. nu¬
bifera, I decided to review what was known about Ordobrevia nubifera.
Existing work that illustrates O. nubifera includes the following: for larvae,
ninth abdominal tergum (Sanderson 1953: fig. 24), mesothorax (Leech & Chandler
1956: fig. 13:5 lh), habitus (Brown 1972: figs. 163 and 164), head (White et al.
1984: fig. 19.246); and for adults, aedeagus (Sanderson 1938: fig. 1), antenna
(Sanderson 1938: fig. 7), elytral pattern (Sanderson 1938: fig. 19), elytron (Leech
& Chandler 1956: fig. 13:52g), and habitus (Brown 1972: fig. 25, White et al.
1984: fig. 19.272).
Ordobrevia nubifera (Fall) 1901
Redescription, —(both sexes, except as indicated).—BODY: Body elongate, slender (Fig. 1) to robust
(Fig. 2), parallel sided; sculpturing and granulation slight to very coarse. Pronotum narrower than
1 Mailing address: 6824 Linda Sue Way, Fair Oaks, California 95628.
1992
SHEPARD: ORDOBREVIA REDESCRIPTION
141
Figures 1-5. Ordobrevia nubifera. Figure 1. Typical morph. Figure 2. Large morph. Figure 3. Right
wing. Figure 4. Aedeagus (a—dorsal view, b—lateral view, c—ventral view). Figure 5. Ovipositor (a—
dorsal view, b—lateral view).
elytra. Body uniformly brown to testaceous, with a transverse yellow band across the middle of the
elytra. Length 2.0-2.6 mm; width 0.8-1.2 mm. HEAD: Head covered with granules. Granules lon¬
gitudinally elongate on the epicranial surface, less elongate elsewhere. Antennal ridges prominent
dorsally. Fronto-clypeal suture absent. Clypeus with coarse setae on apical margin. Labrum dark
brown, shiny, coriaceous; apical margin with thick medially curved setae. Mandibles prominent; tips
trifid. Palpi three-segmented, last segment broad and apically truncate; labial palpi lighter than max¬
illary palpi. Antennae eleven-segmented; segments one to six narrow; segments seven to eleven apically
142
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(2)
widened forming a weakly defined club, possessing lateral tufts of whitish setae. PRONOTUM: Pro-
notum usually wider than long, width greatest just behind middle. Base of pronotum wider than apex,
lateral margins sinuate and weakly serrate. Entire surface covered with close-set granules and punctures.
Median longitudinal sulcus in basal three-fourths of pronotum; sulcus deeper anteriorly. Base of median
sulcus with two depressions on each side. ELYTRA: Elytra with punctae arranged in striae. Punctures
smaller and less distinct in apical one-third, obsolete at tip. Surface between punctures smooth and
shiny to coarsely granulate. First and accessory striae join in basal one-fourth. Intervals raised; third
intervals carinate in basal third; sixth intervals forming sublateral carinae that reach almost to apex.
Humeri distinct and produced beyond basal pronotal margins. Epipleura extend almost to tip of elytra.
WINGS: Wings entire (Fig. 3); posterior edge with fringe of fine setae. Venation reduced. VENTER:
Hypomera, pro-, meso-, and metastemum covered with granules separated by less than their own
width. Prostemal margin projecting anteriorly under head and labium. Prostemal process parallel¬
sided, projecting beyond coxae, with apex apically rounded. Mesostemum very short, broadly truncate
apically, reaching only to middle of mesocoxae; median longitudinal sulcus present. Metastemum
similar to mesostemum but longer, with apex broadly emarginate. Abdomen with five visible segments;
males with segment V with lateral margins produced into short wide spines and narrowly emarginate
apically; females with lateral margins only weakly spiniform and apex broadly emarginate. Granules
on segment I rounded, separated by own width, those on segments II-V elongate, more widely sep¬
arated. All segments with lateral flanges closely fitting into the epipleura. LEGS: Pro- and mesocoxae
rounded, metacoxae transverse. Metathoracic legs slightly longer than others. Granules on coxae
rounded, close-set. Granules on trochanters 2.0 x as long as wide. Granules on femora and tibiae very
elongate, arranged parallel to the axes of the legs. GENITALIA: Male genitalia (Fig. 4) with parameres
shorter than median piece; accessory sclerites include a longitudinally elongate ventral sclerite and a
short transverse rectangular sclerite located between the tips of the median piece and the ventral piece;
basal piece weakly sclerotized, varying from a flattened U-shape to a complete ring. Female genitalia
(Fig. 5) typical for elmids.
Discussion
This species shows considerably more size variation than previously stated.
However, I think that size ranges given in the literature are often the result of
repetition of earlier measurements that may have been based on relatively few
specimens. The morph that I earlier almost mistook for a new species is now
considered to be the upper range of size for O. nubifera. It is longer and much
wider than “typical” specimens. A more strongly developed granulation, punc-
tation and sculpturing, and a trend toward uniformly dark brown color is cor¬
related with increasing size. Other morphologic characters remain unchanged,
albeit somewhat larger in proportions.
There seem to be higher percentages of larger individuals of Ordobrevia nubifera
in populations in the northern Coastal Mountains and the Warner Mountains
than in other parts of California (unpublished data). These larger individuals of
O. nubifera often occur with “typical” specimens. However, the larger morph is
a larger percentage of the population in rather cold streams, or in areas that
experience rather cold winter weather. I now think that they represent larvae in
which the normal developmental rate was retarded allowing the normal growth
rate to produce a larger-than-normal individual. Larger larvae, of course, mean
larger adults. Differential manipulation of developmental rates has been shown
to cause different sized morphs in the worker caste of ants (Oster & Wilson 1978).
I have found similar, larger-than-normal individuals in several other elmid genera.
Retardation of developmental rates could be a result of intrinsic factors (e.g.,
genetic recombinations, random mutations) or extrinsic factors (e.g., cold tem¬
peratures, limited supplies of specific nutrients). My experiences lead me to favor
the cold temperatures as the major influencing factor. Some described variations
1992
SHEPARD: ORDOBREVIA REDESCRIPTION
143
in Microcylloepus, another elmid, appear to be temperature correlated (Shepard
1990). However, in this case, smaller-than-normal individuals (and species) occur
in warmer habitats. There, I believe, the developmental rate is accelerated while
the growth rate remains unaffected. Thus the individuals mature at a smaller body
size. More study is warranted concerning the influences of varying temperatures
upon life cycle events in natural populations.
My near description of a new species of Ordobrevia should alert other taxon¬
omists to sample extensively and pay more attention to intraspecific variation.
Even though I had previously collected and identified hundreds of the “typical”
O. nubifera, I did not have an accurate idea of the total intraspecific variation
until I collected in streams that were perennially cold, or were very cold during
large parts of the year. I am also reminded of the necessity of obtaining population
samples large enough to contain the rarer morphs within a population. This is
especially a problem when sampling aquatic insects in such an ecologically diverse
area as California. Larger population samples have led me to question the validity
of several California elmid species.
Acknowledgment
Harley P. Brown kindly loaned specimens from his collection for this study,
and generously offered his comments on the manuscript. Part of this study was
supported by a summer research position at the University of Oklahoma Biological
Station.
Literature Cited
Brown, H. P. 1972. Aquatic dryopoid beetles (Coleoptera) of the United States. Biota of freshwater
ecosystems identification manual 6. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. U.S. Government
Printing Office, Washington, D.C.
Brown, H. P. 1981. A distributional survey of the world genera of aquatic dryopoid beetles (Cole¬
optera: Dryopidae, Elmidae, and Psephenidae sens. lat.). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 57: 1-6.
Fall, H. C. 1901. List of the Coleoptera of southern California, with notes on habits and distribution
and descriptions of new species. Occ. Papers Calif. Acad. Sci., 8.
Leech, H. B. & H. P. Chandler. 1956. Aquatic Coleoptera. Chapter 13. pp. 293-371. In Usinger, R.
L. (ed.). Aquatic insects of California. University of California Press, Berkeley.
Oster, G. F. & E. O. Wilson. 1978. Caste and ecology in the social insects. Princeton University
Press, Princeton, New Jersey.
Sanderson, M. W. 1938. A monographic revision of the North American species of Stenelmis
(Dryopidae: Coleoptera). U. Kans. Sci. Bull., 25: 635-717.
Sanderson, M. W. 1953. A revision of the Nearctic genera of Elmidae (Coleoptera). J. Kans. Entomol.
Soc., 26: 148-163.
Shepard, W. D. 1990. Microcylloepus formicoideus (Coleoptera: Elmidae), a new riffle beetle from
Death Valley National Monument, California. Entomol. News 101: 147-153.
White, D. S., J. T. Doyen & W. U. Brigham. 1984. Aquatic Coleoptera. Chapter 19. pp. 361-437.
In Merritt, R. W. & K. W. Cummins (eds.). An introduction to the aquatic insects of North
America (2nd ed). Kendall/Hunt Publishing Company, Dubuque, Iowa.
Received 25 June 1991; accepted 1 November 1991.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(2): 144-152, (1992)
A REVIEW OF THE SWEETPOTATO WHITEFLY
IN SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
Raymond J. Gill
Insect Taxonomy Laboratory,
California Department of Food & Agriculture,
Sacramento, California 95814
Abstract.— The sweetpotato whitefly, Bemisia tabaci Gennadius, of Palaearctic origin was orig¬
inally introduced into California in the late 1920s. Since that time it has been restricted to the
state’s southern desert valleys and has, at times, been a significant agricultural problem. In the
mid-1980s, however, a new “strain” of B. tabaci was introduced to southern California and has
wreaked great havoc in the area. This strain, from poinsettia plants, has become known as the
B strain, poinsettia strain or poinsettia whitefly. This paper documents the new introduction,
notes the poinsettia strain’s differences from other B. tabaci, and assesses the possibilities for its
control.
Key Words. — Insecta, Aleyrodidae, Bemisia tabaci, sweetpotato whitefly, California
California has been experiencing serious problems with whiteflies during the
last several years. Of the approximately 1160 described species of whiteflies in
the world, 54 occur in the state along with approximately a dozen undescribed
native species. Of California’s described species, at least 11 were introduced by
man’s activities, and five have been introduced in the last 15 years. Several of
the introduced species have become serious pests and two are currently quite
problematic: the ash whitefly, Siphoninus phillyreae (Haliday), and the sweet¬
potato whitefly, Bemisia tabaci (Gennadius). These species currently have ex¬
tremely large populations in areas of California.
The ash whitefly, an easily recognized species, was introduced into the state in
the late 1980s, and although it spread rapidly with tremendous population ex¬
plosions (Sorensen et al. 1991), a successful parasite was found (Bellows et al.
1991) and effective biological control has progressed rapidly. The sweetpotato
whitefly (SPW), however, has been in California since the 1920s (Russell 1975),
but only in the last two decades, particularly the early 1980s, has it been a serious
agricultural problem (Natwick & Zalom 1984) and a taxonomic and ecological
curiosity. Currently, it is in a disastrous expansion phase in southern California,
which involves the acquisition of many new hosts. This paper documents the
ecological history and potential taxonomic problems with SPW in southern Cal¬
ifornia.
Background
The Bemisia tabaci was originally described as an Aleyrodes from tobacco in
Greece in 1889 (Gennadius 1889). Since then, the species has been redescribed
in synonymy many times (Table 1). The insect has spread to most tropical and
subtropical areas of the globe, occasionally causing serious damage upon colo¬
nization. It was first recorded from India in 1905 (Misra & Lambda 1929, Reddy
Sl Rao 1989, Immaraju 1989), and by 1919 had become a serious pest of cotton
in the Punjab (now Pakistan) (Immaraju 1989). It has been reported as a serious
1992
GILL: SWEETPOTATO WHITEFLY IN CALIFORNIA
145
Table 1. Taxonomic synonyms of sweetpotato whitefly. 3
Genus
Species
Author
Date
Type locality
Aleyrodes
tabaci
Gennadius
1889
Greece
Aleyrodes
inconspicua
Quaintance
1900
Florida
Bemisia
emiliae
Corbett
1926
Sri Lanka
Bemisia
costa-limai
Bondar
1928
Brazil
Bemisia
signata
Bondar
1928
Brazil
Bemisia
bahiana
Bondar
1928
Brazil
Bemisia
gossypiperda
Misra & Lambda
1929
Pakistan
Bemisia
acyranthes
Singh
1931
Pakistan
Bemisia
hibisci
Takahashi
1933
Taiwan
Bemisia
longispina
Priesner & Hosny
1934
Egypt
Bemisia
gossypiperda var.
mosaicaivectura
Ghesquiere
1934
Zaire
Bemisia
goldingi
Corbett
1935
Nigeria
Bemisia
nigeriensis
Corbett
1935
Nigeria
Bemisia
rhodesiaensis
Corbett
1936
Rhodesia
Bemisia
manihotis
Frappa
1938
Madagascar
Bemisia
vassyierei
Frappa
1939
Madagascar
Bemisia
lonicerae
Takahashi
1957
Japan
Bemisia
minima
Danzig
1964
U.S.S.R.
Bemisia
miniscula
Danzig
1964
U.S.S.R.
3 See Taxonomic Assessment and Biological Control section for comments on B. poinsettiae Hempel,
1923.
pest of various crops in: the West Indies, Nicaragua, Venezuela, Brazil, Turkey,
Israel, Egypt, Sudan, Iran, Thailand, and the Philippines. In addition, it is known
from southern Europe, the Middle East, much of Africa, Madagascar, Sri Lanka,
China, Malaya, Australia, New Guinea, Fiji, and Hawaii, among other locations.
By 1978, SPW was known from at least 420 plant species in 18 families (Mound
& Halsey 1978, Greathead 1986), but new hosts are being continually added as
the current infestation in California and Arizona grows. Currently, SPW is a major
economic pest of cotton, tobacco, cassava, sweetpotato and soy bean in many
areas of the world.
After its introduction to the U.S., SPW was redescribed as Bemisia inconspicua
by A. L. Quaintance (1900) from material collected on okra and sweetpotato in
Florida between 1897 and 1898. Later, museum specimens were found to have
been collected in Pomona, Putnam County, Florida in 1894 (Russell 1975). It
has since spread across the southern part of the U.S. Prior to 1985, it was found
in outdoor environments in Florida, Georgia, Texas, Arizona and California.
Recently, it has been found in extremely high populations in the agricultural areas
of Arizona, California, Texas and northwestern Mexico.
History in California
Specimen records at the U.S. National Museum of Natural History indicate it
had been introduced into California by at least 1928 (Russell 1975), when it was
collected on cotton at Calipatria, Imperial County. Subsequent records of early
spread in California are shown in Table 2. Although SPW was in California in
the late 1920s, it was found outdoors only in the desert valleys of Imperial,
146
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 68(2)
Table 2. The earliest records of the spread of Bemisia tabaci within California, after its 1928
introduction (Calipatria, Imperial Co.) on cotton.
Year
County
Location
Host
1947
Riverside Co.
Coachella
sweetpotato
1950-1954
Riverside Co.
Indio
cotton
1951
Imperial Co.
Calexico
cotton
1952
Riverside Co.
Coachella
cotton
1953
Riverside Co.
Thermal
sweetpotato
1953
Riverside Co.
Mecca
sweetpotato
1954
Imperial Co.
Imperial
cotton
1954
Riverside Co.
Riverside
cotton 3
1955
Riverside Co.
Riverside
euphorbia 3
1961
San Bernardino Co.
Yucca Valley
Hibiscus sp.
a In greenhouse.
Riverside, San Bernardino and San Diego Counties. It was seldom, if ever, found
in greenhouses in California, and then usually on plants imported recently from
other states.
In the Imperial Valley of California, a curious and disastrous phenomenon
occurred with SPW in the summer and fall of 1981; its populations exploded on
numerous crops, including cotton, melons and lettuce. D-Vac® monitoring by
University of California Agricultural Extension personnel collected over 60,000
whiteflies per 100 sweeps of the devices (Natwick & Leigh 1984). The large
numbers of whiteflies were severely debilitating the infested crops, and also trans¬
mitting serious viral diseases to the crops. High incidences of squash yellow leaf
curl and lettuce infectious yellows resulted in premature plow-down and total
crop loss in many lettuce and melon fields in fall 1981 (Duffus & Flock 1982,
Natwick & Zalom 1984).
Although 1981 was a disastrous year for the growers in the Imperial, Bard and
Palo Verde Valleys of California, SPW had actually been building up populations
over the preceding several years. University of California extension personnel had
been making routine whitefly counts for many years (Natwick & Leigh 1984)
because SPW and another species, banded-winged whitefly [Trialeurodes abuti-
loneus (Haldeman)] were found on cotton infested with cotton leaf crumple, a
viral disease. Prior to 1975, D-Vac® catches for SPW were running consistently
lower than 300-400 per 100 sweeps. However, in 1975 the number jumped to
nearly 4300 whiteflies per 100 sweeps. Numbers dropped the next year, only to
leap to an incredible 35,000 whiteflies per 100 sweeps in 1977. The populations
dropped again to near zero in 1978, only to be followed by the disastrous rebound
seen in 1981.
There are several possible causes for these population explosions, which prob¬
ably result from several interrelated concurrent events. Starting in 1975, the
southern California desert areas experienced unusually warm winter temperatures,
with a virtual absence of days below freezing (only two years out of nine had
recorded temperatures below 0° C) (Flock & Christopherson 1985). Because SPW
is apparently of tropical origin, cool or cold temperatures appear to prevent normal
development, while high summer temperatures and humidity probably enhance
development. Comparing the warm winter temperature ranges in the Imperial
1992
GILL: SWEETPOTATO WHITEFLY IN CALIFORNIA
147
Valley with the sudden upsurges observed in SPW populations shows an intriguing,
yet not exactly corresponding, correlation.
A second event in the Imperial Valley area in 1975 involved the first use there
of synthetic pyrethroid insecticides for general pest control (E. T. Natwick, per¬
sonal communication). Such pyrethroids have a devastating effect on the natural
enemies (primarily parasitoids) of SPW. Essentially the lack of cold winter tem¬
peratures allowed SPW to maintain larger than normal populations through the
winter, and a reduced natural enemy population allowed SPW an unencumbered
pathway to the devastating populations that were encountered between 1975 and
1990. By 1986, researchers and growers were discovering ways to deal with the
SPW problem. They observed that the SPW population was building up on cotton
to such large levels that by the time the cotton was ready for the normal fall
defoliation and harvest, it would be heavily covered with honeydew and sooty
mold. When the cotton was defoliated, the whiteflies would move in large numbers
into other crops including squash, melons, lettuce, sugar beets, tomatoes and other
specialty crops, transmitting viral diseases presumably picked up from weeds and
other virus infected hosts. By defoliating cotton early, it was found that SPW did
not have time to develop large populations that could move onto other crops,
and the cotton would be fairly free of honeydew and sooty mold (Meyerdirk et
al. 1986).
By 1990, just when the SPW problem seemed to be under control in the desert
southwest, a second disastrous phenomenon occurred, this time as a result of
events in Florida four years earlier. SPW had maintained a foothold in Florida
for many years, seldom being more than a scientific curiosity. Inexplicably in
1986, growers of greenhouse poinsettias had a devastating outbreak of SPW that
appeared overly resistant to chemical control (Hamon & Salguero 1987). As the
summer of 1986 wore on, these SPW jumped to numerous other greenhouse
bedding plants and nursery stock; they also began infesting outdoor vegetable
crops and gardens with disastrous results. By 1987, the large poinsettia nurseries
of San Diego County were found to be infested, and over the next year or two
SPW was found on poinsettias in many greenhouses throughout California. Shortly
thereafter, in late 1990, SPW moderately infested commercial citrus groves near
Phoenix, Arizona; it had never been found on this crop in economically damaging
populations before (D. N. Byrne, personal communication). SPW was observed
to spend the winter in fairly large numbers on this plant.
Prior to the find of SPW on citrus, researchers in Florida and Arizona were
beginning to evaluate some of the characteristics and effects of the SPW “strain”
(hereafter referred to as poinsettia SPW) that began attacking greenhouse poin¬
settias and other crops in Florida in 1986. Poinsettia SPW was found to cause
virus-like symptoms in cucurbits (Yokomi et al. 1990; Costa & Brown 1990,
1991a, b) that were quickly called “squash silver leaf.” These symptoms probably
are related to a phytotoxin injected into the plant by poinsettia SPW, because the
plants recovered from the effects when the whiteflies were removed.
In contrast, it was found that the original “strain” of SPW (hereafter referred
to as cotton SPW) reared from cotton, squash and other crops in Arizona (Costa
& Brown 1990, 1991) and California (Perring et al. 1991) did not produce these
same symptoms in squash plants. Shortly thereafter, researchers in Arizona (Costa
& Brown 1990, 1991) and California (Perring et al. 1991) investigated the isozymic
148
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(2)
variation in poinsettia versus cotton SPW “strains” using several different elec¬
trophoretic techniques. Populations of poinsettia SPW from poinsettias were found
to show slight, but consistently different, esterase banding patterns from those
cotton SPW populations that had existed in the southwest prior to 1986. Tax¬
onomists, however, have not been able yet to show a morphological difference
between these populations, and they are both currently considered to be B. tabaci.
After SPW was discovered on citrus in Arizona, it was assayed using electro¬
phoretic techniques and found to be poinsettia SPW (D. N. Byrne, personal
communication). By early spring 1991, it became evident that SPW was occurring
in large numbers over the winter on cole crops, particularly broccoli, in the Yuma
and Imperial Valleys; the presence of SPW on cole crops in winter had never been
experienced in these areas before. These whiteflies also were determined to be
poinsettia SPW (T. M. Perring, personal communication).
By July 1991, it was obvious that a major and catastrophic change had taken
place in the SPW situation in the Imperial and Palo Verde Valleys (Weddle &
Carson 1991, Perring et al. 1991). Observers in the field made many startling
discoveries. Some cotton was covered completely by adult whiteflies before the
plants could produce more than three or four leaves. The first leaves of squash
plants were being devastated before the plants could send out three or four inches
of runners. Many fields were disced under. The cotton that did mature was hope¬
lessly sticky with honeydew before the bolls could open. Fields of alfalfa were so
sticky they could not be baled. In late August, table grape vineyards on the north
shore of the Salton Sea in Riverside County were found heavily infested and sticky
with SPW. The same was found on new growth of grapefruit plantings and on
many weed species in the immediate vicinity. Some of this infestation apparently
originated from clouds of SPW that have been observed flying across the Salton
Sea from breeding grounds in the Imperial Valley. These whiteflies are generally
considered to be the poinsettia SPW.
After just one season, cotton SPW is now believed to be practically nonexistent
in California (T. M. Perring, personal communication), due either to interbreeding,
competition between the two strains, the extreme cold temperatures of December
1990, or possibly all of these reasons. Cross breeding experiments that are now
being conducted in Arizona and California may shed light on this phenomenon.
However, work that had been done on the two strains prior to this summer has
also produced some other interesting differences between the two SPW strains.
Poinsettia SPW is more cold tolerant. The time required to complete a generation
has been found to be slightly shorter in poinsettia SPW, or identical in the two
strains (usually 16-23 days), but poinsettia SPW is considered to be five times as
prolific (T. M. Perring, personal communication). Poinsettia SPW has been found
to extract five times as much nutrient material from plants and, therefore, produces
five times as much honeydew as cotton SPW. Although cotton SPW is thought
to be a better virus disease vector, at least with lettuce infectious yellows (J. E.
Duffus, personal communication), poinsettia SPW has produced such large pop¬
ulations that plants die before virus symptoms appear (F. Laemmlin, personal
communication), so its effectiveness in virus transmission is unknown. Further¬
more, poinsettia SPW severely attacks more crops, including some not previously
utilized by cotton SPW.
By the first week in October 1991, SPW had been found in moderate numbers
in dooryard vegetable gardens in the city of San Bernardino. This is the first
1992
GILL: SWEETPOTATO WHITEFLY IN CALIFORNIA
149
important record for any SPW outdoors in California outside of the desert valleys.
One week later, SPW was found on established, outdoor poinsettia bushes in
Riverside, Riverside County. The owners of these bushes said that the whiteflies
had been a problem since the previous year. By December, SPW had been found
in three southern San Joaquin Valley counties in held situations not associated
with nurseries.
Taxonomic Assessments and Biological Control
As was done with ash whitehy, the first step that should be taken to find an
effective biological control for SPW is to identify the native home of the insect,
so that natural enemies can be found. In the case of SPW, however, this creates
an immediate dilemma. Up until recently, the native home of SPW was thought
to be either the Orient or Africa/the Middle East (Mound 1963, Lopez-Avila
1986, Anonymous 1987). Other Bemisia are prevalent in southern Russia and
are also known from mainland Asia, southeast Asia along the Pacific rim, Africa,
and one species each from South America and the western United States (Mound
& Halsey 1978). Certainly, the area to the north and west of Pakistan shows the
greatest diversity in parasitoids of Bemisia (Mound & Halsey 1978, N. Mills
1992), reputedly an indication of a genus epicenter.
SPW was probably moved around the world at a very early date, but was not
described until 1889. Because SPW has probably been reintroduced into many
countries numerous times, it becomes extremely difficult to trace the origin of the
whitefly. Because poinsettia and cotton SPW cannot presently be separated mor¬
phologically, we cannot effectively access pre-1986 museum specimens to ascer¬
tain where poinsettia SPW occurred prior to 1986. Lacking adequate surveys
using electrophoretic analysis to separate the strains, we so far have very limited
knowledge of where poinsettia SPW presently occurs in the world. We know only
that it has been transported over most of the U.S. and the Caribbean on poinsettia
and other nursery crops (J. K. Brown, personal communication). It has also been
transported to Canadian greenhouses (Broadbent et al. 1989), from where it es¬
caped to the field but probably could not survive the Canadian winters.
Recently, however, evidence is emerging that indicates B. t abaci may be of New
World origin. For example, it seems to do best on hosts that are of New World
origin (unpublished data), such as sweetpotato, poinsettia, tomato, common bean,
squash, peppers, and tobacco. Further, in Puerto Rico (Bird 1957), a strain of B.
tabaci was identified that feed solely on Jatropha gossypifolia L., a plant of New
World origin, despite numerous trials on other hosts; a feeding pattern that seems
highly unlikely if B. tabaci were of Old World origin. A New World origin hy¬
pothesis for B. tabaci would have important ramifications for searching for natural
enemies, switching the search emphasis to the Neotropics.
New studies of genetic variance may also suggest a New World origin for B.
tabaci. Wool et al. (1991) examined isozymes of B. tabaci populations in Israel
and found genetic uniformity, with no geographical races existing there. However,
in examining B. tabaci from Columbia, they found differing esterase patterns
among populations from various Columbian regions. In fact, the esterase pattern
found in samples from the Valle, near Cali, were “very similar to the Israeli
pattern” (Wool et al. 1991: 228). Similar circumstances exist in other homopter-
ans, suggesting that centers of origin for a species probably have higher genetic
150
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(2)
variability than do invaded areas. For example, among now cosmopolitan aphids,
such as Myzus persicae (Sulzer) and Macrosiphum euphorbiae (Thomas), electro¬
phoretic surveys of variance in North America indicate that the former, with
zero variability in the Nearctic, probably had a limited introduction to that con¬
tinent, whereas the latter, with a higher heterozygosity level, is probably a Nearctic
endemic (May & Holbrook 1978).
This limited “founder effect” variance appears contrary to implied increasing
genetic variance in other invasive whiteflies, such as Siphoninusphillyreae recently
in California, where Sorensen et al. (1991) proposed a mutation-driven expansion
of feeding-range, caused by explosive invasive populations in the absence of
population controls. (A situation also similar to poinsettia SPW there.) Clearly,
electrophoretic surveys of S. phillyreae in California should be (or should have
been ) conducted to monitor its heterozygosity during the geographical expansion.
If limited genetic variability were maintained for S. phillyreae during its California
explosion, then theories of expansions in the range of host-feeding during invasions
might require modification (J. T. Sorensen, personal communication).
SPW, like several other whiteflies and scale insects, tends to be morphologically
variable depending on both its host and on its location on the plant (Mound 1963).
In SPW, the last stage nymph (“pupa”) usually has a smooth dorsal surface if the
host leaf is smooth. Alternatively, if the underside of the host leaf is covered with
stiff hairs or spines, the pupa usually possesses very long (usually two to eight)
dorsal setae arising on the head, thorax and abdominal areas. The pupa also tends
to develop other unique characteristics on given hosts, as has been demonstrated
by cross-rearing various populations on different hosts. Before interhost mor¬
phological variability was realized, numerous Bemisia synonyms were described
as distinct species, but are now considered to be B. tabaci (Russell 1957) (Ta¬
ble 1).
Partly because of host induced morphological variation, conventional taxon¬
omists have not been able to find characters in any of the life stages of SPW that
would indicate that more than one species is present. Current diagnostic methods
require either live insects to test for the ability to induce squash silver leaf symp¬
toms, or adults that have been adequately preserved for electrophoretic analysis.
What poinsettia SPW actually represents remains in question. Because no dif¬
ferentiating morphological traits have been found it must currently be considered
to be the same species as cotton SPW, B. tabaci. Yet its explosive population
growth and host acquisitions in the presence of cotton SPW suggest that it probably
represents something more than a simple biotype, perhaps a sibling species. (In¬
terestingly, type material of Bemisia poinsettiae Hempel, 1923, described from
Brazil on Poinsettia [obtained by E. Delfosse], shows no conventionally used
morphological characters that can be used to separate it from B. tabaci, with which
it thus may be synonymous.) Although there are a few taxonomic tools that are
still available to use (e.g., morphometric multivariate analyses), it may take a
while before they can be adequately developed on this problem. However, even
if we can satisfactorily determine the relationships between the two SPW “strains,”
we will still require satisfactory control measures. Cotton SPW caused as much
as $100 million in agricultural losses in southeastern California in 1981 (Duffus
& Flock 1982). With recent developments, losses in 1991 may go well beyond
that mark, because now crops are being attacked that were not infested previously.
1992
GILL: SWEETPOTATO WHITEFLY IN CALIFORNIA
151
Acknowledgment
I thank J. K. Brown, D. N. Byrne, E. Delfosse, J. E. Duffus, F. Laemmlin, N.
Mills, E. T. Natwick, and T. M. Perring for providing information used in this
review. John T. Sorensen also provided information, and expanded parts of the
last section of the article in galley.
Literature Cited
Anonymous. 1987. Not-so-sweet whitefly on the loose. Greenhouse Manager, May 1987: 42-43.
Bellows, T. S., T. D. Paine, K. Y. Arakawa, C. Meisenbacher, P. Leddy & J. Kabashima. 1991.
Biological control sought for ash whitefly. California Agriculture, 44(1): 4-6.
Bird, J. 1957. A whitefly transmitted mosaic of Jatropha gossypifolia. Agric. Exp. Stat., Univ. of
Puerto Rico, Tech, paper 22.
Broadbent, A. B., R. G. Foottit & G. D. Murphy. 1989. Sweetpotato whitefly Bemisia tabaci (Gen-
nadius) (Homoptera: Aleyrodidae), a potential insect pest in Canada. Can. Entomol., 121:1027-
1028.
Costa, H. S. & J. K. Brown. 1990. Variability in biological characteristics, isozyme patterns and
virus transmission among populations of Bemisia tabaci in Arizona. Phytopathology, 80: 888.
Costa, H. S. & J. K. Brown. 1991. Biological characteristics and esterase patterns for Bemisia tabaci
populations, and the association of silverleaf symptom development in squash with one pop¬
ulation. Vegetable Report, College of Agriculture, University of Arizona, Tucson.
Duffus, J. E. & R. A. Flock. 1982. Whitefly-transmitted disease complex of the desert southwest.
California Agriculture, 36(11-12): 4-6.
Hock, R. A. & J. Christopherson. 1985. Whiteflies and the weather in the Imperial Valley. Valley
Grower, Spring 1985: 46-49.
Gennadius, P. 1889. Disease of the tobacco plantations in the Trikonia. The aleurodid of tobacco.
Ellenike Georgia, 5: 1-3.
Greathead, A. H. 1986. Host plants, pp. 17-25. In Cock, M. J. W. (ed.). Bemisia tabaci—a. literature
survey on the cotton whitefly with an annotated bibliography. CAB International Institute of
Biological Control, Silwood Park, Ascot, Berks., U.K.
Hamon, A. B. & V. Salguero. 1987. Bemisia tabaci, sweetpotato whitefly, in Horida (Homoptera:
Aleyrodidae: Aleyrodinae). Horida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services, Ento¬
mology Circular, 292.
Immaraju, J. A. 1989. The whitefly problem in cotton: diagnosis and needs. Pesticides, August 1989:
19-21.
Lopez-Avila, A. 1986. Taxonomy and biology, pp. 3-11. In Cock, M. J. W. (ed.). Bemisia tabaci—
A literature survey on the cotton whitefly with an annotated bibliography. CAB International
Institute of Biological Control, Silwood Park, Ascot, Berks., U.K.
May, B. & F. R. Holbrook. 1978. Absence of genetic variability in the green peach aphid, Myzus
persicae (Hemiptera: Aphididae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 71:809-812.
Meyerdirk, D. E., D. L. Coudriet & N. Prubhaker. 1986. Population dynamics and control strategy
for Bemisia tabaci in the Imperial Valley, California. Agriculture, Ecosystems and Environment,
17: 61-67.
Mills, N. 1992. “Biological Control: a personal perspective.” Biological Control Program seminar,
2 April 1992, California Dept, of Food & Agriculture, Sacramento (unpublished).
Misra, C. S. & K. S. Lambda. 1929. The cotton whitefly ( Bemisia gossypiperda ). Bulletin Agricultural
Research Institute, Pusa, 196.
Mound, L. A. 1963. Host-correlated variation in Bemisia tabaci (Gennadius) (Homoptera: Aley¬
rodidae). Proc. Royal Entomol. Soc., London, (A) 38: 171-180.
Mound, L. A. & S. H. Halsey. 1978. Whitefly of the world. British Museum (Natural History) and
John Wiley & Sons, New York.
Natwick, E. T. & T. F. Leigh. 1984. Whitefly problems affecting cotton production in the San Joaquin
Valley and in southern California, pp. 63-67. Agricultural Extension Report, University of
California.
Natwick, E. T. & F. G. Zalom. 1984. Surveying sweetpotato whitefly in the Imperial Valley. California
Agriculture, 38(3-4): 11.
152
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(2)
Perring, T. M., A. Cooper, D. J. Kazmer, C. Shields & J. Shields. 1991. New strain of sweetpotato
whitefly invades California vegetables. California Agriculture 45(6): 10-12.
Quaintance, A. L. 1900. Contribution towards a monograph of the American Aleurodidae. Bureau
of Entomology, U. S. Depart. Agric., Tech. Series Bull., 8: 9-64.
Reddy, A. S. & N. Venugopal Rao. 1989. Cotton whitefly ( Bemisia tabaci Genn.)—a review. Indian
J. Plant Prot., 17: 171-179.
Russell, L. M. 1957. Synonyms of Bemisia tabaci (Gennadius) (Homoptera, Aleyrodidae). Bull.
Brooklyn Entomol. Soc., 52: 123.
Russell, L. M. 1975. Collection records of Bemisia tabaci (Gennadius) in the United States. U.S.D. A.
Coop. Econ. Ins. Rept., 25(12): 229-230.
Sorensen, J. T., R. J. Gill, R. V. Dowell & R. W. Garrison. 1991. The introduction of Siphoninus
phillyreae (Haliday) (Homoptera: Aleyrodidae) into North America: niche competition, evo¬
lution of host plant acceptance, and a prediction of its potential range in the Nearctic. Pan-
Pacif. Entomol., 66: 43-54.
Weddle, R. C. & J. Carson. 1991. Invasion of the “Superbug” (The poinsettia strain of the sweetpotato
whitefly). Valley Grower, Fall 1991: 38.
Wool, D., D. Gerling, A. Bellotti, F. Morales & B. Nolt. 1991. Spatial and temporal genetic variation
in populations of the whitefly Bemesia tabaci (Genn.) in Israel and Columbia: an interim report.
Insect Sci. Applic., 12( l/2/3):225—230.
Yokomi, R. K., K. A. Hoelmer & L. S. Osborne. 1990. Relationships between the sweetpotato
whitefly and the squash silverleaf disorder. Phytopathology, 80: 895-900.
Received 1 November 1991; accepted 26 November 1991.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(2): 153-154, (1992)
Scientific Note
A NEW ANT INTRODUCTION FOR NORTH AMERICA:
PHEIDOLE TENERIFFANA (FOREL)
(HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE)
During the spring of 1989, while spraying weeds at Admiral Kidd Park in
western Long Beach, California, I discovered several foraging columns of small
brown ants. The ants were nesting in the southeastern comer of the park, in sandy
soil. I was able to identify the ants to the genus Pheidole; later, I sent samples to
the Departments of Agriculture in Orange and Los Angeles counties, the California
Department of Food & Agriculture, and the Los Angeles County Natural History
Museum. Ultimately, the ants were identified to species as Pheidole tenerijfana
(Forel) on 20 Feb 1990 by E. O. Wilson of Harvard University. This species, a
native of north Africa and the Canary Islands, has never been recorded from
North America, although it had been previously found in Cuba in 1932 (Aguayo,
T. 1932. Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc., 22: 219). Between 1989 and 1991, this
ant had spread to infest about five acres of the seven acre park site where it was
discovered.
The workers of P. tenerijfana are 2.5 mm long, with a black-brown head and
gaster, and a lighter brown thorax. Soldiers of the species have oversized heads
with powerful mandibles, and are the same colors as the workers, but larger and
3.75 mm long. The queen is entirely a shining dark brown, and 5.5 to 6.0 mm
long, while males are dull light brown to medium brown and 4.0 to 4.5 mm long.
The main function of the soldiers is to defend the nest, although both they and
the workers will fight with other ants over food or when they are invading new
territory.
In Admiral Kidd Park, I have observed on several occasions P. tenerijfana
displacing the Argentine ant, Iridomyrex humilis Mayr, another introduced pest
species. Between 13 Mar and 5 Jun 1990, and on 9 Sep 1991, P. tenerijfana
advanced into Argentine ant territories, attacking and destroying colonies and
taking over their nest sites. Similar interactions have been observed between
Iridomyrex humilis, and another Pheidole sp., P. megacephala (Fabr.), in Hawaii
and Bermuda (Haskins, C. P. & E. F. Haskins. 1965. Ecology, 46: 736-740;
Crowell, K. L. 1968. Ecology, 49: 551-555; Fluker, S. S. & J. W. Beardsley. 1970.
Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 63: 1290-1296).
In contrast, in the park, a native fire ant, Solenopsis xyloni McCook, often raids
the nests ofP. tenerijfana and may annihilate whole colonies. Curiously, however,
S. xyloni is itself displaced, at least partially, by I. humilis, so that a repetitious
cycle of displacement might occur. It may be possible that I. humilis is repelled
by a kariomone produced by P. tenerijfana, but which does not repel S. xyloni;
whereas, S. xyloni might be repelled by a kariomone produced by I. humilisl
Pheidole tenerijfana seems to have few “conflicts” with less aggressive native
ants in the park, but I have observed it attacking workers of the California red
harvester ant, Pogonomyrmex californicus Buckley. Other ant species present in
154
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(2)
the park are: Conomyrma bicolor Wheeler, Conomymra insana Buckley, Tapi-
noma sessile Say, Formica pilicornis Emery, Monomorium minimum Buckley and
Cardiocondyla ectopia Snelling.
Pheidole tenerijfana nests have many inseminated queens; 23 were observed in
one colony that was changing its nest site. The nests occur as large colonies with
low mounds in the soil, along curbs or sidewalks, at the edges of lawns, in cracks
in pavement, and at the bases of trees. New colonies are started by budding, with
new queens mating in the nest and moving with part of the existing colony to
form new nests in adjacent territory. The workers forage night and day, unless it
gets too hot (>26° C). However, if the nest is in a shady location, they will remain
active on the hottest days. Colony members are predacious on live insects, such
as noctuid or beetle larvae. They may also harvest seeds and scavenge dead or
dying insects. I have not observed them tending aphids, but they do feed on sweet
or greasy materials.
Record.-CALIFORNIA. LOS ANGELES Co.: Long Beach, Admiral Kidd Park, 7 Mar 1989, M.
J. Martinez.
Acknowledgment.—1 thank Edward O. Wilson, Harvard University, for the
determination of this ant to species, and Roy Snelling, Los Angeles County Natural
History Museum, for his assistance and support in identifying the ants. I also
thank Phil Hester and his staff of the Recreation and Marine Department, Park
Bureau, Long Beach Parks, for their cooperation, and my wife, Charlean, for her
help and patience.
Michael J. Martinez, Department of Parks and Recreation, City of Long Beach,
Long Beach, California 90815.
Received 30 September 1991; accepted 10 October 1991.
ANNOUNCEMENT
PUBLICATIONS OF THE
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
PROCEEDINGS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Vol. 1 (16 numbers, 179 pages) and vol. 2 (9 numbers, 131 pages). 1901—
1930. Price $5.00 per volume.
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST.
Vol. 1 (1924) to vol. 51 (1975), price $10.00 per volume of 4 numbers, or
$2.50 per single issue. Vol. 52 (1976) to vol. 57 (1981), price $15.00 per
volume or $3.75 per single issue, except for vol. 57, no. 1, $10.00. Vol. 58
(1982) to vol. 66 (1990), $20.00 per volume or $5.00 per single issue. Vol.
67 (1991) and subsequent issues, $30.00 per volume or $7.50 per single issue.
MEMOIRS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Volume 1. The Sucking Lice by G. F. Ferris. 320 pages. Published October
1951. Price $10.00* (plus $1.00 postage and handling).
Volume 2. A Revision of the Spider Mite Family Tetranychidae by A. Earl
Pritchard and Edward W. Baker. 472 pages. Published July 1955. OUT-OF-
PRINT.
Volume 3. Revisionary Studies in the Nearctic Decticinae by David C. Rentz
and James D. Birchim. 173 pages. Published July 1968. Price $4.00* (plus
$0.75 postage and handling).
Volume 4. Autobiography of an Entomologist by Robert L. Usinger. 343
pages. Published August 1972. SPECIAL PRICE $5.00 (plus $1.00 tax, post¬
age, and handling for California orders, $0.70 postage and handling for non-
California U.S. orders, or $1.70 for foreign orders). No members discount at
this special price.
Volume 5. Revision of the Millipede Family Andrognathidae in the Nearctic
Region by Michael R. Gardner. 61 pages. Published January 21, 1975. Price
$3.00* (plus $0.75 postage and handling).
*For California orders only, add appropriate sales tax currently in effect in your county. If
requested, members of the Society can receive a 20% discount on the price of the memoirs,
except vol. 4.
Send orders to:
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
% California Academy of Sciences
Golden Gate Park
San Francisco, California 94118-4599
U.S.A.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Information for Contributors
See volume 66 (1): 1-8, January 1990, for detailed format information and the issues thereafter for examples. Manuscripts must be
in English, but foreign language summaries are permitted. Manuscripts not meeting the format guidelines may be returned. Please
maintain a copy of the article on a word-processor because revisions are usually necessary before acceptance, pending review and copy¬
editing.
Format. — Type manuscripts in a legible serif font IN DOUBLE OR TRIPLE SPACE with 1.5 in margins on one side of 8.5 x 11 in,
nonerasable, high quality paper. THREE (3) COPIES of each manuscript must be submitted, EACH INCLUDING REDUCTIONS
OF ANY FIGURES TO THE 8.5 x 11 IN PAGE. Number pages as: title page (page 1), abstract and key words page (page 2), text
pages (pages 3 + ), acknowledgment page, literature cited pages, footnote page, tables, figure caption page; place original figures last.
List the corresponding author’s name, address including ZIP code, and phone number on the title page in the upper right comer. The
title must include the taxon’s designation, where appropriate, as: (Order: Family). The ABSTRACT must not exceed 250 words; use
five to seven words or concise phrases as KEY WORDS. Number FOOTNOTES sequentially and list on a separate page.
Text. — Demarcate MAJOR HEADINGS as centered headings and MINOR HEADINGS as left indented paragraphs with lead phrases
underlined and followed by a period and two hypens. CITATION FORMATS are: Coswell (1986), (Asher 1987a, Franks & Ebbet
1988, Dorly et al. 1989), (Burton in press) and (R. F. Tray, personal communication). For multiple papers by the same author use:
(Weber 1932, 1936, 1941; Sebb 1950, 1952). For more detailed reference use: (Smith 1983: 149-153, Price 1985: fig. 7a, Nothwith
1987: table 3).
Taxonomy. — Systematics manuscripts have special requirements outlined in volume 66(1): 1-8, including SEPARATE PARAGRAPHS
FOR DIAGNOSES, TYPES AND MATERIAL EXAMINED (INCLUDING A SPECIFIC FORMAT), and a specific order for
paragraphs in descriptions. See: Johnson, K. (1990. Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 66[2]: 97-125) for an example of format style and order
for taxonomic descriptions. Please request a copy of special format requirements from the editor. List the unabbreviated taxonomic
author of each species after its first mention.
Literature Cited. — Format examples are:
Anderson, T. W. 1984. An introduction to multivariate statistical analysis (2nd ed). John Wiley & Sons, New York.
Blackman, R. L., P. A. Brown & V. F. Eastop. 1987. Problems in pest aphid taxonomy: can chromosomes plus morphometries
provide some answers? pp. 233-238. In Holman, J., J. Pelikan, A. G. F. Dixon & L. Weismann (eds.). Population structure, genetics
and taxonomy of aphids and Thysanoptera. Proc. international symposium held at Smolenice Czechoslovakia, Sept. 9-14, 1985.
SPB Academic Publishing, The Hague, The Netherlands.
Ferrari, J. A. & K. S. Rai. 1989. Phenotypic correlates of genome size variation in Aedes albopictus. Evolution, 42: 895-899.
Sorensen, J. T. (in press). Three new species of Essigella (Homoptera: Aphididae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol.
Illustrations. — Illustrations must be of high quality and large enough to ultimately reduce to 117 x 181 mm while maintaining label
letter sizes of at least 1 mm; this reduction must also allow for space below the illustrations for the typeset figure captions. Authors
are strongly encouraged to provide illustrations no larger than 8.5 x 11 in for easy handling. Number figures in the order presented.
Mount all illustrations. Label illustrations on the back noting: (1) figure number, (2) direction of top, (3) author’s name, (4) title of
the manuscript, and (5) journal. FIGURE CAPTIONS must be on a separate, numbered page; do not attach captions to the figures.
Tables. — Keep tables to a minimum and do not reduce them. Table must be DOUBLE-SPACED THROUGHOUT and continued
on additional sheets of paper as necessary. Designate footnotes within tables by alphabetic letter.
Scientific Notes. — Notes use an abbreviated format and lack: an abstract, key words, footnotes, section headings and a Literature Cited
section. Minimal references are listed in the text in the format: (Bohart, R. M. 1989. Pan-Pacific. Entomol., 65: 156-161.). A short
acknowledgment is permitted as a minor headed paragraph. Authors and affiliations are listed in the last, left indented paragraph of
the note with the affiliation underscored.
Page Charges. — PCES members are charged $30 per page. Members without institutional or grant support may apply to the society
for a grant to cover up to one half of these charges. Nonmembers are charged $60 per page. Page charges do not include reprint costs,
or charges for author changes to manuscripts after they are sent to the printer.
Volume 68
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
April 1992
Number 2
Contents
AALBU, R. L. & F. G. ANDREWS—Revision of the spider beetle genus Niptus in North
America, including new cave and pholeophile species (Coleoptera: Ptinidae). 73
CANE, J. H., S. L. BUCHMANN & W. E. LaBERGE—T he solitary bee Melissodes thelypodii
thelypodii Cockerell (Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae) collects pollen from wind-pollinated
Amaranthus palmeri Watson. 97
FENG, M.-G., R. M. NOWIERSKI, R. E. KLEIN, A. L. SCHAREN & D. C. SANDS-Spherical
hyphal bodies of Pandora neoaphidis (Remaudiere & Hennebert) Humber (Zygomycetes:
Entomophthorales) on Acyrthosiphon pisum (Harris) (Homoptera: Aphididae): a poten¬
tial overwintering form. 100
POWELL, J. A.—Recent colonization of the San Francisco Bay area, California, by exotic
moths (Lepidoptera: Tineoidea, Gelechioidea, Tortricoidea, Pyraloidea) . 105
BRAILOVSKY, H., E. BARRERA & W. LOPEZ-FORMENT-Revision of the genus Tachycol-
pura Breddin (Hemiptera: Heteroptera: Coreidae: Colpurini). 122
WILSON, S. W., J. H. TSAI & C. C. CHEN—Descriptions of immatures of Eoeurysa flavo-
capitata Muir from Taiwan (Homoptera: Delphacidae). 133
SHEPARD, W. D.—A redescription of Ordobrevia nubifera (Fall) (Coleoptera: Elmidae). 140
GILL, R. J.—A review of the sweetpotato white fly in southern California_ 144
SCIENTIFIC NOTE
MARTINEZ, M. J.—A new ant introduction for North America: Pheidole tenerijfana (Forel)
(Hymenoptera: Formicidae) . 153
Announcement: Publications of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society. 155
The
PAN-PACIFIC
ENTOMOLOGIST
Volume 68 July 1992 Number 3
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
(ISSN 0031-0603)
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
EDITORIAL BOARD
J. T. Sorensen, Editor R. M. Bohart
R. E. Somerby, Book Review Editor J. T. Doyen
S. M. Sawyer, Editorial Assist. J. E. Hafernik, Jr.
Roberta L. Brett, Treasurer J. A. Powell
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed¬
ings usually appearing in the October issue. All communications regarding non¬
receipt of numbers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications
should be addressed to: Roberta L. Brett, Treasurer, Pacific Coast Entomological
Society, Dept, of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park,
San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be
addressed to: Curtis Y. Takahashi, Membership Committee chair. Pacific Coast
Entomological Society, Dept, of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences,
Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
Manuscripts, proofs, and all correspondence concerning editorial matters (but
not aspects of publication charges or costs) should be sent to: Dr. John T. Sorensen,
Editor, Pan-Pacific Entomologist, Insect Taxonomy Laboratory, California Dept,
of Food & Agriculture, 1220 N Street, Sacramento, CA 95814. See the back cover
for Information-to-Contributors, and volume 66 (1): 1-8, January 1990, for more
detailed information. Refer inquiries for publication charges and costs to the
Treasurer.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $20.00 for regular members of the Society,
$10.00 for student members, or $30.00 for institutional subscriptions. Members
of the Society receive The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Single copies of recent num¬
bers or entire volumes are available; see 67(1):80 for current prices. Make checks
payable to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society.
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
OFFICERS FOR 1992
Norman D. Penny, President Susan B. Opp, President-Elect
Roberta L. Brett, Treasurer ' Wesley A. Maffei, Managing Secretary
Julieta F. Parinas, Assist. Treasurer D. Keith Dabney, Recording Secretary
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST (ISSN 0031-0603) is published quarterly by the Pacific
Coast Entomological Society, c/o California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco,
CA 941 18-4599. Second-class postage is paid at San Francisco, CA and additional mailing offices.
Postmaster: Send address changes to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, c/o California Academy
of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 941 18-4599.
This issue mailed 10 November 1992
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist (ISSN 0031-0603)
PRINTED BY THE ALLEN PRESS, INC., LAWRENCE, KANSAS 66044, U.S.A.
THIS PUBLICATION IS PRINTED ON ACID-FREE PAPER.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(3): 157-168, (1992)
THE FIRST ENDEMIC TROGLOBITIC
CARABID BEETLES IN HAWAIIAN
LAVA TUBES (COLEOPTERA: CARABIDAE)
James K. Liebherr 1 and G. Allan Samuelson 2
'Department of Entomology, Comstock Hall, Cornell University,
Ithaca, New York 14853-0999
^Department of Entomology, Bishop Museum, P.O. Box 19000-A,
Honolulu, Hawaii 96817
Abstract.— The first troglobitic Hawaiian carabid beetles are described from lava tube caves on
Haleakala, Maui Island. The species— Atelothrus howarthi Samuelson & Liebherr, NEW SPE¬
CIES, and Atelothrus aaae Samuelson & Liebherr, NEW SPECIES—are members of the tribe
Platynini, subtribe Platyni, a group that has radiated extensively on the islands. Both cave species
are members of a complex of Atelothrus species found on the windward slopes of Haleakala, but
they do not appear to be sister species, suggesting that they represent two independent coloni¬
zations of the lava tube habitat.
Key Words.—Insects., Coleoptera, Carabidae, Platynini, Atelothrus, Hawaii, caves
The Hawaiian Carabidae make up the largest assemblage of beetles endemic to
the Hawaiian Islands, and are perhaps the largest predaceous insect group to have
radiated in the islands (Zimmerman 1948). Of these, the Platynini (= Ancho-
menides of Sharp) has speciated extensively, resulting in description of 111 species
in 23 genera (Sharp 1903, Perkins 1917, Csiki 1931). In recent years, F. G.
Howarth of Bishop Museum has investigated the arthropods of Hawaiian lava
tubes. The species described below come from dark zones of lava tubes in the
upper reaches of Kipahulu Valley, on the eastern part of East Maui Island.
Sharp (1903) established genera for the Hawaiian platynines based on the con¬
figuration of the metathoracic flight-wings and pronotal setation. He was aware
that setal presence was highly variable within some species, and that “contem¬
porary members of one generation may possibly belong to two different genera,
though having the same specific parentage” (Sharp 1903: 177). Thus it is likely
that comprehensive cladistic analysis will result in synonymization of many ge¬
neric names in this fauna. The two cave species we describe appear related to a
complex of five epigean species on East Maui: Atelothrus erro (Blackburn), A.
dyscoleus Sharp, A. gracilis Sharp, A. longicollis Sharp, and A. politus Sharp. The
two new species do not appear to be sister taxa, supporting the hypothesis that
cave colonization by platynine carabids occurred at least twice on East Maui.
Materials and Methods
Specimens were relaxed in warm soapy distilled water before dissection. For
males, the intersegmental membranes posterad the apical visible abdominal seg¬
ment were cut, and the male terminalia extracted. The aedeagus and associated
sclerites of abdominal segment IX were placed in cold 10% KOH overnight,
acidified with dilute acetic acid, and examined. The aedeagal internal sac was
everted while the dissection was in the acetic acid wash. The disassociated ae-
158
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 68(3)
deagus and abdominal sclerites were then placed in glycerin for microscopic ex¬
amination, thereafter stored in glycerin microvials under the specimens.
For females, the abdomen was removed from water-relaxed specimens and
placed overnight in cold 10% KOH. After clearing, the abdominal tergites for
segments I-VII were removed along the pleural sutures, and the remaining seg¬
ments removed from the visible stemites I-VI. The alimentary canal, defensive
glands, and reproductive structures were placed in Chlorazol Black® in methyl
cellosolve. The defensive glands and associated sclerites of segment VIII were
removed, and the reproductive tract and alimentary canal mounted ventral side
upward on a temporary glycerin mount. Reproductive structures were examined
at x 100 to x 400 using phase-contrast microscopy. All internal cuticular structures
were subsequently placed in plastic glycerin vials and stored with the specimens.
Body length is the sum of three dimensions: median length of head from anterior
margin of labrum to cervical collar, median length of pronotum, and distance
from basal groove of scutellum to apex of left elytron.
Each description is accompanied by a diagnosis sufficient to differentiate the
species from all other species assignable to Atelothrus sensu Sharp (1903).
Atelothrus howarthi Samuelson & Liebherr, NEW SPECIES
Type Material. — Holotype (male): HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. (E) MAUI I: Halea-
kala National Park, Kipahulu Valley, West Camp, 1800 m [6100 ft], in dark zone
of Luamanuiwi Lava Tube, from top of large talus slope at end of lava tube, 14
Jul 1983, F. G. Howarth. The holotype is deposited in the B. P. Bishop Museum,
Honolulu (BPBM type no. 14,799). Allotype (female): same data (except 15 Jul
1983) and deposition as holotype. Paratype (female): same data (except Jul 1983)
and deposition as holotype; paratype (male): same data (except 4 Mar 1984) and
deposition as holotype.
Description.—Head: form narrow, elongate, eyes flat, facets barely protruding from genal region of
head; neck constricted laterally, obsoletely constricted dorsally. Mandibles elongate, apex finely acu¬
minate. Labrum broadly emarginate medially; six setae along anterior margin, the two outer pairs
stout, long, and set in foveate articulatory sockets, the inner pair much finer, shorter, and set in fine
sockets. Maxillae elongate; laciniae narrow, acuminate; galeae elongate, apical segment bowed mesally;
palps glabrous; palpomere IV fusiform, apex with small flat area. Ligula broad apically, bisetose;
second palpomere anteriorly bisetose. Basal three antennomeres with very short microsetae on surfaces
(x 125); antennomeres IV-XI elongate, antennomere IY with length 4.40 x greatest width. Mentum
with bifid or broadly emarginate median tooth; depressions of mentum deep, a round fovea evident
at deepest part; submentum with inner and outer pairs of lateral setae present. Eyes reduced, maximal
diameter from lower anterior to dorsal posterior margins crossing 12 facets (Fig. 3). Clypeus transverse,
width 2.50 x length; one seta each side about middle of length. Frons with shallow broad frontal
grooves; two supraorbital setae each side, anterior setae above median dimension of eye, posterior
just anterad constriction of neck. Prothorax: pronotum rhadiniform, lateral margin anteriorly convex
before broadly concave and raised basolateral margin, basal margin broadly concave meeting nearly
right, bluntly rounded hind angles; median base with slight longitudinal wrinkles, basal marginal bead
absent; median longitudinal impression fine; anterior transverse depression deep medially, becoming
obsolete one-quarter distance to front angles; area anterad anterior transverse depression weakly
longitudinally strigose; anterior marginal bead present just inside front angles, absent medially; front
angles narrowly rounded and slightly forward-projecting; lateral marginal depressions broad anteriorly,
narrowest at lateral setae, and wider toward hind angles; laterobasal depressions deep, broad, with
rounded depression mesad hind seta; lateral marginal seta normally single, unilaterally doubled on
right side of female paratype. Prostemal projection narrowly rounded at apex, with a broad marginal
bead weakly indicated by a slightly depressed area between procoxae. Elytra: lateral margins broadly
curved from humerus to weakly developed subapical sinuation; disc flattened medially; basal groove
1992
LIEBHERR & SAMUELSON: HAWAIIAN CARABIDS
159
Figure. 1. Atelothrus howarthi, female allotype.
160
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(3)
Figures. 2-3. Lateral view of head capsule showing development of compound eye. Figure 2.
Atelothrus aaae. Figure 3. Atelothrus howarthi.
straight from second to fourth stria, recurved anteriorly from fourth stria outward, evenly rounded at
humerus; striae continuous, slightly wavering, giving the impression of faint punctulae; intervals
moderately and broadly convex; scutellar seta present; three dorsal elytral setae in third interval, the
anterior seta in medial half of interval, the posterior two in second stria; 12 to 14 setae along lateral
margin from humerus to subapical sinuation; a single seta near apex of seventh stria inside subapical
sinuation; a single seta at elytral apex posterad second stria; sutural apex rounded. Pterothorax:
metepistemum slightly elongate, lateral margin 1.25 x length of anterior margin; hind wings vestigial,
scalelike flaps about as long as metepistema. Legs: profemur with a single ventral seta and two
anterodorsal setae (Fig. 4), approximately seven smaller setae along dorsal surface; posterior surface
glabrous. Mesocoxa with one ridge seta and one ventral seta (Fig. 5); mesofemur with two anteroventral
setae, four to five anterodorsal setae, and about seven smaller dorsal setae (Fig. 6). Metacoxa bisetose,
inner seta absent (Fig. 7); metafemur with two anteroventral setae, apex glabrous (Fig. 8); basal three
metatarsomeres with sharp keellike median carina and broad internal and external dorsal sulci; fourth
metatarsomere smooth, glabrous dorsally, with inner and outer mediolateral, subapical, and apical
setae (Fig. 9); apical margin medially emarginate, inner and outer apical lobes equally elongate;
metapretarsus with two pairs of short ventral setae and longer apicolateral setae (Fig. 10). Abdomen:
apical margin of last visible abdominal stemite with one (holotype) or two (paratype) setae each side
in males, three marginal setae each side in females (Fig. 11). Microsculpture: vertex with evident
isodiametric mesh, stronger along upper margins of eyes. Pronotal disc with lightly impressed trans¬
verse mesh connected by weak crosslines, the surface faintly alutaceous; laterobasal depressions and
1992
LIEBHERR & SAMUELSON: HAWAIIAN CARABIDS
161
Figures. 4-11. Atelothrus howarthi. Figure 4. Left profemur (anterior view). Figure 5. Left mesocoxa
and trochanter (anteroventral view). Figure 6. Left mesofemur (anterior view). Figure 7. Left metacoxa
(ventral view). Figure 8. Left metafemur (anterior view). Figure 9. Right fourth metatarsomere (dorsal
view, fifth tarsomere articulatory socket stippled). Figure 10. Left metapretarsus and claws (outer
lateral view). Figure 11. Apical visible abdominal stemite of female (ventral view). Scale bar for Figs.
4, 6, 8, 11, 1.0 mm; for Fig. 7, 0.5 mm; for Figs. 5 and 10, 0.25 mm; for Fig. 9, 0.1 mm. AD =
anterodorsal setae; AS = apical setae; AV = anteroventral setae; SS = subapical setae.
median base with granulate isodiametric mesh. Elytral intervals with faintly developed isodiametric
mesh, more well developed in lateral intervals. Abdominal stemites with regular transverse mesh,
mesh more isodiametric near lateral margins and laterad metacoxae. Color: vertex rufobrunneous to
rufopiceous; anterior of frons, clypeus, and labrum rufous with testaceous cast; palps and antennae
testaceous. Pronotum rufous to rufobrunneous, distinctly lighter in color than vertex; apical and lateral
margins and laterobasal depressions more testaceous. Elytra rufotestaceous, thin, translucent. Pronotal
162
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(3)
Figures. 12-14. Atelothrus howarthi. Figure 12. Male aedeagal median lobe and disassociated
parameres (dorsal view for median lobe; ventral view of ventral (= right) paramere shown above
dorsal view of dorsal (= left) paramere). Figure 13. Female external genitalia and reproductive tract
(ventral view). Figure 14. Right gonocoxa (ventral view; dorsal ensiform seta on apical gonocoxite
shown stippled). Scale bar for Figs. 12 and 13, 0.5 mm; for Fig. 14, 0.1 mm.
and elytral epipleura testaceous, venter of body rufous. Coxae, trochanters, and femora testaceous;
tibiae and tarsi brunneous. Body Size: male holotype and female allotype 7.5 mm body length; male
paratype 7.9 mm length; female paratype 8.0 mm length. Male Genitalia: aedeagus lightly melanized,
testaceous to brunneous; ventral (= right) paramere narrow with subparallel sides (Fig. 12); dorsal (=
left) paramere slightly longer and more rounded apically; median lobe slender, elongate, evenly curved,
the apex finely acuminate; sagittal crest of basal bulb extremely small to absent; internal sac with
inconspicuous microtrichia. Female Reproductive Tract: bursa copulatrix elongate with medial band
of simple lumenal microtrichia (Fig. 13). Spermatheca tubular with short duct; spermathecal gland
duct short, joining base of spermathecal reservoir. Hemistemite IX with setose lateral margin, 14-16
setae laterad basal gonocoxite. Basal gonocoxite with apical fringe of 8 to 11 setae (Figs. 13 and 14).
Apical gonocoxite moderately stout with two lateral and one dorsal ensiform setae, and apical de¬
pression bearing two nematiform setae.
Diagnosis. — Pronotum with two lateral setae, one at middle, the other before
hind angle (Fig. 1); hind wings vestigial; mandibles elongate, narrow apically; eyes
reduced, surface barely protruding from flattened lateral areas of head; basal
groove of elytra anteriorly recurved at humerus, humerus rounded; female with
three marginal setae each side on apical visible abdominal stemite (Fig. 11).
1992
LIEBHERR & SAMUELSON: HAWAIIAN CARABIDS
163
Etymology. — This species is named to honor Frank Howarth and his many
contributions to the knowledge of Hawaiian cave animals.
Related Species. — Sharp (1903) placed only two species in the genus Platynus,
basing placement in that taxon on possession of dorsally bisulcate tarsomeres and
bisetose pronotal lateral margins. These include P. ambiens Sharp from Kauai
and P. calathiformis Sharp from Maui. The former character diagnoses the five
genera Sharp proposed as his Division II of the Hawaiian Platynini. We discount
the latter character for inclusion of any Hawaiian species in the Holarctic Platynus,
due to the plasticity of pronotal setal presence and absence throughout the Platyni¬
ni (e.g., Liebherr 1988). Such a decision follows Perkins’ (1920) opinion that the
two species placed in Platynus by Sharp are not closely related. We hypothesize
that A. howarthi is most closely related to A. longicollis, a species found in Kipahulu
Valley from 900 to 1900 m (A. C. Medeiros, Jr., and J. K. Liebherr, unpublished
data), and ranging westward on the windward side of Haleakala to Waikamoi
Gulch. Atelothrus longicollis and A. howarthi share the derived states of: baso-
lateral pronotal margin concave with hind angles projecting posterad; body pale
with elytra translucent; metacoxae bisetose, inner seta lacking; apical margin of
apical abdominal segment with three setae each side in female. This hypothesis
interprets lateral pronotal setal presence in A. howarthi as an autapomorphy, and
setal absence in related Atelothrus as the primitive state. Atelothrus howarthi
exhibits developmental plasticity at this setal position—the female paratype has
two setae on the right side, and a single seta on the left.
Material Examined.—See type material.
Atelothrus aaae Samuelson & Liebherr, NEW SPECIES
Type Material. -Holotype (female): HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. (E) MA UII: Ha¬
leakala National Park, Kipahulu Valley, West Camp, 1830 m [6000 ft], in dark
zone of Pukamoa Lava Tube, under stone on mud bank above stream, 29 Apr
1988, F. G. Howarth. The holotype is deposited in the B. P. Bishop Museum,
Honolulu (BPBM, type no. 14,800).
Description. —Head: vertex convex, domelike; lateral surfaces of head evenly convex from strong
neck constriction to eyespot; constriction of neck broad, visible in lateral view. Mandibles moderately
elongate, terebral surface broad, apex acuminate. Labrum trapezoidal, anterior margin 0.75 x width
of posterior margin, six setae along apical margin, the median pair 0.80 x length neighboring more
lateral setae, the outer pair nearly twice as long as more mesal neighbors. Maxillary palps with longer
apical setae on second and third palpomeres, and sparse pelage of short microsetae over surface of
palpomeres II-IV; palpomere IV fusiform, finely acuminate apically. Second labial palpomere with
two longer anteromedial setae plus sparse pelage of fine microsetae. Mentum with acuminate median
tooth; depressions of mentum deep, with pitlike foveae at deepest part; submentum with inner and
outer pairs of lateral setae present. Antennae elongate; basal three antennomeres with sparse pelage
of fine setae in addition to longer apical setae, the fine setae as long as pelage on antennomeres IV-
XI; antennomere III slightly bowed posteriorly. Clypeus transverse, trapezoidal, anterior margin 0.70 x
length of posterior margin; one seta each side at middle of length. Eyes reduced to an obscurely faceted
eyespot composed of four ommatidia, the ommatidial comeae flat, obscuring their margins (Fig. 2).
Frons with broad, shallow, irregular frontal grooves, two supraorbital setae each side, anterior setae
just above eyespot, posterior somewhat before neck constriction. Prothorax: pronotal lateral margins
explanate, marginal bead depressed from front angle to mid-length, raised gradually to position of
hind seta, gradually depressed posteriorly to hind angle; lateral margins evenly convex anterad hind
setae, subparallel basad setae; hind angles right but bluntly rounded; median base with faint longitudinal
wrinkles; basal marginal bead obsolete; median longitudinal impression foveate just anterad basal
164
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(3)
Figure. 15. Atelothrus aaae, female holotype.
1992
LIEBHERR & SAMUELSON: HAWAIIAN CARABIDS
165
Figures. 16-23. Atelothrus aaae. Figure 16. Left profemur (anterior view). Figure 17. Left mesocoxa
and trochanter (anteroventral view). Figure 18. Left mesofemur (anterior view). Figure 19. Left meta¬
coxa (ventral view). Figure 20. Left metafemur (anterior view). Figure 21. Right fourth metatarsomere
(dorsal view; fifth tarsomere articulatory socket stippled). Figure 22. Left metapretarsus and claws
(outer lateral view). Figure 23. Apical visible abdominal stemite of female (ventral view). Scale bar
for Figs. 16, 18, 20, 23, 1.0 mm; for Fig. 19, 0.5 mm; for Figs. 17 and 22, 0.25 mm; for Fig. 21, 0.1
mm. AD = anterodorsal setae; AS = apical setae; AV = anteroventral setae; SS = subapical setae.
collar, fine near mid-length; anterior transverse depression deep, triangular medially, disappearing
one-fifth distance to front angles; anterior margin with well-developed longitudinal wrinkles from
middle to just inside lateral marginal depressions; anterior marginal bead obsolete; front angles slightly
protruding, tightly rounded; lateral marginal depressions wide, of equal width along anterior half of
notum, widened posteriorly to meet laterobasal depressions; basal seta positioned at basal 0.19 to
0.25 of length; weak carina extending medially from seta; laterobasal depressions smooth, with circular
depression each side posterad basal setae. Prostemum depressed anterad procoxae, narrowly convex
medially; prostemal projection with flattened ventral surface, ventral and posterior surfaces meeting
at angulate apex; setae sparsely covering ventral surface. Elytra: form ovoid, humeri weakly developed,
lateral margins nearly straight from rounded humeri to 0.40 of length, evenly convex posteriorly to
well-developed subapical sinuation before rounded, protruding apex; basal groove faintly indicated
inside fourth stria, evident and rounded on humerus; striae continuous, wavering basally, faintly
punctate apically; intervals slightly convex; scutellar seta present; three dorsal elytral setae in third
166
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(3)
Figures. 24-25. Atelothrus aaae. Figure 24. Female external genitalia and reproductive tract (ventral
view; circular detail shows cristate bursal scales that occur between dotted lines, each cristate scale
approximately 0.01 mm across). Figure 25. Right gonocoxa (ventral view; dorsal ensiform setae on
apical gonocoxite shown stippled). Scale bar for Fig. 24, 0.5 mm; for Fig. 25, 0.1 mm.
interval, the anterior seta in middle of interval narrowed at its position by coming together of striae
two and three, the posterior two setae just laterad second stria; nine lateral setae adjacent eighth stria,
five in basal half behind humerus, four in apical half before subapical sinuation; a single seta in apex
of first elytral interval; lateral reflection wide from humerus to middle of length, narrower posteriorly,
absent laterad subapical sinuation. Pterothorax: metepistemum slightly elongate, lateral margin 1.33 x
length of anterior margin; hind wings vestigial, small scalelike flaps much shorter than metepistema.
Legs: profemur elongate, slender, with one ventral seta, four anteroventral setae (Fig. 16), three
posteroventral setae, and numerous fine setae apically. Mesocoxa with one larger ridge seta, one larger
ventral seta, plus a sparse covering of fine setae, two of which are on mesocoxal ridge (Fig. 17);
mesotrochanter with one large ventral seta and numerous short, fine setae over surface; mesofemur
with approximately seven larger anteroventral setae, five anterodorsal setae, and numerous smaller
setae along dorsal edge and on apical surfaces (Fig. 18). Metacoxa trisetose, inner seta present (Fig.
19); metafemur with two anteroventral setae, two anterodorsal setae, and numerous smaller setae
along dorsal edge and apical surfaces (Fig. 20); basal three metatarsomeres with very shallow inner
and outer dorsal sulci and a fine median carina, the dorsal surfaces of tarsi with a sparse pelage of
microsetae; fourth metatarsomere convex dorsally, dorsal surface with sparse microsetae, subapical
and apical setae present, apical margin medially emarginate with inner and outer lobes equally de¬
veloped (Fig. 21); metapretarsus covered with sparse pelage of setae (Fig. 22). Abdomen: apical visible
abdominal stemite of female with two setae on each side of apical margin (Fig. 23). Microsculpture:
vertex with slightly transversely stretched isodiametric mesh, more transverse on constriction of neck.
Pronotal disc with well-developed transverse mesh, more isodiametric mesh anterad anterior trans-
1992
LIEBHERR & SAMUELSON: HAWAIIAN CARABIDS
167
verse depression and on basal collar; laterobasal depressions with transverse mesh in deepest portions,
mesh stretched parallel to lateral margin before hind setae. Elytral intervals with well-developed
transverse mesh. Abdominal stemites with regular transverse mesh. Color: vertex yellow-brown, palps
and antennal scape yellower, antennomeres II to XI brunneous. Pronotal disc slightly darker than
vertex, anterior and lateral pronotal margins darker, brunneous. Elytra brunneous near scutellum,
lighter, more flavous apically, translucent. Pronotal and elytral epipleura flavous; venter of body slightly
darker, rufotestaceous. Coxae, trochanters, and femora flavous, concolorous with epipleura; tibiae and
tarsi darker, concolorous with venter of body. Body Size: female holotype body length 7.05 mm.
Female Reproductive Tract: bursa copulatrix elongate, with cristate scales lining the medial portion
of the lumenal wall (Fig. 24). Spermatheca tubular with short duct; spermathecal gland duct 2.0 x
length of spermathecal reservoir, entering at base of reservoir. Hemistemite IX with four setae along
apical margin. Basal gonocoxite glabrous apically (Figs. 24 and 25), with several short setae on ventral
surface. Apical gonocoxite narrow and elongate with rounded apex; two widely separated lateral
ensiform setae (right side of holotype) or one lateral ensiform seta (left side), and two (right side) or
one (left side) dorsal ensiform setae; apical depression bearing two nematiform setae.
Diagnosis. — Pronotum with single seta before base of lateral margin (Fig. 15);
hind wings vestigial; eyes very small, obscurely faceted (Fig. 3); basal antenno¬
meres, palps, and tarsi covered with sparse pelage of microsetae; humeri weakly
developed; legs and antennae elongate, legs slender, antennae 5.0 mm long; body
length 7.05 mm.
Etymology. — The species epithet signifies that this species has been found in
lava tubes; ‘ a‘ a‘ a being the Hawaiian word for lava tube.
Related Species.— The presence of a single pronotal lateral seta just before the
hind angle, the dorsally bisulcate tarsomeres, and vestigial flight wings are suffi¬
cient to diagnose this species as an Atelothrus. Atelothrus aaae has diverged ex¬
tensively in morphology relative to geographically proximate epigean species. Its
specializations typical of cave adapted taxa include elongation of legs and anten¬
nae, reduction of eyes, narrowing of the body, reduced melanization, and increased
setosity (Casale 1988). We suggest that it is a member of the East Maui Atelothrus
complex, but defer specifying a sister group pending comprehensive cladistic
analysis. Based on its possession of symplesiomorphous character states of tri-
setose metacoxae and laterally bisetose female apical abdominal segment, A. aaae
would not appear to be the sister taxon of A. howarthi, supporting two independent
colonizations by Atelothrus species of the Kipahulu Valley caves.
Material Examined. —See type material.
Acknowledgment
We thank Arthur C. Medeiros, Jr., Haleakala National Park, for support and
assistance in the study of the Hawaiian biota. Michelle Chun, Honolulu, prepared
the habitus drawings. Field work was supported, in part, by the National Science
Foundation under grant BSR-85-15183 to the Bishop Museum.
Literature Cited
Casale, A. 1988. Revisione degli Sphodrina (Coleoptera, Carabidae, Sphodrini). Mus. Reg. Sci. Nat.
Monogr., 5: 1-1024.
Csiki, E. 1931. Coleopterorum Catalogus, 2 (part 115, Carabidae 2, Harpalinae 5): 738-1022.
Liebherr, J. K. 1988. Biogeographic patterns of West Indian Platynus carabid beetles (Coleoptera).
pp. 121-152. In Liebherr, J. K. (ed.). Zoogeography of Caribbean insects. Cornell University
Press, Ithaca.
Perkins, R. C. L. 1917. New Hawaiian Caraboidea. Entomol. Mon. Mag., 53: 246-250.
168
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(3)
Perkins, R. C. L. 1920. Note on Hawaiian Platynus (Coleoptera, Carabidae). Proc. Hawaiian Entomol.
Soc., 4: 276-277.
Sharp, D. 1903. Fauna Hawaiiensis, Coleoptera, 3 (part 3, Coleoptera 2): 175-291.
Zimmerman, E. C. 1948. Insects of Hawaii, 1: introduction. University of Hawaii Press, Honolulu.
Received 29 August 1991; accepted 14 January 1992.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(3): 169-173, (1992)
ENDEMIC PHYTOPHAGOUS INSECTS ASSOCIATED WITH
YELLOW STARTHISTLE IN NORTHERN IDAHO
James B. Johnson, Joseph P. McCaffrey,
and Frank W. Merickel
Department of Plant, Soil & Entomological Sciences,
University of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho 83843-4196
Abstract. — A survey of endemic phytophagous insects associated with yellow starthistle in north¬
ern Idaho was conducted during 1981 and 1982, prior to the introduction of biological control
agents. These data were supplemented with later observations. Eight species of insects were
confirmed feeding on parts of the weed, other than pollen and nectar. None of these significantly
impacted yellow starthistle populations. This is contrasted with the situation in Europe where
numerous species exploit the weed. The significance of these data to biological control efforts is
discussed.
Key Words. — Insecta, Centaurea solstitialis, yellow starthistle, phytophagous insect fauna, survey
Yellow starthistle, Centaurea solstitialis L. (Asteraceae), is a Eurasian annual
or biennial that now occupies over 3 million hectares in the western U.S. (Maddox
et al. 1985, Maddox & Mayfield 1985). In northern Idaho, the weed infests ap¬
proximately 100,000 ha, primarily in five counties along the Snake and Clearwater
Rivers (Callihan et al. 1989). Centaurea solstitialis is capable of forming solid
stands that eliminate grazing capacity on rangelands in this area.
In northern Idaho, C. solstitialis typically germinates in the fall. Rosettes with
seven or eight leaves form in the spring. The plants bolt during May and June,
with flowering occurring from mid-June through early August. Thus, it blooms
and senesces later in the season than most plants in the area.
A survey to assess the impact of endemic insects on C. solstitialis was conducted
prior to the release of biological control agents. The data also allow comparison
with the European insect fauna of C. solstitialis. These comparisons may identify
open niches that could be exploited by introduced biocontrol agents.
Materials and Methods
Site Descriptions. — Three sites in the primary C. solstitialis infestation (100,000
ha) area of Nez Perce County in northern Idaho were selected for study. Site 1
was a 1 ha plot on a SE facing 30° slope, located 5.1 km ENE of Culdesac. This
site had a loam soil and was relatively little disturbed, retaining some native
vegetation. The mean elevation was 965 m. Centaurea solstitialis density was
187.6 plants/m 2 , forming 14.5% of the ground cover. Other common species were
Poa secunda Presl, Ventenata dubia (Leers) Cosson & Durieu, Agropyron spicatum
(Pursch) Scribner & Smith (Poaceae), Symphoricarpus albus (L.) Blake (Capri-
foliaceae), Allium douglasii Hooker (Liliaceae), Balsamorhiza sagittata (Purschall)
Nuttall (Asteraceae) and Lomatium dissectium (Nuttall) Mathias & Constance
(Apiaceae).
Site 2 was a 1 ha plot on a SE facing 40° slope, 8 km NW of Culdesac. The soil
was a silt loam loess. The mean elevation was 645 m. Centaurea solstitialis density
averaged 632.7/m 2 and formed 24.5% of the vegetative cover. The second most
170
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(3)
abundant plant species was Dipsacus sylvestris Hudson (Dipsacaceae) with 140.3
plants/m 2 forming 21.4% of the ground cover. Other common species were Hy¬
pericum perforatum L. (Clusiaceae) and Poa pratensis L.
Site 3 was a 4 ha plot located 8 km S of Lapwai on a 5-20° SW facing slope.
The soil was a skeletal loam. The mean elevation was 650 m. Centaurea solstitialis
density averaged 177.2/m 2 and formed 15.3% of the ground cover. Other common
species included four grasses, Poa bulbosa L., Festuca myuros L., Bromus tectorum
L. and B. secalinus L. (Poaceae), and two forbs Erodium cicutarium (L.) L’Heritier
(Geraniaceae) and Balsamorhiza sagittata.
Sampling Methods.— Arthropods were sampled weekly from the rosette stage
to senescence, May through October, 1981 and 1982, using pitfall traps, sweepnets
and hand-picking. Ten pitfall traps were set at 10 m intervals along a transect
that ran up the slope at each site. The traps consisted of removable 8 oz plastic
cups (7.2 cm diameter) filled to a depth of 2-3 cm with ethylene glycol. These
were set in permanently positioned 10 oz cups of the same diameter to minimize
soil disturbance. Samples were collected by pouring the ethylene glycol through
a fine-mesh (4 threads/mm) aquarium net. Items caught in the net were transferred
to 70% ethyl alcohol for storage and transport to the laboratory. Fifty sweepnet
samples were collected by taking 180° sweeps along a transect 10 m from, and
parallel to, the line of pitfall traps. Net contents were put into a cyanide jar to
kill the insects collected, then transferred to a plastic bag for transport to the
laboratory. These two collecting methods yielded qualitative assessments of the
abundance of arthropods in the yellow starthistle-dominated habitats. A 20-30
min period of observation and hand-picking of insects feeding on C. solstitialis
was conducted on each sample date throughout the study and later as opportunities
arose. Specimens were identified as far as taxonomically possible.
Results and Discussion
The sampling yielded over 11,000 collections that included 488 recognizable
arthropod taxa. Of these, 453 were insects, representing 17 orders and 131 families.
Only 50 species in nine orders and 25 families were directly associated with C.
solstitialis. Eight endemic species were observed to feed on C. solstitialis, other
than as a source of pollen and nectar. Only two species appeared to regularly
exploit C. solstitialis. Unless otherwise noted, the species discussed below occurred
at all sites.
The species observed feeding on C. solstitialis included the western flower thrips
Frankliniella occidentalis (Pergande) (Thysanoptera: Thripidae), meadow spittle-
bug, Philaenus spuramrius (L.) (Homoptera: Cercopidae), plum leaf curl aphid,
Brachycaudus helichrysi (Kaltenbach) (Homoptera: Aphididae), larvae of the moth
Sparganothus tunicana (Walshingham) (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae), an ant, For¬
mica sp. (Hymenoptera: Formicidae), the migratory grasshopper, Melanoplus
sanguinipes (Fabr.) (Orthoptera: Acrididae), a cutworm larva (Lepidoptera: Noc-
tuidae) and the European earwig, Forficula auricularia L. (Dermaptera: Forficu-
lidae).
Western flower thrips were regularly found in C. solstitialis flowers during visual
inspections. They were also abundant in sweepnet samples taken while flowers
were present. The thrips did not appear to damage D. solstitialis.
Meadow spittlebugs were often found on lower foliage of C. solstitialis through-
1992
JOHNSON ET AL.: INSECTS ON YELLOW STARTHISTLE
171
out the spring and summer. Spittlebug densities as high as 14 per plant were
observed. There was no obvious damage to C. solstitialis in the field attributable
to spittlebug feeding.
Plum leaf curl aphids were occasionally found on the apex of elongating C.
solstitialis stems during June. They caused the stem to curl, but were too scarce
to contribute to controlling the weed. This aphid host alternates between plum
trees and a wide variety of composites, including spotted knapweed, Centaurea
maculosa Lambert (J. P. McCaffrey, unpublished data).
A population of the moth, S. tunic ana was found feeding and developing on
C. solstitialis at Site 1. It was first found on plants during 1985. Beginning in May
of 1986, the site was visited weekly to check for the occurrence of S. tunicana.
Larvae were not found until 30 May, at which time mid-instar larvae were found.
This suggests that larvae overwinter. A related species S. sencionana (Walsingham)
also overwinters as larvae that move to low-growing herbs (J. A. Powell, personal
communication). Damage by S. tunicana frequently resulted in partial to complete
lodging of the stem and in several instances caused the terminal portions of the
plant to die back. The larvae were less common in 1987, and many were parasitized
by an external parasitoid.
A single colony of Formica sp. at Site 2 chewed into maturing C. solstitialis
seedheads and consumed the seeds. The impact of the ants was limited to a radius
of approximately 10 m from their colony. Other colonies of apparently conspecific
ants occurred at Site 2, but no other evidence of this behavior was observed.
Three other insect taxa were seen feeding on C. solstitialis. Late in the summer
grasshoppers occasionally consumed C. solstitialis foliage when other vegetation
in the area had senesced. A single cutworm larva was observed consuming C.
solstitialis foliage. Rearing was attempted, but three days later it died, though it
is not clear that this was due to being restricted to a diet of C. solstitialis. Lastly,
earwigs were occasionally observed feeding in C. solstitialis blossoms, consuming
pollen and doing minor damage to the flowers.
Pollen and nectar feeders were numerous, representing eight orders, 41 families
and approximately 80 species. Most of these were Hymenoptera, especially bees
{Apis mellifera L., Bombus spp. (Apidae); Melissodes bimaculata (Lepeletier) (An-
thophoridae); and Dialictus spp. (Halictidae)), or Diptera (most commonly Syr-
phidae, e.g., Eumerus strigatus (Fallen) and Sphaerophoria mehthastri (L.)). In¬
cluded in this group were a few agricultural pests (e.g., the pea leaf weevil, Sitona
lineatus (L.) (Coleoptera: Curculionidae)). However, numerous beneficial insects
also utilized this resource, including Hymenoptera such as Dacnusa sp. (Bracon-
idae), Banchus sp. (Ichneumonidae), and numerous Chalcidoidea. Hyalomyodes
sp. and Eugymnogaster sp. (Diptera: Tachinidae) were also commonly observed
feeding within the flowers.
In addition to these taxa, many adult phytophagous insects were found on C.
solstitialis, but were not observed feeding. The dominant groups in this category
were Hemiptera, especially Lygus spp. (Miridae), Coenus delius (Say) and Neo-
tiglossus tumidifrons Downes (Pentatomidae), and Homoptera, primarily Dikra-
neura spp. and Deltocephalus spp. (Cicadellidae). Despite the lack of direct ob¬
servation, it is likely that some of these polyphagous species fed on C. solstitialis
to a limited extent.
Thus, it appears that C. solstitialis in northern Idaho is exploited only by a few
172
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 68(3)
generalist ectophages and flower visitors. These insects appear to have no signif¬
icant impact on C. solstitialis populations. This situation contrasts with reports
from Europe.
The entomofauna of C. solstitialis in its home range has been studied by en¬
tomologists since the late 1950s (Zwolfer 1965). These studies have characterized
European populations of C. solstitialis as primarily occurring in pastures, open
fields, and ruderal situations (Sobhian & Zwolfer 1985, Clement 1990), as they
do in the U.S. However, the populations of C. solstitialis typically encountered
in southern Europe occupied <3.5 ha (Clement 1990) and were far less dense
than commonly found in the U.S. (S. Clement, personal communication). Despite
the reduced abundance of C. solstitialis, numerous insect taxa have been found
associated with the weed in Europe. Clement (1990) reported 42 species of her¬
bivores associated with C. solstitialis in southern Europe. Homoptera, Coleoptera,
Lepidoptera, Diptera and Hymenoptera dominated in all three surveys. Many of
the insect species associated with C. solstitialis are capitulum-feeders, but all parts
of the plant are exploited (Clement 1990). Many of the species are stenophagous
endophages and some appeared to be monophagous, particularly among the ca¬
pitulum-feeders (Maddox & Sobhian 1987, Clement 1990, Groppe et al. 1990,
Maddox et al. 1990, Clement & Sobhian 1991, Fomasari et al. in press).
Thus, it seems likely that native phytophagous insects will not interfere with
introductions of biological control agents on C. solstitialis in northern Idaho. The
resident fauna is sparse and comprised of generalists. The European fauna includes
at least 18 monophagous to oligophagous taxa that might be suitable for intro¬
duction, although five capitulum-feeding species appear to have the greatest po¬
tential for use in biological control (Clement 1990). Four of these have already
been released in the U.S.: Bangasternus orientalis (Capiomont), Eustenopus vil-
losus (Boheman) (Coleoptera: Curculionidae), Chaetorellia australis Hering and
Urophora sirunaseva (Hering) (Diptera: Tephritidae). As of yet, only B. orientalis
has become widespread and well established (Turner et al. in press), so it is too
early to assess their impact on C. solstitialis in the U.S.
Acknowledgment
We thank Robert Gillespie, Jude Sirota, John Jenkins, Russell Clausen, Terry
Miller, Bradley Harmon and Gregory Wheeler for their assistance with field and
laboratory work. We are very grateful to Jerry A. Powell for identifying S. tunicana
and providing biological information on related species. Stephen Clement and
Charles Turner reviewed earlier drafts of this manuscript. This work was sup¬
ported by USDA-ARS Coop. Agr. 58-91H2-9-251 and Idaho Agricultural Ex¬
periment Station Project, 061-R838, a contributing project to Western Regional
Project, W-84. Journal article number 91744 of the Agricultural Experiment Sta¬
tion, University of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho.
Literature Cited
Callihan, R. H., F. E. Northam, J. B. Johnson, E. L. Michalson & T. S. Prather. 1989. Yellow
starthistle, biology and management in pasture and rangeland. Univ. Idaho Curr. Inf. Ser. 634.
Clement, S. L. 1990. Insect natural enemies of yellow starthistle in southern Europe and the selection
of candidate biological control agents. Environ. Entomol., 19: 1882-1888.
1992
JOHNSON ET AL.: INSECTS ON YELLOW STARTHISTLE
173
Clement, S. L. & R. Sobhian. 1991. Host-use patterns of capitulum-feeding insects of yellow star-
thistle: results from a garden plot in Greece. Environ. Entomol., 20: 724-730.
Fomasari, L., C. E. Turner & L. A. Andres, (in press). Eustenopus villosus (Coleoptera: Curculionidae)
for biological control of yellow starthistle (Asteraceae: Cardueae) in North America. Environ.
Entomol.
Groppe, K., R. Sobhian & J. Kashefi. 1990. A field experiment to determine host specificity of
Larinus curtus Hochhut (Col., Curculionidae) and Urophora sirunaseva Hg. (Dipt., Tephritidae),
candidates for the biological control of Centaurea solstitialis L. (Asteraceae), and Larinus minut-
us Gyllenhal, a candidate for biological control of C. maculosa Lam. and C. diffusa Lam. J.
Appl. Ent, 110: 300-306.
Maddox, D. M. & A. Mayfield. 1985. Yellow starthistle infestations are on the increase. Calif. Agric.,
39(11-12): 10-12.
Maddox, D. M., A. Mayfield & N. H. Poritz. 1985. Distribution of yellow starthistle ( Centaurea
solstitialis) and Russian knapweed ( Centaurea repens ). Weed Sci., 33: 315-327.
Maddox, D. M., A. Mayfield & C. E. Turner. 1990. Host specificity of Chaetorellia australis (Diptera:
Tephritidae) for biological control of yellow starthistle ( Centaurea solstitialis, Asteraceae). Proc.
Entomol. Soc. Wash., 92: 426-430.
Maddox, D. M. & R. Sobhian. 1987. Field experiment to determine host specificity and oviposition
behavior of Bangasternus orientalis and Bangasternus fausti (Coleoptera: Curculionidae), bi¬
ological control agents for yellow starthistle and diffuse knapweed. Environ. Entomol., 16: 645-
648.
Sobhian, R. & H. Zwolfer. 1985. Phytophagous insect species associated with flower heads of yellow
starthistle ( Centaurea solstitialis L.). Z. Agnew. Entomol., 99: 301-321.
Turner, C. E., J. B. Johnson & J. P. McCaffrey, (in press). Yellow starthistle, Centaurea solstitialis
L. (Asterales: Asteraceae). In Nechols, J. R., L. A. Andres, J. W. Beardsley, R. D. Goeden &
C. G. Jackson (eds.). Biological control in the U.S. western region: accomplishments and benefits
of regional research project W-84 (1964-1989). University of California Press, Riverside.
Zwolfer, H. 1965. Preliminary list of phytophagous insects attacking wild Cynareae (Compositae)
in Europe. Commonw. Inst. Biol. Control Tech. Bull., 6: 81-154.
Received 28 June 1991; accepted 10 February 1992.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(3): 174-191, (1992)
NEW AMERICAN MEINERTELLIDAE
(ARCHAEOGNATHA, MACHILOIDEA)
Helmut Sturm 1 and Carmen Bach de Roca 2
‘Department of Biology, University of Hildesheim,
D-3200 Hildesheim, Germany
department of Animal Biology, Faculty of Sciences,
University of Cordoba, 14004, Cordoba, Spain
Abstract. —Praemachilellus NEW GENUS and its type-species P. rentzii NEW SPECIES from
Mexico are described. The genus Machilinus Silvestri, 1905 is redescribed and subdivided into
the three subgenera Machilinus s. str., Neotropolinus NEW SUBGENUS and Nearctolinus NEW
SUBGENUS. Machilinus ( Neotropolinus ) chilensis NEW SPECIES and Machilinus (N.) abul-
biferus NEW SPECIES are described; M. (N.) chilensis is the first species of Machilinus for Chile.
Machilinus ( Nearctolinus ) aurantiacus (Schott), 1896 from western United States is redescribed
and M. (N.) a. setosus NEW SUBSPECIES is described. The phylogenetical relations of the taxa
are briefly discussed.
Key Words.— Insecta, Arachaeognatha, Microcoryphia, Meinertellidae, Machilinus, Praemachi¬
lellus
With approximately 450 described species the Archaeognatha (= Microcory¬
phia) constitute a relatively small order of the primary apterous insects. The recent
representatives are subdivided into two families: the more primitive Machilidae,
which are centered mainly in the northern hemisphere, and the more derived
Meinertellidae, which are predominantly distributed over the southern hemi¬
sphere. In North America and Mexico, both families occur.
In attempting to clarify the phylogenetic relations within the genera of recent
Archaeognatha, it became apparent that the widely distributed genus Machilinus
had not been adequately described. With the inclusion of the South American
and North American Machilinus, it was necessary to redescribe the genus and to
subdivide it into three subgenera. In material received from Mexico, specimens
of a new genus were found, the females of which have ovipositors with setae that
were strongly thickened in part, a characteristic that up to now has been restricted
to the genus Kuschelochilis within the Meinertellidae. The results presented here
indicate that our knowledge of the American fauna (sensu New World) of Mei¬
nertellidae is still insufficient, in spite of the excellent studies of Wygodzinsky
(1950, 1951, 1952, 1967, 1974) and Wygodzinsky & Schmidt (1980).
Machilinus Silvestri, 1905: 2
Type Species.—Machilis rupestris Lucas, 1846: 253.
Redescription.— Small (body length 6-9 mm, rarely 10 mm); hypodermal pigment brown, often
unclearly defined; scales absent on head, head appendages, legs and stylets. Head: frons not protruded;
eyes very large (ratio width of eyes: width of head, 0.8-0.9), about as long as wide; lateral ocelli
sublateral to eyes, in alcohol hyaline, elliptical, ovoid or round; setae on clypeus small to medium
sized; frons of males often with strong spine-like setae. Antennae: shorter than the body, generally
exceeding one-half body length; flagellum uniformly brown, distal chains generally with eight to nine
subarticles. Mandibles: distal end distinctly four-toothed, apex of teeth generally black. Maxillae: apex
of terminal teeth of lacinia generally black; longitudinal process near dorsal base of maxillary palp
1992
STURM & BACH DE ROCA: NEW MEINERTELLIDAE
175
absent; triangular process on article one of palp well developed, quite digitate; article seven very short;
article two of male palp on the distal dorsal border with a hooked process typical in Meinertellidae;
inner face of article two or two + three of males with specialized setae (sometimes also the shape of
these articles sexually dimorphic). Labium: submentum near base of palps slightly protruded laterad;
labial palp article two on dorsal side with almost transversely oriented setae; distal portion of article
three only slightly widened, in male often of special form, with field of short setae. Legs: coxal stylets
absent; femur I distinctly wider than II and III; ventral margin of all legs from femur distadly with
brown or black spine-like setae. Urostemites: stemites I-VII very small (usual in Meinertellidae);
spine-like setae on coxites absent; stylets on II-IX present, apex with a tuft of dark setae, terminal
spines well developed, partially reduced or completely reduced depending on subgenus; one + one
coxal vesicles on II-VII or only on II-V depending on subgenus. Penis: shorter than one-half the
length of coxites IX, aperture ventral, triangular; inner margin of aperture with slightly specialized
small setae that present a grooved basal part; parameres absent. Ovipositor: long and slender, of
primary type, surpassing tips of stylets IX, with more than 55 articles; terminal spines longer than
the two to three distal articles; distal articles one to three of each gonapophysis with two to nine
sensory rods or small setae; more proximal articles with highly reduced characteristic chaetotaxy,
maximum of three setae per article; lateral macrochaetae present on each second or third article of
distal one-third to one-half of each gonapophysis present. Caudal appendages: typical hair-like scales
absent; cerci with single terminal spine.
Discussion. —Machilinus is distributed worldwide: southern Europe to southern
European Russia, North Africa, Cape Verde Islands, South Africa, western North
America, Argentina and Chile. The genus represents a monophyletic group. This
is indicated by the combination of the following characteristics common to this
group (apomorphies marked by [A]): eyes very large; lateral ocelli sublateral, round
to elliptical and hyaline to light red [A]; apex of teeth on mandible and lacinia
generally black [A]; horizontal process on the base of maxillary palp absent [A];
article two of labial palp on dorsal side with distinctly transversely oriented setae
[A]; coxal stylets absent from all legs; penis with slightly specialized inner setae;
highly reduced chaetotaxy with lateral macrochaetae distributed at odd intervals
on gonapophyses VIII and IX [A]. These characteristics indicate not only the
natural relationship of the group but also its special position within the Meiner¬
tellidae. Its relationship with other genera of the family is not clear. In spite of
the many derived characteristics, the worldwide distribution indicates that the
genus existed for quite a long time. Those groups that are geographically very far
apart have obviously evolved separately and should be subgenera.
Subgenus Machilinus s. str.
Type Species.—Machilis rupestris Lucas, 1846: 253.
Description .—Terminal spines of abdominal stylets II-IX well developed, distinctly longer than
surrounding pigmented setae; distance between inner basal margins of abdominal stylets II and IV
not very different, ratio distance IV:II, <1.4; one + one coxal vesicles on abdominal coxites II-VII
present.
Discussion. — The normally developed terminal spines on abdominal stylets
represent plesiomorphic characteristics within the Meinertellidae (see Sturm 1984).
Silvestri (1905) indicates the type-species of Machilinus rupestris has coxal vesicles
on the abdominal coxites I-VII. The examination of more than ten European and
North African species proved that they lack coxal vesicles on abdominal segment
I. This, and the reduction of coxal vesicles only on abdominal segment I, indicate
that this subgenus is the most primitive of the three subgenera. It includes not
only the European and North African species (16) but also the species from Yemen
176
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(3)
(1), South Africa (1) and the Cape Verde Islands (1) (Wygodzinsky 1967, Mendes
1981).
Material Examined.— Machilinus (M.) rupestris gallicus Bitsch, 1967: FRANCE. CORSICA: Por-
ticcio, 5-15 Aug 1982, M. Bless, 2 males, 2 females.
M. (M.) kleinenbergi (Giardina), 1900: ROMANIA, nr Histria, 12 Sep 1969, H. Sturm, 2 females.
Neotropolinus Sturm & Bach, NEW SUBGENUS
Type Species. —Machilinus chilensis NEW SPECIES.
Description. — As subgenus Machilinus, except: terminal spines on all abdominal stylets almost
completely reduced, replaced by a tuft of pigmented setae; one + one coxal vesicles on abdominal
coxites II-VII present.
Diagnosis. —Neotropolinus can be distinguished by its reduced terminal spines
of all abdominal stylets (a tiny hyaline remainder—compare Figs. 23, 24—dis¬
cernible) which have been replaced by a tuft of pigmented setae. It also differs
from the subgenus Nearctolinus in the coxal vesicles on abdominal coxites II-
VII.
Etymology. — The subgenus is named after the biogeographical region, the Neo¬
tropics, where the group is found.
Discussion. — The almost complete reduction of the terminal spines on all ab¬
dominal stylets in all South American species of the genus is a unique characteristic
within the recent Archaeognatha. It indicates that Neotropolinus is more derived
than the subgenus Machilinus. Neotropolinus comprises six known species from
Argentina and Chile (see discussion under M. (V.) chilensis Sturm & Bach NEW
SPECIES).
Material Examined.—See Machilinus (N.) chilensis NEW SPECIES and M. (N .) abulbiferus NEW
SPECIES.
Machilinus (. Neotropolinus ) chilensis Sturm & Bach, NEW SPECIES
Types. — Holotype: male; data: CHILE, nr Valdivia, fundo Zimmermann, base
of Nothofagus dombeyi trunk, 9 Apr 1989, W. Probst. Allotype: female; same
data as type. Holotype and allotype deposited in Zoological Museum of the Uni¬
versity, Hamburg. Paratypes: 2 males, same data as type; 3 females above Val¬
divia, rancho Dr. Martin, forest, on bark of fallen trunk, 13 Apr 1989, W. Probst;
deposited in Sturm collection, Hildesheim.
Description.— Body length 6-8 mm; hypodermal pigment yellow to dark brown, very extended on
head, mandibles, labium, scapus, pedicellus, legs and some coxites, patches often not clearly defined;
black chitinous pigment on apex of mandible on flagellum of antenna and on all spine-like setae.
Head: nearly all frontal area more or less densely pigmented; frons and clypeus with medium to small
sized setae; eyes in frontal view somewhat longer than wide (ratio width of eyes: width of head
approximately 0.9; ratio length of eyes: width, 1.2; ratio line of contact: length of eye, 0.7-0.8); lateral
ocelli in alcohol white, sublateral to eyes, ovoid to subrectangular, distance of inner borders 0.5-0.6
x width of both eyes. Antennae: shorter than body (up to 6 mm long); chains of flagellum with up
to nine subarticles; scapus about 2 x as long as wide; pedicellus somewhat shorter than wide. Maxillary
palps (Figs. 1-5): ratio length of articles seven to four, 0.45-0.5:1.0:1.05-1.15:0.75-0.8 respectively;
number of dark-tipped spines on articles seven to five, up to 12, 21, 2, respectively; distribution of
hypodermal pigment as in Figs. 1 and 4; highly sexually dimorphic: article two (male) ventrally strongly
protruded, with long straight setae, inner side with ring of medium-sized setae oriented differently;
article three (male) inner side with characteristic field of setae, partially black and thick. Labium (Figs.
1992
STURM & BACH DE ROCA: NEW MEINERTELLIDAE
177
Figures 1-13. Machilinus ( Neotropolinus ) chilensis NEW SPECIES. Figures 1-3. Maxillary palp
(male), lateral view. Figure 1. Survey. Figure 2. Articles 2 + 3, inner side. Figure 3. Outer side. Figures
4, 5. Maxillary palp (female), lateral view. Figure 4. Survey. Figure 5. Articles 2 + 3, inner side.
Figures 6-8. Labium in part, dorsal view. Figure 6. Male. Figure 7. Articles 2 + 3 of male palp with
transversal setae on article 2 and field of short setae on article 3. Figure 8. Female. Figure 9. Leg I
(female). Figure 10. Urostemite II (male), partly. Figure 11. Apex of penis, ventral view. Figure 12.
Gonapophysis VIII (female), distal part. Figure 13. Apex of cercus (female) with terminal spine.
178
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(3)
6-8): palps sexually dimorphic; article two (male) much shorter (ratio length of article two : one, 0.8
(males), 1.0-1.1 (females)), with group of characteristically oriented setae dorsally; article three (male)
flattened, of special form, upper side with proximal field of setulae covering more than two-thirds of
area. Legs (Fig. 9): nearly all surface pigmented, pigment concentrations on coxae and trochanters;
maximal number of spine-like setae on femur, tibia, tarsomeres is 21, 35, 16, 24, 10 respectively;
trochanters with few spine-like setae or with transitional setae. Urostemites (Fig. 10): with diffuse
yellow-brown pigment on most of surface; coxites II-VII each with one + one coxal vesicles; coxites
II-VIII lateradly of stylet base with well limited group of straight setae, more setae on anterior segments;
stylets with characteristic black spine-like setae on median margin, their length increasing apically,
forming tuft near tip, terminal spine not discernible; median margin of stylets II characteristically
curved; ratio length of coxites : length of stylets for II and VIII, 1.2-1.5:1.0; for V, 1.7:1.0 (male); for
IX, 1.3-1.5:1.0 (male); 1.6-1.8:1.0 (female); ratio length of terminal tuft:length of stylet, 0.2-0.4.
Penis (Fig. 11): aperture rounded by ring of long straight setae; lateral inner border with row of setae
that are slightly grooved on base, and ends of which cross; apical border with one or two rows of
shorter grooved (?) setae. Ovipositor (Fig. 12): very long (up to 3.6 mm), slender; with >60 articles
(see also description of genus). Caudal appendages (Fig. 13): with black spine-like setae; hair-like scales
absent; one long terminal spine on cerci present.
Diagnosis. —Machilinus chilensis can be distinguished from the other species
of the subgenus by the combination of the following characteristics: the extremely
protruded ventral margin of article two of the male maxillary palp, the charac¬
teristic chaetotaxy of its articles two and three; the very short article two of the
male labial palp and the specific pigment pattern on maxillary and labial palps
as well as on leg I.
Discussion. — The new species is the first one of the genus that is clearly identified
as coming from Chile. Wygodzinsky (1967: 508, 510) indicates the presence of
the genus in Chile, but this information is not supported either by species names
or by localities. The ventrad projection on article two of the male maxillary palp
and the specialized setae on this article indicate that M. (TV.) chilensis is closely
related to four other South American species: M. (TV.) birabeni Wygodzinsky,
1944, M. (TV.) inopinatus Wygodzinsky, 1952, M. (TV.) muntanolae Wygodzinsky,
1950 and M. (TV.) neotropicalis Wygodzinsky, 1944, all collected in Argentina.
Similar sexually dimorphic characters are also present in some European species
(cf. M. (M) cisatlanticus Janetschek, 1953, M. (M.) rocai Bach, 1975, M. (M.)
valencianus Mendes & Bach, 1981). In the European species the ventral projection
on article two is distinctly less pronounced. In M. abulbiferus NEW SPECIES
from Argentina, the ventral projection on article two of the male maxillary palps
is absent. The description of M. pampeana (Silvestri 1902) is insufficient and,
therefore, must be regarded as a nomen nudum. Wygodzinsky (1950: 597) men¬
tions in the case of M. birabeni two terminal spines on cercus, a trait that is
generally considered to be characteristic of the genus. However, in all American
specimens of Machilinus with well preserved cerci only a single terminal spine
was present. Sometimes a tiny and indistinct projection on the base of the larger
one could be suggested. The peculiar form of article three of the male labial palp,
and the setulae on this article, are described by Wygodzinsky (1944: 90, 91) for
M. neotropicalis. He illustrated a similar form of article three for males of M.
muntanolae and M. inopinatus (Wygodzinsky 1950: 599,1952:438). The presence
of grooved setae around the aperture of the penis is mentioned in this paper for
the first time, but these could also be encountered in North American and Eu¬
ropean species and they are probably characteristic of the genus.
Material Examined. — See types.
1992
STURM & BACH DE ROCA: NEW MEINERTELLIDAE
179
Machilinus ( Neotropolinus ) abulbiferus Sturm & Bach, NEW SPECIES
Types. — Holotype: male; ARGENTINA. CAT AM ARC A: El Manchado, 4000
m, Jan 1958, Goldbach. Allotype: female; same data as holotype. Holotype and
allotype deposited in the American Museum of Natural History, New York.
Description (for characters not mentioned see M. chilensis or the genus description).—Body length
approximately 6.5-8.0 mm, brown hypodermal pigment scarcely developed. Head (Fig. 14): two
conspicuous triangular patches of pigment on frons; setae on clypeus small to medium sized; ratio
width of eyes: width of head, approximately 0.83; length of eyes: width, 1.1-1.2; line of contact:
length of eye, 0.5-0.6; lateral ocelli ovoid, not clearly defined. Antennae: up to 5 mm; terminal chains
with eight subarticles; scapus and pedicellus conspicuously stout (ratio length: width of scapus, 1.4-
1.5, of pedicellus = 0.60-0.75); scapus with distinct, longitudinal stripe of hypodermal pigment.
Maxillary palps (Figs. 15-17): ratio length of articles seven: six : five: four = 0.72:1.0:1.2:0.86 (male);
0.62:1.0:1.1:0.73 (female); number of spines with brown colored tips on articles seven/six/five is 9-
11/12-13/-; for distribution of hypodermal pigment see Figs. 15 and 17; distinctly sexually dimorphic;
article two of male with the usual hook-shaped process near dorsal distal end, on ventral border with
many long strong setae, median side with field of medium-sized slightly curved setae forming a whirl
on distal part; ventral border not distinctly protruded, comparable field on article two of female absent.
Labium (Figs. 18-20): article two of palp in male not distinctly shorter than in female, article three
distally only slightly widened, not obviously sexually dimorphic, setulae absent. Legs (Figs. 21, 22):
coxae with big patches of hypodermal pigment, trochanters and femora with smaller ones; more distal
articles indistinctly pigmented; typical medium-sized spine-like setae on all tarsomeres present, tibiae
and femora with longer ones and with transitional setae; all types of spine-like setae light brown;
maximum number of spine-like setae (without transitional forms) on trochanter, femur, tibia and the
three tarsomeres, 3/11/22/10/14/8 respectively. Urostemites (Figs. 23-25): coxites II-VII with well
defined fields of straight setae near base of all coxal vesicles and lateradly from stylet base; coxites IX
with group of setae proximadly from stylet base; spine-like setae on coxites absent; long scattered setae
especially on coxites I—III; spine-like setae on stylets brown to black; ratio length of coxite: length of
stylet for II, 1.35-1.5, for V, 2.4-2.5, for VIII, 1.4-1.5, for IX 1.65-1.75. Penis: no striking differences
when compared to that of M. chilensis. Ovipositor (Figs. 26, 27): general chaetotaxy quite similar to
M. chilensis : up to three longer setae per article, interrupted taxy of lateral macrochaetae; slight
differences in number and position of sensory rods. Caudal appendages: length of terminal filament
of male 6 mm, cerci 3 mm; cerci with long terminal spine in the base of which perhaps a very short
one.
Diagnosis. —M. abulbiferus is distinguished from all other five species of the
subgenus Neotropochilis by the absence of a distinct projection on the ventral
margin of article two on the male axillary palp and by the different distribution
and the lower intensity of hypodermal pigment, especially on head maxillary palps
and legs. It is also distinguished apparently by the very stout form of scapus and
pedicellus; the form of article three of the male labial palp does not differ from
that of the female and lacks setulae.
Etymology. — The species name refers to the absence of a projection on the
ventral margin of article two of the male maxillary palp, a (greek), alpha priva-
tivum; bulbus (latin), bulb, rounded projection; fere (latin), bear.
Discussion.— A distinctly sexually dimorphic form and chaetotaxy were de¬
scribed for four of the other South American species of the genus. In the fifth
species (M. birabeni ) this characteristic needs to be examined. The absence of
distinctly specialized setae on article three of the male maxillary palp of M.
abulbiferus is in common with M. chilensis. M. abulbiferus was found at the highest
altitude registered for Meinertellidae. In the tropical region of South America
species of Neomachilellus and Meinertellus (Meinertellidae) are found at heights
180
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(3)
Figures 14-27. Machilinus ( Neotropolinus ) abulbiferus NEW SPECIES. Figure 14. Head (female),
frontal view. Figures 15-17. Maxillary palp, lateral view. Figure 15. Survey (male). Figure 16. Article
2 (male), median side with hook. Figure 17. Survey (female). Figures 18-20. Labium and labial palp,
ventral view. Figures 18, 19. Female. Figure 20. Male. Figure 21. Leg I (female). Figure 22. Leg III
(female). Figure 23. Detail of coxites II with stylet (female), ventral view. Figure 24. Tip of stylet II
(female). Figure 25. Distal end of stylet IX with base of stylet (female), ventral view. Figure 26. Apex
of gonapophysis VIII (female), ventral view. Figure 27. Gonapophysis VIII (female), articles adjacent
to Figure 26.
1992
STURM & BACH DE ROCA: NEW MEINERTELLIDAE
181
of up to 3500 m (Sturm 1984: 37). In contrast, Machilanus swani Wygodzinsky,
1974 was found at heights above 5700 m in the Himalayas.
Material Examined.—See types.
Nearctolinus Sturm & Bach, NEW SUBGENUS
Type Species.—Machilis aurantiacus (Schoett), 1897.
Description.— As subgenus Machilinus, except: a reduced form of one + one coxal vesicles on
abdominal coxites II-V present; slightly pigmented terminal spines on abdominal stylets II and III
well developed, a little longer than surrounding heavily pigmented setae, terminal spines on stylets
IV-IX greatly reduced (Fig. 44); difference in distance between median margins of abdominal stylet
bases II and IY very great; ratio distance on IV : distance on II, >1.8.
Diagnosis. —Nearctolinus can be distinguished from the other subgenera by its:
complete reduction of coxal vesicles on abdominal segments I, VI and VII, and
reduction of vesicles on II-V; the reduction of terminal spines on abdominal
stylets IV-IX and reduction of the inner distance between abdominal stylets II
+ III are also unique.
Etymology. —The subgenus is named after the biogeographical region, the Ne-
arctic, where the group is found.
Discussion. — The apparently complete reduction of coxal vesicles on abdominal
segments I, VI and VII, the reduction of size of vesicles on II-V, the reduction
of terminal spines on abdominal stylets IV-IX, as well as the obvious reduction
of the inner distance between abdominal stylets II + III, prove that the subgenus
Nearctolinus is the most derived of the three subgenera. None of the many alcohol-
fixed specimens examined had swelled a coxal vesicle, a common case in other
genera. Therefore, it is doubtful if the vesicles are still exsertile. The main criterion
for the existence of vesicles on segments II-V is morphological: the presence of
the retractor muscle (Figs. 41, 43), and of a double lined outer border. By the
same criterion, Kuschelochilis ochagaviae Wygodzinsky, 1951, a species that ac¬
cording to Wygodzinsky has lost all its coxal vesicles, bears reduced vesicles with
distinct retractor muscles on abdominal coxites II-IV (cf. Fig. 83).
The subgenus comprises actually a single well defined species, M. ( M .) auran¬
tiacus distributed in the western part of the USA. For the other described species
of the subgenus, see the discussion under M. aurantiacus. The existence of other
species of the subgenus seems possible. Wygodzinsky (1967: 509) has already
stated that the different degrees of reduction make it impossible “to derive the
recent South American species from the recent North American ones, but the
reverse cannot be excluded.” This conclusion is based on the supposition that the
extreme reduction of parts or organs usually cannot be reversed on the same parts.
But this would also mean that the descendence of North American species from
the recent South American species group would be extremely improbable as it
would require the reduction of the terminal spines on the abdominal stylets II
and III to be reversed. There are two other possibilities besides this one. The
ancestors of the two subgenera could have evolved separately from the primitive
subgenus Machilinus or together from an extinct form, the reductions of which
were not allowed to exceed the reductions of one of the derived subgenera ( Neo-
tropolinus and Nearctolinus). A decision in favor of one of these hypotheses could
perhaps be made on the basis of additional collections and studies.
Vol. 68(3)
182
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Figures 28^42. Machilinus ( Nearctolinus) a. aurantiacus (Schoett). Figure 28. Head (male), frontal
view. Figure 29. Apex of mandible (male) frontal view. Figure 30. Base of antenna (male). Figure 31.
Maxillary palp (male), lateral view. Figure 32. Article 2, outer side. Figure 33. Articles 2 + 3, inner
side. Figures 34-36. Labium partly, dorsal view. Figure 34. Male. Figure 35. Article 3 (male) with
field of short setae. Figure 36. Female. Figure 37. Leg I (male). Figure 38. Leg III (male). Figures 39-
41. Stemocoxite II (male), ventral view. Figure 39. Survey, d = inner distance of stylet bases. Figure
1992
STURM & BACH DE ROCA: NEW MEINERTELLIDAE
183
Material Examined.—See under Machilinus aurantiacus.
Machilinus ( Nearctolinus ) aurantiacus (Schoett), 1897
Machilis aurantiacus Schoett, 1897.
Types. —Neoholotype: male (see discussion); CALIFORNIA. NAPA Cor.: 3 km
NE of Angwin, 396 m, 12 Jun 1980, H. B. Leech. Neoallotype: female; same data
as neoholotype. Paratypes: 1 male, 1 female; same data as neoholotype; 1 female,
same data as neoholotype except 20 Jun 1979 on garden soil; all types deposited
in the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.
Redescription. — Small species (adults 6-8 mm); basic color of body and appendages yellow; brown
hypodermal pigment widely distributed especially on head and its appendages but not clearly defined;
black pigment present on chitinous cover of flagellum, tips of mandibulae and spine-like setae. Head
(Figs. 28, 46): eyes very large (ratio width of head: width of eyes, 0.8-0.85), about as long as wide
(ratio length of eye: width, 0.9-1.1); line of contact, 0.5-0.6 x length of eyes; lateral ocelli white to
transparent, sublateral to eyes, elliptical to suboval; distance of inner margins 0.5-0.6 x width of both
eyes; frons not protruding; pigment on frons and clypeus present but not clearly defined; hairs on
clypeus of medium size; frons of male with short spine-like setae. Antennae (Fig. 30): shorter than
body (up to 5 mm); ratio length of scapus: width, 1.6-1.9; distal chains of flagellum with up to eight
subarticles, flagellum uniformly brown, scattered subcircular flat sense organs present (see Wygodzinsky
1950: 595-599). Mandibles (Fig. 29): distal end black with four distinct teeth. Maxillary palps (Figs.
31-33): distal spines of lacinia black; ratio length of articles seven : six: five, 0.45-0.55:1.0:1.0-1.1:
0.7-0.75 respectively; maximal number of spines on articles seven/six/five: 13/4/1; inner side of article
two (male) with well developed hook and characteristic field of setae oriented differently, distal ventral
margin with relatively short and strong darkly pigmented setae. Labal palps (Figs. 34-36): distal end
of article three only slightly widened; sensory cones long and slender; male with field of short setae
on median edge of dorsomedian side of article three; hairs on dorsal side of article two inclined up
to 90° to longitudinal axis of article. Legs (Figs. 37, 38): coxal stylets absent; femora I distinctly wider
than II and III; median (ventral) side of femur, tibia, tarsomeres with characteristic black spine-like
setae, maximal numbers registered: 14/21/10/17/10 respectively; in legs III coxa also with up to four
spine-like setae. Urostemites (Figs. 39-45): coxal vesicles I absent, on II-V one pair of reduced vesicles
with adhering muscles present (reduction progressing distadly), on VI and VII vesicles or adhering
muscles not discernible; stemites small (ratio length of stemites I-VII: length of coxites, 0.15-0.25;
width of stemites I-VII: width of coxites, 0.2-0.3), median angle obtuse; well limited fields of setae
on coxites laterad-distadly from base of stylets, number and length of setae decreasing from II to VIII;
scattered long setae on all coxites, spine-like setae absent; terminal spines of stylets II and III well
developed, slightly longer (II) or slightly shorter (III) than surrounding setae; stylets IV-IX with greatly
reduced terminal spines (Figs. 43, 44); all stylets with many dark colored spine-like setae increasing
distadly in number and length; lateral distance of inner stylet bases in II and III very small, approx¬
imately one-fourth of width of both coxites; ratio of distance between inner margins of stylet base II:
IILIV, 1.0:1.0-1.1:1.9-2.1, on V-VIII distance continually decreasing. Ovipositor (Figs. 47-50): with
60 or more articles; terminal spines well developed, longer than the three terminal articles; distal
articles with hyaline sensory rods or short setae, on gonapophyses VIII approximately seven/four/
three/two (from distal), on IX approximately seven/three/one; number of setae on more proximal
articles greatly reduced, on VIII one to three setae per article, on IX zero to one; setae on proximal
one-half of gonapophyses very short or absent. Caudal appendages: filum terminale little longer than
body; cerci longer than one-third body length; one terminal spine on cerci present; typical hair-like
scales absent; longer scales in male and female present.
Diagnosis. — The species can be determined by the characteristics of the sub¬
genus.
40. Distal portion of stylet. Figure 41. In part, with muscles for stylet (= ms) and coxal vesicle
(= me). Figure 42. Coxite IX with penis, ventral view.
184
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(3)
Figures 43-52. Figures 43-50. Machilinus ( Nearctolinus ) a. aurantiacus (Schoett). Figures 43, 44.
Stylet IV (female), partly, ventral view. Figure 43. Distal part of coxite with retractor muscle of reduced
coxal vesicle, ts = terminal spine. Figure 44. Apex of stylet with reduced terminal spine (= ts). Figure
45. stemocoxite VIII (female), partly. Figure 46. Head (female), lateral view. Figures 47-49. Gona-
pophyses (female), ventral view. Figure 47. VIII, distal part. Figure 48. VIII, adjacent portion to Figure
1992
STURM & BACH DE ROCA: NEW MEINERTELLIDAE
185
Discussion. — The species M. aurantiacus was described by Schoett (1897) on
the basis of specimens from the Sierra Nevada and Monterey, California. The
description allows the genus to be recognized but mentions hardly any of the
characteristics specific to the species, with the exception of the somewhat enigmatic
details about coloration (pp. 188, 189): “The cerci are .. . dazzling white in
color. ... on each tergite are running 8-10 orange colored transverse lines.” These
statements could perhaps refer to alterations resulting from preservation. Silvestri
(1911) used specimens from Shasta Springs, California and Boulder Canyon,
Nevada for a redescription. In spite of many enquiries at American museums in
an attempt to find the type material used by Schoett, it could not be found
anywhere. It was probably deposited in the CASC-Museum and destroyed by a
fire in 1911. There is no evidence of greater variations to be found in the extensive
material which could justify the description of more than one species. The types
of the second species described for North America, M. nevadensis Seetmann, 1937
could not be found either. The differences between M. nevadensis and M. auran¬
tiacus mentioned by Sweetman result partly from the inadmissible comparison
between color in living and fixed specimens, or from the the fact that Sweetman
had only females at his disposal. Therefore, M. nevadensis must be regarded as
a nomen nudum. The locality of the neotype lies between Monterey and Shasta
Springs. Some light differences relating to the different length of specialized setae
on article two of the male maxillary palp (Fig. 52) led to the description of a new
subspecies.
A female from Sonora Pass had taken up a spermatophore (length 0.9 mm)
that remained adhered to its ovipositor (Fig. 50). This reveals that in this genus
there occurs a (probably indirect) transmission of spermatophores registered pre¬
viously for Machiloides tenuicornis Stach, 1920 and Neomachilellus scandens
Wygodzinsky, 1978, both from the same family (Sturm & Adis 1984, Sturm 1986).
The spermatophore of M. aurantiacus shows a differentiated secret cover which
is taken up together with the sperm and partially drawn out within the ovipositor.
The formation of spermatophores by the males of Machilinus (M.) rupestris gal-
licus had already been assumed by Bitsch (1968) in the basis of studies on the
inner sex organs.
The subgenus was collected only in the western part of North America. Fourteen
of the 15 registered localities are in the USA (California [10], Nevada [2], Utah
[1], Arizona [1]) and only one in Canada (British Columbia).
Material Examined.— ARIZONA. COCHISE Co.: Portal, 30 May 1967, C. Sabrocky, 5 females.
CALIFORNIA. CONTRA COSTA Co.: 9.6 km (6 mi) W of Walnut Creek, 21 Oct 1967, L. N. Bell,
2 males, 1 female. MARIN Co.: Alpine Lake Valley, 24 Jun 1973, R. X. Schick, 1 female. SONOMA
Co.: 3.2-4.8 km (2-3 mi) N of Sebastopol, 7-14 Jul 1963, P. Rubtzoff, 8 females. NEVADA. NYE
Co.: Mercury, 6 Jul 1961-5 Aug 1962, 15 males, 43 females. CANADA. BRITISH COLUMBIA.
Kamloops, 27 Oct 1929, O. Bryant, 1 female.
47. Figure 49. IX, distal part. Figure 50. Distal part of body (female), lateral view, ovipositor (= ov)
with adhering spermatophore (= sp). Figures 51, 52. Machilinus ( Nearctolinus ) aurantiacus setosus
NEW SUBSPECIES (male). Figure 51. Dorsal part of frons with spine-like setae, frontal view. Figure
52. Maxillary palp, lateral view, inner side.
186
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(3)
Figures 53-69. Figures 53-60 and 62-69. Praemachilellus rentzii NEW SPECIES. Figure 53. Head
(female), frontal view. Figure 54. Head (male) lateral view. Figure 55. Apex of mandible (female),
frontal view. Figures 56, 57. Antenna (female). Figure 56. Base. Figure 57. Flagellum, apical article
of a distal chain, s = sensory rod. Figures 58-60. Maxillary palp, lateral view. Figure 58. Survey
(female). Figure 59. Article 2 (male), inner side. Figure 60. Spine-like seta on article V (female). Figure
61. Machilinus ( Neotropolinus ) chilensis NEW SPECIES, “spine” on article 5 (female). Figures 62-
1992
STURM & BACH DE ROCA: NEW MEINERTELLIDAE
187
Machilinus (N.) aurantiacus setosus Sturm & Bach, NEW SUBSPECIES
(Figs. 51, 52)
Types.— Holotype: male; UTAH. 9 miles E of Oak City, Oak Camp. 1 Sep
1963, D. C. Rentz. Allotype: female; same data as holotype. Paratypes: 1 male,
1 female; CALIFORNIA. TUOLUMNE Co.: Chipmunk Flat near Sonora Pass,
19 Jul 1964, D. C. & K. A. Rentz. All types deposited in the California Academy
of Sciences, San Francisco.
Description.— Spine-like setae on ventral-distal border of article two of male maxillary palp distinctly
longer than in the nominate form, partly longer than one-third of median diameter of article (Fig. 52).
Median part of frons in male with two rows of stout spine-like setae (Fig. 53). Hypodermal pigment
of all coxae uniformly well developed on the surface. Area of short setae on labial palp article three
of male more extended than in nominate form and reaching almost to outer margin.
Diagnosis. — The above differential characteristics of the subspecies are present
only in the males. These show an obvious tendency towards an increased for¬
mation of long spine-like setae on article two of the male maxillary palps and of
short ones on the median part of frons.
Discussion.— Because the chaetotaxy is not distinctly different from that of the
nominate form, the form is ranked as a subspecies.
Etymology. — The subspecies is named after the big spine-like setae on maxillary
palp article two and frons of male (setosus (latin) = bristly).
Material Examined.—See types.
Praemachilellus Sturm & Bach, NEW GENUS
Type Species. —P. rentzii Sturm & Bach, NEW SPECIES.
Description. — Head: dorsal part of frons distinctly protruded; eyes large, little longer than wide;
lateral ocelli sole-shaped, inner distance smaller than width of one ocellus. Antennae: apparently
shorter than body; distal articles of chains with scattered sensory rods. Mandible: apex distinctly four¬
toothed. Maxillary palps: longitudinal process on base well developed; triangular process on article
one fairly digitate; articles five to seven with stout brown pigmented spine-like setae, typical spines
absent, except for the terminal spine; article two of male with field of spine-like setae on inner side,
with well developed hook on dorsal-distal margin. Labium: submentum near base of palps lateradly
distinctly protruded; article one distinctly shorter than two; article three in female moderately, in male
extremely widened. Legs: small coxal stylets on legs III only; femora I distinctly wider than II and
III; ventral margin of all legs from femur distadly with dark spine-like setae. Urostemites: I-VII with
one + one coxal vesicles, II-IX with stylets; terminal spines of stylets well developed, about one-
fourth to one-third as long as stylets. Penis: shorter than one-half length of coxites IX; aperture
triangular, inner border surrounded by small bulgy grooved setae. Ovipositor: of secondary type;
relatively short, not extending beyond tips of coxites IX: distal articles of gonapophyses VIII each
with transversal row of darkly pigmented strong setae, two distal articles of VIII with pigmented
fossorial claws. Caudal appendages: typical hair-like scales absent; cerci with single terminal spine.
Diagnosis.— Besides the characteristic ovipositor the combination of the fol¬
lowing characteristics can be used for the determination of the monotypic and
well defined genus: Frons distinctly protruded; lateral ocelli sole-shaped, without
64. Labium with palp, partly, ventral view. Figure 62. Male. Figure 63. Female. Figure 64. Sensory
cone of labial palp article 3 (male). Figure 65. Leg I (female). Figure 66. Leg II (female). Figure 67.
Leg III (female). Figure 68. Leg III (female), spine-like setae on tarsus 2. Figure 69. Leg III (female),
coxal stylet.
188
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 68(3)
obvious constriction in the median part; maxillary palps on articles five to seven
with spine-like setae in the place of the usual spines; article one of labial palps
distinctly shorter than article two; coxal stylets only on leg III; all legs with
characteristic spine-like setae; aperture of penis with specialized grooved setae.
Etymology.— In some respects the genus is more primitive than the related
genera Machilellus and especially Neomachilellus : prae (latin) = before.
Discussion.— Together with the genus Kuschelochilis Wygodzinsky, 1951 (Fig.
84), the new genus is the the only one within the Meinertellidae that has an
ovipositor of secondary type. This shows that this feature, which is found exten¬
sively within the family Machilidae, either evolved separately in two different
genus groups of Meinertellidae, or was not lost completely in the genotype of this
family. The latter possibility seems more probable.
The presence of characteristic, straight and pigmented spine-like setae with a
constriction near the base, on articles five to seven of the maxillary palps was
apparently not described for Machiloidea up until now (Fig. 60). In other genera
of Machiloidea these articles bear spines that are fastened with a broad base in
the exocuticula. They are distinctly inclined on the basal part, surrounded at the
base by a small cuticular ring and not clearly separated from the cuticula by a
joint. Moreover, the spines are more securely attached to the exocuticula. Grooved
setae around the aperture of penis are present in several genera of the Meiner¬
tellidae, highly specialized in Neomachilellus and Meinertellus (cf. Sturm 1984).
A distinct feature of Praemachilellus is the much widened basal part of the setae
and the fact that they are not arranged in distinct rows.
The presence of the ovipositor of secondary type and the presence of spine-like
setae on the maxillary palps sets the genus apart within the Meinertellidae. The
coxal stylets, only present on legs III, the pigmented spine-like setae on all legs,
the obvious sexual dimorphism of the labial palps and the form and position of
the lateral ocelli indicate that it is related to the genus Hypomachiloides, collected
in Texas and Mexico. Distinct features of this genus are the ovipositor of primary
type and the extreme sexual dimorphism of the labial palps (cf. Bach & Sturm
1988).
Material Examined.—See P. rentzii.
Praemachilellus rentzii Sturm & Bach, NEW SPECIES
(Figs. 53-82)
Types. — Holotype: male; MEXICO. CHIHUAHUA: 21.8 km (13 mi) N of
Camargo, 1340 m, exLarrea tridentata, 4 Sep 1968, D. C. & K. A. Rentz. Allotype:
female; same data as holotype. Paratypes: 3 males, same data as holotype; 1
female; MEXICO. DURANGO: 8.0 km (5 mi) W ofCucname, ex Larrea tridentata,
29 Aug 1964, D. C. & K. A. Rentz. All types deposited in the California Academy
of Sciences, San Francisco.
Description .—Medium sized (adults 7.5-9.5 mm); well defined patches of dark violet to brown
pigment on head, head appendages and legs; pigment on all tergites and on abdominal coxites more
diffusely distributed. Head (Figs. 53, 54): dorsal part of frons distinctly protruded; eyes large (width:
0.75-0.85 x head width) somewhat wider than long (ratio length: width, 0.75-0.92; line of contact,
0.5-0.7 x eye length); lateral ocelli red brown, submedian to eyes, sole-shaped, distance between inner
margins smaller than width of one ocellus; frons between lateral ocelli with some strong setae; clypeus
with medium sized setae, pigment pattern see Figs. 53, 54. Mandibles (Fig. 55): distinctly four-toothed;
1992
STURM & BACH DE ROCA: NEW MEINERTELLIDAE
189
Figures 70-82. Praemachilellus rentzii NEW SPECIES. Figures 70-74. Urostemites (female), ven¬
tral view. Figure 70. I. Figure 71. V. Figure 72. Stylet V. Figure 73. V, distal-lateral part. Figure 74.
VIII. Figure 75. Coxite IX (male) with penis, ventral view. Figure 76. Penis, ventral view. Figure 77.
Grooved setae from inner margin of penis aperture. Figure 78. Coxite IX (female) with gonapophysis.
Figures 79, 80. Gonapophysis VIII (female), ventral view. Figure 79. Distal part. Figure 80. Articles
21-23, counted from caudal. Figure 81. Gonapophysis IX (female), apex. Figure 82. Apex of cercus
(male) with terminal spine.
190
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(3)
Figures 83, 84. Kuschelochilis ochagaviae Wygodzinsky, 1951, paratypes. Figure 83. Detail of
urostemite II (male), me = muscle of coxal vesicle, ms = muscle of stylet, s = stemite. Figure 84.
Apex of gonapophysis VIII (female).
nearly all of surface heavily pigmented. Antennae (Figs. 56, 57): shorter than body length (up to 6
mm); scape with small pigmented patches only, ratio length: width, 1.6-1.9; flagellum uniformly
brown, distal chains with nine subarticles, distal subarticles of each chain with scattered sensory cones.
Maxillary palps (Figs. 58-60): longitudinal process near dorsal base well developed; triangular process
on article one long and fairly digitate; articles five to seven with straight pigmented spine-like setae
instead of the usual spines (Figs. 60, 61); ratio length of articles seven/six/five/four = 0.65-0.8:1.0:
1.25-1.4:0.95-1.25 respectively; maximal number of spine-like setae on articles seven to five: 19, 23,
10 respectively; for pigment pattern see Fig. 58; article two of male with well developed process on
the dorsal distal margin ending in heavily chitinized hook and with field of stronger setae on inner
face. Labium (Figs. 62-64): submentum near base of palps lateradly distinctly protruded; ratio length
of articles one: two of palps, 0.6-0.7, article three in female moderately in male extremely widened.
Legs (Figs. 65-69): small coxal stylets present only on legs III, ratio length of stylet: length of femur,
0.4-0.5; femur I distinctly wider than II and III; ventral side of femur and more distal articles of all
legs with brown spine-like setae, maximal number on femur, tibia, and tarsomeres: 10, 18, 9, 10, 7
respectively. Urostemites (Figs. 70-75): I-VII with one + one coxal vesicles; terminal spines of stylets
hyaline and rounded by darkly pigmented shorter setae; median distal margin of coxites VI (female)
strongly protruded; ratio length of coxite: length of stylet: length of terminal spine for II, 1.6-1.7:1.0:
0.3-0.4; for V, 2-2.3:1.0:0.35-0.45; for VIII = 1.5-1.7:1.0:0.3-0.4; for IX = 1.7-1.9:1.0:0.25-0.35
(male), 1.9-2.4:1.0:0.2-0.3 (female); coxites II-VTII with fairly well limited field of setae near lateral
base of stylets extending for most part lateradly; coxites IX (male) with stripe of setae near distal-
median margin; spine-like setae absent. Penis (Figs. 76, 77): shorter than one-half length of coxite IX;
aperture ventral, subtriangular, inner side rounded by densely inserted grooved setae with bulgy basal
part and thin hair-like end; external surface with unspecialized setae. Ovipositor (Figs. 78-81): rela¬
tively short, not extending beyond tips of stylets IX, with about 32 articles; of secondary type; gon-
apophyses VIII with short lateradly oriented terminal spine; five most distal articles each with one to
three very strong and blunt dark setae, proximadly follow transversal rows of transitorial and normal
setae (up to eight per article), number and size reduced on proximal half; two distal articles of
gonapophyses IX each with one to three fossorial claws, typical transitional setae absent from more
proximal articles. Caudal appendages (Fig. 82): typical hair-like scales absent; terminal filament broken;
length of cerci up to 3.4 mm (about 0.4 x body length); cerci with single terminal spine.
1992
STURM & BACH DE ROCA: NEW MEINERTELLIDAE
191
Diagnosis. — This is the only species of the genus and it can be determined and
characterized by the characteristics of the genus.
Etymology. — The species is named after the collectors D. C. & K. A. Rentz 1
who consequently collected interesting material on Machiloidea.
Material Examined.— See types.
Acknowledgment
We express our gratitude to the scientists who made it possible for us to examine
this interesting material, especially to E. Tremblay (Instit. di Entomologia Agraria,
Portici/Neapel), V. F. Lee (California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco), Mrs.
K. Schmidt and R. T. Schuh (American Museum of Natural History, New York),
A. Coddington and G. F. Hevel (U.S. National Museum, Washington) and W.
Probst (Padagogische Hochschule Flensburg). To Ms. F. Brady we are indebted
for the revision of the English version.
Literature Cited
Bach, C. & H. Sturm. 1988. Description of the male Hypomachiloides texanus Silvestri, 1911
(Microcoryphia: Meinertellidae). Entomol. Scand., 19: 193-198.
Bitsch, J. 1968. Anatomie et histologie de 1’ apareil genital male du genre Machilinus (Thysanura,
Meinertellidae). Bull. Soc. Entomol. France, 73: 100-113.
Lucas, H. 1846. Notes sur quelques especes nouvelles d’insectes qui se trouvent dans nos possessions
francaises du Nord de l’Afrique. Rev. Zool., 9: 252-256.
Mendes, L. F. 1981. Nova nota e descricoes de tisanuros (Microcoryphia e Zygentoma: Apterygota)
da Macaronesia. Arq. Mus. Boc. (Ser. A), 1: 143-164.
Schoett, H. 1897. North American Apterygogenea. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ser. 2, 6: 169-196.
Silvestri, F. 1905. Nuovi generi e specie di Machilidae. Descrizione di due nuove specie italiane e
tavola analitica di tute le specie finora trovate in Italia. Redia, 2: 1-9.
Silvestri, F. 1911. Contributo alia conoszenza dei Machilidae dell’ America settentrionale. Boll. Lab.
Zool. gen. agr. Portici, 5: 324-350.
Sturm, H. 1984. Zur Systematik, Biogeographie und Evolution der suudamerikanischen Meinertel¬
lidae (Machiloidea, Archaeognatha, Insecta). Z. Zool. Syst. Evolut.-Forsch., 22: 27-44.
Sturm, H. 1986. Aspekte des Paarungsverhaltens bei den Machiloidea (Archaeognatha, Insecta).
Braunschw. Naturk. Schr., 2: 507-518.
Sturm, H. & J. Adis. 1984. Zur Entwicklung und zum Paarungsverhalten zentralamazonischer
Meinertellidae (Machiloidea, Archaeognatha, Insecta). Amazoniana, 8: 447-473.
Wygodzinsky, P. 1944. Contribuifao ao conhecimento da familia Machilidae (Thysanura) do Mexico,
do Brasil e da Argentina. Rev. Entomol., 15: 54-96.
Wygodzinsky, P. 1950. Notas y descripciones de algunas “Machilidae” Americanas (Thysanura,
Insecta). Acta. Zool. Lilloana, 7: 593-622.
Wygodzinsky, P. 1951. Thysanura from Juan Fernandez Island (Apterygota). Revista Chilena En¬
tomol., 1: 199-204.
Wygodzinsky, P. 1952. Apuntes sobre “Thysanura” americanas (Apterygota, Insecta). Acta Zool.
Lilloana, 11: 435—458.
Wygodzinsky, P. 1967. On the geographical distribution of the South American Microcoryphia and
Thysanura (Insecta). pp. 505-524. In Delamare-Debouteville, C. & E. Rapoport (eds.). Biologie
de 1 Amerique Australe III. Paris.
Wygodzinsky, P. 1974. Notes and descriptions of Machilidae from the Old World (Microcoryphia,
Insecta). Amer. Mus. Novit., 2555.
Wygodzinsky P. & K. Schmidt. 1980. Survey of the Microcoryphia (Insecta) of the northeastern
United States and adjacent provinces of Canada. Amer. Mus. Novitates, 2710.
Received 1 July 1991; accepted 23 October 1991.
1 “K. A. Rentz” is now Kathleen Hale Sorensen.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(3): 192-199, (1992)
FLOWER-BREEDING DROSOPHILA OF
BOGOTA, COLOMBIA: NEW SPECIES
(DIPTERA: DROSOPHILIDAE)
Alice S. Hunter
Department of Biological Sciences, University of the Pacific,
Stockton, California 95211
Abstract.— There are two taxonomic groups of flower-breeding Drosophila in Bogota, Colombia
and its environs, at altitudes of 2500 m and higher. The onychophora species group of the
subgenus Drosophila is characterized by wide ovipositor plates studded with many stubby teeth.
Thirteen species in this group are in the Bogota region: D. bifurcada NEW SPECIES, D. choachi
NEW SPECIES, and D. arane NEW SPECIES are described here. A key for the 13 species is
given. The onychophora group of flies breed in several genera of composites and other families,
and some species are monophagous. Four species of the flavopilosa species group in the Bogota
region breed in flowers of Cestrum (Solanaceae). This group in the subgenus Drosophila is
characterized by a strongly spined ovipositor.
Key Words. — Insecta, Diptera, Drosophila, onychophora, flavopilosa, flower-breeding, Bogota
Over several years of collecting in the region around Bogota, Colombia, I found
at least 50 different species of Drosophila. This is a considerable diversity for an
altitude of2500 m and higher and an average temperature of 15° C. For a majority
of these, the breeding sites were not found. However, 17 were found breeding in
live flowers. These Drosophila are largely in two main groups: the flavopilosa
group (Wheeler et al. 1962) which breeds only in flowers of Cestrum, and the
onychophora group (Vilela & Bachli 1990), with a characteristic toothed ovipos¬
itor, which breeds in flowers of several genera (Hunter 1979, 1988). In the Bogota
region, there are at least 13 species in the onychophora group, 10 previously
described (Hunter 1979, 1988) and three described in this paper. There are three
other species in the onychophora group that are found in Bolivia and Peru and
are described by Duda (1927). The Colombian species have eggs without filaments
that are laid in the buds of their host flowers.
Methods
Specimens have been deposited in the California Academy of Sciences. The
hosts were identified by Enrique Forero of the Universidad Nacional de Bogota.
The characters of the imagines given here are based largely on the holotype male;
however, the body and wing lengths are average values for five live males and
five live females. The wing indices are measured on slide preparations of five
female and five male wings. The diagrams of genitalia are based on slide prepa¬
rations of terminalia from several specimens.
Taxonomy
Drosophila bifurcada Hunter, NEW SPECIES
(Fig. 1)
Types. —Holotype #15854: male; data: COLOMBIA, BOGOTA: aqueduct wa¬
tershed of mountain Monserrate, 2600 m, 20 Aug 1980, A. S. Hunter; deposited:
1992
HUNTER: NEOTROPICAL DROSOPHILA
193
i ,
c
Figure 1. Genitalia of Drosophila bifurcada, A. tip of aedeagus, B. male terminalia, C. right ovi¬
positor plate.
California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. Paratypes: 3 females, 3 males;
same data as holotype; deposited: California Academy of Sciences.
Description.—Male .—Arista with three dorsal, two ventral branches plus a terminal fork. Basal
antennal segments tan; third segment brown; one medium and one short bristle on second segment.
Frontal and ocellar triangles dark brown. Proclinate orbital bristle 0.75 x length of posterior reclinate;
anterior reclinate one-third of posterior. Face brown; carina moderately high, narrow, slightly sulcate.
Cheek tan; one long oral bristle. Distance from border of eye to base of first oral 0.2 x greatest diameter
of eye. Eyes dark red; eye index 1.1. Palpus pale tan with one long, several medium length hairs.
Acrostichal hairs in six rows between dorsocentrals; no prescutellars; anterior scutellars divergent.
Thorax shiny brown with a pair of light stripes through dorsocentral bristles; scutellum and pleura
shiny brown; halter pale tan. Anterior stemopleural bristle 0.66 x length of posterior; middle ster-
nopleural 0.5 x length of anterior. Legs pale tan with darker terminal tarsal segment. Small apical
and pre-apical bristles on first tibia; apical and pre-apical bristles on middle tibia; pre-apicals on third
tibia; several thin bristles on front femur. Wing pale tan with slightly darker veins. Costal index 4.3,
fourth vein index 1.5, 4c index 0.5, 5x index 1.2. Thicker hairs on anterior border to basal two-
fifths of third section of costa. Abdomen brown, each tergite with narrow black band. Body length
2.9 mm; wing length 4.1 mm. Genitalia (Fig. 1): aedeagus pale tan, very slight dorsoventral curve;
apex bifurcate, each tip secondarily bifurcate; tips serrate. Aedeagal apodeme thick, straight. Epandrium
articulated with anal plate dorsoposteriorly; row of six bristles on medial surface projecting over
surstyli; laterally, eight bristles; thick tuft of ten bristles on ventral lobe. Surstyli with 14 black primary
teeth; fine, short black hairs all over surface; six short, tan bristles at anterior end. Surstyli united by
wide, dorsal bridge (decastemum). Hypandrium with long, medioventral bristle on each side; finger¬
like gonapophyses with three yellow hairs.
194
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 68(3)
Female.— Thorax slightly darker than that of male. Body length, 3.1 mm. Wing length, 4.1 mm.
Spermatheca dark brown, spherical. Ovipositor plate brown, curved, many fine teeth (about 120) all
over lateral surface; row of seven small teeth at rounded, dorsoposterior apex; one long bristle at
ventroposterior apex.
Egg.— Pointed anteriorly; no filaments.
Larva.—First instar present in genital chamber of female has mandibular hook with bifurcate tip.
Diagnosis. — The many teeth on the ovipositor plates and the lack of egg fila¬
ments are characteristics of the onychophora group of Drosophila from Bogota.
The bifurcate apex of the aedeagus distinguishes this species from others of the
group.
Distribution. —D. bifurcada has been found along the river on mountain Mon-
serrate, which is the watershed for the Bogota aqueduct.
Hosts. — Adult D. bifurcada emerge from pupae in the flowers of both Liabum
megacephalum Schultze and Bidens rubifolia Humboldt (Asteraceae).
Material Examined. — See. types.
Drosophila choachi Hunter, NEW SPECIES
(Fig. 2)
Types. — Holotype #15856: male; data: COLOMBIA, BOGOTA: road to Choachi
on mountain Guadelupe, 2700 m, 13 Aug 1980, A. S. Hunter; deposited: Cali¬
fornia Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. Paratypes: 1 female, 2 males; same
data as holotype; deposited: California Academy of Sciences.
Description.—Male.— Arista with two dorsal, one ventral branches plus a terminal fork. Basal
antennal segments gray-brown; two bristles on second segment. Proclinate orbital bristle two-thirds
length of posterior reclinate; anterior reclinate one-half length of posterior reclinate. Face gray-black;
carina moderately high, not sulcate. Cheek black; one long oral bristle; palpus and proboscis tan-gray.
Distance from border of eye to base of first oral bristle one-fifth of greatest diameter of eye. Eye bright
red; eye index 1.1. Acrostichal hairs in 6 rows between dorsocentrals; no prescutellar bristles; anterior
scutellars divergent. Thorax semi-shining black. Anterior stemopleural bristle 0.66 x length of pos¬
terior; middle stemopleural 0.5 x first, very thin. Legs yellow-tan, except coxa, proximal two-thirds
of femur and last tarsal segment which are brown. Apical bristles on middle tibia and pre-apical
bristles on all tibiae; five medium to long bristles on first femur. Wings pale gray with slightly darker
veins. Costal index 4.8, fourth vein index 1.7, 4c index 0.5, 5 x index 1.3. Thicker hairs along wing
border to basal half of third section of costa. Abdomen yellow-tan, first two tergites with posterior
black band wider in midline, fading out laterally. Body length, 2.6 mm. Wing length 2.7 mm. Genitalia
(Fig. 2): aedeagus tan with brown tip; C-shaped curvature toward left; apex in shallow S-shaped curve;
apodeme broadens at base. Epandrium articulated with posterior, lateral comers of hypandrium; row
of seven long, tan hairs on medial border; group of four medium length hairs on anterior, medial
apex. Surstyli with eight black, primary teeth; six small teeth on inner surface. Surstyli united by wide,
dorsal bridge (decastemum). Hypandrium with long, medioventral bristle on each side; broad gon-
apophyses each with three medium length yellow bristles.
Female. — Abdomen brown-gray with black bands on posterior half of each tergite. Body length, 2.9
mm. Wing length, 3.0 mm. Spermatheca dark brown, ovoid. Curved ovipositor plate studded with
about 140 short, stubby, black teeth; three long, one medium hairs on dorsal apex; four medium length
hairs on ventral apex.
Egg.— Apex tapers to fine point; no filaments.
Diagnosis. — The many teeth on the ovipositor plate and lack of egg filaments
are characteristic of the onychophora group of Drosophila from Bogota. The shape
of the aedeagus (Fig. 2) and teeth of surstyli distinguish D. choachi from other
species in this group.
1992
HUNTER: NEOTROPICAL DROSOPHILA
195
Figure 2. Genitalia of Drosophila choachi, A. male terminalia, B. right ovipositor plate.
Distribution. —Drosophila choachi has only been found in the paramo of Choachi
on mountain Guadelupe.
Host. — Adults emerged from flowers of Eupatorium vaccinaefolium Benth (As-
teraceae).
Material Examined.—See types.
Drosophila arane Hunter, NEW SPECIES
(Fig. 3)
Types. — Holotype #15853: male; data: COLOMBIA, BOGOTA: aqueduct wa¬
tershed of mountain Monserrate, 2600 m, 12 Aug 1980, A. S. Hunter; deposited:
California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. Paratypes: 3 females, 3 males;
same data as holotype; deposited: California Academy of Sciences.
Description.— Male.— Arista with three dorsal and one ventral branches plus terminal fork. Basal
antennal segments dark brown; two medium hairs on second segment. Frontal and ocellar triangles
light brown, bordered by dark brown. Proclinate orbital bristle two-thirds length of posterior reclinate;
anterior reclinate one-half of posterior. Face brown; carina high, narrow, not sulcate. Cheek brown;
one long oral bristle. Distance from border of eye to base of oral bristle one-fifth of greatest diameter
of eye. Eye sepia; eye index 1.1. Palpus brown with many fine, medium length hairs. Acrostichal hairs
pale yellow, in six rows between dorsocentrals; no prescutellars; anterior scutellars divergent; posterior
dorsocentrals same length as scutellar bristles. Thorax brown-black. Halter pale tan. Anterior ster-
nopleural bristle one-half length of posterior; middle stemopleural one-half length of anterior. Legs
shaded from black femur to brown tibia to tan tarsus, excepting last tarsal segment which is brown.
196
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(3)
Figure 3. Genitalia of Drosophila arane, A. male terminalia, B. aedeagus, C. left ovipositor plate.
Apical and preapical bristles on middle legs, apical on first and pre-apical on third. Wings pale tan
with slightly darker veins. Costal index 3.8, fourth vein index 1.6, 4c index 0.7, 5x index 1.1.
Abdomen brown with darker band bordering posterior margin of each tergite. Body length 2.7 mm.
Wing length, 3.6 mm. Genitalia (Fig. 3): aedeagus tan with sharply pointed black tip on scoop-shaped
apex, apodeme thin, slightly curved. Epandrium articulates with anal plate dorsoposteriorly; row of
five bristles extends from medial surface to overlap surstyli; tuft of six bristles on toe. Surstyli with
13 primary teeth; four stubby teeth on internal surface. Hypandrium with long, medio ventral bristle
on each side; finger-like gonapophyses, each with three to four long, yellow bristles.
Female .—Body length, 2.9 mm. Wing length, 3.7 mm. Spermatheca brown, spherical. Ovipositor
with pointed apex; wide plates studded with about 100 short, stubby, black teeth; one long bristle
dorsally; one yellow hair on ventral apex.
Egg.— Pointed anteriorly, no filaments.
Pupa. — Anterior spiracles have three long and five very short branches.
Diagnosis. — The many teeth on the ovipositor plate and lack of egg filaments
are characteristic of the onychophora group of Drosophila from Bogota. The point¬
ed tip of the ovipositor plates and the straight row of 13-14 primary teeth on the
surstyli distinguish D. arane from other flies of this group.
Distribution.—Drosophila arane has been found along the river that is the
aqueduct watershed from the mountain Monserrate in Bogota. The host flowers
border the river just above the guard house.
Hosts. — Eggs, larvae and pupae of D. arane were found in flowers of Siegesbeckia
jorullensis H.B.K. and Liabum megacephalum Schultze (Asteraceae).
Remarks. — Arane is the latin word for spider and refers to the appearance of
this fly, which is that of a small spider with long, dark legs and compact body.
Material examined.—See types.
1992
HUNTER: NEOTROPICAL DROSOPHILA
197
la.
lb.
2a.
2b.
3a.
3b.
4a.
4b.
5a.
5b.
6a.
6b.
7a.
7b.
8a.
8b.
9a.
9b.
10a.
10b.
11a.
Key to Drosophila species of the onychophora
group in Bogota and environs.
Wings long (at least 4.4 mm); costal index (length of second costal
section/third costal section) at least 5.0; arista with four upper and
two lower branches + terminal fork: associated with flowers oiBomar-
ea . 2
Wing length less than 4.4 mm; costal index <5.0; arista with only two
to three upper branches; associated with flowers of genera other than
Bomarea . 3
(la). Cheeks white ... D. carahlanca Hunter
Cheeks tan. D. bomarea Hunter
(la). Body narrow (like Scaptomyza), steel gray on live flies; associated
with Espeletia flowers of paramo of Chisaca. D. chisaca Hunter
Body form and color variable (distributed in Bogota and environs) ... 4
(3b). Costal index from 4.2 to 4.9 . 5
Costal index less than 4.2 . 8
(4a). Eight rows acrostichal hairs, thorax brown, abdomen dark grey to
black, wings smoky, associated with Cleome flowers.
. D. desbaratabaile Hunter
Six to eight rows acrostichal hairs, other traits variable, not associated
with Cleome flowers . 6
(5b). Arista with two upper, one lower branches plus terminal fork;
thorax semi-shining black; eyes bright red; associated with Eupato-
rium . D. choachi NEW SPECIES
Arista with three upper, one to two lower branches + terminal fork;
thorax brown; eyes dull red to burgundy color; associated with various
different flowers . 7
(6b). Arista with three upper, two lower branches + terminal fork; thorax
brown with lighter stripes through dorsocentrals; eyes burgundy; as¬
sociated with Liabum and Bidens . D. bifurcada NEW SPECIES
Arista with three upper, one lower branches + terminal fork; thorax
unicolorous grey-brown; eyes dull red; associated with Espeletia ...
. D. freilejoni Hunter
(4b). Thorax tan to light brown . 9
Thorax dark brown to black . 11
(8a). Arista with two upper, three to two lower branches + terminal
fork; six rows of acrostichals; abdomen tan with dark brown bands,
wider on anterior segments and in midline; associated with Liabum
and Bidens . D. colmenares Hunter
Arista with three upper, one lower branches + terminal fork; seven to
eight rows acrostichals; other traits variable . 10
(9b). Light brown thorax with central darker stripe; abdomen yellow-
orange with tan bands more marked anteriorly and fading posteriorly
and laterally; associated with Liabum and Bidens .... D. franii Hunter
Thorax unicolorous light brown with green hue; abdomen tan with dark
bands interrupted medially, thinning laterally; associated with Mon-
tanoa (crazy tree) . D. arboloco Hunter
(8b). Small body, 2.0-2.3 mm long, wings less than 3 mm long; eight
198 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 68(3)
rows of acrostichals; associated with Chrysanthemum, Liabum and
Bidens . D. margarita Hunter
lib. Body length greater than 2.5 mm; wings 3 mm or longer; six to seven
rows of acrostichals. 12
12a. (1 lb). Arista with two upper, one lower branches + terminal fork; short,
plump body shape; associated with Liabum ... D. acuminanus Hunter
12b. Arista with three upper, one lower branches + terminal fork; “spidery”
body shape; associated with Siegesbeckia .... D. arane NEW SPECIES
Discussion
The best way to identify these species is by their genitalia (Figs. 1-3) (Hunter
1979: figs. 1-6; Hunter 1988: figs. 1-9). Drawings of the ovipositor plates show
the differences in overall shape and distribution of teeth and hairs. Surstyli and
aedeagi are distinctive for each species.
Drosophila of the onychophora group are not attracted to yeasted fruit or veg¬
etable baits as most other drosophilids are. The flies rest on the host plant(s) and
frequently occur inside the flower. A convenient way to obtain adults is to collect
old flowers that are drying out, and allow the adults to emerge from the pupae
within the flowers. In places where the host plants are abundant, adults may be
swept with a net over the flowers. There is an area on the south bank of the river
of the watershed on Monserrate mountain in Bogota (about 100 m above the
guarded entrance) where five of the species occur. Drosophila franii, D. arane, D.
acuminanus, D. colmenares and D. bifurcada occur on Bidens, Liabum and Sie¬
gesbeckia along this bank.
Both D. bomarea and D. carablanca were found only in the trumpet-shaped
red blossoms of the Bomarea vine that occurs along the road to Choachi paramo
in the region which overlooks the savanna of Bogota. On this same part of the
road there are trees of Montanoa ovalifolia DC (Asteraceae) in which D. arboloco
is found. Closer to the paramo, purple-flowered bushes of Eupatorium grow, and
a few specimens of D. choachi emerged from these flowers. On the paramo of
Choachi there are several different species of Espeletia in which D. freilejoni
breeds. Drosophila chisaca is only collected in the paramo of Chisaca, about 50
km south of Bogota. Of the 13 species of the onychophora group found in Co¬
lombia, 11 breed in composite flowers and five appear to be monophagous.
These drosophilids were referred to as the “anthophilic group” in previous
descriptions (Hunter 1979, 1988) because of their close association with flowers.
Vilela & Bachli (1990) renamed the group based on the first species that had been
described by Duda (1927), and also placed the group in the subgenus Drosophila.
All of the 16 species of this group described to date were collected at 2500 m and
higher in the Andes. Another undescribed species with genitalia typical of the
group was collected at 3000 m in Ecuador (specimens in California Academy of
Sciences). The wide ovipositor with many teeth on the lateral surface may be an
adaptation for inserting eggs into the buds of flowers. The lack of egg filaments
may be related to the type of substrate in which the eggs are laid. This characteristic
is found in other flower-breeding Drosophila such as the flavopilosa group. Ovo-
viviparity was observed in D. bifurcada, D. arane and seven other species of this
group (Hunter 1988). This has also been noted in other flower-breeding Drosophila
and is perhaps of adaptive value in the flower niche. Although some of the
1992
HUNTER: NEOTROPICAL DROSOPHILA
199
characteristics of these flies are suggestive of a relationship to the subgenus Phlori-
dosa, Vilela & Bachli (1990) believe that they evolved independently.
The other major group of Drosophila of the Bogota environs that breeds in live
flowers includes at least four species of the jlavopilosa group (Wheeler et al. 1962).
It is characterized by the distinctive ovipositor that has heavy black spines on
the posterior edge. The eggs lack filaments or have very short ones. These flies
breed in flowers of Cestrum species. They occur in the same locality where several
species of the onychopora group are breeding in Bidens, Liabum, and Siegesbeckia,
along the watershed between the mountains, Monserrate and Guadelupe. Several
species of Cestrum grow there and are hosts to at least four species of the jlavopilosa
group. Although the two groups of plants are only a few meters apart, the flies of
the onychophora and jlavopilosa group occur on separate plants. The Drosophila
of the jlavopilosa group do not fly around much, but rest on the plants where they
have to be aspirated or shaken off*.
Drosophila acroria (Wheeler et al. 1962) is the most abundant of the jlavopilosa
species in the Bogota region. It occurs in several different sites, associated with
Cestrum parvifolium Wild (Solanaceae). Two other species found in the watershed
of Monserrate appear to have identical ovipositors with those described by Whee¬
ler et al. (1962) as “unnamed species 3” and “unnamed species 6.” The latter is
distinctive, because it is tan and black, while other jlavopilosa species are yellow.
A fourth species that does not fit any published descriptions is found associated
with C. petiolare and C. tomentosum.
Several species of unidentified Drosophila were found in the white flowers of
Datura along with many Zapriothrica. Possibly these Drosophila feed on yeasts
growing on decaying flowers, since no larvae occur in the intact live flowers on
the bushes.
Literature Cited
Duda, O. 1927. Die sudamerikanischen Drosophiliden (Dipteren) unter Berucksichtigung auch der
anderen neotropeschen sowie der nearktischen Arten. Arch. Naturgesch., 91(A)11/12: 1-228.
Hunter, A. S. 1979. New anthophilic Drosophila of Colombia. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 72: 372-
383.
Hunter, A. S. 1988. High altitude flower-breeding Drosophila (Diptera: Drosophilidae). Pan-Pacif.
Entomol., 64: 299-312.
Vilela, C. R. & G. Bachli. 1990. Taxonomic studies on Neotropical species of seven genera of
Drosophilidae (Diptera). Bull. Soc. Entomol. Suisse, Supplement 63.
Wheeler, M. R., H. Takada & D. Bmcic. 1962. The jlavopilosa species group of Drosophila. Univ.
Texas Publ., 6205: 395-413.
Received 28 June 1991; accepted 15 November 1991.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(3): 200-215, (1992)
KOREANURINA NEW GENUS, LEENURINA NEW GENUS
AND CAPUTANURINA LEE, 1983
(COLLEMBOLA: NEANURIDAE)
FROM NORTH KOREA
Judith Najt 1 and Wanda Maria Weiner 2
1 Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, Laboratoire d’Entomologie,
Museum national d’Histoire naturelle, Paris
institute of Systematics and Evolution of Animals,
Polish Academy of Sciences, Cracow, Poland
Abstract.— Materials of Neanuridae, Collembola from North Korea were studied. Koreanurina
NEW GENUS and Leenurina NEW GENUS are described, and their taxonomic positions are
determined. The genus Caputanurina Lee, 1983 is redescribed. Several new species are also
described: Koreanurina szeptyckii NEW SPECIES, K. inexpectata NEW SPECIES, Leenurina
jasii NEW SPECIES, Caputanurina intermedia NEW SPECIES, C. turbator NEW SPECIES, C.
major NEW SPECIES and C. sexdentata NEW SPECIES.
Key Words.— Collembola, Koreanurina, Leenurina, Caputanurina, North Korea, taxonomy
In 1983, Lee created the subfamily Caputanurinae for two South Korean species
with extraordinary characters: the fusion of thorax I with the base of the head;
the displacement of the head, anteriorly, and of the abdominal segments, poste¬
riorly, resulting in a pronounced “cryptophthalmy” and distinct “cryptopygy.”
Also, the cuticule exhibits strong tegumental granulation.
According to Lee (1983), the subfamily contains only one genus, Caputanurina
Lee, 1983; C. serrataLee, 1983 andC. nana Lee, 1983 differ mainly in chaetotaxy,
in the form of tegumental grains, as observed with a scanning electron microscope,
and in the position of the eyes and the postantennal organ.
Our study, undertaken in 1985, is based on the materials collected in 1971,
1974 and 1981 by the expeditions of the Institute of Systematics and Evolution
of Animals, Polish Academy of Sciences, Cracow, Poland. This material included
species belonging to Caputanurina and to some related groups, and thus enabled
us to taxonomically place these species more precisely in relation to the already
known subfamilies of Neanuridae.
We also include Koreanurina NEW GENUS, related to a species of Anurida
Laboulbene, 1865, although we consider Leenurina NEW GENUS to belong to
the Caputanurinae. A discussion of each genus is presented below.
Abbreviations.— ISEA: Institute of Systematics and Evolution of Animals, Pol¬
ish Academy of Sciences, Cracow, Poland; MNHN: Laboratoire d’Entomologie,
Museum national d’Histoire naturelle, Paris, France.
PSEUDACHORUTINAE SENSU MASSOUD, 1967
Koreanurina Najt & Weiner, NEW GENUS
Type Species. —Koreanurina szeptyckii NEW GENUS, NEW SPECIES.
Description.— Color light blue, dark blue, gray. Eyes and postantennal organ dorsal, latter with 9-
11 vesicles in one row circle. Five-tooth mandibles. Maxillae type as in Anurida, with dentate maxillary
1992
NAJT & WEINER: NEW KOREAN COLLEMBOLA
201
capitulum, free lamellae. Labium elongate, papillary L seta absent, labial organite (x) present. Labral
chaetotaxy two/two, three, five, two. Antennae short. Antenna I with seven setae, antenna II with 11
setae. Antennae III and IV fused dorsally. Sensory organ of antennal segment III consisting of two
microsensillae, two guard sensillae (the ventral one s-shaped) and one ventrolateral microsensilla.
Antenna IV with six thick, subcylindrical sensillae and small dorsal external sensilla; subapical organite
small but distinct; apical vesicle slightly bilobate; no sensory rasp. Ventral tube with four + four setae.
Tibiotarsus with 18, 18, 17 setae; claw toothless. Furca vestigial, reduced to two small mamelons,
each with one seta. Thorax I well separated. Abdomen VI ventral. No anal spines. Dorsal reticulation
present on head, thorax II, III and abdomen I to V.
Diagnosis. — The presence of dorsal reticulation on head and thorax tergites II-
III make it easy to discern Koreanurina. Table 2 presents the characters differ¬
entiating Koreanurina from Leenurina and Caputanurina.
Discussion.—We included Koreanurina among the Pseudachorutinae because
of the presence of six sensillae on antenna IV. The new genus has a well-separated
thorax I, like in all other genera of the subfamily, which was divided by Massoud
(1967) into two tribes. Koreanurina is, however, related to a single Anurida species
( A . hexophthalmica Stach, 1949 of the Tatra Mts, Poland) in its habitus, buccal
parts type, number and position of the eyes and the postantennal organ, the furca,
“oligochaetosis,” and abdomen segment VI, which is hidden under segment V.
Material Examined.—See K. szeptyckii.
Koreanurina szeptyckii Najt & Weiner, NEW SPECIES
(Figs. 1-8)
Types. — Holotype: female; data: NORTH KOREA. NORTH PYONGAN
PROVINCE: Myohyang-san Mts, nr Habiro waterfall, fresh litter in oak-maple-
pine forest, 25 Jun 1981, A. Szeptycki & W. M. Weiner. Allotype, male, same
data as holotype. Holotype and allotype deposited in Institute of Systematics and
Evolution of Animals, Polish Academy of Sciences, Cracow, Poland. Paratypes,
9 specimens; 8 deposited in ISEA, 1 deposited in MNHN.
Description. —Female (holotype) length 0.44 mm, male (allotype) length 0.38 mm, paratypes length
0.42 and 0.46 mm. Color in alcohol spotted light blue for females, dark blue for males, ocular plate
blue-black. Tegumental grain very strong. Dorsal reticulation hexagonal or square on head: a plate
on vertex and two rows on seta c and p level; thorax II, III and abdomen I-V in two or three rows
(Fig. 1). Antennae shorter than head. Antennal segment I with seven setae, antennal segment II with
11 setae. Antennae III and IV fused dorsally, ventral separation well-marked with very fine tegumental
granulation. Sensory organ of antennal segment III consisting of: (a) two small sensillae bent in same
direction without tegumental fold, (b) two subcylindrical guard sensillae (ventral s-shaped/bent in
squashed specimens/very long compared with dorsal), (c) small ventrolateral sensilla in small groove.
Antennal segment IV with six distinct subcylindrical thick sensillae, small dorsal external sensilla;
subapical organite small, distinct; apical vesicle slightly bilobate, some ordinary setae with blunt apex
(Fig. 2). Ocelli three + three. Postantennal organ 3.0-4.0 x larger than ocellus, bearing 9-11 vesicles
arranged in circle (Fig. 5). Labium elongate (Fig. 6), setae: L papillary and B absent, two + two labial
organites (x) arranged one above the other on internal side of setae C and D. Labral chaetotaxy two/
two, three, five, two. Mandibles with five teeth (Fig. 4), maxilla styliform with two lamellae, one
styliform, the other with two teeth, and elongate maxillary capitulum with about 12 teeth (Fig. 3).
Tibiotarsi I, II, III with 18, 18, 17 setae, with one pointed tenent hair and toothless claws (Fig. 7).
Thorax stemites without setae. Ventral tube with four + four setae, one specimen with four + three;
three + three in immature specimens. Vestigial furca reduced to two small mamelons, each with one
seta. Male genital plate is presented in Fig. 8. Dorsal chaetotaxy (Fig. 1): short thin ordinary setae and
thin long sensory setae with blunt apex, but setae on abdomen IV thicker, shorter than the others.
Sensory chaetotaxy is “022/11111” per one-half tergite.
202
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(3)
r
^ . "
Figures 1-12. Figures 1-8. Koreanurina szeptyckii NEW GENUS, NEW SPECIES. Figure 1. Chae-
totaxy and dorsal reticulation. Figure 2. Antennae III-IV. Figure 3. Maxillae. Figure 4. Mandible.
Figure 5. Ocelli and postantennal organ. Figure 6. Labium. Figure 7. Leg II. Figure 8. Male genital
plate. Figures 9-12. Koreanurina inexspectata NEW SPECIES. Figure 9. Chaetotaxy and dorsal re¬
ticulation. Figure 10. Antennae III-IV. Figure 11. Ocelli and postantennal organ. Figure 12. Vestigial
furca.
Diagnosis. —Koreanurina szeptyckii can be distinguished by some morpholog¬
ical characters: the apical vesicle slightly bilobate, two + two setae between sensory
setae on abdomen I to IV, the very long ventral guard sensilla of antenna III,
short sensillae on antenna IV and the ratio of diameters of PAO to ocellus (Ta¬
ble 1).
Etymology. —Dedicated, as a token of friendship, to Andrzej Szeptycki.
Material Examined. - See types. In addition: NORTH KOREA. NORTH PYONGAN PROVINCE:
Myohyang-san Mts, nr Sangwon waterfall, moss on granite in an oak-maple forest, 24 Jun 1981, A.
Szeptycki & W. M. Weiner, 1 specimen.
Koreanurina inexspectata Najt & Weiner, NEW SPECIES
(Figs. 9-13)
Types. — Holotype, female; data: NORTH KOREA. KANG WON PROVINCE:
1992
NAJT & WEINER: NEW KOREAN COLLEMBOLA
203
Table 1. Characters differentiating Koreanurina szeptyckii NEW SPECIES from K. inexspectata
NEW SPECIES.
Koreanurina
Characters
szeptyckii NEW SPECIES
inexspectata NEW SPECIES
Apical vesicle
slightly bilobate
distinctly trilobate
Number of setae between sensory setae on
abd. I to IV
2 + 2
3 + 3
Guard sensillae of antenna III
differing in length, ventral
one very long
almost equal
Antenna IV sensillae
short
long
PAO/ocellus ratio
3^4:1
2-2.5:1
Kumgang-san Mts, nr Kuryong waterfall, rock with bushes, herbs and mosses
(litter and moss), 29 Jun 1981, A. Szeptycki & W. M. Weiner; deposited in Institute
of Systematics and Evolution of Animals, Polish Academy of Sciences, Cracow,
Poland. Paratypes, 2 specimens, same data as holotype: 1 immature female de¬
posited in ISEA, 1 female deposited in MNHN.
Description .—Female (holotype) length 0.50 mm, female (paratype) length 0.54 mm. Color in alcohol
light gray, ocular plate black. Very strong tegumental granulation. Dorsal reticulation present as in
Koreanurina szeptyckii (Fig. 9). Antennae shorter than head. Antennal segment I with seven setae,
antennal segment II with 11 setae. Sensory organ of antennal segment III consisting of: (a) two small
sensillae slightly bent in same direction without tegumental fold, (b) two almost even, subcylindrical
sensillae, (c) small ventrolateral sensilla in small groove. Antennal segment IV with six distinct sub-
cylindrical long slender sensillae; small dorsal external microsensilla; subapical organite distinct; apical
vesicle visibly trilobate (Fig. 10). Ocelli three + three. Postantennal organ, 2.0-2.5 x larger than ocellus
diameter, bearing 11 vesicles arranged in circle (Fig. 11). Labrum, labium, maxillae and mandibles
similar to those in Koreanurina szeptyckii. Tibiotarsi I, II, III with 18, 18, 17 setae including one
pointed tenent hair, claw toothless. Thoraxic stemites without setae. Ventral tube with four + four
setae. Abdominal stemites II and III without odd seta. Vestigial furca reduced to two small mamelons
with one seta each (Figs. 12 and 13). Female genital plate is presented in Fig. 13. Dorsal chaetotaxy
is presented in Fig. 9. Sensory chaetotaxy is “022/11111” per one-half tergite.
Diagnosis.—Koreanurina inexspectata is distinguished by three + three setae
on the abdominal tergites I to IV and very long sensillae on the antennal segment
IV. We present the differences between the two species of Koreanurina in Table 1.
Etymology. — The name comes from the Latin word for “unexpected.”
Material Examined. —See types. In addition: NORTH KOREA. KAESONG-SI PROVINCE: Chon-
ma-san Mts, nr Pakyon waterfall, maple-oak forest; litter, 15 Jul 1981, A. Szeptycki & W. M. Weiner,
1 specimen.
Caputanurinae Lee, 1983
In this subfamily, closely related to the Pseudachorutinae, we describe Leenuri-
na NEW GENUS with two species; we redefine Caputanurina Lee, 1983, in which
we include three new species.
This subfamily is mainly characterized by the absence of a well-defined thoraxic
tergite I; it seems to be fused with the base of the head, where the two + two
dorsolateral setae might be a remnant of prothorax chaetotaxy.
Leenurina Najt & Weiner, NEW GENUS
Type Species.—Leenurina jasii NEW GENUS, NEW SPECIES.
204
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(3)
Table 2. Characters differentiating the genera: Koreanurina NEW GENUS, Leenurina NEW GE¬
NUS and Caputanurina Lee, 1983.
Pseudachorutinae
Caputanurinae
Characters
Koreanurina
NEW GENUS
Leenurina
NEW GENUS
Caputanurina
Lee, 1983
Prothorax tergite
well defined
fused with
head
fused with head
Eye position
dorsal
dorsal
dorsolateral or lateral
Postantennal organ
dorsal
dorsal
lateroventral or ventral
Head
normal
normal
with a V-like stitch along the
whole vertex 3
Abdomen V
normal
normal
inverted V-like
Habitus
normal
normal
dorsally flattened
Development of dorsal re¬
ticulation
+
+ +
+ + +
Antennal segment II setae
11
12
12-13
Dorsal setae present on
thorax II—III
al, pi, p2, p5 = s
al, ml, pi,
p5 = s
al, pi, p2, p5 = s
Dorsal setae present on ab¬
domen I—III
al, pi, p5 = s or
al, pi, p2,
p5 = s
al, pi, p3,
p5 = s
al, pi, p2, p5 = s
a With one exception: C. intermedia.
Description. — Color blue or orange in live individuals. Eyes and postantennal organ dorsally. Ocelli
two + two or three + three on well-defined plate with reticulation and strong granulation. Postantennal
organ with 9-14 vesicles arranged in one row circle or oval. Mandibles with five teeth. Maxillae of
the type Anurida hexophthalmica with two pointed styliform lamellae or tooth and maxillary capitulum
with many small teeth. Labium short, papillary L seta absent, labial organite (x) present. Labral
chaetotaxy: two/two, three, five, two. Antennae short. Antenna I with seven setae. Antenna II with
12 setae. Antennae III and IV fused dorsally. Sensory organ of antenna III built of two microsensillae,
two almost even, subcylindrical guard sensillae and ventrolateral microsensilla. Antenna IV with six
thick subcylindrical sensillae and a small dorsal external sensilla, subapical organite distinct, apical
vesicle bi- or trilobate, sensory rasp absent. Ventral tube with four + four setae. Tibiotarsi with 18,
18, 17 setae, claws toothless. Vestigial furca reduced to two setae, with two mamelons or without
protuberance (Lee, 1983). No anal spines. Head developed normally. Thoraxic tergite I fused at base
of head, stemite developed normally. Abdomen VI in ventral position. No setae on thorax stemites,
no odd setae on abdominal stemites II and III. Dorsal chaetotaxy consists of short and pointed ordinary
setae and thin sensory setae. Very strong tegumental granulation. Reticulation on head, thorax II and
III and abdomen I through V.
Diagnosis. — The new genus is close to Koreanurina and Caputanurina. We
present their main differentiating characters in Table 2.
Etymology.— The new genus is dedicated to our Korean friend and colleague,
B. H. Lee.
Material Examined. —See L. jasii.
Leenurina jasii Najt & Weiner, NEW SPECIES
(Figs. 14-21)
Types. — Holotype, female; data: NORTH KOREA. KANGWONPROVINCE:
Kumgang-san Mts, nr Kuryong waterfall, gorge of stream, with bushes, herbs and
oak (litter), 1 Jul 1981, A. Szeptycki & W. M. Weiner; deposited in Institute of
Systematics and Evolution of Animals, Polish Academy of Sciences, Cracow,
1992
NAJT & WEINER: NEW KOREAN COLLEMBOLA
205
Figures 13-21. Figure 13. Koreanurina inexspectata NEW SPECIES, abdominal segment I-VI.
Figures 14-21. Leenurina jasii NEW GENUS, NEW SPECIES. Figure 14. Abdominal stemites I-VI.
Figure 15. Labium. Figure 16. Ocelli and postantennal organ. Figure 17. Maxillae. Figure 18. Mandible.
Figure 19. Antennae III-IV. Figure 20. Leg III. Figure 21. Chaetotaxy and dorsal reticulation.
Poland. Paratypes, 2 specimens, same data as holotype: 1 deposited in ISEA, 1
deposited in MNHN.
Description. —Female (holotype) length 0.56 mm, immature paratypes length 0.41-0.52 mm. Color
in alcohol light blue. Ocular plate blue-black. Very strong tegumental granulation. Dorsal reticulation
on head (central plate of vertex, dorsolateral plates, two plates in posterior part), thorax II and III and
abdomen I through V. Prothorax tergite I unmarked (Fig. 21). Antennae shorter than head. Antennal
segment I with seven setae, antennal segment II with 12 setae. Sensory organ on antennal segment III
consisting of: (a) two small sensillae arranged in same direction without tegumental fold, (b) two long,
almost even, subcylindrical guard sensillae, (c) small ventrolateral sensilla without groove. Antennal
segment IV with six thick subcylindrical sensillae, small dorsal external sensilla; small subapical
organite distinct, apical vesicles slightly bilobate, all ordinary setae with pointed apex (Fig. 19). Three
+ three ocelli with tegumental granulation of equal size. Postantennal organ oval, 4 x longer and twice
broader than ocellus, with 11-14 vesicles (Fig. 16). Labium short: no papillary L seta and B seta,
labial organite (x) present as two + two small hyaline vesicles arranged one above the other (Fig. 15)
between A and C setae (Fig. 18). Labral chaetotaxy: two/two, three, five, two. Mandible with five
teeth, the basal one very strong (Fig. 18); maxillae with two lamellae, each with two apical teeth, and
maxillary capitulum with 8-11 teeth (Fig. 17). Tibiotarsi I, II, III with 18, 18, 17 setae, including one
pointed tenent hair, toothless claws, well-developed thorax stemites, without setae (Fig. 20). Ventral
tube with four + four setae. Abdominal stemites II and III without odd setae. Vestigial furca reduced
to two small mamelons, each with one seta (Fig. 14). Female genital plate is presented in Fig. 14.
Dorsal chaetotaxy (Fig. 21): thin short pointed ordinary setae and long thin sensory setae with blunt
206
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(3)
Table 3. Characters differentiating Leenurina jasii NEW SPECIES from Leenurina nana (Lee,
1983).
Leenurina
Characters
jasii NEW SPECIES
nana (Lee, 1983)
Color
light blue in alcohol
orange Uve
Number of ocelli
3 + 3
2 + 2
Number of vesicles and shape of postan-
11-14, oval
11, in circle
tennal organ
Number of setae between abdomen IV
al, pi, p4, a p5 = s
aO, al, a3, pi, p2, p5 = s
sensory setae
Vestigial furca
2 mamelons with 1 + 1
setae
without mamelon with
1 + 1 setae
a Variability of p4: cf. text.
apex, 4-5 x longer than ordinary setae except shorter thicker setae of abdomen IV. Sensory chaetotaxy
is “022/11111” per one-half tergite. Number of setae between sensory ones of IVth abdominal segment
varies from three + three to three + two to two + three.
Diagnosis.—Leenurina jasii can be distinguished particularly by chaetotaxic
characters on the abdominal tergite IV, the color of the body and number of ocelli
(Table 3).
Discussion. — At present the new genus contains two species: Leenurina nana
(Lee, 1983) and L. jasii. Table 3 shows the main differentiating characters. It
should be stressed that L. nana had been described as a species belonging to the
genus Caputanurina; we are of the opinion that it fits well to Leenurina.
Etymology. —The species is tenderly dedicated to the son of one of us, Jas—
January M. Weiner.
Material Examined.—See types. In addition: NORTH KOREA. KANG WON PROVINCE: Kum-
gang-san Mts, Ou-Kumgang, oak-pine forest, litter on rock, 30 Jun 1981, A. Szeptycki & W. M.
Weiner, 1 specimen; Valley leading to Kuryong waterfall, groves with oak, pine and reed, litter, 1 Jul
1981, A. Szeptycki & W. M. Weiner, 1 specimen; Samil-pho lake, pine-oak groves, Utter with mosses
and decayed herbs, 3 Jul 1981, A. Szeptycki & W. M. Weiner, 1 specimen. NORTH HAMGYONG
PROVINCE: Chuulonpho-ri, valley with oak-lime forest, under stone, 24 May 1974, A. Szeptycki, 1
specimen.
Caputanurina Lee, 1983
Type Species.—Caputanurina serrata Lee, 1983.
Description .—Color in alcohol blue, white or gray. Postantennal organ lateroventral or ventral with
11-14 vesicles arranged in one row circle. Eyes dorsal or laterodorsal, two + two or three + three
ocelli. Mandibles with four to six teeth. Maxillae of the type of Anurida hexophthalmica with two free
lamellae and clearly dentate maxillary capitulum. Labium short, no papillary L seta, labial organite
(x) present. Labral chaetotaxy two/two, three, five, two. Antennae short. Antenna I with seven setae,
antenna II with 12-13 setae. Antennae III and IV fused dorsally. Sensory organ on antenna III
composed of two microsensillae, two subcylindrical, almost equal guard sensillae and one ventrolateral
microsensilla. Antenna IV with six subcylindrical sensiffae, small dorsal external sensilla, small sub-
apical organite little- or well-distinct, apical vesicle bi- or trilobate without sensory rasp. Ventral tube
with four + four setae. Tibiotarsi I, II, III with 18, 18, 17 or 19, 19, 18 setae, claws toothless or with
one tooth. Vestigial furca reduced to one + one or two + two setae on two mamelons. No anal spines.
Body oval, strongly flattened dorsoventrally. Thoraxic tergite I fused with base of head, distinct stemite
of thorax I. Thoraxic stemites without setae. Head and abdomen V ogive- or V-Uke (abdomen V
inverted V-like) except in C. intermedia NEW SPECIES. Position of abdomen VI completely ventral.
1992
NAJT & WEINER: NEW KOREAN COLLEMBOLA
207
Figures 22-28. Caputanurina intermedia NEW SPECIES. Figure 22. Chaetotaxy and dorsal retic¬
ulation. Figure 23. Antennae III-IY. Figure 24. Leg III. Figure 25. Labrum and labium. 26. Mandible.
Figure 27. Maxillae. Figure 28. Abdominal stemites I-VI.
Strong tegumental granulation. Dorsal reticulation present from head to abdomen V, except on in¬
tersegments.
Diagnosis. —Caputanurina is easy to discern by the head with a V-like stitch
along whole vertex (with one exception), the abdomen V inverted V-like, eyes in
the dorsolateral or lateral position, the postantennal organ in the lateroventral or
ventral position, the habitus dorsally flattened and the very strong dorsal retic¬
ulation. The main differentiating characters of Koreanurina, Leenurina and Ca¬
putanurina are presented in Table 2.
Caputanurina intermedia Najt & Weiner, NEW SPECIES
(Figs. 22-28)
Types. — Holotype, female; data: NORTH KOREA. NORTH HAMGYONG
PROVINCE: Susong-chon river bank, W of Chongjin, young pine forest with
208
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 68(3)
small oaks and hazels, under stones, 22 May 1974, A. Szeptycki; deposited in
Institute of Systematics and Evolution of Animals, Polish Academy of Sciences,
Cracow, Poland. Paratypes, 3 specimens, same data as holotype; 2 deposited in
ISEA, 1 deposited in MNHN.
Description. —Female (holotype) length 0.47 mm, paratypes length 0.40-0.54 mm. Color: dark blue.
Very strong tegumental granulation. Dorsal reticulation (Fig. 22) arranged in areas as follows: median
and dorsolateral areas on head; areas of two to three rows of reticulation from thorax II to abdomen
IV, dorsomedian area on abdomen V; each hexagon exhibits one or two large secondary granulations
on the surface (cuticule). No V-like stitch on head, frontal region elongate. Antennae shorter than
head. Antennal segment I with seven setae, antennal segment II with 12 setae. Sensory organ on
antennal segment III consisting of: (a) two small sensillae bent in same direction, (b) two guard sensillae
of differing length (ventral one shorter and s-shaped), (c) small ventrolateral sensilla with large base,
ordinary ventral internal setae short. Antennal segment IV with six sensillae: four thick, two long very
thin; small dorsal external sensilla; subapical organite small, distinct; apical vesicle clearly trilobate
(Fig. 23). Ocelli three + three situated dorsally, postantennal organ lateral with 14-15 vesicles in single
row. Buccal cone short. Labium without L and B setae, labial organite (x) consists of two + two
hyaline sensillae situated internally in comparison with C and D setae (Fig. 25). Mandibles with five
teeth (Fig. 26). Maxillae of Anurida- type, maxillary capitulum with 8-11 teeth and two lamellae: one
long with bent apex, other shorter, thin, with two teeth (Fig. 27). Tibiotarsi I, II, III with 18, 18, 17
setae. Claws toothless. Femur with very long ventral seta (Fig. 24). Ventral tube with four + four
setae. Vestigial furca reduced to two small mamelons each with one seta (Fig. 28). Female genital
plate is presented in Fig. 28. Dorsal chaetotaxy as in Fig. 22. Sensillary formula is “022/11111” per
one-half tergite. Interestingly, sensillae on abdomen IV are shorter and thicker than elsewhere.
Diagnosis. — Caputanurina intermedia is very characteristic by the presence of
three + three ocelli and by the absence of V-like stitch on the head. Table 4 shows
the differentiating characters of the new species from the other species of the
genus.
Etymology. — The name reflects the species’ intermediate systematical position
between Leenurina and Caputanurina.
Material Examined. -See types. In addition: NORTH KOREA. SOUTH PYONGAN PROVINCE:
Paeksong-ri, forest with oaks, chestnuts, acacias, rhododendrons; litter with oak leaves and pine
needles, 15 Jun 1981, A. Szeptycki & W. M. Weiner, 1 specimen.
Caputanurina turbator Najt & Weiner, NEW SPECIES
(Figs. 29-42)
Types. -Holotype, male; data: NORTH KOREA. NORTH PYONGAN PROV¬
INCE: Myohyang-san Mts, nr Habiro waterfall, oak-maple-pine forest, fresh litter,
25 Jun 1981, A. Szeptycki & W. M. Weiner. Allotype, female; same data as
holotype. Holotype and allotype deposited in Institute of Systematics and Evo¬
lution of Animals, Polish Academy of Sciences, Cracow, Poland. Paratypes, 32
specimens, same data as holotype; 17 on slides and 10 in alcohol in ISEA, 5 in
MNHN.
Description. — Male (holotype) length 0.68 mm, female (allotype) length 0.80 mm, adult paratypes,
mean: 0.70 mm. Color in alcohol spotted blue. Strong tegumental granulation. Dorsal reticulation
present from head to abdomen V, except for intersegments (Fig. 29). Antennae shorter than head.
Antennal segment I with seven setae, antennal segment II with 12 setae. Sensory organ of antennal
segment III consisting of: (a) two small sensillae bent in same direction, (b) two subcylindrical guard
sensillae (ventral one slightly longer than dorsal one), (c) ventral microsensilla situated above base of
1992
NAJT & WEINER: NEW KOREAN COLLEMBOLA
209
Figures 29-37. Caputanurina turbator NEW SPECIES. Figure 29. Chaetotaxy and dorsal reticu¬
lation. Figure 30. Labium. Figure 31. Ocelli and postantennal organ. Figure 32. Postantennal organ.
Figure 33. Maxillae. Figure 34. Mandible. Figure 35. Antennae III-IV. Figure 36. Antennae III, ventral
side. Figure 37. Leg III.
guard sensilla (Figs. 35 and 36). Antennal segment IV with six thick subcylindric sensillae, dorsal
external microsensilla, very small distinct subapical organite, apical vesicle trilobate (Fig. 35). Ocelli
two + two, situated laterally, postantennal organ lateroventral, covered by integument folding, with
13-14 vesicles in single row (Figs. 31 and 32). Buccal cone ventral, short. Labium short, no L and B
setae, labial organite (x) consisting of two + two strong hyaline sensillae one above the other between
A and C setae (Fig. 30). Mandibles with five teeth (Fig. 34). Maxillae thin, maxillary capitulum with
about 10 teeth, internal lamella shorter and thinner with two distinct teeth, the external one with two
teeth (Fig. 33). Tibiotarsi I, II, III with 18, 18, 17 setae. Claws with only one tooth on lateral internal
lamella, without ventral tooth (Fig. 37). Femur with long ventral setae, including one particularly
long. Ventral tube with four + four setae. Vestigial furca reduced to two small mamelons usually with
one + one setae (Fig. 40); two + one and two + two setae were also observed there (Figs. 41 and 42).
Abdomen VI completely hidden under abdomen V. Female and male genital plates are presented in
Figs. 40 and 42. Pseudopore in front of the plates. Adult males exhibit secondary sexual features:
stemite IV, V and anal valves with some ramified setae (excepting internal genital pointed setae).
Dorsal chaetotaxy, very varied (especially on Vth abdominal segment) is presented in Fig. 29: short
thin pointed ordinary setae and long thin sensory setae, excepting air of shorter thicker sensillae on
abdomen IV. Sensory chaetotaxy is “022/11111” per one-half tergite.
210
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 68(3)
Figures 38-39. Caputanurina turbator NEW SPECIES, first instar. Figure 38. Dorsal and ventral
chaetotaxy, do = dorsal organ. Figure 39. Antennae III-IV.
First Instar. — Antennal segment IV with fewer ordinary setae than adult, setae longer than segment
length; sensillary chaetotaxy reduced to dorsal external microsensilla only, subapical organite and
simple apical vesicle (trilobate in adult specimens) present. Sensory organ of antennal segment III
complete (Fig. 39). Buccal parts are slender. Dorsal chaetotaxy (ordinary and sensory setae) on head
and body same number, position and variability as in adults especially on abdominal tergite Y
(Fig. 38).
Diagnosis. — Caputanurina turbator has one lateral internal tooth in the claw
and two teeth in the external lamella of the maxillae. The differentiating characters
of the new species are presented in Table 4.
Discussion. — Our observations of the first instar on Caputanurina turbator con¬
firm those of Gruia (1974) on Endonura tatricola (Stach 1951), of Dallai & Mar-
tinozzi (1980) on Thaumanura ruffoi Dallai 1969, and of Deharveng (1983) on
Bilobella aurantiaca (Caroli 1910), Neanura muscorum (Templeton 1835) and
Vitronura giselae (Gisin 1950). However, in two species of Mesaphorura Bomer
1901, studied by Rusek (1980), the first stage differs from the other ones, including
adult specimens, by chaetotaxy reduced in comparison with the adult pattern. In
Mesaphorura sylvatica (Rusek 1971) and Mesaphorura yosii (Rusek 1967), even
the postantennal organ, the sensory organ of antennal III, and the number of setae
as well as sensillae of antennal IV are reduced.
The first instar of Caputanurina turbator already exhibits dorsal reticulation
along the whole length of head and body, but observation with an optical micro¬
scope yields only one secondary grain, surrounded by reticulation, just as in the
adult specimen of Caputanurina intermedia, while four to seven secondary grains
are found in adult C. turbator. Moreover, a dorsal organ was observed on thorax
I in specimens at stages I and II. This organite is characteristic for Neanuridae
1992
NAJT & WEINER: NEW KOREAN COLLEMBOLA
211
Table 4. Characters differentiating species of the genus Caputanurina Lee, 1983.
Caputanurina
Characters
intermedia
NEW
SPECIES
serrata
Lee,
1983
turbator
NEW
SPECIES
major
NEW
SPECIES
sexdentata
NEW
SPECIES
Antenna II setae
12
?
12
12
13
Ventral guard sensilla—
insertion type
without
mame-
lon
base
large
?
without
mamelon
on a mam¬
elon
without
mamelon
apical vesicle antenna
trilobate
trilobate
trilobate
trilobate
bilobate
IV
Ocelli
3 + 3
2 + 2
2 + 2
2 + 2
2 + 2
Mandible teeth
5
4
5
5
6
Maxillae:
8-11
9-10
10
11
10-12
maxillary capitulum
teeth
External lamella
apex bent
?
long, 2 teeth
long, apex
bent
7-10 teeth
Internal lamella
short, 2
teeth
?
short, 2
teeth
short, 2
teeth
long, thin
apex point¬
ed
Setae absent in labium
B
?
B
A
A
Setae in tibiotarsi
I, II, III
18, 18,
17
? ? 17a
• r> • ? A '
18, 18, 17
18, 18, 17
19, 19, 18
Tooth in claw
absent
absent
1 lateral in¬
ternal
absent
absent
Setae in vestigial furca
1 + 1
2 + 2
1 + 1
(2 + 2,
2+1)
1 + 1
1 + 1 (2 + 1)
Length (mm)
0.40-0.54
0.6
0.68-0.80
0.88-0.93
0.67-0.70
a After a figure by Lee (1983).
Neanurinae (Deharveng 1983) and Brachystomellinae (Najt, personal observa¬
tion).
The odd dorsal organ is usually situated on the posterior limit of prothorax
tergite. It is situated in the anterior intersegment of thorax II at its limit with
posterior head margin (Fig. 38).
Etymology. — The name reflects the difficulties encountered while establishing
the systematic position of the species.
Material Examined. - See types. In addition: NORTH KOREA. NORTH PYONGAN PROVINCE:
Myohyang-san Mts, nr Yuson waterfall, forest with oak, maple, magnolia, pine, under rotting wood,
22 Jun 1981, A. Szeptycki & W. M. Weiner, 2 specimens; Hyangsan-chon river valley, at forest edge,
under rotting wood, 23 Jun 1981, A. Szeptycki & W. M. Weiner, 1 specimen; Hyangsan-chon river,
oak-chestnut-pine forest, litter among granite rocks, 23 Jun 1981, A. Szeptycki & W. M. Weiner, 15
specimens on slides, 4 specimens in alcohol; Vicinity of Sanju waterfall, forest, moss on granite rocks,
24Jun 1981, A. Szeptycki & W. M. Weiner, 1 specimen. SOUTH PYONGAN PRO VINCE: Paeksong-
ri, forest with oak, chestnut, acacia, rhododendron, litter with oak leaves and pine needles, 15 Jun
1981, A. Szeptycki & W. M. Weiner, 1 specimen; litter with mycelium, 11 Jul 1981, A. Szeptycki &
W. M. Weiner, 4 specimens. KAESONG-SI PROVINCE: Vicinity of Kaesong, valley among hills
covered with acacias, pines, maples, moss on humid stones, 13 Jul 1981, A. Szeptycki & W. M.
Weiner, 1 specimen.
212
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(3)
Figures 40-56. Figures 40—42. Caputanurina turbator NEW SPECIES. Figure 40. Vestigial furca
and female genital plate. Figure 41. Vestigial furca. Figure 42. Vestigial furca, male genital plate and
anal lobes. Figures 43-49. Caputanurina major NEW SPECIES. Figure 43. Mandible. Figure 44.
Maxillae. Figure 45. Labial chaetotaxy. Figure 46. Postantennal organ. Figure 47. Antennae III-IV.
Figure 48. Antennae III, ventral side. Figure 49. Leg III. Figures 50-56. Caputanurina sexdentata
NEW SPECIES. Figure 50. Antennae III-IV. Figure 51. Leg III. Figure 52. Labial chaetotaxy. Figure
53. Ocelli and postantennal organ. Figure 54. Antennae III, ventral side. Figure 55. Mandible. Figure
56. Maxillae.
Caputanurina major Najt & Weiner, NEW SPECIES
(Figs. 43-49)
Types. — Holotype, male; data: NORTH KOREA. NORTHPYONGANPROV¬
INCE: Myohyang-san Mts, nr Sanju waterfall, forest with oaks, maples, magnolias,
pines, wet litter, 24 Jun 1981, A. Szeptycki & W. M. Weiner. Allotype, female,
same data as holotype. Holotype and allotype deposited in Institute of Systematics
and Evolution of Animals, Polish Academy of Sciences, Cracow, Poland. Paratype,
1 specimen, same data as holotype; deposited in MNHN.
Description. — Male (holotype) length 0.88 mm, female (allotype) 0.83 mm, paratype 0.90 mm. Color
1992
NAJT & WEINER: NEW KOREAN COLLEMBOLA
213
spotted blue. Dorsal reticulation present from head to abdomen Y. Antennae shorter than head.
Antennal segment I with seven setae, antennal segment II with 12 setae. Sensory organ of antenna III
consisting of: (a) two small tubular sensillae bent in the same direction, (b) two subcylindrical guard
sensillae (ventral s-shaped and shorter than dorsal, situated on tegumental mamelon, with three
ordinary setae), small ventral sensilla in groove at level of guard sensilla base; ordinary ventral internal
setae long (Fig. 48). Antennal segment IV with six long thin sensillae, dorsal external microsensilla,
subapical organite distinct, apical vesicle trilobate (Fig. 47). Two + two blue-black ocelli in lateral
position. Postantennal organ in ventral position, clearly hidden under tegumental folds with 14-15
vesicles in circle (Fig. 46). Buccal cone ventral. Labium bigger and stouter than in Caputanurina
turbator, without L and A setae; labial organite consists of two + two hyaline sensillae distributed
internally between C, D and B setae (Fig. 45). Mandibles strong, with five teeth (Fig. 43). Maxillae
stout, maxillary capitulum with 11 very pointed teeth, internal lamella shorter, with two teeth; thin
external lamella, with bent apex, lies along the claw (Fig. 44). Tibiotarsi I, II, III with 18, 18, 17 setae,
with some of ventral setae, pointed dorsal seta very long. Claw toothless (Fig. 49). Femur with a very
long ventral seta. Ventral tube with four + four setae. Vestigial furca reduced to two mamelons, each
with one seta. Male and female genital plates resembling C. turbator. Two pseudopores can be found
in front of genital plate. Adult males exhibit secondary sexual characters in setae of abdominal stemites
IV-V and anal valves; only four + four internal setae pointed in genital plate. Dorsal chaetotaxy
(similar to Caputanurina turbator ): short thin pointed ordinary setae, long slender sensory setae
(excepting pair of sensillae shorter and thicker on abdomen IV). Sensory chaetotaxy is “022/11111”
per one-half tergite.
Diagnosis. — This new species is large. The ventral guard sensilla of the sensory
organ of antenna III is situated on an integumental mamelon. The maxillary
capitulum has 11 teeth, and the external lamella is long with the bent apex. Table
4 shows characters differentiating C. major from the other species of the genus.
Note. —Numerous specimens of this species were used in a study of cuticule
under a scanning and transmission electron microscope.
Etymology. —The name refers to its large size.
Material Examined. —See types.
Caputanurina sexdentata Najt & Weiner, NEW SPECIES
(Figs. 50-56)
Type. — Holotype, male; data: NORTH KOREA. PYONGYANG-SI PROV¬
INCE: Ryongak-san Hill, oak-acacia forest, litter, 13 Jun 1981, A. Szeptycki &
W. M. Weiner; deposited in Institute of Systematics and Evolution of Animals,
Polish Academy of Sciences, Cracow, Poland. Paratype, same data as holotype,
1 male in ISEA.
Description.— Male (holotype) length 0.70 mm, paratype 0.67 mm. Color: very light blue from head
to abdomen V in dorsomedian portion; spotted dark blue in dorsal external part; spotted light blue
in antennae and legs; spotted blue in stemites; dark blue in ocular plate (females usually lighter). Strong
tegumental reticulation from head to abdomen V. Antennae shorter than head. Antennal segment I
with seven setae, antennal segment II with 13. Sensory organ of antennal segment III consisting of:
(a) two small sensillae bent slightly in same direction, (b) two subcylindrical guard sensillae (ventral
s-shaped), (c) one small ventral sensilla situated in small groove. Antennal segment IV with six
subcylindrical sensillae, dorsal external microsensilla, subapical organite distinct; apical vesicle slightly
bilobate (Fig. 50). Two + two ocelli in lateral position. Postantennal segment with 12-13 vesicles in
circle in lateral position (Fig. 53). Buccal cone short. Labium as in C. major, without L and A setae,
with labial organite (x) consisting of two hyaline sensillae between C, D and B setae (Fig. 52). Strong
mandibles with six teeth (Fig. 55). Maxillae elongate; maxillary capitulum with 10-12 very pointed
teeth; internal lamella, slightly shorter than claw, with 7-10 very pointed teeth; external lamella, of
same length as claw, thin with pointed apex (Fig. 56). Tibiotarsi I, II, III with 19, 19, 18 setae, claws
toothless (Fig. 51). Femur with very long ventral seta. Ventral tube with four + four setae. Vestigial
214
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(3)
furca reduced to two mamelons, each with one seta. Adult males exhibit secondary sexual characters
as in Caputanurina major. Dorsal chaetotaxy (similar to C. turbator) consists of short thin pointed
ordinary setae, long slender sensory setae (excepting pair of sensillae, slightly shorter on abdomen IV).
Sensory chaetotaxy is “022/11111” per one-half tergite.
Diagnosis. —The mandible of C. sexdentata has six teeth. Tibiotarsi with 19,
19, 18 setae. Table 4 shows differentiating characters.
Discussion.— Although all the species of the genus Caputanurina are similar,
especially in color, habitat and dorsal reticulation, they differ in many features.
The differences are summarized in Table 4.
Etymology. — The name refers to number of teeth in the mandible.
Material Examined. — See types. In addition: NORTH KOREA. KAESONG-SI PROVINCE: Chon-
ma-san Mts, nr Pakjon waterfall, maple-oak forest, litter, 15 Jul 1981, A. Szeptycki & W. M. Weiner,
1 specimen in ISEA, 1 specimen in MNHN. SOUTH PYONGAN PROVINCE: Paeksong-ri, forest
with oaks, chestnuts, acacias, rhododendrons, fairly dry litter, 15 Jun 1981, A. Szeptycki & W. M.
Weiner, 1 specimen. RYANGGANG PROVINCE: Nampotae-san Mt, mixed forest with birch and
larch, under (granite) stone, 8 Sep 1971, A. Szeptycki, 1 specimen.
Discussion and Conclusions
The subfamily Caputanurinae is unique among Neanuridae s. 1. and even
among Poduromorpha in its exceptional characters: reduction of thorax tergite I
and fusion with the base of the head.
As a result to the tendency towards “cryptophthalmy,” the head has migrated
ventrally and forward. The aperture of the buccal cone has also become ventral;
the occipital part moved towards the vertex while thoracic tergite I became fused
with each dorsolateral margin of the head. This tergite shows a reduction to two
+ two or three + three lateral setae. A tendency towards “cryptopygy” also
appears: abdomen VI becomes invisible under abdomen V. Simultaneous emer¬
gence of the two tendencies results in a dorsal flattening of head and body. This
character is found in Leenurina\ it is very pronounced in Caputanurina.
We believe that environmental adaptation may have appeared in the past, and
this the type of dorsally flattened body with its withdrawn fragile sensory organs
(eyes, postantennal organ, antennae), might be the result of adaptation to a more
sedentary and concealed life style.
Moreover, the group studied here exhibits dorsal reticulation, a trait that seems
to be the result of ecological convergence and thus probably represents a homo-
plasy. This feature is also present in the Isotomidae, Onychiuridae, Hypogas-
truridae, and in other groups of Neanuridae. However, while dorsal reticulation
appears only sporadically and independently in various genera of these families,
it is a phylogenetically stable trait in the whole lineage of Caputanurinae.
Literature Cited
Dallai, R. & I. Martinozzi. 1980. Ricerche sui Collemboli XXV. La Val di Farma. Atti Accad.
Fisiocritici, Siena, 12: 1-51.
Deharveng, L. 1983. Morfologie evolutive des Collemboles Neanurinae en particular de la lignee
Neanurienne. Trav. Lab. Ecobiol. Arthropodes edaphiques, 4: 1-63.
Gruia, M. M. 1974. Quelques observations morphologiques sur le developpement de Neanura
tatricola (Insecta, Apterygota, Collembola). Pedobiologia, 14: 213-220.
Lee, B. H. 1983. A new subfamily Caputanurinae with two new species of neanurid Collembola
from Korea and the evolutionary consideration. Korean J. Entomol., 13: 27-36.
1992
NAJT & WEINER: NEW KOREAN COLLEMBOLA
215
Massoud, Z. 1967. Monographie des Neanuridae, Collemboles Poduromorphes a pieces buccales
modifiees. Biol. Amer. Austr., 3: 1-399.
Rusek, J. 1980. Morphology of juvenile instars in two Mesaphorura -species (Collembola: Tullber-
giinae). Rev. Ecol. Biol. Sol, 17: 583-589.
Stach, J. 1949. The apterygotan fauna of Poland in relation to the world-fauna of this group of
insects. Families: Anuridae and Pseudachorutidae. Acta Monogr. Mus. Hist. Nat., Krakow.
Received 1 August 1991; accepted 27 January 1992.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68 ( 3 ): 216 - 221 , ( 1992 )
NEW GENERA OF NOTHOCHRYSINAE FROM
SOUTH AMERICA (NEUROPTERA: CHRYSOPIDAE)
Phillip A. Adams 1 and Norman D. Penny 2
department of Biological Science, California State University,
Fullerton, California 92634
California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park,
San Francisco, California 94118
Abstract. —Hypochrysa viridula Adams (SE Brazil) is the type of Asthenochrysa Adams & Penny,
NEW GENUS. Leptochrysa prisca, Adams & Penny, NEW GENUS, NEW SPECIES (Peru) has
microtrichia over the entire wing membrane, and extraordinarily narrow wings with rectangular
gradate cells.
Key Words. — Insecta, Neuroptera, Chrysopidae, Nothochrysinae
This paper is Part 1 lb of the “Neuroptera of the Amazon Basin.” We have
dealt with Chrysopini (Adams & Penny, 1987); other parts are in preparation.
Fossils of Nothochrysinae (= Dictyochrysinae) are known from the Miocene and
Oligocene of the western United States, and mid-Tertiary of Denmark, France
and Germany (Adams 1967, Semeria 1990). Members of this subfamily are united
by several plesiomorphies: jugum and frenulum present, lack of alar tympanal
organ, presence of archaic pseudomeida (usually strongly zig-zagged without over¬
lap of branches of radial sector [except in Nothochrysa californica Banks and
Dyspetochrysa ]), a little-sclerotized prostemum. The only possibly synapomorphic
character more or less definitive for this subfamily is the presence of five or six
setal whorls on each flagellomere (Brooks & Barnard 1990). This character state
is shared onlyby the Apochrysini; all other extant chrysopids have four whorls.
We consider it highly probable that the Nothochrysinae are paraphyletic.
The seven previously known extant genera of Nothochrysinae were reviewed
by Brooks & Barnard (1990). The few surviving members of this subfamily exhibit
largely disjunct, apparently relictual, distributions. Dictyochrysa (3 species) and
Triplochrysa (1 species) are Australian, Kimochrysa (3 species) and Pamochrysa
(1 species) are South African. Nothochrysa (3 species) is found in western Europe
and Pacific coastal states of the United States and Canada; Pimachrysa (5 species)
occurs in California, Arizona and northwestern Mexico. Hypochrysa has 1 species
in southern Europe.
In 1978, Adams described the first South American nothochrysine, Hypochrysa
viridula Adams, from a single female specimen collected in northern Argentina.
Since then, three additional specimens have come to light, all from Brazil. The
presence among these of a male enables us to reconsider the generic affinities of
this species. Also described here is a striking single female nothochrysine collected
from the eastern slope of the Peruvian Andes, which is attributed to a new genus
and species.
Biology. — Little is known of the biology of most nothochrysine species. Adults
of Pimachrysa principally have been collected from November through April,
1992
ADAMS & PENNY: NEW NOTHOCHRYSINAE
217
more frequently at molasses traps, along water flumes, and by sweeping, than by
attraction to light. Seasonality of adult activity in some nothochrysines may be
correlated with availability of preferred pollen sources. Nothochrysa californica
individuals do not mate until after feeding on oak pollen (Toschi 1965). Tjeder
(1966) found large amounts of Asteraceae pollen in the “colon” of Pamochrysa
stellata Tjeder, and Adams (1967) identified the pollen in the digestive tract of
Pimachrysa intermedia Adams as that of willow ( Salix ). Pollen was present in
the guts of both genera described here. (In chrysopid abdomens that have been
treated with potassium hydroxide, pollen grains, if present, are ordinarily found
in both the foregut diverticulum and the hindgut.) Because Nothochrysinae lack
the alar tympanal organ found in the more successful subfamily Chrysopinae,
they may be more subject to nocturnal predation by bats (Miller & MacLeod
1966). Dispersion and oviposition commonly take place at night in most chry-
sopine species (Duelli 1984). High mortality of adults in flight might in part explain
the paucity of living nothochrysine species.
Abbreviations.— Specimen depositories are represented as: CAS, California
Academy of Science; NMNH, U. S. National Museum of Natural History; FSCA,
Florida State Collection of Arthropods; MZSP, Museo de Zoologia, Universidade
de Sao Paulo.
Asthenochr ysa Adams & Penny, NEW GENUS
Figures 1-9
Type Species. —Hypochrysa viridula Adams (1978). Holotype female: ARGEN¬
TINA. MISSIONES: Iguazu, 4-10 Oct 1927, R. C. and E. M. Shannon (NMNH);
deposited U. S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C.
Description .—Flagellar segments slender (length 2.4 x width), five setal rows. Palpi slender, acute.
Venation (Adams 1978: fig. 1) much as in Hypochrysa ; forewing subcostal crossvein opposite basal
third of cell M2; veins on sides of gradate cells nearly straight, not strongly undulating as in Hypochrysa-,
2A and 3A approximated, connected by short crossvein, but terminating separately on wing margin
(Fig. 8); microtrichia present over much of anal area. Hindwing subcosta and R not fused in middle.
Tarsal claw with wide basal expansion and deep notch (Fig. 9). Body only lightly sclerotized, so that
cuticle of pronotum and abdomen is shriveled and wrinkled in dried material.
Male.— Genitalia massive; stemites eight and nine fused, suture vestigial; apex of ectoproct + 9T
rounded (Fig. 1); microtholi absent. Gonarcus apodemes narrow, flattened dorsoventrally, continued
posteriorly as sharp horns, bridge slender, upcurved; arcessus pointed and down-curved apically, broad
basally (Fig. 2); gonosetae sparse, small; a heavily sclerotized plate bearing appressed, posteriorly
directed spines lies between the gonosaccus and genital pore (Figs. 3 and 4).
Female. —Ninth tergite and ectoproct with weak demarcation suture; eighth abdominal spiracle on
membrane; subgenitale a large flap hinged to massive secondary sclerites, the whole loosely attached
and eversible (Fig. 5); spermatheca conical, bottom concave with slender ventral impression; duct
short; bursa bearing triangular cristae internally, grading to smooth-walled anterolateral sacs (bursal
glands?); colleterial gland sac smooth-walled; accessory gland slender, Y-shaped.
Diagnosis. —Asthenochrysa can be distinguished from other Nothochrysinae by
the spinose plate between arcessus and gonopore in the male, the elaborate subgen¬
itale in the female, and the lack of fusion of second and third anal veins of the
forewing. It is the only small green nothochrysine in South America.
Etymology. — From the Greek astheno— weak, referring to the relatively lightly
sclerotized thoracic cuticle, and to the fragility of the wings + chrysa.
Discussion. —Hypochrysa, Kimochrysa, and Asthenochrysa all have rather sim-
218
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(3)
Figures 1-9. Asthenochrysa viridula (Adams). Figure 1. Male abdominal apex, lateral. Figure 2.
Gonarcus-mediuncus complex, dorsal. Figure 3. Same, lateral, showing gonosaccal plate dorsal to
genital pore. Figure 4. Gonosaccal plate, ventral. Figure 5. Female abdominal apex, lateral, showing
everted subgenitale and internal structures (Espiritu Santo). Figure 6. Same, subgenitale, ventral. Figure
7. Subgenitale, ventral (Minas Gerais). Figure 8. Anal area of left forewing; microtrichia shown by
stipple; jugal lobe folded under. Figure 9. Mesothoracic pretarsal claw. Abbreviations: c.b.—copulatory
bursa; coll.g.—colleterial gland; ect—ectoproct; gp—gonopore; sg—subgenitale; sp—spermatheca; 1A,
2A, 3A—anal veins; 9T—ninth tergite.
ilar wing venation. The basal position of the subcostal crossvein, and the crossvein
connecting 2A and 3A lying near the wing margin, are distinctive. Given the
highly disjunct distributions of these relict genera, it is not surprising that their
genitalia exhibit striking differences. Externally, in male Hypochrysa, the eighth
1992
ADAMS & PENNY: NEW NOTHOCHRYSINAE
219
and ninth stemites are either separate (Adams 1967) or fused (Aspock et al. 1980),
and the ninth tergite and ectoproct are fused. In Kimochrysa these stemites are
fused, but the ninth tergite and ectoproct are separate. In Asthenochrysa, both
tergites and stemites are fused. The spinose plate between the mediuncus and
gonopore is unique to Asthenochrysa, and this genus lacks the paddle-shaped
entoprocessus of Kimochrysa raphidioides Tjeder and K. impar Tjeder, and the
deeply bifid arcessus of Hypochrysa. In Hypochrysa and Kimochrysa females the
subgenitale is normal-sized, not greatly enlarged as in Asthenochrysa.
There is some question as to whether the Brazilian and Argentinian material
is conspecific. The subgenitale of the female from Minas Gerais is pyriform (Fig.
7), rather like that of the type of A. viridula Adams, while in the female from
Espiritu Santo this structure is oval (Fig. 6).
Material Examined. —BRAZIL. ESPIRITU SANTO: Linhares, Parque Sooretam, Oct 1962, M.
Alvarenga leg., 1 male 1 female (FSCA). MINAS GERAIS: Serra de Caraga, 4 Dec 1978, 1 female,
Exp. Mus. Zool. (MZSP).
Leptochrysa Adams & Penny, NEW GENUS
Type Species. —Leptochrysa prisca Adams & Penny.
Description .—Flagellar segments slender (length 1.6 x width), with five complete and a partial sixth
setal whorls; eyes small (Fig. 11); palpi elongate, tapered, galea narrow with conspicuous papilla. Claw
without basal expansion. Wings elongate, forewing length 4.3 x width; entire membrane bearing
microtrichia; gradate cells rectangular, not elongate-hexagonal; pseudomedia (Psm) with no contact
between adjacent longitudinal undulating veins, its intervening crossveins all angled relative to lon¬
gitudinals; basal subcostal cross vein opposite crossvein cul; MP2 touching CuA, diverging to intersect
crossvein mp3, then recurving to fuse with CuA; pseudocubitus well developed in both wings; second
anal vein of fore wing forked, posterior branch not reaching the margin; forewing with jugum, hind wing
with frenulum. Hindwing with MP1 joined to Rs+MA by crossvein.
Diagnosis. — This genus is immediately distinguishable from all other extant
Nothochrysinae by its uniquely narrow wings, rectangular gradate cells, and dis¬
tinctive intramedian cell.
Etymology. — From Greek lepto— fine, slender, in reference to the wing shape
+ chrysa.
Material Examined.— L. prisca (see below).
Leptochrysa prisca Adams & Penny, NEW SPECIES
Figures 10-14
Type.— Unique holotype female, deposited: California Academy of Sciences.
Label data: “PERU. DEPT. AMAZONAS: 18 km N of Puente Engenio, km 320,
alt 1750 m, 9 Oct 1964, P. C. Hutchinson & J. K. Wright, collected on Baccharis
latifolia #6380.”
Description.— Head: frons, clypeus, gena, labrum, and vertex dark brown, without pale markings;
maxillary and labial palpi dark brown; antennal scape about twice as long as broad, dark brown,
curved laterally; more than 98 flagellomeres (apex broken off), basal 50 dark brown, apical segments
pale brown. Pronotum short (width 0.85 x length at margin), pale brown with lateral black line
expanded anteriorly and posteriorly, triangular dark spot medially; setae short, pale. Meso- and meta-
nota dark brown with sparse pale setae. Legs entirely dark brown, with short golden pilosity. Forewing
(Fig. 10) length 20.0 mm, width 4.7 mm; all veins dark brown, bearing short, pale brown setae aligned
220
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(3)
Figures 10-14. Leptochrysa prisca. Figure 10. Wings. Figure 11. Head. Figure 12. Metatarsal claw.
Figure 13. Subgenitale. Figure 14. Female abdomen. Abbreviations: b—banksian cell, i—intramedian
cell.
with vein in a single row; pterostigma elongate, pale yellow with dark brown reticulations; forewing
first MP-Cu cell short, second cell elongate due to absence of second mp-cu crossvein; membrane
dark at junction of MP2 with CuA and bordering several inner gradates; 12-13 inner, 9-10 outer
gradates (difficult to delimit gradates because of assimilation of gradate series into Psm and Psc).
Hindwing color as in forewing, but no veins dark-margined; unusually large flap in jugal region.
Abdomen dark brown, setation golden, short; tergite eight extending ventrally below upper margin of
stemite seven; bearing spiracle (Fig. 14); ectoprocts distinctly delimited from tergite nine; callus cerci
near anteroventral margin; subgenitale (Fig. 13) elongate, sclerotization apparently extending to margin
of stemite seven. Spermatheca not seen. Gut contents: pollen.
Diagnosis. —Leptochrysa prisca is the only species in the genus.
Discussion. — This specimen is heavily infested with black fungal mycelium,
clinging to the cuticle, and filling the abdominal cavity, making it impossible to
trace internal reproductive structures. Spiracles, borders of sclerites, and location
of the trichobothria were extremely difficult to locate. The resulting general black
coloration, together with the peculiar venational pattern and wing conformation,
conspire to make it appear unlike a chrysopid. The mycelium follows the wing
1992
ADAMS & PENNY: NEW NOTHOCHRYSINAE
221
vein cavities, and forms a meshwork, especially visible on the base of the left
forewing. The similarity of this mesh to that in the stigmatic areas suggests that
these latter areas are also infiltrated by the mycelium. If this were the case,
however, one would not expect such precisely equivalent development of the
mesh in each of the four stigmatic areas. The elongate wings resemble those of
certain Mesozoic genera, such as Aristenymphes Panfilov (1980), which formerly
was considered to be a mesochrysopine, but now is thought to be more closely
related to the Nymphidae (Martins-Neto, in litt.). The microtrichiose wing mem¬
brane is an archaic feature, typical of families such as Hemerobiidae, but restricted
to the posterior forewing base in all other extant Chrysopidae. The configuration
of the banksian cell of the hindwing (Fig. 10, “b”) resembles that of the Miocene
Archaeochrysa Adams (1967), but is not known to occur in other living chrysopids,
in which MP contacts Rs+MA directly. The formation of the intramedian cell,
wing elongation, and rectangular gradate cells are considered apomorphies.
Acknowledgment
Material has been made available through the kindness of Paul Amaud (Cali¬
fornia Academy of Sciences), O. S. Flint (United States National Museum of
Natural History), L. A. Stange (Florida State Collection of Arthropods) and N.
Papavero (Museo de Zoologia, Universidade de Sao Paulo). Their assistance is
gratefully acknowledged.
Literature Cited
Adams, P. A. 1967. A review of the Mesochrysinae and Nothochrysinae (Neuroptera: Chrysopidae).
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard Univ., 135: 215-238.
Adams, P. A. 1978. A new species of Hypochrysa and a new subgenus and species of Mallada. Pan-
Pacific Entomol., 54: 292-296.
Aspock, H., U. Aspock & H. Holzel. 1980. Die Neuropteren Europas. 2 vols. Geocke & Evers,
Krefeld, Germany.
Brooks, S. J. & P. C. Barnard. 1990. The green lacewings of the world: a generic review (Neuroptera:
Chrysopidae). Bull. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. (Entomol.), 59: 117-286.
Duelli, P. 1984. Flight, dispersal, migration, pp. 110-116. In Canard, M., Y. Semeria & T. New
(eds.). Biology of Chrysopidae. Series Entomologica 27. W. Junk, The Hague.
Miller, L. A. & E. G. MacLeod. 1966. Ultrasonic sensitivity: a tympanal receptor in the green
lacewing Chrysopa carnea. Science, 154: 891-893.
Panfilov, D. Y. 1980. New lacewing representatives (Neuroptera) from the Jurassic of Karatau. pp.
82-111, figs. 86-115, pis. 8-15. In Dolin, Y. G., D. V. Panfilov, A. G. Ponomarenko & L. N.
Pritikina (eds.). Mesozoic fossil insects. Naukova Dumka, Kiev. (In Russian.)
Semeria, Y. 1990. Paleochrysopa monteilsensis gen. et sp. nov., a new fossil of Chrysopidae from
the Upper Eocene Formation of Monteils (France), with a review of the known chrysopid fossils
(Insecta: Neuroptera). pp. 27-32. In Mansell, M. & H. Aspock (eds.). Proceedings of the Third
International Symposium on Neuropterology, 1988. Pretoria, R.S.A.
Tjeder, B 1966. Neuroptera—Planipennia. 5. Family Chrysopidae. South African Animal Life, 12:
228-534.
Toschi, C. 1965. The taxonomy, life histories, and mating behavior of the green lacewings of
Strawberry Canyon (Neuroptera: Chrysopidae). Hilgardia 36 (11): 391-433.
Received 19 September 1991; accepted 3 February 1992.
Errata and Restatement of Editorial Policy on
Manuscript Revision and Acceptance
Recently, in a letter dated 9 June 1992, critical comments were brought to my
attention concerning the scientific note: Martinez, M. J. 1992. A new ant intro¬
duction for North America: Pheidole tenerijfana (Forel) (Hymenoptera: Formic-
idae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 68 (2): 153-154. Of these comments, the most critical,
and those requiring address here, were that: (a) “T.” Aguayo should be C. G.
Aguayo; (b) Forel, as the taxonomic author of P. teneriffana, should have been
unbracketed; (c) “ Iridomyrex ” should be spelled Iridomyrmex’, (d) Monomorium
minimum (Buckley) may not occur in California (see Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., 53:
65-119.) and that the species referred to as such should have been listed as I.
ergatogyna Wheeler; and (e) that for Conomyrma bicolor (Wheeler), C. insana
(Buckley), Tapinoma sessile (Say) and Iridomyrmex humilis (Mayr), the taxonomic
authors should have been in brackets, rather than unbracketed as in the article.
The situation reflects the dilemma of being an editor, and of a necessary de¬
pendence on the peer review process. The article was reviewed and significantly
revised to reflect the concerns of two reviewer’s recommending acceptance. A
third reviewer (the commentor) belatedly recommended rejection for reasons that
were largely addressed (were appropriate) in the revision of the manuscript; but
he failed at that time to point out the corrections cited here.
It is, and has been, the policy of this journal to seek a third opinion on manu¬
script rejection, when reviewers, who ultimately determine the fate of a manu¬
script, disagree. Thus, a majority of referees, not the editor, determine whether a
manuscript is ultimately accepted or rejected. The quality of this, and any other
referred journal, therefore, necessarily depends on the timeliness and thoroughness
of responses by its referees. The editor’s job is to ensure that those corrective
suggestions for manuscripts, which are listed by referees at the time of review and
are objective and reasonable, are incorporated into, or are at least sufficiently
addressed in, any required revision. This requires an editorial judgment on the
appropriateness of a reviewer’s comments, but also necessitates their presentation
in their entirety in a timely fashion. The journal welcomes and solicits notifications
of corrections after publication, but obviously would prefer that all problems be
addressed during review.
ANNOUNCEMENT
PUBLICATIONS OF THE
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
PROCEEDINGS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Vol. 1 (16 numbers, 179 pages) and vol. 2 (9 numbers, 131 pages). 1901—
1930. Price $5.00 per volume.
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST.
Vol. 1 (1924) to vol. 51 (1975), price $10.00 per volume of 4 numbers, or
$2.50 per single issue. Vol. 52 (1976) to vol. 57 (1981), price $15.00 per
volume or $3.75 per single issue, except for vol. 57, no. 1, $10.00. Vol. 58
(1982) to vol. 66 (1990), $20.00 per volume or $5.00 per single issue. Vol.
67 (1991) and subsequent issues, $30.00 per volume or $7.50 per single issue.
MEMOIRS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
Volume 1. The Sucking Lice by G. F. Ferris. 320 pages. Published October
1951. Price $10.00* (plus $1.00 postage and handling).
Volume 2. A Revision of the Spider Mite Family Tetranychidae by A. Earl
Pritchard and Edward W. Baker. 472 pages. Published July 1955. OUT-OF-
PRINT.
Volume 3. Revisionary Studies in the Nearctic Decticinae by David C. Rentz
and James D. Birchim. 173 pages. Published July 1968. Price $4.00* (plus
$0.75 postage and handling).
Volume 4. Autobiography of an Entomologist by Robert L. Usinger. 343
pages. Published August 1972. SPECIAL PRICE $5.00 (plus $1.00 tax, post¬
age, and handling for California orders, $0.70 postage and handling for non-
California U.S. orders, or $1.70 for foreign orders). No members discount at
this special price.
Volume 5. Revision of the Millipede Family Andrognathidae in the Nearctic
Region by Michael R. Gardner. 61 pages. Published January 21, 1975. Price
$3.00* (plus $0.75 postage and handling).
*For California orders only, add appropriate sales tax currently in effect in your county. If
requested, members of the Society can receive a 20% discount on the price of the memoirs,
except vol. 4.
Send orders to:
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
% California Academy of Sciences
Golden Gate Park
San Francisco, California 94118-4599
U.S.A.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Information for Contributors
See volume 66 (1): 1-8, January 1990, for detailed format information and the issues thereafter for examples. Manuscripts must be
in English, but foreign language summaries are permitted. Manuscripts not meeting the format guidelines may be returned. Please
maintain a copy of the article on a word-processor because revisions are usually necessary before acceptance, pending review and copy¬
editing.
Format. — Type manuscripts in a legible serif font IN DOUBLE OR TRIPLE SPACE with 1.5 in margins on one side of 8.5 x 11 in,
nonerasable, high quality paper. THREE (3) COPIES of each manuscript must be submitted, EACH INCLUDING REDUCTIONS
OF ANY FIGURES TO THE 8.5 x 11 IN PAGE. Number pages as: title page (page 1), abstract and key words page (page 2), text
pages (pages 3+), acknowledgment page, literature cited pages, footnote page, tables, figure caption page; place original figures last.
List the corresponding author’s name, address including ZIP code, and phone number on the title page in the upper right comer. The
title must include the taxon’s designation, where appropriate, as: (Order: Family). The ABSTRACT must not exceed 250 words; use
five to seven words or concise phrases as KEY WORDS. Number FOOTNOTES sequentially and list on a separate page.
Text. — Demarcate MAJOR HEADINGS as centered headings and MINOR HEADINGS as left indented paragraphs with lead phrases
underlined and followed by a period and two hypens. CITATION FORMATS are; Coswell (1986), (Asher 1987a, Franks & Ebbet
1988, Dorly et al. 1989), (Burton in press) and (R. F. Tray, personal communication). For multiple papers by the same author use:
(Weber 1932, 1936, 1941; Sebb 1950, 1952). For more detailed reference use: (Smith 1983: 149-153, Price 1985: fig. 7a, Nothwith
1987: table 3).
Taxonomy. — Systematics manuscripts have special requirements outlined in volume 66( 1): 1-8, including SEPARATE PARAGRAPHS
FOR DIAGNOSES, TYPES AND MATERIAL EXAMINED (INCLUDING A SPECIFIC FORMAT), and a specific order for
paragraphs in descriptions. See: Johnson, K. (1990. Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 66[2]: 97-125) for an example of format style and order
for taxonomic descriptions. Please request a copy of special format requirements from the editor. List the unabbreviated taxonomic
author of each species after its first mention.
Literature Cited. — Format examples are:
Anderson, T. W. 1984. An introduction to multivariate statistical analysis (2nd ed). John Wiley & Sons, New York.
Blackman, R. L., P. A. Brown & V. F. Eastop. 1987. Problems in pest aphid taxonomy: can chromosomes plus morphometries
provide some answers? pp. 233-238. In Holman, J., J. Pelikan, A. G. F. Dixon & L. Weismann (eds.). Population structure, genetics
and taxonomy of aphids and Thysanoptera. Proc. international symposium held at Smolenice Czechoslovakia, Sept. 9-14, 1985.
SPB Academic Publishing, The Hague, The Netherlands.
Ferrari, J. A. & K. S. Rai. 1989. Phenotypic correlates of genome size variation in Aedes albopictus. Evolution, 42: 895-899.
Sorensen, J. T. (in press). Three new species of Essigella (Homoptera: Aphididae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol.
Illustrations. — Illustrations must be of high quality and large enough to ultimately reduce to 117 x 181 mm while maintaining label
letter sizes of at least 1 mm; this reduction must also allow for space below the illustrations for the typeset figure captions. Authors
are strongly encouraged to provide illustrations no larger than 8.5 x 11 in for easy handling. Number figures in the order presented.
Mount all illustrations. Label illustrations on the back noting: (1) figure number, (2) direction of top, (3) author’s name, (4) title of
the manuscript, and (5) journal. FIGURE CAPTIONS must be on a separate, numbered page; do not attach captions to the figures.
Tables. — Keep tables to a minimum and do not reduce them. Table must be DOUBLE-SPACED THROUGHOUT and continued
on additional sheets of paper as necessary. Designate footnotes within tables by alphabetic letter.
Scientific Notes. — Notes use an abbreviated format and lack: an abstract, key words, footnotes, section headings and a Literature Cited
section. Minimal references are listed in the text in the format: (Bohan, R. M. 1989. Pan-Pacific. Entomol., 65: 156-161.). A short
acknowledgment is permitted as a minor headed paragraph. Authors and affiliations are listed in the last, left indented paragraph of
the note with the affiliation underscored.
Page Charges. — PCES members are charged $30 per page. Members without institutional or grant support may apply to the society
for a grant to cover up to one half of these charges. Nonmembers are charged $60 per page. Page charges do not include reprint costs,
or charges for author changes to manuscripts after they are sent to the printer.
Volume 68
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
July 1992
Number 3
Contents
LIEBHERR, J. K. & G. A. SAMUELSON—The first endemic troglobitic carabid beetles in
Hawaiian lava tubes (Coleoptera: Carabidae). 157
JOHNSON, J. B., J. P. McCAFFREY & F. W. MERICKEL-Endemic phytophagous insects
associated with yellow starthistle in northern Idaho. 169
STURM, H. & C. BACH DE ROCA—New American Meinertellidae (Archaeognatha, Mach-
iloidea) . 174
HUNTER, A. S. — Rower-breeding Drosophila of Bogata, Colombia: new species (Diptera:
Drosophilidae). 192
NAJT, J. & W. M. WEINER —Koreanurina NEW GENUS, Leenurina NEW GENUS and
Caputanurina Lee, 1983 (Collembola: Neanuridae) from North Korea. 200
ADAMS, P. A. & N. D. PENNY—New genera of Nothochrysinae from South America (Neu-
roptera: Chrysopidae). 216
Errata and restatement of editorial policy on manuscript revision and acceptance. 222
Announcement: Publications of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society. 223
The
PAN-PACIFIC
ENTOMOLOGIST
Volume 68 October 1992 Number 4
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
(ISSN 0031-0603)
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
EDITORIAL BOARD
J. T. Sorensen, Editor R. M. Bohart
R. E. Somerby, Book Review Editor J. T. Doyen
S. M. Sawyer, Editorial Assist. J. E. Hafernik, Jr.
Roberta L. Brett, Treasurer J. A. Powell
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed¬
ings usually appearing in the October issue. All communications regarding non¬
receipt of numbers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications
should be addressed to: Roberta L. Brett, Treasurer, Pacific Coast Entomological
Society, Dept, of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park,
San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be
addressed to: Curtis Y. Takahashi, Membership Committee chair, Pacific Coast
Entomological Society, Dept, of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences,
Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
Manuscripts, proofs, and all correspondence concerning editorial matters (but
not aspects of publication charges or costs) should be sent to: Dr. John T. Sorensen,
Editor, Pan-Pacific Entomologist, Insect Taxonomy Laboratory, California Dept,
of Food & Agriculture, 1220 N Street, Sacramento, CA 95814. See the back cover
for Information-to-Contributors, and volume 66 (1): 1-8, January 1990, for more
detailed information. Refer inquiries for publication charges and costs to the
Treasurer.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $20.00 for regular members of the Society,
$10.00 for student members, or $30.00 for institutional subscriptions. Members
of the Society receive The Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Single copies of recent num¬
bers or entire volumes are available; see 67(1):80 for current prices. Make checks
payable to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society.
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
OFFICERS FOR 1992
Norman D. Penny, President Susan B. Opp, President-Elect
Roberta L. Brett, Treasurer Wesley A. Maffei, Managing Secretary
Julieta F. Parinas, Assist. Treasurer D. Keith Dabney, Recording Secretary
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST (ISSN 0031-0603) is published quarterly by the Pacific
Coast Entomological Society, c/o California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco,
CA 94118-4599. Second-class postage is paid at San Francisco, CA and additional mailing offices.
Postmaster: Send address changes to the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, c/o California Academy
of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, CA 94118-4599.
This issue mailed 30 November 1992
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist (ISSN 0031-0603)
PRINTED BY THE ALLEN PRESS, INC., LAWRENCE, KANSAS 66044, U.S.A.
THIS PUBLICATION IS PRINTED ON ACID-FREE PAPER.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(4): 225-242, (1992)
ABRAHAM EZRA MICHELBACHER (1899-1991): THE
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ABRAHAM EZRA MICHELBACHER
AND SYMPHYLA NAMED BY HIM
John A. Chemsak, E. G. Linsley, W. W. Allen,
AND W. W. MlDDLEKAUFF
Department of Entomological Sciences, University of California,
Berkeley, California 94720
Abraham Ezra Michelbacher, better known to his friends as “Mickie,” died in
his home in Berkeley on 22 May 1991, at the age of 92. His vigor and memory
had been rapidly declining for a few months.
Mickie was bom on 12 Apr 1899, in Riverside, California, to Ezra and Ida
Michelbacher. Most of his youth was spent at Riverside. He loved the beach and
went to Newport Beach frequently throughout his life. During his younger years,
he earned money by clamming, fishing, and working on dredges in the bay. During
high school, he supplemented his income by picking oranges. He was always very
competitive and later claimed that he was the fastest orange picker in the region
(his working associates would never doubt this assertion). Although he worked
for a while as a commercial albacore fisherman, he loved to fish as a recreation
and continued to do so during vacation breaks throughout his life.
226
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(4)
loved to fish as a recreation and continued to do so during vacation breaks
throughout his life.
Before coming to Berkeley, he studied agronomy at the University of California,
Riverside (then called the Citrus Experiment Station). In subsequent years he was
to become well acquainted with Harry S. Smith (“Prof. Harry” to his devoted
students and followers in the held of biological control at Riverside and elsewhere).
Prof. Harry considered Michelbacher one of the few enlightened insecticide en¬
tomologists, and Mickie’s appreciation of the value of biological control agents
which grew out of their discussions was later reflected in the philosophical base
of his approach to pest control.
At Berkeley, Mickie decided to major in economic entomology under the di¬
rection of Professor E. O. Essig. “Prof. Essig” became his mentor and very good
friend and the two had a very strong, enduring, lifelong relationship. Essig’s love
of flowers and gardening was shared by Mickie, and the rose garden at his home
became a showplace and source of flowers for numerous social events on the
University campus.
Mickie earned a B.S. degree in 1927 and continued into the graduate program.
On 30 Mar 1929, Martha Meyer became his beloved wife, friend and companion.
His graduate study was completed with the awarding of the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees
in 1930 and 1935.
While Michelbacher was a graduate student, Prof. Essig organized an informal
student and faculty group called, “Fitchia.” Both a social and entomological
organization, participants met periodically in various homes including that of the
Michelbachers. This pattern was extended by Mickie by means of what became
a famous steak barbecue at the coastal town of Bolinas. One particularly mem¬
orable picnic took place on 7 Dec 1941, when, during the barbecuing activity the
car radio announced the attack on Pearl Harbor.
Under the guidance of Prof. Essig, Michelbacher worked on the systematics of
the garden centipede ( Symphyla ) for his doctoral dissertation. He ultimately be¬
came the world authority on this group.
Because Mickie was too old for military service during World War II, one of
his most important contributions to the war effort consisted of helping to develop
a research program for the Army Quartermaster Corps. This involved the testing
of various food packaging materials for resistance to insect attack. Included in
the program were entomologists on the Berkeley campus and food technologists
at Davis. Research results were published in various scientific journals.
It would be difficult to detail Mickie’s contributions to the field of entomology,
but a resume supplied by William W. Allen at a memorial service on 31 May
1991, touches on the highlights.
Over the past 50 years, much has been written and said about insect pest
management, the pros and cons of biological control, and the use of insecticides.
Books and articles abound by many authors; however, Mickie’s research laid the
foundation for present day insect control and he predicted its difficulties.
In his research on alfalfa, he clearly demonstrated the importance of Apanteles
as a parasite of the alfalfa caterpillar and he stressed the general importance of
fostering natural enemy suppression. He developed economic injury levels to
preserve the activity of the parasite which is widely preached today and he ad¬
vocated early cutting as a way to minimize the need for insecticides.
1992
CHEMSAK ET AL.: ABRAHAM EZRA MICHELBACHER
227
In his research with melons, tomatoes and walnuts, he clearly showed that non-
selective insecticides would seriously increase aphids, scales and mites and he
devised strategies and timing to alleviate these difficulties.
His work in the 1930s and 1940s really laid out all the principles of integrated
pest management that have been researched, praticed, and preached over the past
50 years. His contributions are not widely recognized, because Mickie was more
interested in his research than preaching about his work, and also he was a very
modest person.
Graduate students who worked with Mickie included Bill Allen, Vem Stem,
Hal Reynolds, Bob van den Bosh, and others. They learned field research methods
from Smith (they all received Ph.D.s) and lots of practical entomology and phi¬
losophy from Mickie.
As a field researcher, and in his personal life, Mickie always ran a tight ship
both in the use of his time and money. Field trips started at 4:00 in the morning,
and if the work was well enough along, a milk shake was allowed for lunch.
Successful graduate students that survived this regime then carried on the Michel-
bacher tradition. A few of the many outstanding included: Oscar G. Bacon, who
became Chair of the Department of Entomology at Davis; Harold T. Reynolds,
who became Chair of the Department of Entomology at Riverside; Ray F. Smith,
who was a longtime Chair of the Department of Entomological Sciences at Berke¬
ley; Minos Tzanakakis, Chair of the Department of Entomology at the University
of Thessaloniki, Greece; and William W. Allen, Associate Dean for Research in
the College of Natural Resources at Berkeley.
Michelbacher took an early retirement in 1960 and began a series of extended
and shorter collecting trips during the next 27 years. Accompanied by Martha,
Mickie travelled extensively in the Western Hemisphere in conjunction with the
studies of P. D. Hurd and E. G. Linsley on the systematics and ecology of squash
bees (.Peponapis and Xenoglossa). The Michelbachers provided valuable data and
specimens which were reported in a series of publications between 1964 and 1971.
In 1962, Michelbacher discovered an area near Gridley, California, containing
large populations of squash bees. For the next several years he and Martha, with
periodic assistance from others, made detailed records of flower and nest site
activities of the bees. These included foraging periods and frequency, nest site
requirements, including ground cover, and other new information about this bee.
At the close of the study, burrows were excavated, and missing elements in the
life history determined. This information led to an experimental transfer of bees
from Gridley to the Oxford Research Tract at the University of California, Berke¬
ley. Following successful establishment, the resulting populations were followed
for several years. This raised the possibility of introducing them into other parts
of the Old World (they are an exclusively New World group). Michelbacher
discussed the matter at an International Congress of Entomology in Vienna and
with colleagues in Moscow at a subsequent international congress. One attempt
to introduce the bees into Hawaii failed for a variety of reasons.
In addition to work on squash bees, Mickie spent a substantial amount of time
in the southwestern deserts collecting bees for the Essig Museum, with special
emphasis on bee visitors to Larrea, sunflowers, and other plants of interest to his
colleagues.
On 19 Aug 1965, the now famous “Nogales incident” occurred. The Michel-
228
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(4)
bachers had parked their car on the shoulder of the highway about 50 miles south
of Nogales, Mexico, in order to collect bees in the adjacent held. A drunken driver
in a pick-up truck crashed into their car, resulting in the death of one of the truck’s
passengers. In accordance with Mexican law, Mickie was arrested for contributing
to homicide and taken to jail in Nogales. By some deft maneuvering, he was able
to arrange a transfer to a hospital room but remained under guard. (He was charged
for both the room and the guard.) He was later permitted to move into a motel
but could not leave Nogales without authorization. A long, drawn out procedure
followed and he was finally permitted to leave after posting a $2400.00 bail.
Intervention by the U.S. Department of State and officials of the University of
California contributed to this release. On principle, Mickie refused to forfeit bail
and continued his legal action. In February 1966, another hearing was held and
he was more or less exonerated, paying a small fine, and, miraculously, having
his bail returned. One condition of his release, however, was that he could not
drive in Mexico for three years.
In 1967, the Michelbachers went on a collecting trip with John Chemsak to the
Cape region of Baja California. This was the beginning of a close and congenial
relationship as evidenced by 10 subsequent trips to Mexico, Costa Rica, Honduras
and eastern California. Mickie loved to collect beetles and with the pressures of
bee collecting removed, he once again became a very efficient beetle collector. He
especially liked beating, a technique learned from Dr. E. C. Van Dyke, and was
happiest when piles of cut slash were available nearby. Since beating is most
effective during cool temperatures, Martha and Mickie went out at dawn. By the
time their companion would rise for breakfast, they had collected dozens of
cerambycids. Mickie also became adept at aerial net collecting but had little
enthusiasm for light collecting.
The adventures and episodes during the field trips were numerous and varied,
many humorous, and a few, serious. Mickie loved to recall incidents which had
occurred during the early trips to Baja California and Chile with E. S. Ross.
Subsequent trips provided a lifetime of memories.
The poverty encountered in Latin America was appalling to Mickie. On most
of the trips to Mexico, the Michelbachers brought used clothing and bags of sweets
which they distributed in the rural areas.
Michelbacher held active membership in many scientific societies and insti¬
tutions. Included were the American Association of Economic Entomologists
(member); American Association for the Advancement of Science (Fellow); En¬
tomological Society of America (Fellow); California Academy of Sciences (Fellow);
Pacific Coast Entomological Society (President and Honored Member); Northern
California Entomology Club (President); the Western Society of Naturalists (mem¬
ber); the Commonwealth Club of San Francisco (member); and the scientific
fraternities Alpha Zeta and Sigma Xi (member).
It would be easy to continue to enumerate the activities, attributes, accom¬
plishments and virtues of Abraham Michelbacher. For our purpose, it is sufficient
to recall that he was a great field ecologist who laid the foundation for modem
ecological pest control. He was a superb teacher of first and second generation
insect pest management researchers and practitioners. Mickie was one of the
kindest and most generous people it has been our privilege to know. Several
generations of students can attest to his assistance in times of need.
1992
CHEMSAK ET AL.: ABRAHAM EZRA MICHELBACHER
229
It has been an honor and privilege to have been associated with Mickie and he
will be missed.
Mickie is survived by his wife, Martha, and daughter, Virginia Ingham.
New Tax a Described by Michelbacher
1. Symphyllela subterranea Michelbacher, 1939. Pan-Pac. Entomol., 15: 22.
2. Symphylella essigi Michelbacher, 1939. Pan-Pac. Entomol., 15: 23.
3. Symphylella capitata Michelbacher, 1939. Pan-Pac. Entomol., 15: 27.
4. Symphylella oviceps Michelbacher, 1939. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 32: 748.
5. Symphylella sierrae Michelbacher, 1939. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 32: 751.
6. Hanseniella vandykei Michelbacher, 1939. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 32: 753.
7. Symphyllelopsis alba Michelbacher, 1941. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 34: 142.
8. Symphylella geum Michelbacher, 1941. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 34: 145.
9. Symphylella longiseta Michelbacher, 1941. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 34: 147.
10. Symphyllela capicola Michelbacher, 1942. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4(24): 154.
11. Symphylella rossi Michelbacher, 1942. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4)24: 156.
12. Scutigerella silvestrii Michelbacher, 1942. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 35: 272.
13. Scutigerella palmonii Michelbacher, 1942. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 35: 274.
14. Scutigerella nodicercus Michelbacher, 1942. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 35:
276.
15. Scutigerella verhoeffi Michelbacher, 1942. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 35: 279.
16. Scutigerella causeyae Michelbacher, 1942. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 35: 280.
17. Scutigerella linsleyi Michelbacher, 1942. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 35: 283.
18. Scutigerella inculta Michelbacher, 1942. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 35: 286.
Michelbacher Patronymics
Coleoptera: Buprestidae
Chrysobothris michelbacheri Van Dyke, 1942. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4)24(3):
120 - 121 .
Coleoptera: Carabidae
Trechisibus (Trechisibus) michelbacheri Ueno, 1972. Bull. Nat. Sci. Mus. (Tokyo),
15(1): 11-13.
Coleoptera: Cerambycidae
Ancylocera michelbacheri Chemsak, 1963. J. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 36: 108.
Anelaphus michelbacheri Linsley, 1942. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4)24: 43.
Linsleyella michelbacheri Chemsak, 1984. Pan-Pacific Entomol., 60: 117.
Moneilema ( Collapteryx) michelbacheri Linsley, 1942. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci.,
(4)24: 67.
Nemognathomimus michelbacheri Chemsak & Giesbert, 1986. Folia Entomol.
Mex., 69: 33.
Coleoptera: Curculionidae
Panscopus (Nocheles) michelbacheri Ting, 1938. Pan-Pacific Entomol., 14(3): 121-
123.
230
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(4)
Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae
Phyllophaga ( Listrochelus ) michelbacheri Saylor, 1940. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
89(3095): 76.
Serica michelbacheri Saylor, 1948. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4)24(8): 345-346.
Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae
Centrioptera michelbacheri Blaisdell, 1943. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4)24(7): 222-
223.
Cordibates michelbacheri Freude, 1959. Mitt. Miinchner Entomol. Ges., 49: 100-
101.
Myrmecodema michelbacheri Freude, 1960. Proc. Calif Acad. Sci., (4)31(6): 153-
154.
Philorea michelbacheri Kulzer, 1956. Entomol. Arb. Mus. Frey, 7(3): 925-926.
Pilobalia michelbacheri Kulzer, 1954. Entomol. Arb., Mus. Frey, 5(1): 240-242.
Chilopoda: Oryidae
Incorya michelbacheri Chamberlin, 1955. Lunds Univ. Arsskr., n. ser., sect. 2,
51(5): 12.
Diptera: Apioceridae
Rhaphiomidas episcopus michelbacheri Cazier, 1985. Bull. Amer. Mus. Natur.
Hist., 182(2): 237-239.
Diptera: Mycetophilidae
Synapha michelbacheri Lane, 1962. Stud. Entomol. (Rio de Janeiro), n. ser., 51(1/
4): 533.
Hemiptera (Homoptera): Aphididae
Chileaphis michelbacheri Essig, 1953. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4)28(3): 65-66.
Neuquenaphis michelbacheri Essig, 1953. Proc. Calif Acad. Sci., (4)28(3): 66-67.
Spicaphis michelbacheri Essig, 1953. Proc. Calif Acad. Sci., (4)28(3): 69-70.
Hymenoptera: Andrenidae
Perdita michelbacheri Timberlake, 1962. Univ. Calif Pub. Entomol., 28: 60.
Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae
Peponapis michelbacherorum Hurd & Linsley, 1964. Hilgardia, 35: 437.
Hymenoptera: Braconidae
Opius michelbacheri Fischer, 1963. Pol. Pismo Entomol., 33(2): 383-385.
Hymenoptera: Colletidae
Chilicoa (Idioprosopis) michelbacheri Toro & Moldenke, 1979. An. Mus. Hist.
Natur. Valparaiso, 12: 140-141.
Hymenoptera: Sphecidae
Philanthus michelbacheri Bohart, 1977. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 74(4): 400-
401.
1992
CHEMSAK ET AL.: ABRAHAM EZRA MICHELBACHER
231
Hymenoptera: Tiphiidae
Tiphia ( Tiphia ) michelbacheri Allen, 1972. Smithsonian Contrib. Zool., 113: 65-66.
Hymenoptera: Vespidae
Leptochilus michelbacheri Bohart, 1948. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4)24(9): 326.
Plecoptera: Gripopterygidae
Gripopteryx michelbacheri Froehlich, 1960. Lunds Univ. Arsskr., n. ser., sect. 2,
56(13): 10-11.
Trichoptera: Philopotamidae
Sortosa michelbacheri Ross, 1956. Evolution and classification of the mountain
caddisflies. University of Illinois Press, Urbana, pp. 56-57.
Diplopoda: Spirobolidae
Californibolus michelbacheri Yerhoeff, 1944. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 43: 56.
Myriopoda: Atopetholidae
Onychelus michelbacheri Yerhoeff, 1938. Zool. Anz., 122: 276.
1. 1932.
2. 1932.
3. 1932.
4. 1933.
5. 1934.
6. 1934.
7. 1935.
8. 1935.
9. 1936.
10. 1937.
11. 1937.
12. 1937.
13. 1937.
14. 1938.
15. 1938.
16. 1938.
17. 1939.
Bibliography of A. E. Michelbacher
(E. O. Essig and Michelbacher) The stinging Epyris. Science N. S., 76(1975): 407^108.
(with W. M. Hoskins and W. B. Herms) The nutrition of flesh fly larvae, Lucilia sericata
(Meig.). I. The adequacy of sterile synthetic diets. Exper. Zool., 64(1): 109-131.
Chemical control of the garden centipede, Scutigerella immaculata (Newp.). Univ.
Calif. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bui., 548: 1-19.
(E. O. Essig and Michelbacher) The alfalfa weevil. Univ. Calif. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bui.,
567: 1-99.
(E. O. Essig and Michelbacher) Report on alfalfa weevil investigations in California.
J. Econ. Entomol., 27(5): 960-966.
(with E. O. Essig) A progress report on the behavior of the alfalfa weevil in middle
California. J. Econ. Entomol., 27(6): 1119-1127.
(with E. O. Essig) Field observations on the alfalfa weevil in middle California. Calif.
State Dept. Agric. Mo. Bui., 24(4-5-6): 221-231.
The economic status of the garden centipede, Scutigerella immaculata (Newp.) in
California. J. Econ. Entomol., 28(6): 1015-1018.
(with E. O. Essig) Important tomato insects of California. Univ. Calif. Agric. Exp. Sta.
Cir., 99: 1-38.
Control of the garden centipede in California. J. Econ. Entomol., 30(6): 886-891.
Latest recommendations for tomato insects. Pacific Rural Press, 133(7): 208.
Some important tomato insects. Pacific Rural Press, 134(19): 483.
(W. H. Lange and Michelbacher) Two closely related species of Heliothis found in
tomato fields of central California. Calif. State Dept. Agric. Mo. Bui., 26(3): 320-325.
The biology of the garden centipede, Scutigerella immaculata. Hilgardia, 11(3): 55-
148.
(E. O. Essig and A. E. Michelbacher) Caterpillars attacking tomatoes. Univ. Calif.
Agric. Exp. Sta. Bui., 625: 1—42.
(with E. S. Ross) Drought damaged poplars attacked by the spotted tree borer, Syna-
phaeta guexi (Lee.). Calif. State Dept. Agric. Mo. Bui., 27(2): 248-249. 1 fig.
(W. M. Hoskins, A. D. Borden and A. E. Michelbacher) Recommendations for a more
discriminating use of insecticides. Sixth Pacific Science Congress, Proceedings. Berke¬
ley, Stanford and San Francisco. 6: 199-123. July 24 and August 2.
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(4)
232
18.
1939.
19.
1939.
20.
1939.
21.
1939.
22.
1939.
23.
1939.
24.
1940.
25.
1940.
26.
1940.
27.
1940.
28.
1940.
29.
1940.
30.
1940.
31.
1941.
32.
1941.
33.
1941.
34.
1941.
35.
1942.
36.
1942.
37.
1942.
38.
1942.
39.
1942.
40.
1942.
41.
1942.
42.
1943.
43.
1943.
44.
1943.
45.
1943.
46.
1943.
47.
1943.
(with E. O. Essig) Caterpillars attacking tomatoes in the northern tomato producing
section of California. Calif. State Dept. Agric. Mo. Bui., 28(3): 214-222. 2 figs.
The value of accurate classification of insects as illustrated by the confusion of two
closely related species of Hypera. Proc. Sixth Pacif. Sci. Cong., 4: 403-405.
Notes on Symphyla with descriptions of three new species of Symphylella from Cali¬
fornia. Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 15(1): 21-28. 1 fig.
Further notes on Symphyla with descriptions of three new species from California.
Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 32(4): 747-757.
(with E. S. Ross) The giant palm borer, (Coleoptera: Bostrichidae) an economic pest
in lower California. Calif. State Dept. Agric. Mo. Bui., 28(2): 166-169. 2 figs.
Seasonal variation in the distribution of two species of Symphyla found in California.
J. Econ. Entomol., 32(1): 53-57. 6 figs.
Some entomological observations in California. J. Econ. Entomol., 31(1): 141-143.
The com earworm attacking tomatoes. Pacific Rural Press, 139(4): 116.
Suggestions for wireworm control. Pacific Rural Press, 139: 146.
Insect pests of stored food products and their control. The Sanitarian—a Journal of
Sanitary Technology, 3(4): 83-85.
Effect of Bathyplectes curculionis on the alfalfa weevil population in lowland middle
California. Hilgardia, 13(3): 81-99.
(with John Leighly) The apparent climatic limitation of the alfalfa weevil in California.
Hilgardia, 13(3): 103-139.
(with G. F. MacLeod and W. M. Hoskins) Investigations of caterpillars attacking
tomatoes in northern California during 1939. Univ. Calif. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bui., 644:
20 pp.
Two genera of Symphyla new to the United States with descriptions of three new
species. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 34(1): 139-150.
(with G. F. MacLeod and Ray F. Smith) A preliminary report on control of the western
twelve-spotted cucumber beetle in orchards. J. Econ. Entomol., 34(5): 709-716.
Further notes on Bathyplectes curculionis and the alfalfa weevil in lowland middle
California. J. Econ. Entomol., 33(6): 892-895.
Control of the com earworm on sweet com. Calif. State Dept. Agric. Bui., 30(2): 175—
183.
(with E. S. Ross) Contributions toward a knowledge of the insect fauna of lower Cal¬
ifornia. No. 1. Introductory account. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 24(1): 1-20.
Contribution toward a knowledge of the insect fauna of lower California. No. 5. Sym¬
phyla. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 24(5): 153-160.
(with Ray F. Smith) Control of western peach borer. J. Econ. Entomol., 35(3): 393-
398.
(with E. Craig and F. H. Ernst) Stored-grain pests on the farm. Univ. Calif. Agric. Ext.
Serv. 4 pp.
A synopsis of the genus Scutigerella (Symphyla: Scutigerellidae) Ann. Entomol. Soc.
Am., 35(3): 267-288.
Insect pests of grain in farm storage. Pacific Rural Press, 144(3): 299.
(with Ray F. Smith) Experiments for controlling the western peach borer. J. Econ.
Entomol., 35(3): 393-398.
(with G. F. MacLeod and R. F. Smith) Control of Diabrotica or western spotted
cucumber beetle in deciduous fruit orchards. Calif. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bui., 681: 1-34.
Com earworm, p. 30, in laboratory procedures in the study of the chemical control of
insects. The Amer. Assoc, for the Advancement of Sci. Pub., 20: 1-206.
Petunia, an important winter host of the tomato mite. Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 19(2): 73.
The present status of the alfalfa weevil in California. Univ. Calif. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bui.,
677: 1-24.
(J. H. MacGillivray, Arthur Shultis, A. E. Michelbacher, P. A. Minges and L. D.
Doneen) Labor and material requirements of California vegetables. Univ. Calif. Agric.
Exp. Sta., Lithoprint, pp. 1-15.
(E. G. Linsley and A. E. Michelbacher) Insects affecting stored food products. Univ.
Calif. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bui., 676: 1-44.
1992
CHEMSAK ET AL.: ABRAHAM EZRA MICHELBACHER
233
48.
1943.
49.
1943.
49a.
1943.
49b.
1943.
49c.
1943.
49d.
1943.
50.
1943.
51.
1943.
52.
1943.
53.
1943.
54.
55.
1944.
1944.
56.
1944.
57.
1944.
58.
59.
1944.
1944.
60.
61.
1944.
1944.
62.
1944.
63.
1944.
64.
1944.
65.
1944.
66.
1944.
67.
1945.
68.
1945.
69.
70a.
1945.
1945.
(with F. H. Ernst) The storage and protection of dried food products for home use.
Univ. Calif. Ext. Ser. Cir. 4 pp.
True and false questions: submitted to the pest control operators who attended the
Sixth Annual Pacific Coast Pest Control Operators’ Conference held at the University
of California, Berkeley. Pests, 11(4): 13-14.
Wasps annoying to man. pp. 61-64. Sixth Annual Pacific Coast Pest Control Operators’
Conference. University of California. Berkeley, Feb. 3, 4, 5.
(with E. G. Linsley) Insects injurious to stored products, pp. 65-73. Sixth Annual
Pacific Coast Pest Control Operators’ Conference. University of California. Berkeley,
Feb. 3, 4, 5.
Dooryard pests, pp. 95-103. Sixth Annual Pacific Coast Pest Control Operators’ Con¬
ference. University of California. Berkeley, Feb. 3, 4, 5.
Essentials of successful fumigation, pp. 119-125. Sixth Annual Pacific Coast Pest Con¬
trol Operators’ Conference. University of California. Berkeley, Feb. 3, 4, 5.
(with G. F. MacLeod and R. F. Smith) Cucumber beetle tests—ideal control would be
stomach as well as contact dust combination. Western Grower and Shipper, 14(6):
9-10.
(with R. F. Smith) Some natural factors limiting the abundance of the alfalfa butterfly.
Hilgardia, 15(4): 369-397.
(E. O. Essig, W. M. Hoskins, E. G. Linsley, A. E. Michelbacher and R. F. Smith) A
report on the penetration of packaging materials by insects. J. Econ. Entomol., 36(6):
822-829. 2 figs. (Reprinted in Modem Packing, 17(11): 109-113.)
(E. G. Linsley and A. E. Michelbacher) A report on insect infestation of stored grain
in California. J. Econ. Entomol., 36(6): 829-831.
Sanitation in pest control. Pests, 12(9): 5-6.
(with R. F. Smith) Proper application and good timing are essential for the control of
truck crop insects. Western Grower and Shipper, 2: 12-13.
(with F. H. Ernst) Garden insects, related pests and methods of control. Calif. Ext. Ser.
Cir. 8 pp.
(with Clark Swensen and G. F. MacLeod) Control of codling moth on walnuts in San
Joaquin County. Diamond Walnut News, 26(3): 4-6.
Some aspects of moisture in its relation to insect pest control. Pests, 12(2): 21-23.
(R. F. Smith and A. E. Michelbacher) Alfalfa insects in California. Calif. State Dept.
Agric. Bui., 33(1): 39-51.
Insect control based upon a knowledge of their biology. P.C.O. News, 2(6): 1 and 5.
(R. F. Smith and A. E. Michelbacher) Clover leaf weevil in California. Pan-Pacif.
Entomol., 20(3): 120.
(with L. M. Smith, Gordon L. Smith and A. E. Michelbacher) Control of the tomato
mite in northern California. Univ. Calif. Agric. Exp. Sta. Lithoprint. April.
(G. L. Smith and A. E. Michelbacher) The pea weevil. Univ. Calif. Agric. Exp. Sta.
Lithoprint. April.
(with R. F. Smith) Tomato pest control—control of insect and mite pests of tomato
outlined. Western Grower and Shipper, 15(9): 9-10 and 20-21.
Tomato mite is serious California pest—control in plantings urged. Western Canner
& Packer, 36(10): 23.
(Hilda Faust, Vera D. Greaves, K. F. Meyer, J. R. Esty, C. T. Townsend, W. V. Cruess,
R. H. Vaugh, E. M. Mrak, Hazel F. Friar, Betty M. Watts and A. E. Michelbacher)
Spoilage problems in home preserved food. California Agric. Exp. Sta. Lithoprint. 15
pp., October.
(with R. F. Smith) Timely advice—winter cultural practices that aid in the control of
truck crop pests. Western Grower and Shipper, 16(3): 16, 23.
(with Clark Swanson) Factors influencing control of the walnut aphid. J. Econ. Entomol.,
38(1): 127-128.
The importance of ecology in insect control. J. Econ. Entomol., 38(1): 129-130.
Investigations with DDT in California, 1944. Univ. Calif. Agric. Exp. Sta. Lithoprint.
33 pp.
234
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(4)
70b.
1945.
70c.
1945.
70d.
1945.
70e.
1945.
70f.
1945.
70g.
1945.
71.
1945.
72.
1945.
73.
1945.
74.
1945.
75.
1945.
76.
1946.
77.
1946.
78.
1946.
79.
1946.
80.
1946.
81.
1946.
82a.
1946.
82b.
1946.
82c.
1946.
82d.
1946.
82e.
1946.
82f.
1946.
82g.
1946.
82h.
1946.
82i.
1946.
83.
1947.
84.
1947.
85.
1947.
(with R. F. Smith and G. L. Smith) Control of Lygus bugs on alfalfa seed crop with
DDT. pp. 4-6. Univ. Calif. Agric. Exp. Sta. Lithoprint.
(C. H. Swanson and A. E. Michelbacher) The use of DDT on almond trees, pp. 6-7.
Univ. Calif. Agric. Exp. Sta. Lithoprint.
(with R. F. Smith and G. L. Smith) Control of flies in a dairy bam with DDT. pp. 8-
9. Univ. Calif. Agric. Exp. Sta. Lithoprint.
(M. W. Gardner, A. E. Michelbacher and R. F. Smith) Spraying with DDT in a green¬
house to control thrips, the vectors of spotted wilt in tomatoes, pp. 24-27. Univ. Calif.
Agric. Exp. Sta. Lithoprint.
(with C. H. Swanson and G. L. Smith) Controlling codling moth on walnuts with DDT.
p. 29. Univ. Calif. Agric. Exp. Sta. Lithoprint.
(with C. H. Swanson and G. L. Smith) Effect of DDT on the walnut aphid, p. 30. Univ.
Calif. Agric. Exp. Sta. Lithoprint.
(Ray F. Smith, A. E. Michelbacher and G. L. Smith) Control of the alfalfa butterfly.
Univ. Agr. Exp. Sta. Lithoprint. 4 pp.
Household pests. Pests, 13(5): 18-20.
(with R. F. Smith) Facts about DDT. Western Grower and Shipper, 16(8): 13-14, 23.
(with G. L. Smith) Control of flies in dairies with DDT. California Dairyman, 25(17):
12, 14.
Control of codling moth on walnuts: progress report. J. Econ. Entomol., 38(3): 347-
355.
Control of insects attacking grain in storage. Pest Control and Sanitation Home and
Garden, 1(11): 13-15.
(with Clark Swanson) Control of codling moth of Payne walnuts in San Joaquin Valley.
Diamond Walnut News, 28(3): 6-7.
(E. O. Essig and A. E. Michelbacher) Experimental use of DDT for insect control in
California. American Fruit Grower, 66(2): 40, 48.
Some insect pests of the household. Pests, 14(4): 14, 16.
(with R. F. Smith) Control of Lygus bugs in alfalfa seed fields. J. Econ. Entomol., 39(5):
638-648.
Insect resistant packages for cereal products. U. Minn. Dept. Agric. Short Courses.
Abstract Milling Sanitation Short Course. Nov. 13, 14, 15. p. 25-26.
Investigations with DDT and other new insecticides in 1945. Univ. Calif. Agric. Exp.
Sta. Cir., 365 Nov.
(R. F. Smith, A. E. Michelbacher and N. L. McFarlane) Control of Lygus bugs on
alfalfa seed crops with DDT and sabadilla. pp. 7-17. Univ. Calif. Agric. Exp. Sta. Cir.,
365.
(with R. F. Smith, J. W. MacSwain and A. H. Holland) Lygus bug on lima beans, pp.
26-29. Univ. Calif. Agric. Exp. Sta. Cir., 365.
(M. W. Gardner and A. E. Michelbacher) Controlling thrips and tomato spotted wilt
with DDT. pp. 35-38. Univ. Calif. Agric. Exp. Sta. Cir., 365.
(with Clark Swanson) Control of thrips on grapes with DDT. pp. 71. Univ. Calif. Agric.
Exp. Sta. Cir., 365.
(with Clark Swanson and O. G. Bacon) Control of codling moth on Payne variety of
walnut, pp. 78-84. Univ. Calif. Agric. Exp. Sta. Cir., 365.
(O. G. Bacon, A. E. Michelbacher and G. L. Smith) Control of Catalina cherry moth
on walnuts, pp. 85-87. Univ. Calif. Agric. Exp. Sta. Cir., 365.
(with G. L. Smith and Clark Swanson) Effect of codling moth sprays on the walnut
aphid, pp. 87-90. Univ. Calif. Agric. Exp. Sta. Cir., 365.
(with G. L. Smith) Control of flies in dairy bams. pp. 94-97. Univ. Calif. Agric. Exp.
Sta. Cir., 365.
Insects—and how to control them; more data from the Berkeley study of package pests
and the storage conditions which favor growth. Modem Packaging, 20(5): 143, 144,
145, 170 and 172.
(with W. W. Middlekauff, O. C. French and W. B. Parker) Control of.. . dust drift.
Agricultural Chemicals, 2(3): 21-23, 52-54, 68. March.
(with Clark Swanson and W. W. Middlekauff) Increase in the population of Lecanium
1992
CHEMSAK ET AL.: ABRAHAM EZRA MICHELBACHER
235
86 .
87.
88 .
89.
90.
91.
92.
93.
94.
95.
96.
97.
98.
99.
100 .
101 .
102 .
103.
104.
105.
106.
107.
108.
109.
110.
111 .
112 .
113.
pruinosum on English walnuts following application of DDT sprays. J. Econ. Entomol.,
39(6): 812.
1947. (with W. W. Middlekauff and Clark Swanson) Insect investigations on Payne walnuts
in San Joaquin County: progress report on effects of new sprays on codling moth, aphis,
mites and scale. Diamond Walnut News, 29(3): 8-11.
1947. Important household and dooryard pests. Pests, 15(6): 8, 10, 12, 14.
1947. (with W. W. Middlekauff) Investigations on the control of codling moth on the Payne
walnut in central California. Univ. Calif. Agric., 1(7): 1-2.
1947. Dryness protects farm stored grain from insect attack. Univ. Calif. Agric., 1(8): 1, 3.
1948. Possible effects of new insecticides used in mosquito control on economic entomology.
Proc. and Papers of the Sixteenth Annual Conference of the California Mosquito
Control Association, pp. 20-22. Feb.
1948. (W. W. Middlekauff, A. E. Michelbacher and T. W. Fisher) Melon insects and mites.
Calif. Agric., 2(4): 6-7.
1948. (W. W. Middlekauff and A. E. Michelbacher) Walnut aphid. Calif. Agric., 2(4): 7-9.
(Reprinted in Diamond Walnut News, 3(3): 4-5.)
1948. (with W. W. Middlekauff and N. B. Akesson) Controlling common pests of tomato in
northern California. Univ. Calif. Agric. Exp. Sta. Cir., 384: 1-15.
1948. (with W. W. Middlekauff) The pea weevil in California. Western Grower and Shipper,
19(15): 39, 55, 63.
1948. (with W. W. Middlekauff and N. B. Akesson) Caterpillars destructive to tomato. Univ.
Calif. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bui., 707: 1-47. 19 figs.
1948. Can pests survive extreme heat or cold? Pests, 16(9): 18-20.
1948. (with E. O. Essig) Ridding the garden of common pests. Univ. Calif. Agric. Exp. Sta.
Ext. Cir., 146: 1-39.
1948. (O. G. Bacon, A. E. Michelbacher and W. H. Hart) Catalina Cherry moth attacks
walnuts. Diamond Walnut News, 30(5): 10.
1948. Tomato caterpillars. Western Grower and Shipper, 19(10): 15.
1948. (with W. W. Middlekauff and N. B. Akesson) Caterpillars on tomatoes. Food Packer,
29(11): 48-50.
1949. The ecology of Symphyla. Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 25(1): 1-12.
1949. (with W. W. Middlekauff) Control of codling moth on Payne walnuts in northern
California. Diamond Walnut News, 31(2): 10, 12.
1949. (with W. W. Middlekauff and Donald Davis) Payne walnuts—codling moth investi¬
gations in northern California and recommendations for 1949. Calif. Agric., 3(3): 3-4.
1949. (W. W. Middlekauff, A. E. Michelbacher and Edward Wegenek) Walnut aphid control
studies in northern California of effectiveness of addition of aphicide to codling moth
spray. Calif. Agric., 3(4): 6, 14. (Reprinted in Diamond Walnut News., 31(3): 8-9.)
1949. (with W. W. Middlekauff) New insecticides—effectiveness and limitations of chlori¬
nated hydrocarbon insecticides not yet fully determined. Calif. Agric., 3(6): 6, 12.
1949. (with W. W. Middlekauff, N. B. Akesson and Frank Lamb) Tomato insects—northern
California investigations with chlorinated hydrocarbon insecticides. Calif. Agric., 3(7):
9, 14.
1949. (with W. W. Middlekauff) Problems associated with new chlorinated hydrocarbon
insecticides. Calif. Fruit and Grape Grower, 3(5): 13-16.
1949 (with W. W. Middlekauff, Frank Lamb and N. B. Akesson) Further investigations of
control of tomato insects in northern California. J. Econ. Entomol., 42(4): 666-674.
1949. (with W. W. Middlekauff) Codling moth investigations on the Payne variety of walnut
in northern California. J. Econ. Entomol., 42(5): 736-746.
1949. (with O. G. Bacon) Thrips on asparagus. J. Econ. Entomol., 42(5): 849.
1949. (R. F. Smith and A. E. Michelbacher) The development and behavior of populations
of Diabrotica 11-punctata in foothill areas of California. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am.,
42(4): 497-510.
1950. (with W. W. Middlekauff and Edward Wegenek) Timing of spray treatments for codling
moth control on Payne walnuts in northern California influenced by size of nuts when
sprayed. Calif. Agric., 4(3): 8-10.
1950. (with W. W. Middlekauff, Donald Davis and Carroll Cassil) Control of codling moth
236
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(4)
114.
115.
116.
117.
118.
119.
120 .
121 .
122 .
123.
124.
125.
126.
127.
128.
129.
130.
131.
132.
133.
134.
135.
136.
137.
138.
in northern California—standard lead arsenate for light infestations; if infestation heavy,
DDT may be added. Diamond Walnut News, 32(2): 4-5.
1950. (with W. W. Middlekauff) Walnut aphid control—aphicide in May codling moth spray
effective in northern California. Calif. Agric., 4(5): 7, 14.
1950. (with W. W. MiddlekaufFand N. B. Akesson) Tomato insect studies—DDD and DDT
in three-year tests with chlorinated hydrocarbons. Calif. Agric., 4(5): 11-12.
1950. (with W. W. Middlekaufl) The walnut aphid in northern California. Uncontrolled
aphids a primary cause of lower quality. Diamond Walnut News, 32(3): 6-7.
1950. (John H. MacGillivray, A. E. Michelbacher and C. E. Scott) Tomato production in
California. Univ. Calif. Agric. Exp. Sta. Ext. Cir., 167: 1-60.
1950. (with W. W. Middlekauff and Charles Hanson) A report on results of investigations in
northern California during 1949 for tomato insect control. Agr. Chemicals, 5(6): 30,
31, 95, 97, 98.
1950. (with W. W. Middlekauff and Donald Davis) Environmental resistance as a factor in
codling moth control on walnuts. J. Econ. Entomol., 43(3): 383.
1950. (with W. W. Middlekauff, Charles Hanson) Melon aphid control—effectiveness of
insecticides influenced by weather, predator population and infestations in adjacent
fields. Calif. Agric., 4(6): 14-15. (Reprinted in Melon aphid control is complex. Western
Grower and Shipper, 21(8): 19, 30, 33.)
1950. (with W. W. Middlekauff and Donald Davis) Northern California walnuts—environ¬
mental resistance a factor in the control of codling moth populations shown in tests at
Linden. Calif. Agric., 4(7): 7, 10.
1950. Principles of ant control—new insecticides have largely replaced older methods of
control. Pests, 18(7): 14, 16, 18.
1950. Ant control program—modem insecticides correctly applied achieve indoor and out¬
door control. Calif. Agric., 4(8): 11-12.
1950. (with W. W. Middlekauff) Codling moth control on Payne walnuts. Western Fruit
Grower, 4(8): 9-10.
1950. (with W. W. Middlekauff) Control of the melon aphid in northern California. J. Econ.
Entomol., 43(4): 444-447.
1950. (with W. W. Middlekauff and Edward Wegenek) The walnut aphid in northern Cali¬
fornia. J. Econ. Entomol., 43(4): 448—456.
1950. (with W. W. Middlekauff and E. E. Stevenson) Tomato insect survey—studies indicate
direct field seeding increases early season problem. Calif. Agric., 4(12): 4, 10.
1950. (with W. W. Middlekauff and Charles Hanson) Occurrence of a fungus disease in
overwintering stages of the codling moth. J. Econ. Entomol., 43(6): 955.
1950. (W. W. Middlekauff and A. E. Michelbacher) Spider mite infestation on walnuts—
control trials with aramite promising. Diamond Walnut News, 33(1): 6-9.
1951. (W. W. Middlekauff and A. E. Michelbacher) Mites on walnuts—experimental studies
with aramite for spider mite control. Calif. Agric., 5(2): 9, 15.
1951. (with O. G. Bacon and C. C. Cassil) Codling moth on Payne walnuts—spray formula
recommended. Diamond Walnut News, 33(2): 6-8.
1951. (with Deane P. Furman) Control of household insects and related pests. Calif. Agric.
Ext. Ser. Cir., 172: 1-34.
1951. (with O. G. Bacon and W. W. Middlekauff) Walnut pest studies, 1950—conventional
and air carrier sprayers compared in codling moth and aphid control for northern
California. Calif. Agric., 5(4): 4, 14.
1951. (W. W. Middlekauff, A. E. Michelbacher and O. G. Bacon) Aphid control studies in
northern California during 1950—addition of aphicide to codling moth spray found
advantageous. Diamond Walnut News, 33(3): 10.
1951. (with W. W. Middlekauff and L. C. Glover) Studies with aldrin and dieldrin against
melon insects. J. Econ. Entomol., 44(3): 390-393.
1951. (with M. W. Gardner, W. W. Middlekauff and A. J. Walz) Field dusting with DDT to
control thrips and spotted wilt in tomatoes. Plant Disease Reporter, 34(10): 307-309.
1952. (with O. G. Bacon and W. W. Middlekauff) Tomato insect control program. Calif.
Agric., 6(1): 7, 13.
1952. (with O. G. Bacon and W. W. Middlekauff) Stink bug injury to tomatoes in California.
J. Econ. Entomol., 45(1): 126.
1992
CHEMSAK ET AL.: ABRAHAM EZRA MICHELBACHER
237
139.
1952.
140.
1952.
141.
1952.
142.
1952.
143.
1952.
144.
1952.
145.
1952.
146.
1952.
147.
1952.
148.
1947.
149.
1952.
150.
1952.
151.
1953.
152.
1953.
153.
1953.
154.
1953.
155.
1953.
156.
1953.
157.
1953.
158.
1953.
159.
1953.
160.
1953.
161.
1953.
162.
1953.
163.
1953.
164.
1953.
165.
1953.
166.
1953.
166a.
1953.
166b. 1953.
(with O. G. Bacon) California’s war on tomato pests. Western Grower & Shipper, 23(3):
18,20,29.
(with O. G. Bacon) Codling moth on walnuts. Calif. Agric., 6(2): 5, 14.
(with O. G. Bacon) Selecting proper insecticides. Western Fruit Grower, 6(3): 41^42.
(with W. W. Middlekauff) Fungus on codling moth. Calif. Agric., 6(3): 13.
(with O. G. Bacon and Wm. Wade) Walnut aphid investigations. Calif. Agric., 6(4): 6, 12.
(with W. W. Middlekauff and N. B. Akesson) Duster equipment on tomatoes. Calif.
Agric., 6(5): 5.
(with O. G. Bacon) Spider mites on walnuts. Calif. Agric., 6(6): 4, 15. (Reprinted: Spider
mites in northern California. Diamond Walnut News, 34(4): 8-9. June.)
(with W. W. Middlekauff and O. G. Bacon) Mites on melons in northern California.
J. Econ. Entomol., 45(3): 365-370.
(with W. W. Middlekauff, O. G. Bacon and L. C. Glover) Aldrin, dieldrin and heptachlor
to control California melon insects. J. Econ. Entomol., 45(3): 470-475.
(with W. W. Middlekauff and C. Swanson). Increase of frosted scale following use of
DDT and other sprays. J. Econ. Entomol., 40: 442-443.
(with W. W. Middlekauff and O. G. Bacon). Stink bug on tomatoes—injury and its
prevention investigated in last season’s outbreak in Yolo and Sacramento Counties.
Calif. Agric., 6(7): 11.
Walnut insect and spider-mite control in northern California. J. Econ. Entomol., 45(6):
1020-1027.
(with O. G. Bacon, W. W. Middlekauff and W. Erwin). Tomato insect investigations
in northern California in 1951. J. Econ. Entomol., 46(1): 73-76.
(with O. G. Bacon and W. H. Wade) Codling moth on walnuts. Calif. Agric., 7(3):
7-15.
(withO. G. Bacon and C. S. Davis) Walnut aphid study. Calif. Agric. 7(4): 10. (Reprinted
in Diamond Walnut News, 35(3): 8.)
(with O. G. Bacon) Controlling walnut insect pests. Calif. Western Fruit Grower, 7(4):
34-36.
Insect attacking stored products, pp. 281-358. Advances in Food Research, 4. Academic
Press, New York.
(with W. W. Middlekauff and O. G. Bacon) Melon insects in Northern California.
Western Grower & Shipper, 24(7): 26-29.
(with O. G. Bacon) Migrating aphids on walnuts. Calif. Agric., 7(6): 8.
(with O. G. Bacon and W. W. Middlekauff) Vinegar fly in tomato fields. Calif. Agric.,
7(6): 10.
(with W. W. Middlekauff and O. G. Bacon) Cucumber beetles attacking melons in
Northern California. J. Econ. Entomol., 46(3): 489-494.
(with O. G. Bacon and J. Underhill) Leafminer on tomato: control by dieldrin studied
for northern California conditions. Calif. Agric., 7(7): 15.
(with O. G. Bacon and J. Underhill) Garden centipede: summer flooding has advantages
in controlling pest in asparagus fields. Calif. Agric., 7(8): 5.
(with W. W. Middlekauff and O. G. Bacon) Cucumber beetles: insecticides tested for
control on melons in northern California. Calif. Agric., 7(7): 7.
(with O. G. Bacon) Migrating aphids: a serious source of reinfestation despite previous
control. Diamond Walnut News, 35(4): 20-21.
(with O. G. Bacon) Systox on walnut in northern California. J. Econ. Entomol., 46(5):
891-893.
(with D. Bap Reddy) Nature of food and its influence on rice weevil. J. Econ. Entomol.,
46(6): 1098.
(with D. Bap Reddy) Preliminary tests with DDT paint. J. Econ. Entomol., 46(6):
1087-1088.
Spider mites on walnuts in northern California. 36 pp. Conference on Pest and Disease
Control for Fruits, Nuts, and Grapes. Univ. Calif. Agric. Ext. Ser., Dec. 21 and 22,
1953.
The dusky-veined walnut aphid. 37 pp. Conference on Pest and Disease Control for
Fruits, Nuts and Grapes. Univ. Calif. Agric. Ext. Ser., Dec. 21-22, 1953.
238
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(4)
166c.
1953.
166d.
1953.
166e.
1953.
167.
1954.
168.
1954.
169.
1954.
170.
1954.
171.
1954.
172.
1954.
173.
1954.
174.
1954.
175.
1954.
176.
1954.
177.
1954.
178.
1954.
179.
1954.
180.
1954.
181.
1954.
182.
1954.
183.
1954.
184.
1955.
185.
1955.
186.
1955.
187.
1955.
188.
1955.
189.
1955.
190.
1955.
Catalina cherry moth—a pest of walnuts, p. 38. Conference on Pest and Disease Control
for Fruits, Nuts and Grapes. Univ. Calif. Agric. Ext. Ser., Dec. 21-22, 1953.
(with C. S. Davis) Walnut aphid investigations in northern California, pp. 39-41.
Conference on Pest and Disease Control for Fruits, Nuts and Grapes. Univ. Calif.
Agric. Ext. Ser., Dec. 21-22, 1953.
(with E. Oatman) Codling moth investigations in northern California, pp. 30-55. Con¬
ference on Pest and Disease Control for Fruits, Nuts and Grapes. Univ. Calif. Agric.
Ext. Ser., Dec. 21-22, 1953.
(Editorial) Natural control of insect pests. J. Econ. Entomol., 47(1): 192-194.
The Dusky-veined walnut aphid—a new pest appears. Diamond Walnut News, 36(2): 4.
(with Earl Oatman) Codling moth to be severe again? Recommended control based on
last year’s investigations. Diamond Walnut News, 36(2): 6-7.
(with P. D. Hurd, Jr.) Monodontomerus montwagus Ashmead, a parasite of Megachile
centuncularis ( Linnaeus). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 30(2): 146.
(with J. E. Swift) Parasites of the frosted scale—tests in northern California show natural
enemies of scale control pest when not depleted by sprays. Calif. Agric., 8(4): 9-10.
(Reprinted in Diamond Walnut News, 36(3): 16-17, May.)
Systemic insecticides will be accepted for walnuts. Western Fruit Grower 8(4): 32.
(Similar article in Diamond Walnut News: “Systemic insecticides investigated in north¬
ern California—Systox licensed for use on walnuts. Diamond Walnut News, 36(3): 8.)
(with C. S. Davis) Aphid resistant to parathion—strain of walnut aphid in San Jose
area found to have developed definite resistance to parathion. Calif. Agric., 8(5): 8.
(with C. S. Davis) Walnut aphid investigations—mid-summer control most important.
Diamond Walnut News, 36(3): 4-5.
Walnut insects in northern California. Western Fruit Grower, 8(5): 19-21.
(with O. H. Fullmer, C. C. Cassiland and C. S. Davis) Walnut aphid resistant to
parathion in Northern California. J. Econ. Entomol., 47(2): 366-367.
(with C. Davis) Walnut aphid investigations: tests in northern California during the
1953 season stressed need for thorough treatment for control. Calif. Agric., 8(7): 4.
Spider mites in northern California: Aramite spray effective. Diamond Walnut News,
36(4): 20.
(with E. Oatman) Codling moth at Linden in 1953: successful control sprays applied
in experimental orchard in season of serious infestation at Linden. Calif. Agric., 8(8):
12-13.
(with J. E. Swift) Farm stored grain protection—moisture content and temperature of
stored grain important in prevention of infestation by pests. Calif. Agric., 8(9): 6.
Catalina cherry moth—prompt harvest only control. Diamond Walnut News, 36(5): 15.
Control natural de plagas de insectos. La Vida Agricola, Revista Peruana de Agricultura
y Ganaderia Fundada en 1924. Lima, Peru 31(370): 825-830. (Reprint of an editorial
in J. Econ. Entomol., 47(1): 192-194.)
(with W. W. Middlekauff) Vinegar fly investigations in northern California. J. Econ.
Entomol., 47(5): 917-922.
(with N. Ross) Navel orangeworm—field control of walnut pest in northern California
aided by restrictive measures. Calif. Agric., 9(3): 4. (Reprinted in Diamond Walnut
News: The navel orangeworm in walnuts. Orchard sanitation and early harvest best
restrictive measures. Diamond Walnut News, 37(4): 16.
(with E. Oatman) Codling moth control important—recommended sprays based on
last year’s successful trials. Diamond Walnut News, 37(2): 8-9.
(with W. W. Middlekauff, O. G. Bacon and J. E. Swift) Controlling melon insects and
spider mites. Univ. Calif. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bui., 749: 1-46.
Controlling the walnut aphid in northern California—new systemic OMPA shows
outstanding results in field tests. Western Fruit Grower, 9(5): 17-18.
(with C. S. Davis) Effective control of aphids—recommended materials and methods.
Diamond Walnut News, 37(3): 4-5.
The insect pests of walnuts—a review of present control methods. Diamond Walnut
News, 37(3): 10-11.
The walnut aphid and its control. Northwest Nut Bowl, 6(6): 3, 5.
1992
CHEMSAK ET AL.: ABRAHAM EZRA MICHELBACHER
239
191. 1955. Habits of dried fruit insects with special reference to Drosophila (vinegar fly). First
Sanitation Conference—Dried Fruit Association of Calif., Davis, Calif., Apr. 26-27,
1955 (4 pages).
192. 1955. (with S. Hitchcock) Outbreak of the Filbertworm on walnuts in Northern California.
J. Econ. Entomol., 48(3): 340-341.
193. 1955. Note on the walnut husk fly. Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 31(1): 43.
194. 1955. Frosted scale on walnuts in Northern California. Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 31(3): 139-148.
195. 1955. (with S. Hitchcock) Filbertworm on walnuts in northern California. Prompt harvesting
and drying still only preventive. Diamond Walnut News, 37(5): 8-9.
196. 1955. Further observations on the control of the walnut aphid. J. Econ. Entomol., 48(5): 504-
509.
197. 1956. (with S. Hitchcock and A. H. Retan) Filbertworm injury to walnuts—effective spray
program not yet devised for commercial control of filbertworm infestations in northern
California. Calif. Agric., 10(1): 11-12. (Reprinted in Diamond Walnut News, 38(5):
14-15.)
198. 1955. (with E. Oatman) Marked suppressing action of schradan on the walnut aphid. J. Econ.
Entomol., 48(6): 768-769.
199. 1956. Observations of the vinegar fly situation in tomato fields, p. 12. Proceedings Tenth
Annual Research Conference California Fig Institute. Fresno, Calif.
200. 1956. (with E. Oatman) Codling moth on walnuts in ’55—downward trend in infestation of
1955 in northern California not uniform and need of control treatments in 1956
indicated. Calif. Agric., 10(3): 10, 15.
201. 1956. (with E. Oatman) Walnut aphid studies in 1955—experimental systemic aphicide OMPA
has outstanding promise but more studies needed before release for commercial use.
Calif. Agric., 10(3): 9-10. (Reprinted in Diamond Walnut News, 38(3): 5-8.)
202. 1956. (with S. Hitchcock) Frosted scale on walnuts—codling moth treatment, DDT drift from
adjacent crops interfere with control of the pest by natural enemies. Calif. Agric., 10(4):
11, 14, 15. (Reprinted in Diamond Walnut News, 38(4): 6-7.)
203. 1956. (with R. L. Sisson) The walnut husky fly—pest new in northern California found in
Sonoma Valley and near Santa Rosa. Calif. Agric., 10(5): 13.
204. 1956. Value of weed control in combating insects. Proper timing of weed destruction and
knowledge of insect biology can be helpful in reducing insect damage. Western Grower
and Shipper, 27(5): 20, 32, 33.
205. 1956. The false spider mite, Brevipalpus lewisi McGregor. A potential pest of English walnut
(Acarina: Phytoptipalpidae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 32(2): 93-94.
206. 1956. Navel orangeworm on walnuts—infestations in northern California orchards dependent
on population overwintering in past crop’s waste left in field. Calif. Agric., 10(6): 8.
(Reprinted in Diamond Walnut News, 38(5): 12-13; reprinted in The Farmer (India),
7(10): 97-98.)
207. 1956 Insects in insect vector and pest control conference proceedings, pp. 102-107. Twelfth
(1954). Naval District, 29-31 March.
208. 1956. Spider mites on walnut—false spider mite, European red mite and Pacific spider mite
infestations in northern California walnut during 1955. Calif. Agric., 10(7): 4, 14.
209. 1956. (with R. J. Gotelli) Report on grower use of OMPA in northern California. Diamond
Walnut News, 38(4): 17.
210. 1956. The false spider mite—a potential pest of walnuts. Diamond Walnut News, 38(4): 19.
(This article similar to that appearing in Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 32(2): 93-94.)
211. 1956. (with J. Underhill) Caterpillar damage to tomatoes—results based on one year survey
indicate no evidence of resistance to insecticides in nine commercial tomato fields.
Calif. Agric., 10(8): 13.
212. 1956. Frosted scale presents growing problem on walnuts. Western Fruit Grower, 10(8):
17-18.
213. 1956. (with S. Hitchcock) Calico scale on walnuts—problem of soft scales on walnut increasing
but natural enemies still exert suppressing influence on calico scale. Calif. Agric., 10(9):
6. (Reprinted in Diamond Walnut News, 38(6): 15.)
214. 1957. (with S. W. Hitchcock) Soft scales on walnut in 1956—increase in soft scale by several
240
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(4)
215.
216.
217.
218.
219.
220 .
221 .
222.
223.
224.
225.
226.
227.
228.
229.
230.
231.
232.
233.
234.
235.
236.
237.
238.
239.
240.
factors in complex problem. Calif. Agric., 11(3): 7, 8, 14. (Credit not given, but article
reprinted in Diamond Walnut News, 39(3): 12-14, May.)
1957. Aphid control essential—OMPA prohibited but other materials recommended. Dia¬
mond Walnut News, 39(2): 12-13.
1957. Codling moth infestations up—damage to harvested walnuts increased markedly in
northern California during the 1956 season in comparison with 1955. Calif. Agric.,
11(2): 7. (Reprinted in Diamond Walnut News, 39(2): 4-5.)
1957. (with S. Hitchcock) Calico scale Lecanium cerasorum Cockerell on walnuts. Pan-Pacif.
Entomol., 33(1): 15-18.
1957. (with S. W. Hitchcock) Walnut aphid control—comparative study of control treatments
made during heavy infestations in 1956. Calif. Agric., 11(5): 10, 15.
1957. The role of sanitation in controlling stored product insects. Modem Sanitation, 9(7):
23-25.
1957. (with N. Ross) Navel orangeworm—summer infestiations of codling moth on walnuts
favorable to navel orangeworm. Calif. Agric., 11 (7): 12. (Reprinted in Diamond Walnut
News under title “Codling moth opens gate for orangeworm.” Diamond Walnut News,
39(4): 6.)
1957. Worm infestation of tomatoes—western yellow-striped armyworm on tomatoes con¬
trolled in second year of trials conducted in San Joaquin County fields. Calif. Agric.,
11 ( 8 ): 10 .
1957. (with A. H. Retan and S. W. Hitchcock) Filbertworm injury to walnuts—seasonal
population trend of filbertworm moths as shown by trapping records may indicate
severity of damage to crop. Calif. Agric., 11(9): 7. (Reprinted in Diamond Walnut
News, 39(5): 7.)
1957. Spider mite on walnuts—promising results obtained with three miticides tested in
control experiments in infested walnut orchard at San Jose. Calif. Agric., 11(11): 11.
1958. (with S. Hitchcock) Soft scales—frosted and calico scales cause serious problem. Di¬
amond Walnut News, 40(1): 9, 11, 15, 17.
1958. (with D. Burdick) Codling moth in northern California. Diamond Walnut News, 40(2):
10 - 11 .
1958. (with A. H. Retan, G. R. Post and C. W. Davis) Filbertworm control trials—two new
insecticides tested on Payne, Franquette and Hartley walnuts in two experimental
orchards in northern California. Calif. Agric., 12(4): 10-11.
1958. Walnut scale vs. insects. Diamond Walnut News, 40(3): 25.
1958. (with J. C. Ortega) A technical study of insects and related pests attacking walnuts.
Univ. Calif. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bui., 764: 1-87.
1958. Experiments and findings on spider mites (1957). Diamond Walnut News, 40(4): 17-
19. (Credit not given. See Vol. 40(5): 27 “Apologies due.”)
1958. (with D. Burdick) Summer control of sucking pests of walnuts in northern California.
Diamond Walnut News, 40(4): 11, 16.
1958. Walnut aphid shows resistance to parathion. Western Fruit Grower, 12(8): 49.
1958. (with S. Hitchcock) Walnut aphid investigations in northern California. J. Econ. En¬
tomol., 51(4): 527-532.
1958. (with S. Hitchcock) Induced increase of soft scales on walnut. J. Econ. Entomol., 51(4):
427-431.
1958. (with S. Hitchcock) Induced increase of soft scale—imbalance between scales and
natural enemies on walnut trees in northern California results in scale population
increases. Calif. Agric., 12(11): 13.
1958. (with E. R. Oatman) The melon leaf miner, Liriomyza pictella (Thomson) (Diptera:
Agromyzidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 51(6): 557-566.
1959. (with E. R. Oatman) The melon leaf miner Liriomyza pictella (Thomson) (Diptera:
Agromyzidae) II. Ecological Studies Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 52(1): 83-89.
1959. (with S. Hitchcock) Soft scale. Diamond Walnut News, 41(1): 14-15.
1959. (with D. J. Burdick) Walnut aphid investigations—evaluation of new and old aphicides
object of experiment conducted in northern California. Calif. Agric., 13(3): 10.
1959. Back again: codling moth. Western Fruit Grower, 13(3): 15-16.
1959. (with H. L. McKenzie and C. Q. Gonzales) Soft scales infesting walnut—chemical
1992
CHEMSAK ET AL.: ABRAHAM EZRA MICHELBACHER
241
241.
242.
243.
244.
245.
246.
247.
248.
249.
250.
251.
252.
253.
254.
255.
256.
257.
258.
259.
260.
261.
262.
263.
264.
265.
266.
267.
control required when natural mortality factors are disturbed by treatments directed
against other pests. Calif. Agric., 13(5): 6, 13.
1959. (with C. Q. Gonzales) Codling moth investigations—severe infestations in northern
California walnut orchards in 1958 followed conditions favorable to the second brood.
Calif. Agric., 13(4): 11, 14. (Article similar to “Codling moths” in Diamond Walnut
News, 41(2): 10-11. March 1949.)
1959. (with J. Underhill) Control of tomato leaf miners—comparative field tests indicate
Dylox and Diazinon may be suitable as replacements for parathion in control programs.
Calif. Agric., 13(6): 10.
1959. (with J. E. Swift, C. S. Davis, D. H. Hall and R. D. Raabe) Ridding the garden of
common pests. Univ. Calif. Agric. Exp. Sta. Ext. Cir., 479: 1—47.
1959. (with A. H. Retan and G. R. Post) Filbertworm control: experimental insecticides show
promise in tests on northern California walnuts. Calif. Agric., 13(7): 13. (Reprinted in
Diamond Walnut News: [under] Guthion and Sevin tests show increased control of
Filbertworm. Diamond Walnut News, 41(4): 11.)
1959. (with M. Wasbauer) Walnut serpentine leafminer, Nepticula juglandifoliella Clem., a
pest of English walnut. J. Econ. Entomol., 52(4): 690-692.
1959. Spider mites on walnut in northern California. J. Econ. Entomol., 52(5): 936-939.
1960. (with P. Westigard) Spider mites. Diamond Walnut News, 42(2): 6-7, 16.
1960. (with P. Westigard) Aphid investigations—control of pests with insecticides proved
more difficult than in previous years. Diamond Walnut News, 42(2): 9, 10, 15, 16, 22.
1960. (with C. Q. Gonzales) Codling moth—1959 northern California infestation down—
DDT, Guthion and Sevin studied in tests at Linden, Walnut Creek, San Jose and
Patterson. Diamond Walnut News, 42(2): 12-14.
1960. Spider mites on walnuts in northern California. Western Fruit Grower, 14(3): 22.
1960. Control of walnut worms. Western Fruit Grower, 14(4): 23-24.
1960. Effective suppression by Sevin of soft scales on walnuts. Station to Station News, Crag.
Agric. Chemicals. Union Carbide Chem. Co., Div., Union Carbide Corp., 6(4): 4.
1960. 6th year in a row that Filbertworm proves pesky. Diamond Walnut News, 42(3): 6-7.
1960. Soft scale—investigations show scales developed because insecticides interfere with
natural enemies. Diamond Walnut News, 42(3): 9-10.
1960 Increase in soft scales on walnut resulting from use of insecticides. Proceedings IVth
(1957). International Congress. Crop Protection. Hamburg, 1957, 1: 985-987.
1961. Soft scales—no problem in ’60 experiments. Diamond Walnut News, 43(1): 19.
1961. (with C. Davis and R. Sanborn) 1960 Walnut aphid investigations. Diamond Walnut
News, 43(2): 12-13.
1961. (with R. Sanborn and F. Charles) Codling moths. Diamond Walnut News, 43(2): 20-21.
1961. (with D. F. Furman, C. S. Davis, J. E. Swift and I. B. Tarshis) Control of household
insects and related pests. Univ. Calif. Agric. Ext. Ser. Cir., 498: 1-40.
1961. (with J. P. Underhill) Control tests for tomato insects. Calif. Agric., 15(5): 13.
1961 The navel orangeworm on walnuts. Proceedings Twelfth Ann. Research Conference.
(1958). Calif. Fig Institute, Fresno, Calif. Feb. 18, 1958: 19-20.
1961. (with C. S. Davis) The navel orangeworm in northern California. J. Econ. Entomol.,
54(3): 559-562.
1961. (with C. S. Davis) Navel orangeworm: orchard and plant management affect control
of on walnuts in northern California. Calif. Agric., 15(9): 12-13. (Reprinted in Diamond
Walnut News.)
1960. Influence of natural factors on insect and spider mite populations, p. 694-697. Sektion
XHIa. Insektenparasiten und-Rauber. XI IntemationalerEntomologen-Kongress 1960,
Wien, Austria.
1964. (with R. F. Smith and P. D. Hurd, Jr.) Bees are essential—pollination of squashes,
gourds and pumpkins. Calif. Agric., 18(5): 2^1.
1965. (with R. F. Smith) A tribute to Edward Oliver Essig 1884-1964. State of Calif., Dept.
Agric. Bull., 54(3): 145-147.
1965. Edward Oliver Essig 1884-1964. Ann Entomol. Soc. Am., 58(6): 939-940. (Reprinted
in J. Econ. Entomol., 58(6): 1174-1175.)
242
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(4)
268.
269.
270.
271.
272.
273.
274.
275.
276.
277.
278.
279.
280.
1965. (with R. F. Smith) Edward Oliver Essig and the bibliography of Edward Oliver Essig
and insects named by him. Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 41(4): 207-258.
1966. (with others) Edward Oliver Essig—in memoriam. Univ. Calif, pp. 44-48.
1967. (with W. W. Allen) Elmer Ralph de Ong 1882-1966. J. Econ. Entomol., 60(3): 897.
1968. (with P. D. Hurd) Late season foraging activity of Xenoglossa gabbii crawfordi Cockerell
(Hymenoptera: Apoidea). Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 44(1): 58-68.
1968. (with P. D. Hurd, Jr. and E. G. Linsley) The feasibility of introducing squash bees
(Peponapis and Xenoglossa) into the Old World. Bee World, 49(3): 159-167.
1968. (with P. D. Hurd, Jr.) Notes on the ecology and distribution of the squash bee, Xenoglos¬
sa gabbii crawfordi. Folia Entomol. Mexicana (Nums. 18-19, Julio 1968).
1969. (with C. S. Davis) Early damage from walnut aphid. Diamond Walnut News, 51(4):
5, 6.
1971. (with P. D. Hurd, Jr. and E. G. Linsley) Experimental introduction of squash bees
(Peponapis ) to improve yields of squashes, gourds and pumpkins. Bee World, 5(4):
156-166.
1972. (with P. D. Hurd and E. G. Linsley) Feasibility of introducing squash bees of the genera
Peponapis and Xenoglossa into the Old World (Hymenoptera: Apoidea). p. 310. Pro¬
ceedings of International Congress of Entomology, Moscow 2-9 August 1968. Vol. Ill,
Pub. House, Nauka Leningrad Branch, Leningrad.
1974. (with P. D. Hurd, Jr. and E. G. Linsley) Ecology of the squash and gourd bee Peponapis
pruinosa on cultivated cucurbits in California (Hymenoptera: Apoidea). Smithsonian
Contr. Zool., 168.
1975. (with L. R. Gardner) Donald D. Penny, obituary. Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 51: 177.
1975. (with L. R. Gardner) William B. Parker, obituary. J. Econ. Entomol., 68(2): 281.
1976. (with W. M. Hoskins) Arthur Dickie Borden, obituary. J. Econ. Entomol., 69(6): 293-
294.
Received 8 January 1992; accepted 1 February 1992.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(4): 243-247, (1992)
A NEW SPECIES OF TYDESSA PEACOCK
(COLEOPTERA: PYTHIDAE: PILIPALPINAE)
FROM WESTERN NORTH AMERICA
Darren A. Pollock
Department of Entomology, University of Alberta,
Edmonton, Alberta, Canada T6G 2E3
Abstract. — Tydessa blaisdelli Pollock, NEW SPECIES, is described on the basis of four specimens
from California and Nevada. This species is compared to the other described species, T. lewisi
(Pic), from Japan. The genus Tydessa is the only Holarctic representative of Pilipalpinae, and
T. blaisdelli is the only known species of the subfamily in North America. A brief taxonomic
history of the genus, and a key to adults are provided.
Key Words. — Insecta, Pythidae, Pilipalpinae, Holarctic, new species
The first described species now included in Tydessa Peacock was Dasytes con-
strictus Lewis (1895), a junior primary homonym of Dasytes constrictus Broun
(1883). Pic (1937) provided the replacement name Dasytes lewisi. However, Pea¬
cock (1982) discovered that this species did not belong in Dasytes, and indeed,
was actually a member of Tenebrionoidea rather than the Cleroidea. Tydessa was
proposed by Peacock (1982) for the species Dasytes lewisi Pic, the genus being
placed in Pyrochroidae, near Incollogenius Pic. The larva of T. lewisi was described
by Nikitskiy (1986), who elevated Pilipalpinae to family rank, and proposed a
new tribe, Tydessini, for reception of the single species T. lewisi.
Recently, I examined several specimens from California and Nevada also be¬
longing to the genus Tydessa ; these are members of an undescribed species. This
new species is described below. Also, Sasaji (1986) and Watt (1987) mentioned
an undescribed species of Tydessa from Taiwan; I have not yet been able to
examine specimens of the Taiwanese species. This new U.S. species represents
the first Nearctic record for Pilipalpinae; it is hoped that its description may lead
to discovery of additional material and perhaps the larval stage, of this apparently
rare beetle.
Adult specimens of Tydessa were borrowed from collections indicated by the
following acronyms: ANP, Department of Entomology, The Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia, Philadelphia; BMNH, Department of Entomology, Brit¬
ish Museum (Natural History), London; CAS, Department of Entomology, Cal¬
ifornia Academy of Sciences, San Francisco; MCZ, Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge.
Tydessa Peacock 1982
Tydessa Peacock 1982: 362. Type species (by monotypy): Dasytes constrictus
Lewis 1895 (= D. lewisi Pic); Nikitskiy 1986; Sasaji 1984, 1986; Watt 1987.
Key to adults of Tydessa Peacock
1. Antennomeres submoniliform (Fig. 3); hind angles of pronotum (Fig. 5)
distinct, subrectangular; basolateral margins of pronotal disc subparallel
244
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(4)
Figure 1. Tydessa blaisdelli Pollock, NEW SPECIES, female paratype [CAS]. Habitus, dorsal view.
Length of specimen = 7.9 mm.
to slightly sinuate anterad hind angles; pubescence on pronotum and
elytra distinct; color of head and pronotum dark piceous with blue me¬
tallic luster; distribution—Japan . T. lewisi (Pic)
- Antennomeres filiform (Fig. 2); hind angles of pronotum (Fig. 4) indistinct,
rounded; basolateral margins of pronotal disc constricted anterad hind
angles; pubescence on pronotum and elytra inconspicuous; color of head
and pronotum piceous, non-metallic; distribution—western North Amer¬
ica . T. blaisdelli Pollock, NEW SPECIES
Tydessa blaisdelli Pollock, NEW SPECIES
Types. —Holotype: male, labelled: “Adams Spgs, Lake Co. CAL. VI-18-11/F.E.
1992
POLLOCK: NEW SPECIES OF TYDESSA
245
Figures 2-7. Figure 2. Tydessa blaisdelli Pollock, NEW SPECIES, male holotype [CAS]. Right
antenna, dorsal view. Figure 3. Tydessa lewisi (Pic), female paralectotype [BMNH], Right antenna.
Scale bar for 2 and 3=1 mm. Figure 4. Tydessa blaisdelli Pollock, NEW SPECIES, male holotype
[CAS]. Outline of pronotum showing sample of punctation and position of posterior pronotal pits.
Figure 5. Tydessa lewisi (Pic), female paralectotype [BMNH], Outline of pronotum showing sample
of punctation and position of posterior pronotal pits. Scale bar 4 and 5 = 0.5 mm. Figure 6. Tydessa
blaisdelli Pollock, NEW SPECIES, male holotype [CAS]. Aedeagus, ventral view, al = accessory lobe;
ap = apicale; ba = basale; ml = median lobe. Figure 7. Tydessa blaisdelli Pollock, NEW SPECIES,
male holotype [CAS]. Aedeagus, lateral view. Scale bar for 6 and 7 = 1 mm. al = accessory lobe; ap
= apicale; ba = basale; ml = median lobe.
246
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(4)
Blaisdell Collector/Blaisdell Collection/[pink disc]/HOLOTYPE 6 Tydessa blais-
delli Pollock.” Holotype deposited in the California Academy of Sciences. Para-
types: CALIFORNIA. LASSEN CO.: Lassen Peak, 30 Jun 1950 (P. S. Barthol¬
omew Collection), P. S. Bartholomew, Calif. Acad. Sci. Accession 1967, 1 female
[CAS]. NEVADA. WASHOE CO: Reno (Liebeck Collection), 1 female (disartic¬
ulated in alcohol) [MCZ]; no collection data (Horn Collection), 1 female [ANP].
Description [format follows Peacock (1982) for ease of comparison with T. lewisi]. — Color: unmetallic
brown to piceous; elytra slightly lighter in color than head and pronotum; basal three or four anten-
nomeres and tarsi light brown. Vestiture: setae on inner margins of eyes conspicuous, slightly longer
than diameters of punctures; setae on pronotum (Fig. 4) and elytra very short, barely visible, setae
shorter than diameter of punctures; lateral margins of pronotal disc with scattered, short, erect setae;
setae conspicuous on ventral surface, sparse on middle of metastemum; tibiae and tarsi with dense,
long setae. Punctation: head with coarse, deep punctures, sparse on center of frons; punctures separated
by approximately their own diameters; pronotal and elytral punctures shallow, small, separated by
about 3.0 x their own diameters; microsculpture absent among pronotal and elytral punctures, slightly
granulate around inner margins of eyes; ventral surface variously punctate, more uniform on thorax,
lighter on abdomen; mesepistemum impunctate along inner margin. Form (Fig. 1): head and pronotum
subequal in width; elytra about 1.5 x wider, approximately four x length of pronotum; lateral elytral
margins subparallel, widened slightly about their midlengths. Antennae (Fig. 2): elongate, all anten-
nomeres filiform; lengths ofantennomeres 3-7 2.0 x widths; 8-11 slightly less elongated; antennomeres
distinctly wider in females than in males. Thorax: pronotum (Fig. 4) subcircular, lateral margins of
disc evenly arcuate from anterior to posterior margins; two small, deep pits near hind angles; hind
angles poorly defined, rounded; lateral margins smooth, except for slightly raised carina extended
anteriorly half the length of pronotum. Male Genitalia (Figs. 6 and 7): apicale slightly shorter than
basale; apicale entire distally, not cleft between accessory lobes; accessory lobes elongate, slender,
widened slightly distally. Size: length from 5.9-7.1 mm; maximum width (across elytra) from 1.7-2.4
mm.
Diagnosis. — Specimens of T. blaisdelli may be distinguished from those of T.
lewisi on the basis of characters given in the key, above.
Etymology. — This species is named in honor of F. E. Blaisdell, Sr., who worked
on Tenebrionoidea of western North America, and also who collected the holotype
of the species.
Material Examined. — See types.
Comments
The genus Tydessa is the only Holarctic representative of Pilipalpinae, a sub¬
family otherwise represented only in Australia, Chile, New Zealand, and Mada¬
gascar. A phylogenetic and biogeographical analysis of the entire group is under¬
way (unpublished data), using characters of both larval and adult stages.
The distribution pattern exhibited by members of Tydessa seems a possible
candidate for an Asiamerican origin, as explained by Noonan (1986). Because
nothing is known about the habitat requirements of the genus, it is difficult to
speculate whether or not the disappearance of a transberingian dispersal corridor
may have caused the vicariant event separating the Asian and North American
stocks.
Acknowledgment
I am grateful to John Lawrence and Dan Young, for first bringing these spec¬
imens to my attention. Dave Kavanaugh provided much appreciated hospitality
and support during a search for additional specimens of Tydessa at CAS. Ed Fuller
1992
POLLOCK: NEW SPECIES OF TYDESSA
247
assisted in attempted field collection of specimens; his company was much ap¬
preciated. Thanks to R. E. Roughley for use of photographic equipment. G. E.
Ball provided financial support for this study (NSERC A-1399). Valuable com¬
ments on the manuscript were provided by E. R. Fuller and two anonymous
reviewers.
Literature Cited
Broun, T. 1883. Additions to the New Zealand Coleoptera. On the New Zealand Dascyllidae etc.
N. Z. J. Sci., 1: 367-382. (As cited in Peacock 1982.)
Lewis, G. 1895. On the Dascillidae and malacoderm Coleoptera of Japan. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist, (ser
6), 16: 98-122.
Nikitskiy, N. B. 1986. The family Pilipalpidae stat. n. (Coleoptera, Heteromera), its composition
and taxonomic relationships. Zool. Zh., 65: 1178-1189. (In Russian.)
Noonan, G. R. 1986. Distribution of insects in the northern hemisphere: continental drift and
epicontinental seas. Bull. Ent. Soc. Am., 32: 80-84.
Peacock, E. R. 1982. Tydessa n. gen. from Japan (Coleoptera: Pyrochroidae). Entomol. Scand., 13:
361-365.
Pic, M. 1937. Pars 155: Dasytidae: Dasytinae. pp. 130. In Junk, W. & S. Schenkling (eds.). Co-
leopterorum catalogus. Volume 10. W. Junk, s’Gravenhage.
Sasaji, H. 1984. On Tydessa lewisi (Pic). Gekkan-Mushi, 164: 26-27. (In Japanese.)
Sasaji, H. 1986. The Cucujoidea (Insecta: Coleoptera) collected by the Nagoya University scientific
expedition to Formosa in 1984. Mem. Fac. Educ. Fukui Univ. Ser. II (Nat. Sci.), 36: 1-14.
Watt, J. C. 1987. The family and subfamily classification and New Zealand genera of Pythidae and
Scraptiidae (Coleoptera). Syst. Entomol., 12: 111-136.
Received 7 October 1991; accepted 28 January 1992.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(4): 248-260, (1992)
POPULATION TRENDS AND BIOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF
CEREAL APHIDS (HOMOPTERA: APHIDIDAE), AND
THEIR NATURAL MORTALITY FACTORS ON
WINTER WHEAT IN SOUTHWESTERN IDAHO
Ming-Guang Feng, 14 James B. Johnson, 15
Robert M. Nowierski, 2 and Susan E. Halbert 3
Abstract. — From 1986 to 1989, winter wheat grown under irrigation in southwestern Idaho was
commonly infested by five species of cereal aphids, Diuraphis noxia (Mordvilko), Metopolophium
dirhodum (Walker), Rhopalosiphum padi (L.), Sitobion avenae (Fabr.), and Schizaphis graminum
(Rondani), although their population levels differed greatly from year to year. Autoecious S.
avenae was found overwintering on the crop and usually initiated summer infestation earlier
than the other species. Heteroecious M. dirhodum was rarely found during the autumn and
initiated summer infestations later than S. avenae, possibly by immigrants from its primary
hosts ( Rosa spp.). Anholocyclic D. noxia survived the first winter after entering the region in
June 1987 and achieved a dense summer population during 1988. However, colonies were not
detected after mid-December during the unusually cold winter that followed and the aphid was
scarce throughout 1989. The impact of cold weather may be reduced if a holocyclic population
develops as may be possible as indicated by the discovery of oviparae in Idaho (Kiriak et al.
1990). This survey yielded no evidence that nymphs or adults of R. padi and S. graminum could
overwinter on the crop. Both are typically holocyclic, overwintering on chokecherry, Prunus
virginiana L., and grasses, respectively, but can sometimes overwinter anholocyclicly (Blackman
et al. 1990). The summer population levels of the whole aphid complex usually remained
relatively low. The highest population levels were typically observed late in the season and were
reduced by entomophthoralean fungi and/or parasitoids, thus making the use of insecticides
unnecessary in most years. The length and severity of freezing periods during the winter seemed
to determine the timing of population recovery or immigration, and thus population sizes, during
the summer. Mycoses occurred in the first two summers, causing mortalities of 46% and 90%
for M. dirhodum and 17% and 7% for S. avenae. In contrast, aphidiid parasitoids killed more
S. avenae (35%, 81%, 4%, and 59% at peak from 1986 to 1989, respectively) than M. dirhodum
(about 5% at peak in 1986 and 1987 only). Mortalities attributable to mycoses or parasitoids
were not consistently detected for other aphid species except D. noxia, which suffered 1-2%
parasitism during the 1988 summer. Aphid-specific predators were not abundant on winter
wheat throughout the survey.
Key Words. — Insecta, cereal aphids, population dynamics, Entomophthorales, Aphidiidae, win¬
ter wheat
Small grains grown under irrigation in southwestern Idaho are infested by most
species of cereal aphids that occur in North America. English grain aphid, Sitobion
avenae (Fabr.); rose-grass aphid, Metopolophium dirhodum (Walker); greenbug,
Schizaphis graminum (Rondani); bird cherry-oat aphid, Rhopalosiphum padi (L.);
and Russian wheat aphid, Diuraphis noxia (Mordvilko) were most common (Feng
1 Division of Entomology, Department of Plant, Soil and Entomological Sciences, University of
Idaho, Moscow, Idaho 83843.
2 Entomology Research Laboratory, Montana State University, Bozeman, Montana 59717.
3 Southwest Idaho Research and Extension Center, Parma, Idaho 83660.
4 Current address: Entomology Research Laboratory, Montana State University, Bozeman, Montana
59717. Permanent address: China National Rice Research Institute, Hangzhou, People’s Republic of
China.
5 From whom reprints should be requested.
1992
FENG ET AL.: POPULATION TRENDS IN APHIDS
249
1990, Johnston & Bishop 1987). Diuraphis noxia was first found in the area during
June 1987 (Feng 1990). These aphid species are all considered to be of economic
importance. Few field studies have considered the whole complex of cereal aphids.
Thus, little information is available concerning the population dynamics of these
aphids and their natural enemies on winter wheat from planting through harvest
in North America.
In this four year field study, we investigated the population trends and biological
features of several aphid species, including D. noxia, their fungal pathogens and
their hymenopterous parasitoids in irrigated winter wheat in southwestern Idaho.
Data presented in this paper provide an overview of the cereal aphid complex
and should be helpful in understanding the composition and population dynamics
of local cereal aphid communities, their biology, and the roles of their natural
enemies.
Materials and Methods
Field studies were conducted at or near the Southwestern Idaho Research and
Extension Center in Parma, Canyon County, Idaho from 1986 to 1989. Each
summer, commercial fields (5-15 ha each) were surveyed weekly from mid-May
onwards; these fields were furrow-irrigated at intervals of approximately 10 days
from late April or early May until crop maturity and were under regular man¬
agement but with no insecticide application. Summer populations of various cereal
aphids were monitored in one field in 1986, two in 1987 and 1989, and three in
1988. To observe the overwintering behavior of aphid populations on winter
wheat, one early-planted (mid-September) field (about 5 ha) in Caldwell, about
30 km SE of Parma, was surveyed from the seedling stage through harvest during
the 1987/88 growing season (weekly from late September through mid-November,
biweekly the following month, monthly from January through mid-May, and then
weekly until harvest). A second overwintering survey was conducted monthly at
the same site starting in late October during the 1988/89 growing season.
Details about sample size and methods have been given elsewhere (Feng et al.
1991). Briefly, our sampling system ensured 600 tillers from 15 different locations
in each field on each sampling occasion to be examined at low densities (< 5
aphids per tiller) and a minimum of 150 tillers at high densities (> 15 aphids per
tiller), decreasing with increasing aphid density. Because aphid densities on winter
wheat were usually low or intermediate, 300 tillers or more were sampled even
at peak density.
Aphids in each sample were sorted to species and counted in situ. Records
included the numbers of live aphids and those killed by mycoses (cadavers) and
parasitoids (mummies). The number of tillers infested with aphids was recorded
only during the last two growing seasons. Percent infestation was calculated as:
infestation (%) = (number of tillers infested/number of tillers sampled) x 100.
Percent mortality caused by mycoses or parasitoids was computed as: mortality
(%) = [number of cadavers (or mummies)/(sum of live aphids, cadavers, and
mummies)] x 100.
Temperature and precipitation data from a local weather station situated at the
Research and Extension Center were used to interpret the population trends and
the development of aphid mycoses and parasitoids in the field.
250
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(4)
Results and Discussion
Aphid species commonly occurring on winter wheat during the survey were D.
noxia, M. dirhodum, R. padi, S. avenae and S. graminum. Among these, S. avenae
and M. dirhodum populations were more consistent than those of S. graminum
and R. padi during the summers. Diuraphis noxia established dense populations
on the 1987/88 crop, but became undetectable on winter wheat during summer
1989. Other aphid species, including Rhopalosiphum maidis (Fitch), Diuraphis
frequens (Walker), and Sipha elegans del Guecio, were occasionally observed in
small, isolated colonies and apparently were of minor economic importance.
Overwintering.— Autumn populations of D. noxia, R. padi, S. avenae and S.
graminum in 1987 are shown in Fig. 1. Alatae of these four species from volunteer
grain plants, com or grasses near the field initiated infestation of winter wheat
soon after seedlings emerged. NoM dirhodum colonies were found on winter
wheat during the autumn because this heteroecious species is known to overwinter
as eggs on Rosa spp. (Hand & Williams 1981). The densities of aphid populations
and percentage of infestation both increased until mid-November. Thereafter,
aphid populations were dramatically reduced (Figs. 1A, IB) as cold temperatures
ensued (Fig. 1C). Aphids became inactive or died after late December. During
the following autumn and winter, only D. noxia and S. graminum were observed
in the samples on 26 Oct (0.57 and 0.29 aphids per tiller, respectively) and 16
Dec (0.26 and 0.04 aphids per tiller, respectively). Thereafter, no live aphids
except D. noxia (Fig. 1 A) were detected until S. avenae colonies appeared in mid-
May (Fig. IB), though fundatrices of the latter species occasionally occur as early
as March (S. E. Halbert, unpublished data). For convenience, the population
dynamics observed in autumn and the overwintering potential of each aphid
species are given separately and discussed below.
Diuraphis noxia was successful in surviving the first winter after it entered the
region during the summer of 1987. The population density of this species was
over one aphid per tiller during mid- to late November, with 27% of the tillers
infested at peak, and remained detectable even during the coldest periods (Fig.
1 A). Live aphids observed during the cold winter period consisted of older nymphs
and apterae that appeared to be protected in the tightly rolled leaves. Diuraphis
noxia dominated the complex on spring wheat during the following summer (Feng
et al. 1991). However, live colonies were not found on winter wheat after late
December during the colder 1988/89 winter and the aphid population did not
fully recover during the following spring and summer. Live colonies were sporadic
on regularly sown spring wheat (seeded in late March or early April), but were
more common on late-sown spring wheat (seeded in late April or early May),
after June of that year (Feng et al. 1991). There were 92 freezing days during
the 1988/89 winter with a minimum daily temperature of —23° C. This contrasts
to 54 freezing days with an extreme of -13° C during the 1987/88 winter and 59
freezing days with an extreme of —10° C during the 1986/87 winter (Fig. 1C).
The longer duration of freezing and lower extreme temperatures appeared to
contribute to the virtually undetectable levels in the D. noxia population on winter
wheat in 1989.
Rhopalosiphum padi was one of the principal species infesting winter wheat
during autumn 1987. Its population level reached 6.59 aphids per tiller (in contrast
to only 1.27 for D. noxia ) on 11 Nov and nearly half of all tillers sampled were
1992
FENG ET AL.: POPULATION TRENDS IN APHIDS
251
Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun
i-
o
CD
O)
03
-t—>
C
0 )
o
i_
CD
CL
Figure 1. Autumn populations and overwintering of cereal aphids in winter wheat during the 1987/
88 growing seasons. (A) D. noxia and R. padi. (B) S. avenae and S. graminum. (C) Daily mean
temperature during the winter months.
252
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(4)
infested with this species (Fig. 1 A). Most colonies were found inhabiting the basal
parts of plants (e.g., the undersurface of basal leaves and stems below the soil
surface). Following this, R. padi populations rapidly decreased to 0.4 aphids per
tiller (5% tillers infested) on 18 Dec. Thereafter, live aphids were not observed,
though numerous dead ones (apparently having succumbed to freezing) remained
visible in the field in January 1988. As a result, this species was not found during
the following spring and summer. This suggests that there is little chance for R.
padi to successfully overwinter in the parthenogenetic form on winter wheat in
the study area because the 1987/88 winter was relatively mild (Fig. 1C).
As a heteroecious species, R. padi typically overwinters as eggs on its primary
hosts, Prunus padus L. or related species (Robinson & Hsu 1963). Anholocyclic
overwintering on winter grains or grasses is possible in mild or southern areas
(Eastop 1981) (e.g., Lafayette, Indiana [Araya et al. 1987]). However, this life
cycle does not occur for R. padi in Brookings, South Dakota (Kieckhefer et al.
1974), which is similar in latitude to southwestern Idaho. Early infestation of
winter wheat followed by successful overwintering on the crop can increase losses
in Washington (Pike & Schaffner 1985).
Sitobion avenae autumn populations were very small in 1987 (Fig. IB) and
undetectable in 1988. Its peak density was only 0.04 aphids per tiller, correspond¬
ing to an infestation level of less than 2% (Fig. IB). A few oviparae were found
during the autumn, but eggs were not detected. From 18 Dec onwards, live aphids
were not found in the crop until mid-May of the following year.
Schizaphis graminum had a larger autumn population than S. avenae in 1987
(Fig. IB). Its peak density was about one aphid per tiller (similar to the D. noxia
population) on 18 Nov and resulted in an infestation of 16%. Thereafter, its
population decreased but remained detectable until 17 Feb 1988. In contrast,
during the following, colder winter, the population of S. graminum was detectable
only until 16 Dec.
These two species are considered to be holocyclic in the northern United States
(Blackman & Eastop 1984). In areas with spring and winter cereals, alatae from
volunteer plants and grasses migrate to autumn-sown winter crops, on which they
produce males and oviparae and then lay eggs to survive the winter months
(Phillips 1916). Of the two aphid species, only S. avenae usually seems to fit this
pattern in the study area because no sexuals of S. graminum were found during
the survey. Although S. graminum survived all the periods of freezing during the
1987/88 winter (Figs. IB, 1C), its population did not recover in the same field
during the following spring and summer.
Summer Populations. — The population development of each aphid species and
the mortalities caused by entomophthoralean fungi and/or aphidiid parasitoids
are shown in Fig. 2 for the 1986 and 1987 summers and in Fig. 3 for the 1988
and 1989 summers. Data presented in Figs. 2 and 3 are mean estimates from two
fields for 1987 and 1989 and three fields in 1988, respectively. The 1986 popu¬
lations were estimated from only a single field. Aphid-specific predators such as
coccinellids and syrphids were not common on winter wheat though they were
sometimes abundant on spring, particularly late-sown, crops.
Initiation of Infestation. — As shown in Figs. 2 and 3, the populations of S.
avenae were first detected on winter wheat in mid-May (1987, 1989) or late May
(1986, 1988). The early colonies usually consisted of various nymphal instars and
1992
FENG ET AL.: POPULATION TRENDS IN APHIDS
253
fewer wingless adults. Thus, the starting population of this aphid species, though
too small to be detected, started earlier and was possibly initiated by fundatrices
that hatched from overwintered eggs, rather than by immigrants. Moreover, ala-
toid nymphs were well represented among the earliest observed nymphs, indi¬
cating a source of S. avenae for infesting local spring-planted grain crops. In
contrast, M. dirhodum was found in the field one (1988), two (1986, 1987) or
even three (1989) weeks later than S. avenae. The early colonies ofM dirhodum,
found on plants each summer, commonly consisted of several early instars and
one alate. Thus, it is postulated that the infestation of winter wheat by M. dirhodum
was initiated by alate immigrants from its primary hosts because no colonies of
this species were found during the preceding autumn.
Schizaphis graminum occurred on winter wheat at the same time as M. dir¬
hodum in 1986 and 1988, but one week later in 1987 (Figs. 2 and 3). However,
it was not found throughout the 1989 summer. Although S. graminum survived
all the freezing periods during the 1987/88 winter (Figs. IB, 1C), the population
of this species was not detected until the end of the first week of June (Fig. 3A).
The populations of R. padi were detected later than both of the above species in
1986 and a few days earlier in 1987, but were undetectable on the crop during
the last two summers. Therefore, R. padi and S. graminum may have initiated
their summer infestation primarily by their immigrants from other hosts or places,
which is in agreement with observations from South Dakota (Kieckhefer et al.
1974).
The 1988 population level of D. noxia was relatively high (up to 0.16 aphids
per tiller) at the first sampling time (17 May), two weeks before S. avenae pop¬
ulations were detected (Fig. 3A). Colonies of D. noxia, during this early period,
consisted of nymphs and apterae. Therefore, it appears that 1988 summer pop¬
ulations of D. noxia on winter wheat were initiated by individuals that successfully
overwintered in situ (Fig. 1A). Following the colder 1988/89 winter, initial in¬
festation of the crop appeared to be largely due to immigration of alatae.
Population Development. — Summer populations of S. avenae and M. dirhodum
were usually the highest among the aphid species found during this survey (Figs.
2 and 3). An exception occurred in 1988 when D. noxia populations were found
to be more dense (2.99 aphids per tiller at peak) than the prior two aphid species
(Fig. 3A). Though M. dirhodum infested the crop later than S. avenae, its pop¬
ulations peaked earlier, and were often larger, than those of S. avenae. The highest
population densities of M. dirhodum and S. avenae were, respectively, 4.43 (25
Jun, early milky stage) and 3.73 (2 Jul, medium milky) aphids per tiller in 1986,
5.23 (3 Jul, hard dough) and 0.54 (3 Jul, hard dough) in 1987, 0.65 (21 Jun, soft
dough) and 1.03 (7 Jul, nearly ripening) in 1988, and 0.46 (19 Jun, late milky)
and 0.36 (26 Jun, soft dough) in 1989. Such population trends were similar to
those reported by Ankersmit & Carter (1981).
The populations of S. graminum and, particularly, R. padi were relatively small
and inconsistent in winter wheat during the summers. Peak densities of these two
species were, respectively, 0.7 (2 Jul) and 0.03 (25 Jun) aphids per tiller in 1986,
0.6 (26 Jun) and 0.62 (3 Jul) in 1987, and 1.57 (21 Jun) in 1988 for S. graminum
only.
These aphid species appeared to prefer different parts of the plants for feeding.
Sitobion avenae preferred developing heads and upper leaves before heading,
10
1 -
0
—- 0.1
0
a.
co
■a
0.01
: -A- S. avenae (SA) 12 «
10
:-A- S. avenae (SA)
' -B- M. dirhodum (MD) .x
■-&- M. dirhodum (MD) / \
S. graminum / /
: /?. padi r
-©- S. graminum □ gf \
1
E R. padi / ^ V
; // ^ \
0.1
;
1986 ■
0.01
~jS [y^ 1987 |
: (A) /
i (c)
- 1 -f- 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 -t-
0.001
-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-
SA cadavers
- 4 - SA mummies
MD cadavers
-©- MD mummies
0.1 ^ -e> o/ 0 sa infected
-0- % SA mummified
% MD infected
- 0 - % MD mummifiec
0.01
1987
100
"0
L_
O
0.001
22 29 05 1 2 1 9 26 03 10 1 7
May Jun Jul
Sampling Date
Figure 2. Summer populations of cereal aphids influenced by mycoses (cadavers) and parasitoids (mummies) in winter wheat during the 1986 (A & B) and
1987 (C & D) summers. Estimates were made from one and two fields in 1986 and 1987, respectively.
254 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST Vol. 68(4)
Log Number of Aphids Per Tiller
0.01
15 22 29 05 12 19 26 03 10 17
May J un J ul
■o
0
CO
0
M—
_c
CO
0
h-
Sampling Date
Figure 3. Summer populations of cereal aphids and their parasitoids (mummies) in winter wheat during the 1988 (A & B) and 1989 (C & D) summers.
Estimates were made from three and two fields in 1988 and 1989, respectively.
FENG ET AL.: POPULATION TRENDS IN APHIDS
256
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(4)
whereas M. dirhodum tended to feed on the undersurfaces of older leaves and
were rarely observed on heads. Diuraphis noxia preferred younger leaves, longi¬
tudinally rolled and striped when injured, at earlier stages of the crop but were
also observed on heads and upper stems of more mature plants. Schizaphis gra-
minum and R. padi were often found on leaves, on or inside the leaf sheaths and
on the stems.
Mycoses.— Mycoses caused by entomophthoralean fungi appeared to signifi¬
cantly limit populations of M. dirhodum and S. avenae during the 1986 and 1987
summers (Fig. 2). Some cadavers of S. graminum and fewer of R. padi were also
attributed to fungal infection in 1987. Few mycosed aphids of any species were
found on winter wheat during the 1988 and 1989 summers (Fig. 3), although
mycoses were still a principal factor reducing aphid populations in spring wheat
during the same seasons (Feng et al. 1991). The highest mortalities of M. dirhodum
and S. avenae in winter wheat due to fungal infection were, respectively, 46% and
17% in 1986, and 90% and 7% in 1987 (Figs. 2A, 2B). Metopolophium dirhodum
was apparently far more susceptible to fungal infection than S. avenae in the field.
According to Feng et al. (1990a), the fungi capable of infecting cereal aphids
on grain crops in southwestern Idaho during the 1986-1989 summers included
10 species, the most important of which was Pandora neoaphidis (Remaudire &
Hennebert) Humber, followed by three Conidiobolus species. Among 2930 ca¬
davers of six aphid species examined, 77% were killed by P. neoaphidis and 17.6%
by Conidiobolus spp. Furthermore, P. neoaphidis and Conidiobolus spp. were
responsible for 84% and 11% of 1417 M. dirhodum cadavers examined, and 24%
and 68% of 217 S. avenae cadavers. The LC 50 of P. neoaphidis for killing M.
dirhodum was only 1.4-1.6 conidia/mm 2 (Feng & Johnson 1991). Thus, during
the 1986-1987 summers, P. neoaphidis was a major pathogen associated with the
mycoses of M. dirhodum, whereas Conidiobolus spp. were pathogens primarily
associated with the mycoses of S. avenae (Feng 1991).
The patterns of aphid mycoses found in winter wheat during the survey may
be interpreted as follows. First of all, having sufficient population levels of M.
dirhodum which is more susceptible to fungal infection than some other aphid
species (Feng & Johnson 1991, Feng et al. 1990b), appears to be a key factor.
Mycoses occurred only during the two summers that experienced larger popula¬
tions of M. dirhodum than S. avenae and other aphid species. When the M.
dirhodum populations were small, as in 1988 and 1989, mycoses did not occur
for M. dirhodum nor for any of the other aphid species, some of which occurred
at high population levels (Fig. 3). For example, D. noxia, which had much higher
population levels than M. dirhodum during the 1988 growing season, did not
appear to be significantly affected by fungal infection. Second, temperature (in¬
fluencing the development of both aphids and fungi) and precipitation (which
increases the humidity within a crop and thus enhances conidial germination and
infection) should also be considered. Cumulative precipitation and the timing of
rainfall during the growing seasons greatly differed from year to year (Fig. 4B)
and seemed to be more critical to the development of mycoses than temperature
(Fig. 4A) (Feng et al. 1991). Frequent rainfalls throughout the 1987 summer and
several small rainfalls during late June and early July in 1986 (Fig. 4B) coincided
with the phase of the rapid development of mycoses in aphid populations during
those summers (Fig. 2C, 2D). In contrast, there was little rain from early June
1992
FENG ET AL.: POPULATION TRENDS IN APHIDS
257
May J un J ul
Date/Month
Figure 4. Weather patterns during the winter wheat growing season from 1986 to 1989. (A) Daily
mean temperature (°C). (B) Cumulative precipitation (mm).
through July in 1988, and no rain during the last month of the crop season in
1989 (Fig. 4B). Also, irrigation was not supplied to winter wheat from late June
onwards. Thus, low moisture under the crop canopy may have contributed to the
undetectable level of fungal infection in aphid populations during the last two
summers.
Parasitoids. — Primary parasitoids found to attack cereal aphids on winter wheat
during the survey were all aphidiids, although an aphelinid species, Aphelinus
varipes (Foerster), may attack D. noxia and S. graminum on spring wheat and
barley and R. padi on com (Feng 1990). The majority of S. avenae and M.
dirhodum mummies were due to parasitism by Aphidius ervi Haliday, but D. noxia
mummies were mostly attributable to attack by Diaeretiella rapae (McIntosh).
Praon sp., possibly P. gallicum Stary, was found occasionally attacking all three
aphid species. Mummies of S. graminum and R. padi were infrequently found
on winter wheat because of their small or inconsistent populations.
258
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(4)
Feng et al. (1991) found that parasitoids attacked cereal aphids, particularly S.
avenae, earlier and at lower densities than fungal pathogens (Figs. 2 and 3).
Parasitism was always higher for S. avenae than M. dirhodum and appeared to
be a major factor suppressing the increase of S. avenae populations every summer.
The highest mortality due to parasitism was 35% in 1986, 81% in 1987, 4% in
1988, and 59% in 1989. However, the mortality of M dirhodum due to parasitism
was always found to occur at low levels (about 5% at peak), and was not detected
during the 1988 and 1989 summers (Figs. 2 and 3). This indicates that parasitoids
were less important than mycoses in influencing the dynamics of M. dirhodum
populations. Similarly, D. noxia suffered only 1-2% mortality due to parasitoids
during the 1988 summer (Fig. 3B).
General Remarks. — Based on our four year field observations, the populations
of cereal aphids in southwestern Idaho were much smaller on winter wheat than
on spring wheat (Feng et al. 1991). The population level of S. avenae, the most
injurious species to developing heads (Rabbinge et al. 1981, Vickerman & Wrat-
ten 1979), achieved only about one aphid per tiller at peak density on winter
wheat during the summers from 1987 to 1989 and 3.73 aphids per tiller in 1986.
The populations of the less injurious species, M. dirhodum, were larger in the first
two summers but only about five aphids per tiller at peak. The economic threshold
levels for the combined populations of S. avenae and M. dirhodum are 2-4 aphids
per tiller at flowering, 6-10 aphids per tiller up to milky stage, and 10 or more
aphids per tiller from the milky ripe to medium-dough stage (Johnston & Bishop
1987). Therefore, the population levels of the two species observed during the
survey made insecticide application unnecessary. In fact, winter wheat received
no insecticide application during the growing seasons.
The population stability of S. avenae and M. dirhodum may stem from their
adaptation to local weather by successfully overwintering as eggs on winter wheat
and roses, respectively. This contrasts to the inconsistent populations of other
aphid species. Rhopalosipum padi, though not found on winter wheat during the
1988 and 1989 summers, did infest spring-planted wheat late in the seasons (from
late June onwards; Feng 1990). Huge numbers of this species (up to thousands
of aphids per plant) were commonly seen on com in southwestern Idaho from
late July through August or mid-September (Blackmer & Bishop 1991, Feng 1990).
Schizaphis graminum also occurred on spring wheat after late June in 1989. These
data suggest that infestation of local grain crops by R. padi and S. graminum was
initiated by immigrants from other hosts. Diuraphis noxia appears to be able to
survive local winter months with its anholocyclic life, at least in mild winters.
The unusually cold 1988/89 winter was possibly a main reason that populations
of D. noxia, R. padi, and S. graminum were undetected on winter wheat but
found on other grain crops late in the following season. Therefore, the length and
extremity of freezing time during winter months can apparently determine the
timing of population recovery or immigration, and thus population sizes, of these
aphid species during the summer.
From August through early October volunteer grains can be inhabited by nu¬
merous aphids of all the species except M. dirhodum, which was rarely observed
after harvest (Feng 1990), and thus are sources of autumn aphid populations
infesting winter wheat. However, for R. padi and S. avenae, field com grown for
1992
FENG ET AL.: POPULATION TRENDS IN APHIDS
259
seed (plants left in the field until late September or even later after harvest) may
be an even more important source of aphids to infest winter wheat (Feng 1990).
Mycoses and parasitoids are major biological mortality factors for M. dirhodum
and S. avenae on winter wheat, although their influences differ from year to year.
They apparently contributed to the collapse of M. dirhodum and S. avenae pop¬
ulations during the 1986 and 1987 summers. Even when S. avenae populations
were small, as during the summer of 1989, there was a high level of parasitism.
However, the life cycles of fungal pathogens and parasitoids associated with cereal
aphids are not well understood. Cadavers were rarely found in autumn populations
of cereal aphids on winter wheat. Mummies, though sometimes detected, were
not common during the autumn. Their non-crop-feeding hosts are unknown in
southwestern Idaho. Further study because this may help incorporate both mor¬
tality agents into a sound crop management program is warranted.
Acknowledgment
The authors wish to express their appreciation to K. W. Dorschner and D. J.
Schotzko for critical review of this manuscript. This paper is published with the
approval of the Director of the Idaho Agricultural Experiment Station as Research
Paper 92703.
Literature Cited
Ankersmit, G. W. & N. Carter. 1981. Comparison of the epidemiology of Metopolophium dirhodum
and Sitobion avenae on winter wheat. Neth. J. PI. Path., 87: 71-81.
Araya, J. E., J. E. Foster & S. E. Cambron. 1987. A study of the biology of Rhopalosiphium padi
(Homoptera: Aphididae) in winter wheat in northwestern Indiana. Great Lakes Entomol., 20:
47-50.
Blackman, R. L. & V. F. Eastop. 1984. Aphids on the world’s crops: an identification guide. John
Wiley, Chichester.
Blackman, R. L., S. E. Halbert & T. W. Carroll. 1990. Association between karyotype and host plant
in com leaf aphid (Homoptera: Aphididae) in the northwestern United States. Environ. En¬
tomol., 19: 609-611.
Blackmer, J. L. & G. W. Bishop. 1991. Population dynamics of Rhopalosiphum padi (Homoptera:
Aphididae) in com in relation to barley yellow dwarf epidemiology in southwestern Idaho.
Environ. Entomol., 20: 166-173.
Eastop, V. F. 1981. The wild hosts of aphid pests, pp. 285-298. In Thresh, J. M. (ed.). Pests,
pathogens and vegetation. Pitman, London.
Feng, M. G. 1990. Fungi pathogenic to aphids (Homoptera: Aphididae) infesting irrigated grain
crops in southwestern Idaho: their virulence and roles in naturel control. Ph.D. Dissertation,
University of Idaho, Moscow.
Feng, M. G. & J. B. Johnson. 1991. Bioassay of four entomophthoralean fungi (Entomophthorales)
against Diuraphis noxia and Metopolophium dirhodum (Homoptera: Aphididae). Environ. En¬
tomol., 20: 338-345.
Feng, M. G., J. B. Johnson & L. P. Kish. 1990a. Survey of entomopathogenic fungi naturally infecting
cereal aphids (Homoptera: Aphididae) of irrigated grain crops in southwestern Idaho. Environ.
Entomol., 19: 1534-1542.
Feng, M. G., J. B. Johnson & L. P. Kish. 1990b. Virulence of Verticillium lecanii and an aphid-
derived isolate of Beauveria bassiana (Fungi: Hyphomycetes) for six species of cereal aphids
(Homoptera: Aphididae). Environ. Entomol., 19: 815-820.
Feng, M. G., J. B. Johnson & S. E. Halbert. 1991. Natural control of cereal aphids (Homoptera:
Aphididae) by entomopathogenic fungi (Zygomycetes: Entomophthorales) and parasitoids (Hy-
menoptera: Braconidae and Encyrtidae) on irrigated spring wheat in southwestern Idaho. En¬
viron. Entomol., 20: 1699-1710.
Hand, S. C. & C. T. Williams. 1981. The overwintering of the rose-grain aphid Metopolophium
260
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(4)
dirhodum on wild roses, pp. 285-298. In Thresh, J. M. (ed.). Pests, pathogens and vegetation.
Pitman, London.
Johnston, R. L. & G. W. Bishop. 1987. Economic injury levels and economic thresholds for cereal
aphids (Homoptera: Aphididae) on spring-planted wheat. J. Econ. Entomol., 80: 478^182.
Kieckhefer, R. W., W. F. Lytle & W. Spuhler. 1974. Spring movement of cereal aphids into South
Dakota. Environ. Entomol., 15: 567-572.
Kiriak, I., F. Gruber, T. Poprawski, S. Halbert & L. Elberson. 1990. Occurrence of sexual morphs
of Russian wheat aphid, Diuraphis noxia (Homoptera: Aphididae), in several locations in the
Soviet Union and the northwestern United States. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 92: 544-547.
Phillips, W. J. 1916. Macrosiphum granarium, the English grain aphis. J. Agr. Res., 7: 463—480.
Pike, K. S. & R. L. Schaffner. 1985. Development of autumn populations of cereal aphids, Rho-
palosiphum padi (L.) and Schizaphis graminum (Rondani) (Homoptera: Aphididae), and their
effects on winter wheat in Washington State. J. Econ. Entomol., 78: 676-680.
Rabbinge, R., E. M. Drees, M. van der Graaf, F. C. M. Verbeme & A. Wesseki. 1981. Damage
effects of cereal aphids in wheat. Neth. J. PI. Path., 85: 197-220.
Robinson, A. G. & S. Hsu. 1963. Host plant records and biology of aphids on cereal grains and
grasses in Manitoba (Homoptera: Aphididae). Can. Entomol., 95: 134-137.
Vickerman, G. P. & S. D. Wratten. 1979. The biology and pest status of cereal aphids (Hemiptera:
Aphididae) in Europe: a review. Bull. Ent. Res., 69: 1-32.
Received 3 July 1991; accepted 1 April 1992.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(4): 261-267, (1992)
COPULATORY COURTSHIP AND NOTES ON THE NATURAL
HISTORY OF OCHTHERA OCCIDENTALIS CLAUSEN
(DIPTERA: EPHYDRIDAE)
William G. Eberhard
Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute and
Escuela de Biologia, Universidad de Costa Rica,
Ciudad Universitaria, Costa Rica
Abstract .—Male Ochthera occidentalis court females both before and during copulation. The
raptorial forelegs, which are relatively longer in males than in females, are used in aggressive
displays.
Key Words. — Ochthera occidentalis, ephydrid fly, copulatory courtship, behavior, sexual selection
Male courtship behavior is generally thought to occur prior to genitalic coupling,
and to function to induce the female to allow the male to copulate with her. Recent
studies have shown, however, that courtship also frequently occurs during (and
sometimes after) copulation (“copulatory courtship”) (Eberhard 1991). The ex¬
istence of copulatory courtship implies that selection has favored male abilities
to induce females to perform post-intromission processes that increase their chanc¬
es of fertilizing her eggs (Eberhard 1991; see also Otronen & Siva-Jothy 1991,
von Helversen & von Helversen 1991). The existence of selection favoring cop¬
ulatory courtship is of theoretical importance, in particular because a general
theory of the evolution of animal genitalia (Eberhard 1985) is based on the premise
that courtship after intromission has been achieved is common in animals with
internal fertilization.
Thus the discovery of copulatory courtship in the ephydrid fly Ochthera occi¬
dentalis Clausen is of interest. The genus Ochthera is unusual in that both sexes
have enlarged raptorial forelegs (Clausen 1977, 1980), which they use both as
predatory and signalling devices (Deonier 1974, Simpson 1975). The adults are
commonly found along mud or sand shores, or in swampy areas (Simpson 1975).
This note describes the sexual behavior of O. occidentalis and other aspects of
its natural history.
Study Site and Methods
Observations were made on a cloudy day at the muddy edge of a shallow pool
of brackish water on 8 Sep 1989 near Chamela, Jalisco, Mexico. I observed the
flies by lying flat, so that my face was less than 18 cm from the surface of the
mud and between 18 and 60 cm from the flies. All observations were in the
approximately 0.5 m 2 area visible just in front of me as I lay still. There were
generally 10-30 flies in this area at any given moment. This area was part of a
small cove about 10 m across. Because major movements of my body disturbed
the flies, some observations were recorded only after a behavioral sequence had
ended, and approximate times of under 30 sec were estimated by counting off
seconds; longer times were determined using a watch. Not all behavioral patterns
were checked during each interaction, so sample sizes for different patterns differ.
262
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(4)
i
3.4
£
E
cr
z>
LU
LL
OO
O
O
O
O
cr
LL
X
3.0
C D
LU
t
o
_I_!_!_I___I_
2.6 3.0 3.4
LENGTH MIDDLE FEMUR (mm)
Figure 1. Relation between length of middle and front femur in 15 males (dark circles) and 15
females (open circles) of O. occidentalis. The males tended to be smaller, but had front femora of
proportionally larger size.
Males and females could not be distinguished reliably in the field on the basis
of their morphology. The sex of some individuals was established, however, on
the basis of their behavior (males identified on the basis of having mounted another
fly, females on the basis of having been mounted and copulated); by following
the activity of these individuals it was possible to determine the sex of individuals
performing some types of behavior.
Results
Sex Differences in Morphology. — Males at the study site differed from females
in having a series of strong setae on the ventral surface of the hind femur. Males
were somewhat smaller than females (mean head width was 2.71 ± 0.14 mm in
males, and 2.89 ± 0.10 in females) (P = 0.001 with Kolmogorov-Smimov Test).
Male front femora were proportionally longer than those of females (Fig. 1) (P =
0.028 with Kolmogorov-Smimov Test comparing ratios of front and middle
femora of males vs. females). Both sexes had dense pads of hairs on their hind
basitarsi.
General Activity. — Most flies were more or less continuously active, walking
over the surface of the mud with their bodies held more or less horizontal, tapping
1992
EBERHARD: COURTSHIP OF OCHTHERA
263
Figure 2. Stylized drawing of a male O. Occident alis with its forelegs spread to perform a vibration
threat movement (arrows). Positions of front tarsi were not determined, and the tarsi are thus omitted.
Stippled areas on front coxae are areas of silvery pile; in life the rest of the front coxae, femora, and
tibiae are jet black. The wings (dashed lines) were sometimes vibrated during these displays.
rapidly up and down with their partially extended forelegs. A few paused immobile
for several minutes at a time, with their bodies directed upward at about 30° with
horizontal. Occasionally they flew, but usually only when frightened by my move¬
ments.
Aggressive Interactions. — Aggressive behavior began when one individual turned
toward another nearby, and (usually) spread one or both wings. The forelegs were
also spread horizontally so the shiny patch of white hairs at the base of the coxae
and the flat, black prolateral surfaces of the expanded femur were directed toward
the other individual (Fig. 2). The forelegs were waved up and down (Fig. 2), and
also partially opened and closed. If the other individual moved away, the aggressor
sometimes followed behind for a short distance. Threats of this sort were per¬
formed both to other O. occidentalis flies, and to much larger cicindellid beetles
and saldid bugs.
Sometimes a threatened fly responded with a threat of its own. The two flies
moved together until they stood head to head, each with its forelegs spread lat¬
erally. Both vibrated their forelegs up and down very rapidly, keeping them in
the spread position. Often one or both also spread its wings and buzzed them.
Sometimes the flies also pushed against each other with their heads. After no
more than 1-2 sec, one of the flies walked or flew away, sometimes pursued briefly
by the other.
Aggressive interactions were very common. Some males which were observed
for 1-2 min seemed to be especially aggressive, either threatening or courting
264
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(4)
every fly they encountered. Such males consistently caused other flies to withdraw.
They did not, however, defend any specific site, but instead wandered slowly over
the surface of the mud along with the rest of the flies. Quantitative data were not
taken, but it appeared that females, at least just after copulating (when I was able
to determine their sex), were less aggressive than males, although they also waved
their forelegs aggressively.
Precopulatory Courtship. — Males sometimes jumped onto females’ backs with¬
out any preliminary interaction. More often, however, a male followed behind a
female for up to several seconds, keeping his body’s long axis parallel to hers and
his head about one to two head lengths behind the tip of her abdomen. His forelegs
extended forward and vibrated rapidly up and down. The tips of the male’s front
tibiae or his front tarsi probably contacted the female’s abdomen during these
vibrations, but I was unable to confirm this. The male moved briskly to maintain
his orientation and distance as the female moved and turned. Occasionally such
a following male made an apparent attempt to stop the female by moving quickly
in front of her, turning toward her and waving his front legs (females sometimes
stopped moving forward when a male did this). The male then moved behind
her again and resumed foreleg vibrations.
Mounting and Copulation. —In the next stage in courtship, the male jumped
onto the female’s back, always from the rear. Nearly always the female imme¬
diately swung her body violently from side to side in an apparent attempt to
dislodge the male. There were additional rapid movements at this time, but the
only one I was able to decipher was that the female usually (perhaps always)
clawed at the fly on her back by reaching up and backward with her forelegs.
The female usually succeeded in displacing the male, and moved on, with the
male either being left behind or following again at her rear, vibrating his forelegs.
If the male was not dislodged within a second or two, the female became quiet.
Other than brief turns toward approaching flies or other insects, and occasional
waves of her forelegs, the female did not move during the rest of the time the
male was mounted.
Once a female that had been mounted became quiet, the overall sequence of
behavior was the same (19 cases observed carefully). The male immediately began
rubbing her with his hind legs, using brief bursts of very rapid movements which
lasted approximately 1 sec, interspersed with pauses which lasted on the order of
one to several sec. The female’s wings were slightly spread so that the tips of the
male’s hind tibiae and his hind tarsi touched the dorsal surface of her abdomen.
Rubbing was performed on the dorsal and lateral portions of the posterior one
quarter of the female’s abdomen; contact was also made with the posterior margins
of the female’s wings. Each time the male began to rub, he raised his abdomen
slightly, producing a small space between his abdomen and that of the female.
The male’s forelegs were folded against the anterior portion of his body, apparently
out of contact with the female. Mounted males were never attacked or even
threatened by other flies, although in a few cases another male vibrated his forelegs
rapidly for less than a second at the rear of the female. A female with a mounted
male was apparently less likely to flee when I moved than were other nearby flies,
but females sometimes flew up to 2-3 m with a riding male when disturbed.
After 150-210 sec (n = 3), the mounted male always (19 of 19 cases) moved
slightly posteriorly on the female and lowered the tip of his abdomen, and coupled
his genitalia with hers. Genitalic coupling lasted an average of 23 ± 6 sec (n =
1992
EBERHARD: COURTSHIP OF OCHTHERA
265
12). During this time the male always (15 of 15 cases checked for this detail)
rubbed intermittently on the dorsal surfaces of the distal portions of the female’s
wings with his hind tarsi. The rubbing movements were similar to those of ab¬
dominal rubbing, but were less vigorous and perhaps also less rapid. In the latter
part of copulation pauses between bursts of rubbing were shorter, with the male
rubbing almost continuously.
During the last 2-4 sec of genitalic coupling, the female often (9 of 10 cases
checked for this detail) waggled her abdomen. These movements were less en¬
ergetic than those when a male first mounted. The male, perhaps in response to
the waggling, dismounted by stepping backward. On several occasions, it was clear
that his genitalia remained attached to hers after he stepped back, so that his
abdomen was briefly bent forward under his body until uncoupling occurred.
There were no further interactions, and the male immediately began moving his
front legs and walked away. The female generally stood and groomed for several
seconds, then also moved away.
A female that had just mated was often investigated by other flies which turned
away immediately after brief contact with the tip of her abdomen. Occasionally,
however, a male began following her, vibrated his forelegs and attempted to
mount. None of the observed attempts was successful. It seems likely, however,
that females do remate, and probably often, given the limited numbers of females
present in the cove, the infrequency with which they flew away, and the substantial
number of copulations I observed. One female that I followed for 5-10 min after
a copulation ate three different prey, was approached and then immediately de¬
serted by seven other flies, and was followed at least briefly with foreleg vibrations
by seven others.
Feeding. — Flies moving across the mud tapping with their forelegs occasionally
paused and touched the substrate with their mouthparts for approximately 1 sec.
Usually I could not see that they obtained food in this way, but on two occasions
a fly pulled a shining yellow cylindrical object (probably an insect larva) out of
the mud as it raised its mouthparts. These larvae were approximately one quarter
of the volume of the fly’s head. These and four other food items were supported
near the mouth by the prolateral surfaces of the front femora. None of the food
items was identifiable, other than an adult ceratopogonid fly that I succeeded in
collecting. In one case, a fly ate part of a yellow “larva” and then dropped it and
moved away.
Oviposition.— At least five different flies performed what appeared to be ovi-
position. With the tip of the abdomen pressed to the mud, the fly vibrated its
entire body forward and backward very rapidly for about 1-2 sec. Toward the
end of this period the fly also rapidly scraped its hind tarsi on the mud, apparently
pushing material toward the point where its abdomen touched the mud. Other
flies passing near ovipositing individuals neither courted nor threatened them.
After an oviposition, the fly moved away, and did not oviposit in the next few
minutes.
Discussion
Female rejection of males was much more common than copulation, and overt
rejection always occurred before, rather than after, the male began the prolonged
and energetic precopulatory rubbing of her abdomen. Thus both this behavior
and wing rubbing, which always occurred after the male had achieved intromis-
266
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(4)
sion, apparently served to influence female behavior other than initial acceptance
of intromission.
Copulatory courtship behavior is different in the other species of Ochthera that
has been observed. Male O. mantis (DeGeer) push intermittently on the substrate
with the hind legs during copulation, producing a rhythmic rocking motion of the
pair (Simpson 1975), rather than rubbing the female’s hind wings as in O. occi-
dentalis. Duration of mating is also about ten times longer in O. mantis than in
O. occidentalis. This apparently rapid divergence in copulatory courtship in closely
related species is in accord with the hypothesis that it is under sexual selection
(Eberhard 1991). Precopulatory courtship also differs between Ochthera species.
The male of O. mantis rubs the female’s genitalia for extended periods (Simpson
1975) rather than the dorsal and lateral portions of her abdomen, and prior to
mounting males of both O. mantis and O. exculpta Loew face the female rather
than trailing behind her (Simpson 1975).
The functional significance of two secondary sexual structures of males is sug¬
gested by the observations reported here. The row of setae on the male hind femur
may rake across the posterior edge of the female’s wing during precopulatory
abdomen rubbing. The relatively longer front femora of males may be related to
male-male aggressive displays, in particular the rapid up and down vibrations of
front legs during frontal confrontations.
Several observations agree with previous accounts of other Ochthera species.
In O. mantis, O. tuberculata Loew, and O. exculpta waving or semaphoring move¬
ments of front legs occur in both males and females, and are directed toward both
conspecifics and other species (Deonier 1974, Simpson 1975). Waving exposes
the fine, silver-colored pile on the inner surfaces of the front legs, including the
UV reflective portion of the fore-coxae (Deonier 1974). This behavior has been
taken to be courtship (Deonier 1974, Simpson 1975), but the displays by both
male and female O. occidentalis to species such as cicindellid beetles support a
second suggestion by Simpson (1975) that the movements represent threats. Fe¬
male rejection of mounted males by swinging her body and pushing with her
forelegs was similar in O. exculpta to that described here for O. occidentalis.
Simpson (1975) mentions that conspecific O. mantis males sometimes “batter”
each other with their forelegs; this may correspond to the rapid up and down
vibrations described here. The functional significance of the frequent threat be¬
havior of O. occidentalis remains a mystery, since males did not defend either
territories or females from other males.
Acknowledgment
I am grateful to Wayne N. Mathis for kindly identifying specimens, and help
with literature. Mary Jane West-Eberhard commented on a preliminary version
of the manuscript. My trip to Mexico was financed by the Centro de Ecologia of
the Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico, and my research was supported
by the Smithsonian Tropical Research Institute and the Vicerrectoria de Inves¬
tigation of the Universidad de Costa Rica.
Literature Cited
Clausen, P. J. 1977. A revision of the Nearctic, Neotropical, and Palearctic species of the genus
Ochthera, including one Ethiopian species, and one new species from India. Trans. Am. En-
tomol. Soc., 103: 451-530.
1992
EBERHARD: COURTSHIP OF OCHTHERA
267
Clausen, P. 1980. Modifications to the genus Ochthera (Diptera: Ephydridae) and additions to the
Neotropical species. Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc., 106: 205-209.
Deonier, D. L. 1974. Ultraviolet-reflective surfaces on Ochthera mantis mantis (DeGeer) (Diptera:
Ephydridae). Preliminary report. Entomol. News, 85: 193-201.
Eberhard, W. G. 1985. Sexual selection and animal genitalia. Harvard Univ. Press, Cambridge.
Eberhard, W. G. 1991. Copulatory courtship and cryptic female choice in insects. Biol. Rev., 66:
1-31.
von Helversen, D. & O. von Helversen. 1991. Pre-mating sperm removal in the bushcricket Me-
taplastes ornatus Ramme 1931 (Orthoptera, Tettigonoidea, Phaneropteridae). Behav. Ecol.
Sociobiol., 28: 391-396.
Otronen, M. & M. T. Siva-Jothy. 1991. The effect of postcopulatory male behaviour on ejaculate
distribution within the female sperm storage organs of the fly, Dryomyza anilis (Diptera: Dry-
omyzidae). Behav. Ecol. Sociobiol., 29: 33-37.
Simpson, K. W. 1975. Biology and immature stages of three species of Nearctic Ochthera (Diptera:
Ephydridae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 77: 129-155.
Received 19 September 1991; accepted 15 January 1992.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(4): 268-278, (1992)
SEASONAL VARIATION IN ALLOPATHIC POPULATIONS OF
ISCHNURA DENTICOLLIS (BURMEISTER) AND
ISCHNURA GEMINA (KENNEDY)
(ODONATA: COENAGRIONIDAE)
Joan M. Leong 1 and John E. Hafernik, Jr.
Department of Biology, San Francisco State University,
San Francisco, California 94132
Abstract. — We morphometrically evaluate the seasonal variation within two species of damsel-
flies, Ischnura gemina (Kennedy) and Ischnura denticollis (Burmeister) in allopatry, in order to
determine whether the same morphometric characters will be useful species discriminators in
an I. denticollis and I. gemina hybrid zone. Canonical analysis of discriminance reveals that for
both species, early emerging individuals are larger with wider heads than those that emerge later.
In addition, each species displays other individual patterns of seasonal variation. Both damselfly
species are phenetically distinct despite pronounced seasonal variation; this indicates that the
morphometric characters used in this study are potentially suitable for use in diagnosis of hybrid
zone individuals.
Key Words.— Insecta, Odonata, Ischnura, seasonal variation, morphometries
Seasonal variation within insect species can produce individuals that are re¬
markably different in a number of morphological characteristics. The full extent
of seasonal variation should be quantified, if morphological comparisons are made
between two different species that are known or suspected to vary seasonally.
Quantification of this variation is essential when the same morphological char¬
acteristics that vary seasonally are also potentially useful in the diagnosis of
individuals from a hybrid zone. In this study, we morphometrically evaluate the
seasonal variation within two species of damselflies, Ischnura gemina (Kennedy)
and Ischnura denticollis (Burmeister) in allopatry, in order to determine whether
the same morphometric characters will be useful species discriminators in an /.
denticollis and I. gemina hybrid zone (Leong 1989).
Ischnura gemina is an uncommon damselfly restricted to the San Francisco
Bay Area, California (Garrison & Hafernik 1981a) and is a candidate for listing
as a threatened species. Ischnura denticollis, however, is widespread throughout
the western United States (Pritchard & Smith 1956). A known hybrid zone extends
along the eastern and southeastern areas of the San Francisco Bay region (Leong
1989) and a recently found sympatric population occurs near Suisun Marsh,
Solano Co., California (Hafernik, unpublished data). In allopatry, both species
are distinguishable by differences in secondary genitalic structure (the abdominal
appendages of males and the prothorax of females) (Kennedy 1917, Garrison &
Hafernik 1981a), but in the hybrid zone, these differences break down. Conse¬
quently, morphometric characters may be more useful species discriminators than
traditional genitalic characters in the hybrid zone.
Both species inhabit small pools, creeks or drainage canals throughout their life
cycle. Adults of both species exhibit similar color patterns and are sexually di-
1 Ecology Graduate Group and Department of Entomology, University of California, Davis 95616.
1992
LEONG & HAFERNIK: SEASONAL VARIANCE IN ISCHNURA
269
Figure 1. Location of populations sampled. Populations are numbered as follows: 1 = Point Reyes;
2 = Coyote Point; 3 = Livermore; 4 = Los Banos.
morphic; males are more brightly colored than females. Andromorph females,
however, present an exception because they possess typical male color patterns.
Ischnura gemina is slightly larger than I. denticollis and in both species, females
are generally larger than males. Although some aspects of the life history, pop¬
ulation structure (Garrison & Hafemik 1981b), and mating system of I. gemina
(Hafemik & Garrison 1986; A. Balmy, unpublished data) are well known, the
biology of I. denticollis is largely unknown.
Materials and Methods
We sampled two allopatric populations each of I. gemina and I. denticollis from
August 1986 through October 1987 in the San Francisco Bay Area and in the
Central Valley of California (Fig. 1 and Table 1). The Coyote Point population
of I. gemina and the Livermore population of I. denticollis were chosen for two
reasons: the known allopatric nature of these populations and their proximity to
the hybrid zone. Three of the four populations were situated at the vegetated
margins of lentic drainage canals and creeks, while the Point Reyes population
was located along the edge of a coastal lagoon. We collected samples of 12-16
adult males and 7-17 adult females from each population per sampling period.
The Point Reyes population of I. gemina and the Los Banos population of I.
denticollis were sampled as controls to determine whether or not the Coyote Point
and Livermore populations represent typical I. gemina and I. denticollis popu-
270
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(4)
Table 1. Populations of Ischnura studied.
Locality
Date
Season
Males
Females
Sample
I. gemina
Marin Co.: Point Reyes
8 Sep 1987
Late 1987
14
12
PR
Abbotts Lagoon
San Mateo Co.: Coyote Point
11 Aug 1986
Middle 1986
12
10
CM86
channel along Airport Blvd.
30 Apr 1987
Early 1987
12
7
CE87
14 Jul 1987
Middle 1987
14
4
CM87
3 Aug 1987
Middle 1987
2
4
CM87
I. denticollis
8 Aug 1986
Middle 1986
15
1
LM86
Alameda Co.: Livermore
7 Sep 1986
Middle 1986
9
LM86
Las Positas Creek along
24 Apr 1987
Early 1987
13
8
LE87
Airway Blvd.
16 Jul 1987
Middle 1987
12
10
LM87
24 Sep 1987
Late 1987
16
17
LL87
Merced Co.: Los Banos
4 Oct 1987
Late 1987
14
7
LB
channel near Billy Wright Rd.
lations. This comparison is important because a population morphologically de¬
viant from the control probably lacks variation that is representative of the species,
and would thereby serve as a poor reference group for defining the morphometric
characteristics of each species.
We evaluated the importance of seasonal variation within populations by sam¬
pling the I. gemina Coyote Point and I. denticollis Livermore populations an
additional two to three times (Table 1). In order to compare effectively temporal
variation in these two populations, we collected the pairs of samples synchro¬
nously: in August and early September of 1986 and at six to nine week intervals
during the 1987 flight season (March through October). Because the life span of
I. gemina in the field, including maturation time, is as long as four to six weeks
(Garrison & Hafemik 1981b; Hafemik & Garrison 1986), we chose a minimum
six week sampling interval to insure that individuals that were sampled later in
the season did not belong to the cohort sampled previously. Because the lifespan
Table 2. Characters used in multivariate analyses.
Character
Description
Thorax length (TH1)
Thorax width (TH2)
Thorax depth (TH3)
Head width (HI)
Head length (H5)
Wing length (LI)
Wing width (Wl)
Wing crossvein count (Cl)
Tibia length (Tl)
Tibial spine count (C2)
Length along dorsal median ridge of thorax
Greatest width across mesepimera
Distance from posterior comer of metacoxa to dorsal surface of
thorax
Greatest width between inner margins of eyes along posterior edge
of occiput
Length from anterior edge of frons to posterior edge of occiput
Length from nodus to outer edge of pterostigma along the coastal
margin of the right forewing
Width from nodus to the distal edge of the second antenodal postqua-
drangular crossvein of the right forewing
Number of postnodal crossveins on the right forewing between R1
and Ml excluding the nodus and the brace vein
Length from proximal process to distal end of the right protibia
Number of spines along the medial edge of the right protibia
1992
LEONG & HAFERNIK: SEASONAL VARIANCE IN ISCHNURA
271
Figure 2. Characters measured. Top figure and bottom figure after Kennedy (1915) and Kennedy
(1917), respectively.
of I. denticollis is unknown, we assumed that it is similar to I. gemina. Sampling
dates were categorized as early, middle or late to facilitate comparisons. In two
cases, the middle Coyote Point 1987 and the middle Livermore 1986 samples,
two samples taken within the six week sampling interval were combined due to
small sample sizes of one sex.
Eight continuous characters and two count characters were measured for all
individuals (Table 2 and Fig. 2). We did not include body length in the multivariate
analyses since it is highly correlated with thorax length (r = 0.95 for females; r =
0.91 for males). We selected these characters to represent the major shape and
size attributes of the damselflies. We measured continuous characters to the near¬
est 0.03 mm using an ocular micrometer and high correlations between repeated
measurements (see test-retest reliability, Kachigan 1986) confirmed the reliability
of the eight continuous measurements (0.96 < r < 0.99 , P < 0.05 ; n = 66).
A total of 89 females and 124 males were used in canonical analysis of discrimi-
nance, a type of discriminant analysis (Pimentel 1979). We analyzed sexes sep¬
arately to control for sexual size dimorphism. However, we did not analyze an-
dromorph females (those with male coloration) separately because they were not
significantly different from heteromorph females in any of the measured char¬
acters. We used the Multigroup Discriminant Analysis program in BIOSTAT II
(Pimentel & Smith 1986) to analyze the morphometric data. The standardized
canonical analysis of discriminance of normal scores model (Pimentel 1979, Pi-
memtel & Smith 1986) was used to interpret the data because both continuous
and count characters were included. Each sample listed in Table 1 was entered
as a separate group for a total of nine groups.
Multivariate analysis of variance, classification and distance analysis were also
272
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 68(4)
Table 3. Canonical vector coefficients and the percentage of variance explained by each canonical
variate.
Character
Females
Males
CV 1
CV 2
CV 1
CV 2
TH1
1.379
0.884
-0.277
0.979
TH2
-0.548
0.486
-0.229
-0.95
TH3
0.523
0.780
0.031
-0.363
HI
-0.965
-0.267
1.160
-0.679
H5
-0.312
0.390
0.335
0.607
LI
0.079
-0.14
-0.074
0.764
W1
-0.512
-0.324
0.041
-0.121
Cl
-0.438
-0.271
0.490
-0.363
T1
-0.299
-1.373
-0.290
-0.443
C2
-0.326
-0.006
0.259
-0.170
% Variance
75.5%
11.0%
85.7%
6.1%
performed on these groups. Tests of the equality of centroids were checked for
significance (P < 0.005) before running the canonical analysis of discriminance.
Because the results from the distance analysis yielded results similar to the clas¬
sification of groups, only classification will be discussed. Only the first two ca¬
nonical variates are discussed because the succeeding axes, in sum, explained less
than 14% of the total variation and displayed no discemable patterns.
All specimens are deposited in the Entomology Museum, San Francisco State
University, San Francisco, California.
Results
Canonical variate analysis readily distinguishes 7. denticollis and I. gemina. In
both sexes, the samples form discrete clusters along the first canonical variate
only (Figs. 3A, 3B), although in males, one 7. gemina male from Point Reyes is
situated at the edge of the 7. denticollis cluster (Fig. 3B). Characters that are most
important in distinguishing between groups along this axis are those with high
standardized canonical vector coefficients (Table 3). For females, thorax length,
head width and to a lesser extent thorax width and wing width are most important;
but for males, head width and the number of wing crossveins are important. The
sign of a coefficient indicates the direction in which the character is increasing in
magnitude; characters with positive coefficients increase as the axis increases and
those with negative coefficients decrease. Thus, the position of both species along
with first canonical variate reveals that 7. gemina females are characterized by
wider heads, thoraces and wings relative to thorax length (Fig. 3A). Similarly, 7.
gemina males are characterized by relatively wider heads and greater number of
wing crossveins (Fig. 3B). Variation on the first canonical variate accounts for
75.5% of the total variation in females and 85.7% in males (Table 3). Additionally,
all individuals were classified to the correct species, except for the 7. gemina male
mentioned above.
Vectors of mixed sign generally indicate that differences in shape rather than
size define separation between groups. In both sexes, individuals along the first
axis are not ordered by absolute size (Figs. 3A, 3B). Head, thorax and wing width,
however, are moderately to highly correlated with thorax length (0.76 < r < 0.95)
CV 2
1992
LEONG & HAFERNIK: SEASONAL VARIANCE IN ISCHNURA
273
A
□ 1. denticollis
4 -
• 1. gemina
□ □
“ D '
I
D □
2 -
□ □ n
0 -
• •
• %
% *
• •
□ □ o □ D
□ □ □ D n
It •
a
□ □
□ cP
• ;
• •
n
° rfi D
-2-
• •
A —
-4
1 1
1 1 1
1 1 1
1 1
-
7
-5
-3 - 1
1
3 5
CV 1
Figure 3. Plot of the first and second canonical variate scores of all individuals. A. Females. B.
Males.
274
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(4)
which, in turn, is highly correlated with body size. This suggests that the first axis
represents a combination of size and shape differences (Table 3). Inspection of
the coefficients for the second and third vectors indicates that these axes reflect
size and shape differences as well.
The 7. denticollis Livermore and the 7. gemina Coyote Point samples exhibit
several pronounced patterns of seasonal variation. In 7. gemina females and males
of both species, the same characters that define interspecific differences also dis¬
tinguish earlier emerging individuals from later ones within the same population.
These seasonal changes are evident by the ordering of the Livermore and Coyote
Point sample centroids and 95% confidence ellipses along the first axis (Figs. 4A,
4B). In particular, this axis distinguishes early emerging 7. gemina females (Fig.
4A). All earlier emerging individuals possess proportionately wider heads; in
addition, 7. gemina females have proportionately wider thoraces and wings but
earlier emerging males have a greater number of wing crossveins (Table 3). In 7.
denticollis females, however, the early, middle and late Livermore centroids are
not clearly differentiated on the first canonical variate.
The second canonical variate also represents a pattern of seasonal variation
that distinguishes earlier emerging individuals from later ones, but one that is
more distinct than the previous pattern. The positions of the Livermore samples
along the second canonical variate (Fig. 4A) reveal that earlier emerging 7. den¬
ticollis females are differentiated from later seasonal samples by longer, wider and
deeper thoraces and relatively shorter tibiae (Table 3). However, females from
the 7. gemina Coyote Point samples do not show this second seasonal pattern,
and characters which discriminate early emerging 7. gemina females from later
ones are clearly different from those for 7. denticollis females. In males, the po¬
sitions of the Livermore and Coyote Point samples on the second axis indicate
that the 7. denticollis and 7. gemina populations exhibit reversed seasonal patterns
(Fig. 4B). Earlier emerging 7. gemina individuals tend to possess proportionately
shorter thoraces, heads and wings while earlier emerging 7. denticollis males have
proportionately longer thoraces, heads and wings (Table 3). The seasonal pattern
represented by the second canonical variate explains 11.0% and 6.1% of the total
variation in females and males respectively.
The classification of individuals to the correct seasonal population sample pro¬
vides another measure of the seasonal differentiation within the 7. denticollis
Livermore and 7. gemina Coyote Point populations. Most females were classified
correctly (84%) as were males (70%). Classification of females suggests that the 7.
gemina Coyote Point samples are more differentiated seasonally than the 7. den¬
ticollis Livermore samples. Of the Coyote Point samples, only two individuals
from the CE87 sample were misclassified whereas three of the four Livermore
samples had two individuals misclassified each. Only one female from the LE87
sample was misclassified, and 7. denticollis females from other samples were never
misclassified as LE87.
Classification of males reveals that they are less seasonally differentiated than
females. The Coyote Point samples had four to five misclassifications each except
for CE87, which had only one misclassification. Similarly, the Livermore samples
had four to seven misclassifications each except for LE87, which had only one
misclassification.
The morphometric characterization of the 7. gemina Point Reyes and 7. den-
CV 2
1992
LEONG & HAFERNIK: SEASONAL VARIANCE IN ISCHNURA
275
CV 1
-6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6
CV 1
Figure 4. Sample centroids and 9 5% confidence ellipses from the t distribution of canonical variate
scores of CV1 and CV2. A. Females. B. Males. Sample abbreviations as in Table 1.
276
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(4)
ticollis Los Banos populations suggests that the Coyote Point and Livermore
populations are not atypical 7. gemina and 7. denticollis populations. Since both
the Point Reyes and Los Banos samples overlap considerably with the Coyote
Point and Livermore samples, respectively, on the first and second canonical
variates (Figs. 4A, 4B), it is likely that the variation within the Coyote Point and
Livermore populations is fairly representative of 7. gemina and 7. denticollis. It
is difficult, however, to assess the full amount of interpopulational variation among
the 7. gemina Coyote Point and Point Reyes and 7. denticollis Livermore and Los
Banos populations because the Point Reyes and Los Banos populations were
sampled only once.
Discussion
Canonical analysis of discriminance and classification of individuals reveal that
7. denticollis and 7. gemina are phenetically distinct despite the presence of strong
seasonal variation within populations of both species. By sampling the 7. gemina
Coyote Point and 7. denticollis Livermore populations repeatedly throughout the
flight season, we have been able to thoroughly characterize, by morphometric
means, the variation inherent in each population. This evidence indicates that
the morphometric characters used in this study can be used to potentially diagnose
individuals from the hybrid zone (Leong 1989). Therefore, for females, thorax
length and head width may be more useful species discriminators than the struc¬
ture of the prothorax, which is difficult to assess in the hybrid zone. Similarly,
for males, head width and number of wing crossveins may be more useful species
discriminators than the structure of the abdominal appendages. In addition, these
morphometric characters have the advantage over traditional genitalic characters
of being easily quantifiable, whereas differences in prothoracic or abdominal ap¬
pendage structure are not.
The large amount of seasonal variation within the 7. gemina Coyote Point and
7. denticollis Livermore populations suggests that most of the morphometric vari¬
ation in these populations is environmentally induced. The range of morphometric
responses to environmental conditions seems to be limited, however, because
both species are phenetically distinct. Variation in proportional head width is the
predominant seasonal difference in both species and because it is correlated with
overall body size, 7. gemina and 7. denticollis individuals also show a decrease in
body size with later emergence. Similar patterns of seasonal size decrease com¬
monly occur in natural populations of odonates (Dumont & Dumont 1969, Banks
& Thompson 1985, Harvey & Corbet 1985, Van Buskirk 1987a, Baker 1989),
including 7. gemina (A. Balmy, unpublished data).
In addition to changes in body size, our data show that more subtle patterns
of seasonal variation occur in 7. gemina and 7. denticollis as indicated by differences
on the second axis (Figs. 4A, 4B). Each species and each sex within each species
display separate patterns of seasonal variation. This implies that phenotypic re¬
sponses to environmental variation differ between the sexes as well as between
the two species. However, because random outliers are particularly prone to
confound the interpretation of patterns that account for a small portion of the
total variance, it is possible that variation on the second axis may reflect some
random noise.
The seasonal decrease in body size of later emerging adult 7. gemina and 7.
1992
LEONG & HAFERNIK: SEASONAL VARIANCE IN ISCHNURA
277
denticollis most likely reflects the differing environmental conditions experienced
by individuals during larval development. The body size of adults does not change
after emergence and mortality has been found to be random with respect to size
(Van Buskirk 1987a; A. Balmy, unpublished data; J. E. Hafemik, Jr., unpublished
data). It is, therefore, unlikely that the seasonal size differences found in adults
are an artifact of some type of size-related selection on adults. Consequently, the
seasonal differences in adult size must actually represent seasonal differences in
larval size in the I. gemina Coyote Point and I. denticollis Livermore populations.
Several factors may account for seasonal differences in larval size. Experimental
studies of larval odonates have demonstrated the separate effects that temperature,
photoperiod and food availability have on the rate of larval development and
larval size (Lutz 1968, 1974a, b; Thompson 1978; Lawton et al. 1980; Harvey &
Corbet 1985). Other studies have concluded that larval density affects larval size
through interference competition which reduces larval feeding rates (Johnson et
al. 1984, Pierce et al. 1985, Van Buskirk 1987b). Baker (1989), however, found
no evidence to support this conclusion. Unfortunately, little is known about how
the synergistic effect of all these factors affect larval, and thus adult size in natural
populations. Harvey & Corbet (1985) suggest that overwintering in the final instar
somehow causes an increase in larval size because this cohort subsequently gives
rise to the larger early emerging adults. Perhaps environmental conditions ex¬
perienced by the final instar most heavily influence adult size.
Acknowledgment
We thank S. C. Williams, V. T. Parker, R. W. Garrison and P. S. Ward for
their helpful comments. Valuable discussions were provided by A. Balmy and D.
Herlocker. This research was supported in part by a Sigma Xi Grant-in-Aid of
Research.
Literature Cited
Banks, M. J. & D. J. Thompson. 1985. Lifetime mating success in the damselfly Coenagrion puella.
Anim. Behav., 33: 1175-1183.
Baker, R. L. 1989. Condition and size of damselflies: a field study of food limitation. Oecologia, 81:
111-119.
Dumont, H. J. & S. Dumont. 1969. A biometrical analysis of the dragonfly, Ischnura elegans elegans
(Vander Linder) with special reference to its chloride-tolerance and generation number. Biol.
J. Dodonaea, 37: 50-60.
Garrison, R. W. & J. E. Hafemik, Jr. 1981a. The distribution of Ischnura gemina (Kennedy) and a
description of the andromorph female (Zygoptera: Coenagrionidae). Odonatologica, 10: 85-91.
Garrison, R. W. & J. E. Hafemik, Jr. 1981b. Population structure of the rare damselfly, Ischnura
gemina (Kennedy) (Odonata: Coenagrionide). Oecologia, 48: 377-384.
Hafemik, J. E. Jr. & R. W. Garrison. 1986. Mating success and survival rate in a population of
damselflies: results at variance with theory? Am. Nat., 128: 353-365.
Harvey, I. F. & P. S. Corbet. 1985. Territorial behavior of larvae enhances mating success of male
dragonflies. Anim. Behav., 33: 561-565.
Johnson, D. M., R. E. Hohanan, C. N. Watson & T. H. Martin. 1984. Coexistence of Enallagma
divagans and Enallagma traviatum (Zygoptera: Coenagrionide) in Bays Mountain Lake, Ten¬
nessee: an in situ enclosure experiment. Adv. Odonatol., 2: 57-70.
Kachigan, S. K. 1986. Statistical analysis. Radius Press, New York.
Kennedy, C. H. 1915. Notes on the life history and ecology of the dragonflies (Odonata) of Washington
and Oregon. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 49: 259-345.
Kennedy, C. H. 1917. Notes on the life history and ecology of the dragonflies (Odonata) of Central
California and Nevada. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 52: 483-635.
278
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(4)
Lawton, J. H., B. A. Thompson & D. J. Thompson. 1980. The effects of prey density on survival
and growth of damselfly larvae. Ecol. Entomol., 5: 39-51.
Leong, J. M. 1989. Morphological variation and hybridization in two damselflies, Ischnura denticollis
and Ischnura gemina (Odonata: Coenagrionide). M.A. Thesis, San Francisco State University.
Lutz, P. E. 1968. Effects of temperature and photoperiod on larval development in Lestes eurinus
(Odonata: Lestidae). Ecology, 49: 637-644.
Lutz, P. E. 1974a. Effects of temperature and photoperiod on larval development in Tetragoneuria
cynosura (Odonata: Libelluilidae). Ecology, 55: 370-377.
Lutz, P. E. 1974b. Environmental factors controlling duration of larval instars in Tetragoneuria
cynosura (Odonata). Ecology, 55: 630-637.
Pierce, C. L., P. H. Crowley & D. M. Johnson. 1985. Behavior and ecological interactions of larval
Odonata. Ecology, 66: 1504-1512.
Pimentel, R. A. 1979. Morphometries: the multivariate analysis of biological data. Kendall/Hunt
Publishing Company, Dubuque, Iowa.
Pimentel, R. A. & J. D. Smith. 1986. BIOSTAT II: a multivariate statistical toolbox. Sigma Soft,
Placentia, California.
Pritchard, A. E. & R. F. Smith. 1956. Odonata. pp. 106-153. In Usinger, R. L. (ed.). Aquatic insects
of California. University of California Press, Berkeley.
Thompson, D. J. 1978. Towards a realistic predator-prey model: the effect of temperature on the
functional response and life history of larvae of the damselfly, Ischnura elegans. J. Anim. Ecol.,
47: 757-767.
Van Buskirk, J. 1987a. Influence of size and date of emergence on male survival and mating success
in a dragonfly, Sympetrum rubicundulum. Am. Midi. Nat., 118: 169-176.
Van Buskirk, J. 1987b. Density-dependent population dynamics in larvae of the dragonfly Pachy-
diplax longipennis : a field experiment. Oecologia, 72: 221-225.
Received 10 October 1991; accepted 15 January 1992.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(4): 279-280, (1992)
Scientific Note
“BAJA CALIFORNIA NORTE”: A CASE FOR
“GEOGRAPHICAL INEXACTITUDE”
We address herein Snelling’s (Snelling, R. R. 1987. Pan-Pacific Entomol., 63:
339-340) concern for certain nomenclature of the Mexican peninsula, Baja Cal¬
ifornia—“geographical inexactitude,” as he called it. His main complaint was that
the widespread use of “Baja California Norte” (BCN) for the northern state, Baja
California (BC), is “geopolitically incorrect.” It may thus be, but it certainly is
“geo-logically” correct and readily serves to distinguish the state from the pen¬
insula. Snelling proposed the anglicized, anachronistic “Lower California” to
designate the peninsula, and his argument for its “historical precedent” in the
entomological literature is specious.
The confusion stems from the old peninsular territories attaining statehood,
the history and terminology of which was inaccurately discussed by Snelling.
According to W. Michael Mathes (in litt.), in 1930 the peninsula was divided into
Baja California, Territorio Norte and Baja California, Territorio Sur (no “del”
included). The northern unit became a state (BC) in 1953 (not 1952), the southern
unit a state (BCS) in 1975 (not 1974).
We looked at approximately 50 references dating from 1950, mostly biological,
and all but one used BC as the name for the peninsula. However, many were not
exempt from the problems which Snelling addressed, namely that locality data
have been presented in a number of confusing ways. Some of this stems from an
author’s failure to properly, if at all, distinguish the peninsula from a state thereof.
To confuse BCS would be inexcusable. The northern state (BC) is not so easy.
Much past confusion probably cannot be clarified and it seems naive to think
that all will be reconciled in the future. The use of BCN provides complete
clarification; however, purists will persist. According to W. Michael Mathes (in
litt.), many Mexican deputies and senators have attempted the necessary consti¬
tutional amendment to no avail.
Despite the foregoing we feel that Snelling clouds the main issue, which is to
effect accurate labeling of specimens. Often the primary difficulty is not identifying
the state, but locating a specific place therein. We agree with Snelling that a
standardized format should be implemented and suggest the following parameters
for scientific writing and specimen labels: 1) Baja California Norte to be unofficially
adopted to avoid confusion—Mexican and U.S. colleagues to whom we have
talked or written agree. 2) The peninsula must retain its proper Mexican name,
Baja California, but this should not be used alone or on labels; therefore, those
that persist in using BC can be interpreted as having collected in the northern
state. 3) “Baja” and “Baja Sur,” terms incorrectly attributed by Snelling as com¬
monly used by Mexicans, should never be used. 4) Most importantly, for most
localities latitude and longitude should be placed on specimen labels. High quality
topographic maps are available which simplify this task. Besides clarification, the
addition of these coordinates obviates the need to interpret “BC”!
Acknowledgment.— For valuable information and discussion, we thank P. E.
280
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(4)
Blom, University of Idaho, Moscow; R. D. Bratz, Albertson College of Idaho,
Caldwell; W. M. Mathes, Sutro Library, San Francisco, California; and B. Villa
R., Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico, Mexico City.
William H. Clark, 1 & Richard L. Westcott, 2 l Orma J. Smith Museum of Natural
History, Albertson College of Idaho, Caldwell, Idaho 83605; 2 Plant Division,
Oregon Department of Agriculture, Salem, Oregon 97310-0110.
Received 5 April 1991; accepted 12 July 1991.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(4): 280-281, (1992)
Scientific Note
NEW RECORD OF THE BLOWFLY,
CHRYSOMYA MEGACEPHALA (FABR.),
FROM ECUADOR (DIPTERA: CALLIPHORIDAE)
The Oriental Latrine Fly, Chrysomya megacephala (Fabr.) is an Old World
blowfly that has been introduced into the Western Hemisphere within the past
two decades. It has been reported from Argentina, Brazil, Paraguay, Peru and
Venezuela in the Neotropical Region. It is established in Mexico and southern
California in the Nearctic. We recently found evidence that C. megacephala is
also present in Ecuador, a new Neotropical record for this species.
Our examination of frozen fillets of mahi mahi (dophinfish) imported from
Ecuador found an adult female C. megacephala embedded in a fillet, beneath an
exterior coating of ice glace. The mahi mahi fillets had been prepared, glaced and
frozen in Guayaquil, Ecuador, prior to shipment to Los Angeles, California, where
the fillets were examined. The entire shipment of fillets is documented as having
been continuously held in frozen storage at 0° C from the time it left Ecuador
until we examined it. The fillet that we examined was prepared in Ecuador in
1989 or earlier. Because the specimen of C. megacephala was found underneath
the original ice glace, we conclude that it came from Ecuador along with the fillet.
We also conclude that C. megacephala has been present in Ecuador for over a
year, based on the packing date of the fillet that we examined. This is the first
time that we have observed C. megacephala on mahi mahi, although it has been
recorded from other varieties of seafood. It is also the first indication that this
species has extended its Neotropical range into Ecuador. Wherever this filth fly
occurs, public health officials are concerned over the role that this species may
play in the transmission of foodbome pathogens and other diseases.
Alan R. Olsen, Steven C. Angold, Daniel F. Gross and Thomas H. Sidebottom,
1992
SCIENTIFIC NOTE
281
U.S. Food and Drug Administration, 1521 W. Pico Blvd., Los Angeles, California
90015-2483.
Received 25 June 1991; accepted 12 July 1991.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(4): 281-282, (1992)
Scientific Note
PASS ALUS ( PERTINAX) PUNCTATOSTRIATUS
PERCHERON (COLEOPTERA: PASSALIDAE) IN THE
SIERRA DE MANANTLAN, JALISCO, MEXICO
As a contribution to the knowledge of the Sierra de Manantlan passalid fauna
(Castillo, C. et al. 1988. Acta Zool. Mex. (ns), 30: 1-20) an additional record of
Passalus ( Pertinax) punctatostriatus Percheron is reported. This Passalini species
has a wide distribution and is found from Mexico, south to Venezuela, Colombia
and Brazil. In eastern Mexico, its range follows the gulf coast plain north to the
Sierra Madre Oriental (Reyes-Castillo, P. 1970. Folia Entomob Mex., 20-22: 1-
240), while in the west it is limited to the tropics from Guerrero, south to Chiapas;
it occurs from sea level to 1400 m. This species has a large environmental tolerance
and is found in evergreen tropical forests, humid pine oak forests, cloud forests,
secondary forests and coffee cultures.
We found it in decaying logs, under bark and in heartwood, where decompo¬
sition varied widely, from incipient to high. There is no apparent preference for
tree species selected for nest building; individuals can be found even in decom¬
posed fruits, which underscores the species’ great plasticity.
In the Biosphere Reserve of Manantlan in southwestern Jalisco, 12 adults were
found in the localities of El Puerto de Los Mazos (cloud forest), El Tigre and La
Calera (subdeciduous tropical forest). Two separate reproducing couples collected
in October 1989 and February 1990, and kept under ideal laboratory conditions,
produced broods in April and May. The brood sizes were three and 14. Additional
observations in other parts of the country yielded an average brood size value for
the species of 6.11 ± 4.6 {n = 76). Groups of larvae and adults have been collected
together showing the characteristic subsocial behavior attributed to the family.
In Sierra de Manantlan the reproduction period is prolonged. Under laboratory
conditions couples copulated from the end of March to the middle of April, and
at the beginning of October individuals were collected from all the development
stages. This agrees with the general pattern found in many species of passalids,
where reproductive periods extend throughout the year without pronounced sea¬
sonality. Likewise, the copulation behavior observed is similar to the generalized
282
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Vol. 68(4)
copulation behavior pattern of other passalid species (Castillo, M. L. & P. Reyes-
Castillo. 1989. Coleopts. Bull., 43: 162-164).
The localities El Tigre (19°39'47" N, 104°25 r 51" W), La Calera (19°39'26" N,
104°25'45" W) and El Puerto de Los Mazos (19°41'56" N, 104°23'29" W) are
found in the northwest portion of the Sierra de Manantlan Biosphere Reserve
between 700 and 1350 m and present a high species diversity of animals and
plants because of the homogeneous temperature, relative humidity and rainfall
throughout the year.
In Los Tuxtlas, Veracruz, P. ( P .) punctatostriatus had the highest frequency of
occurrence (32.2%) of the 14 passalid species observed (Castillo, M. L. 1987. Tesis
de Licenciatura. Facultad de Ciencias, Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexi¬
co). The abundance and diversity of the passalid fauna from the Sierra de Manant¬
lan is unknown, but the number of species documented is lower than in Los
Tuxtlas; this record brings the total to five species.
Material Examined.— MEXICO. JALISCO: Biosphere Reserve of Manantlan, El Puerto de Los
Mazos, 15 km (SW) of Autlan, 1350 m, 16 Oct 1989, L. E. Rivera Cervantes, 1 male, 2 females; same
reserve, El Tigre, 12 km (SW) of Autlan, 700 m, 5 Feb 1990, M. L. Castillo and L. E. Rivera Cervantes,
1 male, 2 females; same reserve, La Calera, 10 km (SW) of Autlan, 760 m, 4 Feb 1990, M. L. Castillo
and L. E. Rivera Cervantes, 3 males, 3 females.
Acknowledgment. — We thank Pedro Reyes-Castillo for comments on an earlier
draft of this note. This work was supported by CONACYT, Mexico, contribution
05 to the program “Diagnostico y Conservation de la Biodiversidad en Mexico.
Subproyecto Biodiversidad de Cinco Grupos de Insectos,” and “Estudios Ecologi¬
es de los Coleopteros Degradadores de la Sierra de Manantlan” supported by
Universidad de Guadalajara and the WWF, U.S.A.
Maria Luisa Castillo 1 and Luis E. Rivera Cervantes 2 , l Instituto de Ecologia,
Apdo. Postal 63, Xalapa, Veracruz, 91000 Mexico. 2 Laboratorio Natural Las
Joy as, Universidad de Guadalajara, Apdo. Postal 1-3933, Guadalajara, Jalisco,
44100 Mexico.
Received 26 August 1991; accepted 1 December 1991.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(4): 283, (1992)
Anderson, J.
Andres, L.
Anonymous
Ball, G. E.
Barr, W. F.
Bezark, L.
Blackman, R.
Bousquet, Y.
Brown, H. P.
Cherry, R. H.
Clement, S. L.
Daly, H. V.
Donahue, J. P.
Dowell, R. V.
Doyen, J. T.
Edmonds, W. D.
Edwards, J. G.
Eichlin, T.
Eikenbary, R. D.
Fisher, E.
Hint, O. S.
Foottit, R.
Pan-Pacific Entomologist Reviewers
Volume 68
Garrison, R. W.
Opgenorth, D.
Gill, R. J.
Oswald, J. S.
Goodbrod, J. R.
Pinto, J.
Gordon, R.
Powell, J. A.
Gramaldi, D.
Robinson, A. G.
Griswold, T.
Rogers, E.
Halbert, S. E.
Schmidt, C. D.
Hanula, J. L.
Schwartz, M.
Hardy, A.
Seeno, T.
Hespenheide, H. A.
Smith, E. L.
Howden, H. F.
Snelling, R. R.
Hunter, C.
Somerby, R.
Johnson, J. B.
Spilman, T.
Kingsolver, J.
Stoddard, P.
Kono, T.
Stoetzel, M. B.
Lago, P.
Thorp, R.
Lattin, J. D.
Vilela, C.
MacNeill, C. D.
Voegtlin, D. J.
Mathis, W. N.
Wasbauer, J.
Michner, C.
Wasbauer, M.
Miller, D. R.
Young, D. K.
O’Brien, C. W.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(4): 284-285, (1992)
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Contents for Volume 68
Aalbu, R. L. & F. G. Andrews— Revision of the
spider beetle genus Niptus in North America,
including new cave and pholeophile species
(Coleoptera: Ptinidae) . 73
Adams, P. A. & N. D. Penny— New genera of
Nothochrysinae from South America (Neu-
roptera: Chrysopidae) . 216
Allen, W. W.—See Chemsak, J. A. 225
Al-Raeesi, A. A., S. E. Halbert & J. B. Johnson—
Rhopalosiphum rufiabdominalis (Sasaki) and
Aphis armoraciae Cowen (Homoptera:
Aphididae) confirmed on wheat in Idaho ..
. 70
Andrews, F. G.—See Aalbu, R. L. 73
Angold, S. C—See Olsen, A. R. 280
Arnaud, P. H., Jr. —In memoriam: James Wil¬
son Tilden (1904-1988) . 27
Bach De Roca, C.— See Strum, H. 174
Barrera, E. — See Brailovsky, H. 122
Brailovsky, H., E. Barrera & W.
Lopez-Forment— Revision of the genus
Tachycolpura Breddin (Hemiptera: Heter-
optera: Coreidae: Colpurini) . 122
Buchmann, S. L.—See Cane, J. H. 97
Burlando, T. M. — See Kaya, H. K. 38
Cane, J. H., S. L. Buchmann & W. E. LaBerge—
The solitary bee Melissodes thelypodi Cock¬
erell (Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae) collects
pollen from wind-pollinated Amaranthus
palmeri Watson . 97
Castillo, M. L. & L. E. Rtvera Cervantes—
Passalus ( Pertinax ) punctatostriatus (Cole¬
optera: Passalidae) in the Sierra de Manan-
tlan, Jalisco, Mexico . 282
Chemsak, J. A., E. G. Linsley, W. W. Allen &
W. W. Middlekauff— Abraham Ezra Mich-
elbacher (1899-1991): the bibliography of
Abraham Ezra Michelbacher and Symphyla
named by him . 225
Chen, C. C—See Wilson, S. W. 133
Clark, W. H. & R. L. Westcott— “Baja Cali¬
fornia Norte”: a case for “geographical in¬
exactitude” . 279
Connelly, B. J.—See Halbert, S. E. 52
Eberhard, W. G.—Copulatory courtship and
notes on the natural history of Ochthera oc¬
cidentals Clausen (Diptera: Ephydridae) ..
. 261
Feng, M.-G., J. B. Johnson, R. M. Nowierski &
S. E. Halbert— Population trends and bio¬
logical aspects of cereal aphids (Homoptera:
Aphididae), and their natural mortality fac¬
tors on winter wheat in southwestern Idaho
. 248
Feng, M.-G., R. M. Nowierski, R. E. Klein, A.
L. Scharen & D. C. Sands— Spherical hy-
phal bodies of Pandora neoaphidis (Remau-
diere & Hennebert) Humber (Zygomycetes:
Entomophthorales) on Acyrthosiphon pisum
(Harris) (Homoptera: Aphididae): a potential
overwintering form . 100
Feng, M.-G.—See Halbert, S. E. 52
Gill, R. A.—A review of the sweetpotato whitefly
in southern California. 144
Greenberg, B. —See Wells, J. D . 12
Gross, D. F.—See Olsen, A. R. 280
Hafernik, J. E., Jr.— See Leong, J. M. .. 268
Haines, R. D.—See Halstead, J. A. 68
Halbert, S. E. & T. M. Mowry— Survey of My-
zus persicae (Sulzer) (Homoptera: Aphidi¬
dae) infestations on bedding plants for sale
in eastern Idaho . 8
Halbert, S. E., B. J. Connelly & M.-G. Feng—
Occurrence of Diuraphis (Holcaphis ) fre-
quens (Walker) (Homoptera: Aphididae) on
wheat, new to Idaho, and a key to North
American Diuraphis . 52
Halbert, S. E.—See Al-Raeesi, A. A. ... 70
Halbert, S. E. —See Feng, M.-G. 248
Halstead, J. A. & R. D. Haines— New distri¬
butional records for some candidate species
of Lytta in California (Coleoptera: Meloidae)
. 68
Harrison, R. E.—See Kaya, H. K. 38
Hsu, Y.-F. & J. A. Powell —Hemihyalea ed-
wardsii (Packard) (Lepidoptera: Arctiidae) is
the host of Paradejeania rutilioides (Jaen-
nicke) (Diptera: Tachinidae) in central coast¬
al California . 64
Hunter, A. S.—Flower-breeding Drosophila of
Bogota, Colombia: new species (Diptera:
Drosophilidae) . 192
Johnson, C. D.—See Nilsson, J. A. 62
Johnson, J. B., J. P. McCaffrey & F. W. Mer-
ickel— Endemic phytophagous insects as¬
sociated with yellow starthistle in northern
Idaho . 169
Johnson, J. B. & L. M. Wilson— Heimbra opaca
(Ashmead) (Hymenoptera: Eurytomidae)
discovered in Washington . 63
Johnson, J. B.—See Al-Raeesi, A. A. ... 70
Johnson, J. B.—See Feng, M.-G. 248
1992
CONTENTS FOR VOLUME 68
285
Katakura, H.—See Yoshida, N. 1
Kaya, H. K., M. G. Klein, T. M. Burlando, R.
E. Harrison & L. A. Lacey— Prevalence of
two Bacillus popilliae Dutky morphotypes and
blue disease in Cyclocephala hirta LeConte
(Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) populations in
California. 38
Kaya, H. K. — See Leong, K. L. H. 66
Klein, M. G.-See Kaya, H. K. 38
Klein, R. E.—See Feng, M.-G. 100
LaBerge, W. E. —See Cane, J. H. 97
Lacey, L. A.— See Kaya, H. K. 38
Leong, J. M. & J. E. Hafernik, Jr.— Seasonal
variation ibn allopatric populations of Isch-
nura denticollis (Burmeister) and Ischnura
gemina (Kennedy) (Odonata: Coenagrioni-
dae). 268
Leong, K. L. H., M. A. Yoshimura & H. K.
Kaya— Low susceptibility of overwintering
monarch butterflies to Bacillus thuringiensis
Berliner . 66
Liebherr, J. K. & G. A. Samuelson— The first
endemic troglobitic carabid beetles in Ha¬
waiian lava tubes (Coleoptera: Carabidae)
. 157
Linsley, E. G.—See Chemsak, J. A. 225
Lopez-Forment, W. —See Brailovsky, H. 122
Martinez, M. J.— A new ant introduction for
North America: Pheidole tenerijfana (Taino
Aguayo) (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) .
. 152
McCaffrey, J. P.—See Johnson, J. B. . . . 169
Merickel, F. W. —See Johnson, J. B. ... 169
Middlekauff, W. W.—See Chemsak, J. A. 225
Mowry, T. M.—See Halbert, S. E. 8
Najt, J. & W. M. Weiner —Koreanurina NEW
GENUS, Leenurina NEW GENUS and Ca-
putanurina Lee, 1983 (Collembola: Nean-
uridae) from North Korea . 216
Neff, J. L. & B. B. Simpson— Nest biology of
Osmia ( Diceratosmia ) subfasciata Cresson in
central Texas (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae)
. 15
Nilsson, J. A. & C. D. Johnson— New host, Bau-
hinia variegata L., and new locality records
for Caryedon serratus (Olivier) in the New
World (Coleoptera: Bruchidae: Pachymeri-
nae). 62
Nowierski, R. M.—See Feng, M. G. 100, 248
Obrecht, E. —See Scholl, A. 46
Olsen, A. R., S. C. Angold, D. F. Gross & T.
H. Sidebottom— Chrysomya megacephala
(Fabr.), from Ecuador (Diptera: Calliphori-
dae). 280
Pacific Coast Entomological Society, publi¬
cations . 223
Pan-Pacific Entomologist, errata and restate¬
ment of editorial policy on manuscript re¬
vision and acceptance. 222
Pan-Pacific Entomologist, reviewers for vol¬
ume 68 . 283
Penny, N. D.—See Adams, P. A. 216
Pollock, D. A.—A new species of Tydessa Pea¬
cock (Coleoptera: Pythidae: Pilipalpinae) from
western North America . 243
Powell, J. A.—Recent colonization of the San
Francisco Bay area, California, by exotic
moths (Lepidoptera: Tineoidea, Gelechioi-
dea, Torticoidea, Pyraloidea). 105
Powell, J. A.—See Hsu, Y.-F. 64
Rivera Cervantes, L. E. —See Castillo, M. L.
. 282
Samuelson, G. A.—See Liebherr, J. K. 57
Sands, D. C. — See Feng, M.-G. 100
Scharen, A. L. — See Feng, M.-G. 100
Scholl, A., R. W. Thorp & E. Obrecht—T he
genetic relationship between Bombus frank-
lini (Frison) and other taxa of the subgenus
Bombus s.str. (Hymenoptera: Apidae) 46
Shepard, W. D.—A redescription of Ordobrevia
nubifera (Fall) (Coleoptera: Elmidae) 140
Sidebottom, T. H. — See Olsen, A. R. ... 280
Simpson, B. B.—See Neff, J. L. 15
Strum, H. & C. Bach De Roca—N ew American
Meinertellidae (Archaeognatha, Machilo-
idea) . 174
Thorp, R. W.—See Scholl, A. 46
Tsai, J. H. - See Wilson, S. W. 133
Weiner, W. M.—See Najt, J. 216
Wells, J. D. & B. Greenberg—R ates of preda¬
tion by Chrysomya rufifacies (Macquart) on
Cochliomyia macellaria (Fabr.) (Diptera:
Calliphoridae) in the laboratory: effect of
predator and prey development . 12
Westcott, R. L.—See Clark, W.H. ..... 279
Wilson, L. M.—See Johnson, J. B. 63
Wilson, S. W., J. H. Tsai & C. C. Chen—D e¬
scriptions of immatures of Eoeyrysa flavo-
capitata Muir from Taiwan (Homoptera:
Delphacidae). 133
Yoshida, N. & H. Katakura—E volution of ovi-
position habits in Aphodius dung beetles (Co¬
leoptera: Scarabaeidae) . 1
Yoshimura, M. A.—See Leong, K. L. H. 66
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
68(4): 286-288, (1992)
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Index to Volume 68
Aalbu, R. L., 73
Acyrthosiphum pisum, 100
Adams, P. A., 216
Africa, 153
Al-Raeesi, A. A., 71
Aleyrodidae, 144
Allen, W. W., 225
Amaranthus palmeri, 97
Andrews, F. G., 73
anemophily, 971
Angold, S. C., 280
Anthophoridae, 97
aphid-specific fungal pathogens, 100
Aphididae, 8, 52, 70, 100, 248
Aphis armoraciae, 70
Aphodius, 1
Apidae, 46
Arachaeognatha, 174
Arctiidae, 64
Arizona, 97
Amaud, P. H., 27
Asthenochrysa, NEW GENUS, 217
Atelothrus, 157
A. aaae, NEW SPECIES, 164
A. howarthi, NEW SPECIES, 158
Bach de Roca, C., 174
Bacillis thuringiensis, 66
B. popilliae, 38
Baja California Norte, 279
B.C. Sur, 279
Barrera, E., 122
Bauhinia variegata, 62
bedding plants, 8
bee, 15
behavioral sequences, 1
Bemisia tabaci, 144
biology, 73
blister beetles, 68
blowfly, 280
blue disease, 38
Bogota, Columbia, 192
Bombus, 46
B. franklini, 46
Borneo, 122
Brailovsky, H., 122
Bruchidae, 62
Buchmann, S. L., 97
bumble bee genetic relationships, 46
Burlando, T. M., 38
California, 38, 64, 68, 105, 144, 243, 268
Calliphoridae, 12, 280
Cane, J. H., 97
Caputanurina, 206
C. intermedia, NEW SPECIES, 207
C. major, NEW SPECIES, 212
C. sexdentata, NEW SPECIES, 213
C. turbator, NEW SPECIES, 208
Caputurinae, 203
Carabidae, 157
Caryedon serratus, 62
Castillo, M. L., 282
caves, 73, 157
Centaurea solstitialis, 169
cereal aphids, 248
Chemsak, J. A., 225
Chen, C. C., 133
Chrysomya invasion, 12
C. megacephala, 280
C. rufifacies, 12
Chrysopidae, 216
Clark, W. H., 280
Cochliomyia macellaria, 12
Coenagrionidae, 268
Coleoptera, 1, 38, 62, 68, 73, 140, 157, 281
Collembola, 200
colonization, 105
Colpurini, 122
Columbia, 192
Connelly, B. J., 52
copulatory behavior, 261
Coreidae, 122
Cyclopcephala hirta, 38
damselfly, 268
Danaus plexippus, 66
Delphacidae, 133
development, 140
Diptera, 12, 64, 192, 261, 280
Diuraphis frequens, 52
D. noxia, 52
Drosophila, 192
D. arane, NEW SPECIES, 195
D. bifurcada, NEW SPECIES, 192
D. choachi, NEW SPECIES, 194
dung beetles, 1
Eberhard, W. G., 261
Ecuador, 280
Elmidae, 140
Entomophthorales, 100, 248
1992
INDEX TO VOLUME 68
287
enzyme electrophoresis, 46
Eoeurysa flavocapitata, 133
ephydrid fly, 261
Ephydridae, 261
Eurytomidae, 63
evolution, 1
Feng, M-G., 52, 100, 248
Formicidae, 153
Gelechioidea, 105
Gill, R. J., 144
Greenberg, B., 12
Gross, D. F., 280
Hafemik, J. E., 268
Haines, R. D., 69
Halbert, S. E„ 8, 71, 52, 248
Halstead, J. A., 69
Harrison, R. E., 38
Hawaii, 157
Heimbra opaca, 63
Hemihyalea edwardsii, 64
Hemiptera, 122
Heteroptera, 122
Holarctic, 243
Homoptera, 8, 52, 70, 100, 133, 248
Hsu, Y-F., 65
Hunter, A. S., 192
Hymenoptera, 46, 63, 97, 153
Idaho, 8, 52, 70, 169, 248
immature stages, 133
Ischnura, 268
I. denticollis, 268
I. gemina, 268
Jalisco, Mexico, 281
Japan, 1
Johnson, C. D., 63
Johnson, J. B., 63, 71, 248
Katakura, H., 1
Kaya, H. K., 38, 68
Klein, M. G., 38
Klein, R. E., 100
Koreanuria, NEW GENUS, 200
K. inexspectata, NEW SPECIES, 202
K. szeptyckii, NEW SPECIES, 201
La Berge, W. E., 97
Lacey, L. A., 38
lava tubes, 157
Leenurina, NEW GENUS, 203
L. jasii, NEW SPECIES, 204
Leong, J. M., 268
Leong, K. L., 68
Lepidoptera, 64, 105
Leptochrysa, NEW GENUS, 219
L. prisea, NEW SPECIES, 219
Liebherr, J. K., 157
Linsley, E. G., 225
Lopez-Forment, W., 122
Lytta sp., 68
Machilinus, 176
M. abulbiferus, NEW SPECIES, 179
M. chilensis, NEW SPECIES, 176
M. rupestris, 175
Machiloidea, 174
Martinez, M. J., 154
Meinertellidae, 174
Melissodes, 97
M. thelypodii, 97
Meloidae, 68
Mexico, 62, 73, 174, 261
Michelbacher, A. E., 225
Microcoryphia, 174
Middlekauff, W. W., 225
milky disease, 38
monarch butterfly, 66
morphhometrics, 268
Mowry, T. M., 8
Myzus persicae, 8
Najt, J., 200
Neanuridae, 200
Nearctolinus, NEW SUBGENUS, 181
Neff, J. L., 15
Neotropolinua, NEW SUBGENUS, 176
nest biology, 15
Neuroptera, 216
Nevada, 243
New World, 62
Nilsson, J. A., 63
Niptus, 73
N. arcanus, 74
N. giuliani, 86
N. neotomae, 88
N. sleeperi, 91
North America, 73, 153
North Korea, 200
Nothochrysinae, 216
Nowierski, R. M., 100, 248
Obrecht, E., 46
Ochthera occidentalis, 261
Odonata, 268
Olsen, A. R., 280
Ordobrevia, 140
O. nubifera, 140
Oriental latrine fly, 280
Osmia ( Diceratosmia ) subfasciata, 15
overwintering, 100
oviposition, 1
288
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Yol. 68(4)
Pachymerinae, 62
Pandora neoaphidis, 100
Pardejeania rutilioides, 63
Passalidae, 281
Passalus ( Pertinax ) punctatostriatus, 281
Penny, N. D., 216
Pheidole teneriffana, 153
Pilipalpinae, 243
Platynini, 157
pollin-foraging bees, 97
pollination, 97
Pollock, D. A., 243
population dynamics, 248
Powell, J. A., 65, 105
Praemachiellus NEW GENUS, 187
P. rentzii, NEW SPECIES, 188
predatory behavior, 12
Pryaloidea, 105
Pseudachorutinae, 200
Ptinidae, 73
Pythidae, 243
Rhopalosiphum rufiabdominalis, 70
Rickettsiella popilliae, 38
Rivera Cervantes, L. E., 282
Samuelson, G. A., 157
Sands, D. C., 100
Scarabaeidae, 1, 38
Scharen, A. L., 100
Scholl, A., 46
seasonal variation, 268
sexual selection, 261
Shepard, W. D., 140
Sidebottom, T. H., 280
Sierra de Manantlan, 281
Simpson, B. B., 15
solitary bee, 97
South Korea, 200
southwest United States, 73
Strum, H., 174
sugarcane, 133
Sumatra, 122
sweetpotato whitefly, 144
Symphala, 225
Tachinidae, 64
Tachycolpura, 122
T. elongata, NEW COMBINATION, 128
T. luteola, NEW SPECIES, 130
T. sumatrana, 131
Taiwan, 133
Texas, 15
Thorp, R. W„ 46
Tilton, J. W., 27
Tineoidea, 105
Tortricoidea, 105
Tsai, J. H., 133
turfgrass, 38
Tydessa, 243
T. blaisdelli, NEW SPECIES, 243
variation, 140
Washington, 63, 100
Weiner, W. M„ 200
Wells, J. D., 12
Westcott, R. L., 280
western North America, 243
wheat, 70
Wilson, L. M., 63
Wilson, S. W., 133
winter wheat, 248
yellow starthistle, 169
Yoshida, N., 1
Yoshimura, M. A., 68
Zygomycetes, 100
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Information for Contributors
See volume 66 (1): 1-8, January 1990, for detailed format information and the issues thereafter for examples. Manuscripts must be
in English, but foreign language summaries are permitted. Manuscripts not meeting the format guidelines may be returned. Please
maintain a copy of the article on a word-processor because revisions are usually necessary before acceptance, pending review and copy¬
editing.
Format. — Type manuscripts in a legible serif font IN DOUBLE OR TRIPLE SPACE with 1.5 in margins on one side of 8.5 x 11 in,
nonerasable, high quality paper. THREE (3) COPIES of each manuscript must be submitted, EACH INCLUDING REDUCTIONS
OF ANY FIGURES TO THE 8.5 x 11 IN PAGE. Number pages as: title page (page 1), abstract and key words page (page 2), text
pages (pages 3+), acknowledgment page, literature cited pages, footnote page, tables, figure caption page; place original figures last.
List the corresponding author’s name, address including ZIP code, and phone number on the title page in the upper right comer. The
title must include the taxon’s designation, where appropriate, as: (Order: Family). The ABSTRACT must not exceed 250 words; use
five to seven words or concise phrases as KEY WORDS. Number FOOTNOTES sequentially and list on a separate page.
Text. — Demarcate MAJOR HEADINGS as centered headings and MINOR HEADINGS as left indented paragraphs with lead phrases
underlined and followed by a period and two hypens. CITATION FORMATS are: Coswell (1986), (Asher 1987a, Franks & Ebbet
1988, Dorly et al. 1989), (Burton in press) and (R. F. Tray, personal communication). For multiple papers by the same author use:
(Weber 1932, 1936, 1941; Sebb 1950, 1952). For more detailed reference use: (Smith 1983: 149-153, Price 1985: fig. 7a, Nothwith
1987: table 3).
Taxonomy. — Systematics manuscripts have special requirements outlined in volume 66(1): 1-8, including SEPARATE PARAGRAPHS
FOR DIAGNOSES, TYPES AND MATERIAL EXAMINED (INCLUDING A SPECIFIC FORMAT), and a specific order for
paragraphs in descriptions. See: Johnson, K. (1990. Pan-Pacif. Entomol., 66[2]: 97-125) for an example of format style and order
for taxonomic descriptions. Please request a copy of special format requirements from the editor. List the unabbreviated taxonomic
author of each species after its first mention.
Literature Cited. — Format examples are:
Anderson, T. W. 1984. An introduction to multivariate statistical analysis (2nd ed). John Wiley & Sons, New York.
Blackman, R. L., P. A. Brown & V. F. Eastop. 1987. Problems in pest aphid taxonomy: can chromosomes plus morphometries
provide some answers? pp. 233-238. In Holman, J., J. Pelikan, A. G. F. Dixon & L. Weismann (eds.). Population structure, genetics
and taxonomy of aphids and Thysanoptera. Proc. international symposium held at Smolenice Czechoslovakia, Sept. 9-14, 1985.
SPB Academic Publishing, The Hague, The Netherlands.
Ferrari, J. A. & K. S. Rai. 1989. Phenotypic correlates of genome size variation in Aedes albopictus. Evolution, 42: 895-899.
Sorensen, J. T. (in press). Three new species of Essigella (Homoptera: Aphididae). Pan-Pacif. Entomol.
Illustrations. — Illustrations must be of high quality and large enough to ultimately reduce to 117 x 181 mm while maintaining label
letter sizes of at least 1 mm; this reduction must also allow for space below the illustrations for the typeset figure captions. Authors
are strongly encouraged to provide illustrations no larger than 8.5 x 11 in for easy handling. Number figures in the order presented.
Mount all illustrations. Label illustrations on the back noting: (1) figure number, (2) direction of top, (3) author’s name, (4) title of
the manuscript, and (5) journal. FIGURE CAPTIONS must be on a separate, numbered page; do not attach captions to the figures.
Tables. — Keep tables to a minimum and do not reduce them. Table must be DOUBLE-SPACED THROUGHOUT and continued
on additional sheets of paper as necessary. Designate footnotes within tables by alphabetic letter.
Scientific Notes. — Notes use an abbreviated format and lack: an abstract, key words, footnotes, section headings and a Literature Cited
section. Minimal references are listed in the text in the format: (Bohart, R. M. 1989. Pan-Pacific. Entomol., 65: 156-161.). A short
acknowledgment is permitted as a minor headed paragraph. Authors and affiliations are listed in the last, left indented paragraph of
the note with the affiliation underscored.
Page Charges. — PCES members are charged $30 per page. Members without institutional or grant support may apply to the society
for a grant to cover up to one half of these charges. Nonmembers are charged $60 per page. Page charges do not include reprint costs,
or charges for author changes to manuscripts after they are sent to the printer.
Volume 68
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
October 1992
Number 4
Contents
CHEMSAK, J. A., E. G. LINSLEY, W. W. ALLEN & W. W. MIDDLEKAUFF-Abraham
Ezra Michelbacher (1899-1991): the bibliography of Abraham Ezra Michelbacher and
Symphyla named by him .. 225
POLLOCK, D. A.—A new species of Tydessa Peacock (Coleoptera: Pythidae: Pilipalpinae)
from western North America . 243
FENG, M.-G., J. B. JOHNSON, R. M. NOWIERSKI & S. E. HALBERT - Population trends
and biological aspects of cereal aphids (Homoptera: Aphididae), and their natural mor¬
tality factors on winter wheat in southwestern Idaho. 248
EBERHARD, W. G.—Copulatory courtship and notes on the natural history of Ochthera
occidentalis Clausen (Diptera: Ephydridae). 261
LEONG, J. M. & J. E. HAFERNIK, Jr. —Seasonal variation in allopatric populations of Is-
chnura denticollis (Burmeister) and Ischnura gemina (Kennedy) (Odonata: Coenagrion-
idae). 268
SCIENTIFIC NOTES
CLARK, W. H. & R. L. WESTCOTT—“Baja California Norte”: a case for “geographical
inexactitude”. 279
OLSEN, A. R., S. C. ANGOLD, D. F. GROSS & T. H. SIDEBOTTOM-New record of the
blowfly, Chrysomya megacephala (Fabr.), from Ecuador (Diptera: Calliphoridae). 280
CASTILLO, M. L. & L. E. RIVERA CERVANTES— Passalus ( Pertinax) punctatostriatus Per-
cheron (Coleoptera: Passalidae) in the Sierra de Manantlan, Jalisco, Mexico. 281
Pan-Pacific Entomologist Reviewers for Volume 68 . 283
Table of Contents for Volume 68 . 284
Index to Volume 68 . 286